The URL can be used to link to this page

SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS - 11-0057-EN AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS - 10-0027-UT CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL CO.'VIPLETION PROJEcT., Smallwood Circle Drain 1ge Contract Numbers. (11-00-5 7-1",,N & I Contract Date: 11,04/20111 Notice to Proceed Datc: 01,106/2014 Date of Substantial Completion: QcloberQ9. 2015 The work perfo-'°,rmed Under this contract consists of constructing a new storrn, sewer and remove or abandon in place ail existing storm seN.%,er in the area north of Drew Street cast of Glenwood Avenue n(,)i-th\,,,"-"1.,d to Gk:nwood llnr'k and termination at the intersection of F-Jrnwood Street and Hi�L,hland 1,1kVCnL1e. 'File proposed project cornprises removing or abandoning in-place approximalely 3,7(,')0 linear feet of 12 to 24-in,ch storm pipe and replacing- it with approximately 3,500 linear T'c�,t of i to '6-j nch storm pipe. I-lie project includes a stone grater separator unit to be located in S; iw11wood Circle. DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COLNULF.'TION SUbstantial completion is the stage in constructmn when a project or design;,ited portion thereof is suffliclently complete in accordance ,vith CoraracT dc)cuinents so that the 0vrj.er can use the work or portion thereof for its intended use. Iterns that affect operational intec',rity Gaud function of the N�,ork must b,,- capable of continuous rise. 'The Coil trac lot. accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and a-grees to complete and corrw the items nn the tentative ]RHIC11 list ,�ithin the time ret liG fed_. Rick Mansfield VP & CFO BY: Contractor (Rowland, Incorporated) L1, presentative Date The Owner accepts the specified area of the Protect as Substantially Complete and will assume full possession of the specified area of the Project on October,09,20-15. The responsibility for utilities, security, and insurance under the Comract Documents shalt !)e set forth in the Contract Documents. By: City of Clearwater Authorized Representative Date SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS (11- 0057 -EN) & EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (10- 0027 -UT) CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for • Clearwater i ISSUED FOR BID AUGUST /2013 ,-----1. A� ° CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD/YYYY) 11/20/2013 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS , DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Lassiter -Ware Insurance of Tampa Bay 4401 West Kennedy Blvd Suite 2 00 Tampa FL 33609 CONTACT Barbara Benton NAME: NN Extl: (800) 845 -8437 IA/C, No): (888)883-8680 ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INsuRERAAmerisure Mutual Insurance Co. 23396 INSURED Rowland, Inc. 6855 102nd Avenue North Pinellas Park FL 33782 INSURER El Amerisure Insurance Companies 19488 INSURER C:Admiral Insurance Company 24856 INSURER D : $ 1,000,000 INSURER E : $ 300,000 INSURER F : $ 10 , 000 13 -14 Master Cert REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR SWVD POLICY NUMBER (MM /DDYIYYYY) IMM/DD //YYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL X LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X X CPP2062751 7/1/2013 7/1/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE 10 RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10 , 000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 X XCU Included GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 X Contractual Liability PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES 7 POLICY 13-1C l 7PRi PER: LOC $ 111 B AUTOMOBILE X X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS PIP - $10,000 x SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS NON-OWNED X CA2062748 7/1/2013 7/1/2014 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ Medical payments $ 5,000 A X UMBRELLA LIAR EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE X CU2062749 7/1/2013 7/1/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 $ DED I RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABIL TY ANY PROPRIETOR /PARTNER /EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N N / A WC STATU- OTH- TORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ C Contractor's Pollution X FEIECC1597900 7/1/2013 7/1/2014 $4,000,000 Each Occurrence $4,000,000 Gneral Aggregate DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, If mom space Is required) Re: Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvement Project. CANCELLATION City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Dana Snyder /BARBAB ACORD 25 (2010/05) INS025 n01nnRl ni ©1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. This ac.na l name anrt Innn arc. rcnictcrcrl titmice of APf1Rr1 A� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDDIYYYY) 11 /20/2013 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES RELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED EPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Insurance Agency of the South LLC dba Advanced Comp 170 Fitzgerald Road Lakeland FL 33813 CONTACT NAME: (A/CC.. N Ext):863- 646 -3332 FAX No): . E -MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A :Bridgefield Employers Ins. Co. LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 10701 INSURED ROWLINC -01 Rowland, Inc. 6855 102nd Avenue Pinellas Park FL 33782 INSURER B : INSURER C : INSURER D : $ INSURER E : $ INSURER F : $ R. REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM /DDIYYYY) POLICY EXP (MM /DDIYYYY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP (Any one person) $ CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GE GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 'L AGGREGATE POLICY LIMIT APPLIES PRO- JFCT PER: LOC $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS SCHEDULED NON OWNED AUTOS COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ $ DED RETENT ON $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER /EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N N / A 083011902 4/1/2013 4/1/2014 X WC STATU- TORY LIMITS OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvement Project CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION • City of Clearwater P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater FL 33758 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2010/05) © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD • • ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CITY OF CLEARWATER SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 11- 0057 -EN EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 10- 0027 -UT September 25, 2013 TO: PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS AND OTHERS CONCERNED RE: CONTRACT DOCUMENT REVISIONS PART I — GENERAL CLARIFICATIONS AD 1 — ITEM NO. 1 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) The mandatory Pre -bid meeting (held September 18, 2013 10:00) Agenda and Notes (attached) are included in the Contract documents. AD 1 — ITEM NO. 2 (Project 11- 0057 -EN) Ditch bottom inlet grate material shall be made of galvanized steel per FDOT standards. AD 1— ITEM NO. 3 (Project 11- 0057 -EN) In areas common to storm sewer and sanitary sewer construction, restoration shall be paid for under the appropriate Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements bid item. In areas with only sanitary sewer construction, restoration shall be paid for as described in the Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements specifications. PART II — SPECIFICATIONS AD 1 — ITEM NO. 4 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) • Referencing the Contract Documents - Section IV, Article 17, Replace Subsection 17 of Section IV with the following: 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site and replaced with suitable material. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material ofd site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the City Inspector. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with compacted suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the excavation and removal of unsuitable material and replacement with suitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. AD 1 — ITEM NO. 5 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) The question was asked: The storm sewer plans call for Stabilized Subgrade LBR40 under the road base. There is no line item to correspond to this work. Will they be adding a line item or does this need to be included in the base work bid item? Referencing the Contract Documents - Section IV, Article 22, Roadway Base and Subgrade "22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base." AD 1 — ITEM NO. 6 (Project 11- 0057 -EN) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVa, Paragraph 10, Delete the last sentence: "Payment for all asphalt pavement shall be made in "SY" quantities and shall be based on a minimum thickness of two (2) inches." and replace it with the following: "Payment for all asphalt pavement shall be made in "SY" quantities and shall be based on a minimum thickness as shown in the Bid Items ". AD 1 — ITEM NO. 7 (Project 11- 0057 -EN) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVa, Paragraph 66.1.6 A.4. • • • • • Delete: "4. Bid Item Nos. 4 through 9 — Construct, Furnish and Install RCP Storm Sewer a. Description: The work under this item consists of furnishing all materials, labor and equipment for installing, by open cut, the storm sewer, including joints and jointing materials, trench box and open cut excavation, back fill, dewatering, shoring, bracing, except testing and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete and operable drainage pipeline as shown on the construction plans and specifications. b. Measurement: The quantity for the RCP Storm Sewer Installation shall be according to the number of linear feet measured horizontally, at the centerline of the pipe, installed, completed and accepted as shown on the drawings or directed by the Project Representative. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract price per linear foot set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. d. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 4 through 9 - Furnish and Install RCP Storm Sewers" and replace it with: "4. Bid Item Nos. 5 through 12 — Construct, Furnish and Install Storm Sewer a. Description: The work under this item consists of furnishing all materials, labor and equipment for installing, by open cut, the storm sewer, including joints and jointing materials, trench box and open cut excavation, back fill, dewatering, shoring, bracing, except testing and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete and operable drainage pipeline as shown on the construction plans and specifications. b. Measurement: The quantity for the Storm Sewer Installation shall be according to the number of linear feet measured horizontally, at the centerline of the pipe, installed, completed and accepted as shown on the drawings or directed by the Project Representative. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract price per linear foot set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. d. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 5 through 12 - Furnish and Install Storm Sewers" AD 1 — ITEM NO. 8 (Project 11- 0057 -EN) Referencing the Contract Documents Section IVa, Paragraph 66.1.6 A.S. Change references from "Bid Item No. 25 Erosion & Sedimentation Protection (Silt Fence, Floating Turbidity Barrier, Inlet Protection)" to "Bid Item No. 30 Erosion & Sedimentation Protection (Silt Fence, Floating Turbidity Barrier, Inlet Protection)." AD 1 — ITEM NO. 9 (Project 11- 0057 -EN) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVa, Paragraph 66.1.6 A.6. Change references from "Bid Item No. 37 4" Sidewalk" to "Bid Item No. 36 4" Concrete Sidewalk." AD 1 — ITEM NO. 10 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 00120 — Special Provisions CHANGE SP -4.A to read: "A. The warranty period for all work performed in the project shall be one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion." AD 1 — ITEM NO. 11 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 01030 — Special Project Procedures CHANGE paragraph 1.14.A to read: • • • • • "A. The Contractor and the equipment manufacturers shall warranty all equipment supplied under these Specifications for a minimum period of one (1) year unless otherwise specified. Warranty period shall commence on the date that the Work is accepted by the Owner as substantially complete." AD 1— ITEM NO. 12 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 01030 — Special Project Procedures CHANGE paragraph 1.14.E to read: "E. All special guarantees or warranties applicable to specific parts of the work, as may be stipulated in the Contract Documents, shall be subject to the terms of this paragraph during one year following acceptance. All special guarantees and manufacturers' warranties shall be assembled by the Contractor and delivered to the Engineer, along with a summary list thereof, before the acceptance of the Work." AD 1 — ITEM NO. 13 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 01030 — Special Project Procedures CHANGE paragraph 1.14.G to read: "G. The Contractor's one -year warranty or guarantee period shall be part of the project performance bond. If an item of Work is replaced during the warranty period the item's warranty shall be extended for a period of one year from the date the replacement item was put in service." AD 1— ITEM NO. 14 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 01030 — Special Project Procedures CHANGE paragraph 1.23.A to read: "A. It is assumed that portions of the work will be completed prior to completion of the entire work. Upon completion of construction in each individual facility, including testing, if the Owner, at his sole discretion, desires to accept the individual facility, the Contractor will be issued a dated certificate of completion and acceptance for each individual facility. The Owner will assume ownership and begin operation of the individual facility on that date and the one -year guaranty period shall commence on that date. The Owner has the option of not accepting any individual completed facility, but accepting the entire work as a whole when it is completed and tested." AD 1 — ITEM NO. 15 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents - Section IVb Section 01150 — Measurement and Payment REPLACE the entire Section with the revised Section 01150. AD 1 — ITEM NO. 16 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities REPLACE the entire Section with the revised Section 01500. AD 1 — ITEM NO. 17 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 01600 — Material Equipment CHANGE paragraph 1.08.A to read: "A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment manufacturer as specified in Section 01740. At a minimum, the manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with the Contractor's for one (1) year after the time of Substantial Completion. Exceptions for extended warranties shall be noted within each piece of equipment's technical specification." AD 1— ITEM NO. 18 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents — Section IVb Section 01740 — Warranties and Bonds • • • • • • CHANGE paragraph 1.03.A to read: "A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment manufacturer. The manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with the Contractor's for one (1) year, unless otherwise specified, commencing at the time of Substantial Completion." PART III — BACK END DOCUMENTS AD 1— ITEM NO. 19 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Appendix, replace the Appendix Table of Contents with the attached Table of Contents and insert the SWFWMD ERP (Permit No. 47041372.000) and Pinellas County Right -of -Way Utilization Permit. AD 1 — ITEM NO. 20 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents - Section V, Bid Schedule, Page 15. Bid Item #4 "Work Zone Traffic Control" has been deleted. See the attached revised Bidder's Proposal, pages 15 to 17 of Section V. A bid item has been added for the 20 -inch HDPE pipe. See the attached revised Bidder's Proposal, pages 15 to 17 of Section V. AD 1 — ITEM NO. 21 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents - Section V, Bid Schedule, Page 15. A bid item has been added for the 14 x 23 -inch ERCP pipe. See the attached revised Bidder's Proposal, pages 15 to 17 of Section V. AD 1— ITEM NO. 22 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents - Section V, Bid Schedule, Page 16. Bid Item #49 "Signs- Project Identification" has been deleted. See the attached revised Bidder's Proposal, pages 16 to 17 of Section V. AD 1— ITEM NO. 23 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents - Section V, Bid Schedule, Page 16, Add new Bid Item: "Bid Item #111, Furnish and Install 6" C -900 PVC Force Main ". AD 1— ITEM NO. 24 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing the Contract Documents - Section V, Bid Schedule, Page 17. Bid Item #117 "Export of Unsuitable Materials" has been replaced with "Remove and Replace Unsuitable Materials w /Select Fill ". Bid Item #118 "Import of Select Fill Material" has been deleted and all following Bid Items have been renumbered. See the attached revised Bidder's Proposal, pages 16 to 17 of Section V. PART IV — DRAWINGS AD 1 — ITEM NO. 25 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Replace the combined projects cover sheet with the attached cover sheet. AD 1 — ITEM NO. 26 (Project 11- 0057 -EN) sheet: DELETE and REPLACE the following Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvement A.5of16 B. 7 of 16 C. 8 of 16 D. 9of16 E. 13 of 16 AD 1 — ITEM NO. 27 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) DELETE and REPLACE the following Edgewood. Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvement sheets: A. G1.00 B. C1.05 C. C1.08 D. C1.09 E. D1.06 AD 1 — ITEM NO. 28 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) plans: ADD the following sheets to the Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvement A. C1.01 B. C2.00 • • • END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: William B. Home, II City Manager • • • • Pre -Bid Conference Agenda Notes SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS (11- 0057 -EN) & EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (10- 0027 -UT) Date/Time: Meeting Location: September 18, 2013 @ 10:00 a.m. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Conference Room 130 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Contacts: City of Clearwater Project Manager: Jennifer Shannon, P.E.727 -562 -4792 Email: Jennifer.Shannon@myclearwater.com Engineering Staff Assistant: Cathy Tefft 727 -562 -4782 Email: Cathy.Tefft @MyClearwater.com Engineering Office Phone: 727 -562 -4750 Fax: 727 -562 -4755 Consultant: Cumbey & Fair, Inc. 727- 797 -8982 Email: shah @cumbeyfair.com dpelham @cumbeyfair.com Consultant: King Engineering Email: CKuzler @kingengineering.com 813 - 880 -8881 Scope of Work: REPLACING EXISTING STORM DRAIN PIPING WITH 866 LF OF 36 -INCH RCP, 756 LF 30 -INCH RCP, 149 LF 24 by 38 -INCH ERCP, 208 LF 24 -INCH RCP, 1,036 LF 18 -INCH RCP, 439 LF 15 -INCH RCP, CONSTRUCTING 48 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, INCLUDING A STORMWATER SEPARATOR UNIT, CONSTRUCTION OF 3,600 LF OF PVC GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER AND 22 PRECAST SANITARY MANHOLES (SEE PROJECT 10- 0027 -UT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS); TOGETHER WITH NECESSARY APPURTENANCES. 1. Sign -In Sheets — This is a mandatory meeting. Please complete the sign -in sheet legibly and completely. Copies of the Pre -bid Conference sign -in sheet will be scanned and posted on the plan room website. 2. City's Plan room - Jiffy Reprographics 411 S. Garden Avenue, Clearwater, Florida (727) 445 -1034 — any e -mails from the plan house will be from notice @designbidbuild.net, NOT the City of Clearwater. It is the responsibility of the_prospective bidder to ensure that they have received all addendums. Please make sure that Jiffy Reprographics has the correct contact name and email address for your company. 3. If you have purchased plans through another plan house, please check on our website, www.myclearwater.com, to ensure the receipt of any addenda information. 4. Pre - Qualification - If you are planning on bidding on this project, you must be pre - qualified in the SANITARY /STORM SEWERS category with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $2,400,000 for this project. Pre - qualifications are due on September 23, 2013, two weeks (ten business days) before the bid opening. Bid opening is October 3, 2013. Anticipated Contract Award is November 7, 2013 5. PLEASE NOTE: IF PROJECT IS $1,000,000 OR MORE PLEASE SEE SECTION III, ARTICLE 25. 1 6. Bid Proposal Forms - must be complete. All quantities and costs must be filled in. Please re -check your figures. 7. Proposal Bond must be completely filled out with the 10% bid bond amount. 8. Questions — Submit in writing via email to Jennifer Shannon by end of day on 9/25/13. Questions must include Company Name, contact name, and email & phone number of contact person (in case clarification is needed). Responses will be issued via an addendum by end of day 9/26/13. 9. Construction Observation: TBD City of Clearwater 10. Contract Time: 330 days 11. Liquidated Damages: $1,000 per day (Section V) 12. MOT Certification Form (Section IVa). 13. Permits Included in the Appendix (Contractor is required to Review prior to work) a. SWFWMD ERP b. FDEP Sanitary Sewer Collection System Permit c. SWFWMD Sanitary Sewer ERP d. Pinellas County R.O.W. Use Permit for Sanitary Sewer Connection e. Army Corp of Engineers Preliminary JD f. Army Corp of Engineers Nationwide Permit 14. Geotechnical Reports in the Appendix A 15. Utility Coordination Duke - Energy Verizon Brighthouse Networks Discussion: • The 330 days is to final completion. • The project is not federally funded. Funding is by the city of Clearwater and the Southwest Florida Water Management District. • The MOT certification on City of Clearwater streets is not required to be signed by a Professional Engineer, but shall be signed by an individual certified by FDOT. MOTs for work in the Pinellas County Right -of -Way on Palmetto Street shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer. • The sanitary sewer warranty period shall be clarified in the addendum. • The restoration for the sanitary sewer shall be included in the pipe unit cost except where the sanitary sewer is located within a street parallel to the storm sewer pipe. In this case the roadway restoration shall be included with the storm sewer roadway restoration. Sanitary sewer trench work up to the bottom of the roadway restoration shall be included in the sanitary sewer work. • Bid Item # 121 units will be clarified in the addendum. 2 • • • • • • The sanitary sewer specifications require a construction trailer. The addendum will revise the requirements of the construction trailer. • Storm sewer plan sheet #13 does include items for 20 -inch HDPE pipe and 14x23 -inch ERCP; however, the Bid Tab does provide these items. The addendum will revise the bid tab sheet. • Bid Items 2 and 4 (MOT) appear to be of the same item. The addendum will clarify. • There is no separate Bid Item for sanitary sewer drop manholes. • What is the material of the Strom drain Type C ditch bottom inlet grates? The addendum will clarify. • The sanitary sewer Removal of unsuitable material is not clear. The addendum will clarify. • There are 2 bid items for project signs; to revise in the addendum. • Survey is to be provided by the contractor. (Also note that Section III requires a signed and sealed as -built survey to be provided by the Contractor.) • Utility relocation can be expected to occur before or during excavation work. • The award date is tentatively scheduled for November 7, 2013. The Notice -to- Proceed typically occurs 30 days after the award; however, with the holidays, the NTP will likely be in January 2014. 2 • ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CITY OF CLEARWATER SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 11- 0057 -EN EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 10- 0027 -UT September 27, 2013 TO: PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS AND OTHERS CONCERNED RE: CONTRACT DOCUMENT REVISIONS PART I — SPECIFICATIONS • AD 2 — ITEM NO. 1 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) • The questions were asked: "In the Measurement and Payment section it does clearly state how the gravity sewer pipe is going to be measured. Is the measurement going to include the 4' through the manhole? Also, please clarify how the depth of the manhole will be measured. Is it from the rim level to the bottom slab of the structure or to the lowest invert elevation ?" The Responses are: Pipe is measured from centerline of manhole to centerline of manhole. The quantities on the Bid Form are based on this and it's in accordance with the Section IV, Technical Specifications. Manhole depth is measured from the rim to the deepest invert. AD 2 — ITEM NO. 2 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) Referencing Section IVb, replace "Section 01150 Measurement and Payment (Sanitary Sewer)" with the attached "Section 01150 Measurement and Payment (Sanitary Sewer) ". END OF ADDENDUM #2 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: William B. Home, II City Manager • ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CITY OF CLEARWATER SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 11- 0057 -EN EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 10- 0027 -UT October 2, 2013 • TO: PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS AND OTHERS CONCERNED RE: CONTRACT DOCUMENT REVISIONS • PART I — DRAWINGS AD 3 — ITEM NO. 1 (Project 10- 0027 -UT) The question was asked: We are having a discrepancy with the Edgewood revised plan page 11 of 20 and bid item #108. We count 239LF of 15" Sewer pipe on the plans and the bid item( #108) calls for 3OLF? Is this correct? The Response is: It appears that when the sewer on Palmetto was changed from 12" to 15 ", the quantity was not transferred from the 12" to the 15" on the Bid Form. We have revised the Bid Form accordingly. PART II — BACK END DOCUMENTS AD 3 — ITEM NO. 2 (Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT) Note that the following has been modified: • Bid Item #107 Quantity decreased • Bid Item #108 Quantity increased • Date • Page numbers have been re -added See the attached revised Bidder's Proposal, page 16 of Section V. END OF ADDENDUM #3 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: William B. Horne II City Manager 2 • • • Index of Supplemental General Conditions and Technical Specifications Sign and Seal Sheet for SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS (Project No. 11-0057-EN) SPECIFICATIONS Pankaj Shah, P.E. Florida P.E. #21180 SECTION IIIa — SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION NUMBERS: 10, 11, 19.2, 33, 38, 41, 44, 56, 65, 66, 67 September 24, 2013 Page i of i ��,t A.. °144 rIVIO • •. 11.31406 6. c Sign and Seal Sheec • • Index of Technical Specifications Sign and Seal Sheet for EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS (Project No. 10-0027-UT) SPECIFICATIONS Christopher F. Kuzler, P.E. Florida P.E. #45532 SECTION IV - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION Nb - SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00120, 01005, 01014, 01015, 01016, 01030, 01040, 01300, 01310, 01340, 01370, 01380, 01410, 01500, 01600, 01625, 01640, 01670, 01700, 01710, 01720, DIVISION 02 - CIVIL 02060, 02061, 02100, 02140, 02221, 02222, 02245, 01050, 01150, 01152, 01153, 01200, 01505, 01510, 01530, 01540, 01580, 01740 02485, 02530, 02576, 02650, 02730 August 26, 2013 Page i of ii ,0\111IlIiij,,! ssY 73 Y 2 OF Sign and Seal Sheet • City of Clearwater, Florida SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS (11- 0057 -EN) & EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS (10- 0027 -UT) SECTION I SECTION II • SECTION III SECTION IIIa SECTION IV SECTION IVa • SECTION IVb APPENDIX SECTION V TABLE OF CONTENTS ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DOCUMENTATION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer Cover.docx Page II 10/10/2008 SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT #11- 0057 -EN EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS #10- 0027 -UT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www .myClearwater.com/cityprojects, ON WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 28, 2013, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of REPLACING EXISTING STORM DRAIN PIPING WITH 866 LF OF 36-INCH RCP, 756 LF 30 -INCH RCP, 149 LF 24 by 38 -INCH ERCP, 208 LF 24-INCH RCP, 1,036 LF 18-INCH RCP, 439 LF 15 -INCH RCP, CONSTRUCTING 48 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, INCLUDING A STORMWATER SEPARATOR UNIT (SEE PROJECT 11- 0057 -EN CONTRACT DOCUMENT); AND CONSTRUCTION OF 3,600 LF OF PVC GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER AND 22 PRECAST SANITARY MANHOLES (SEE PROJECT 10- 0027-UT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS); TOGETHER WITH NECESSARY APPURTENANCES. A MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 18, 2013 AT 10:00 AM. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3`l Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, OCTOBER 3, 2013, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT NUMBER 11- 0057 -EN & EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS #10- 0027 -UT. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub - contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in the construction category of SANITARY AND STORM SEWERS with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $2,400,000. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks /ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida Michael Murray, Purchasing Manager (727) 562 -4633 SectionI.doc Page 1 of 1 7/23/2012 • SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6 CONTRACT TIME 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 • 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19 BID PROTEST 8 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 • SectionlLdocx i 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www .myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non - refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre - qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre - qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre - qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562 -4750. Pre - Qualification requirements information is also available on City of Clearwater Website at address: www. myclearwater. com/ gov/ depts/ pwa /engin/Construction/prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non - technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical Sectionll.docx Page 1 of 9 7/29/2013 • • • Section II — Instructions to Bidders conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the City's planroom as planholders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified at the pre -bid meeting prior to the date for opening of SectionII.docx Page 2 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the SectionlI.docx Page 3 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID /PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS • 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8 project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid and at the place indicated in the .5 "x11" manila envelope with the If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall Enclosed" on the face thereof and SectionlI.docx Page 4 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SectionlLdocx Page 5 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. SectionII.docx Page 6 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5 The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statues (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must Sectionll.docx Page 7 of 9 7/29/2013 • Section II — Instructions to Bidders be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PRO 1EST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. SectionlI.docx Page 8 of 9 7/29/2013 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction- related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction- related Best Management Practices. References EPA website Sectionf.docx Page 9 of 9 7/29/2013 • • SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS 1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 7 3.1 INTENT 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 8 • 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2 INSURANCE 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 10 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 14 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES 15 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 • 6.8 PERMITS 17 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES 18 6.11 DRAWINGS 18 SectionIII.doc i 7/31/2012 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: 23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION 24 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 7 OTHER WORK 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE 24 7.2 COORDINATION 25 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 25 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 26 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 26 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 27 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK 30 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 31 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK 32 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 33 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 34 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 35 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 35 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION 36 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION 37 • 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 37 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 38 • • Sectionlll.doc ii 7/31/2012 • 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 38 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 38 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 40 17 MISCELLANEOUS 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION 41 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 41 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 41 19 MATERIAL USED 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION 42 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 42 • 22.1 GENERAL 42 22.2 EXAMPLE 42 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 43 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 43 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN 44 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS 44 23.5 SIGN COLORING 44 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT 44 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE 44 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 45 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 45 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 46 • SectionIII.doc iii 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding SectionIIl.doc Page 1 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty -four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent SectionIIl.doc Page 2 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service ". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Sectionlll.doc Page 3 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • • Section III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre - construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SectionIII.doc Page 4 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable Sectionlll.doc Page 5 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as -built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. SectionlII.doc Page 6 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well - known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. Sectionlll.doc Page 7 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions • 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. • 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. SectionIIl.doc Page 8 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily Sectionlll.doc Page 9 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE • 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionIIl.doc Page 10 of 49 7/31/2012 Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. • 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionIIl.doc Page 10 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles: Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. SectionIILdoc Page 11 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each Occurrence $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. SectionIILdoc Page 11 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions • 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. • • 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed SectionlII doc Page 12 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. Sectionlll.doc Page 13 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions • 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. SectionIII.doc Page 14 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable obj ection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. Sectionllt.doc Page 15 of 49 7/31/2012 • Section III — General Conditions • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restored within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. SectionIll.doc Page 16 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when SectionIIl.doc Page 17 of 49 7/31/2012 • Section III — General Conditions prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty -one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Sectionlll.doc Page 18 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty -one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not SectionfII.doc Page 19 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • • • Section III — General Conditions indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up blueline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J- 17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also knonw as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. • 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction SectionlII.doc Page 20 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix SectionIII.doc Page 21 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • Section III — General Conditions 6.11.3.1.2 Layer Naming De GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. • 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. Sectionlil.doc Page 22 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5 °, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 " =20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e -mail address Thomas.Mahony @myClearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. Sectionlll.doc Page 23 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions • 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or • employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub - contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. • 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. Section ll.doc Page 24 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. SectionIll.doc Page 25 of 49 7/31/2012 • Section III — General Conditions 11111 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. • 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. • 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's SectionIIl.doc Page 26 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. SectionlII.doc Page 27 of 49 7/31/2012 • • Section III — General Conditions • 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK • • Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) Sectionlll.doc Page 28 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand -by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. SectionlII.doc Page 29 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • • Section III — General Conditions C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. Sectionlll.doc Page 30 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these Sectionlll.doc Page 31 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • • • Section III — General Conditions inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been SectionIlI.doc Page 32 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but notlimited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree Sectionlll.doc Page 33 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • Section III — General Conditions as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and SectionllLdoc Page 34 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. SectionlII.doc Page 35 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • Section III — General Conditions In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. Sectionlll.doc Page 36 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As- built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and Sectionlll.doc Page 37 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • • • Section III — General Conditions accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the fmal Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; • if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this SectionIII.doc Page 38 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. Sectionlll.doc Page 39 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • Section III — General Conditions • 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. • • 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Sectionlll.doc Page 40 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email: Michael.Pryor @myClearwater.com. 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. Sectionlll.doc Page 41 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • Section III — General Conditions • 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION • 22.1 GENERAL • The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL SectionlII.doc Page 42 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. Sectionlll.doc Page 43 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • Section III — General Conditions • 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. • • 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of- way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for fmal payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SectionIIl.doc Page 44 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 6' -)j- PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT CONTRACTOR' COMPLETION DATE FUNDING • OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE- ',Clearwater 2' _ 3„ i I' 4 "x4" P. T. Post (Typ.) I;i� c I; �I � IN\ / /% /i\ / > \ ' • \ \`j\ / / \ \, j \ \ / \\ \ \ / I�' \� III _ i \ �/ \/ j /\ ill "/•% / /\ // \ / / \ / / / /> /\ II I .'� I0 iii; N 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the SectionlILdoc Page 45 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • • • • Section III — General Conditions Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non - responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SectionIII.doc Page 46 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. Sectionlll.doc Page 47 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • Section III — General Conditions • SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and • 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. • Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity /Corporation SectionIII.doc Page 48 of 49 7/31/2012 STATE OF COUNTY OF Section III — General Conditions The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of , 201, by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. Notary Public Printed Name My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Sectionlll.doc Page 49 of 49 7/31/2012 • • • • • SECTION Ilia SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Section Page Number Title Number 27 Roll -Off Containers and/or Dumpsters 2 28 Logs 2 29 Format to be Used by Contractor Provided by City 2 1 of 2 SECTION IIIa — SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS Add the following new Subsection to Section III. 27 Roll -Off Containers and /or Dumpsters Pursuant to section 32.272(1), it shall be unlawful for any party, other than the city, to engage in the business of collecting, removing, hauling or disposing of construction and demolition debris, whether commercial, industrial or residential in nature. All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability, pricing, (or if you are interested in hauling your own debris) contact Mike Pryor (727 -562 -4923, email: michael.pryor @myclearwater.com) at the City of Clearwater Solid Waste Department. Contractor may not use it's own roll -off containers or dumpsters. Add the following new Subsection to Section III. 28 Logs The Contractor will be responsible for the preparation of Submittal and RFI Logs. Update these logs as necessary and bring to each Progress Meeting. Logs will become a part of the official meeting minutes. Present an initial submittal log for approval at the beginning of the project, listing all expected shop drawings. The submittal log is used to track submittals and ensure everything is included to complete the project. Add the following new Subsection to Section III. 29 Format to be Used by Contractor Provided by City a. Pay application cover sheet and bid items, b. Project sign information, City Wave Logo formats, c. Sample MOT Certification Form; d. Notice of Construction to Residents, e. RFI Log Template, f. Submittal Log Template, g. Copy of FDEP Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater (if needed), h. Confined Space Entry Form (if needed), i. Contractor Evaluation Form, j. Stormwater Illicit Discharge Tailgate Training example and training sign -in sheet. 2 of 2 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: SECTION IV i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS i 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST 2 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 3 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS 3 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA 4 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS 4 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 4 • 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 6 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 6 6 CONCRETE 7 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7 7.1 EXCAVATION 7 7.2 FORMS 7 8 REINFORCEMENT 7 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 8 9 OBSTRUCTIONS 8 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 9 12 DEWATERING 9 12.1 GENERAL 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 10 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY 10 • 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE 13 SectionN.doc i 5/15/2012 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS 13 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS 13 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 14 14 BACKFILL 14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 14 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 14 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 15 18 UNDERDRAINS 15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 16 19 STORM SEWERS 16 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION 16 19.2 TESTING 16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 17 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 17 20.1 MATERIALS 17 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 17 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 17 20.2 INSTALLATION 17 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 17 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS 18 20.4 TESTING 18 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS 18 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 19 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 19 21 DRAINAGE 19 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 19 22.1 BASE 19 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 21 22.2 SUBGRADE 21 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 21 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 22 SectionIV.doc ii 5/15/2012 • • • • 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 22 23.1.1 AGGREGATE 22 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERLALS 22 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 23 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 24 23.6.1 CRACKS 24 23.6.2 POTHOLES 24 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 25 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 25 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 26 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 26 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 27 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 27 25.1 IRRIGATION 27 • 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION 27 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 29 25.1.3 EXECUTION 33 25.2 LANDSCAPE 36 25.2.1 GENERAL 36 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 41 25.2.3 EXECUTION 44 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 51 26.1 INTENT 51 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 51 26.3 MATERIALS 51 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 52 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 53 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 53 26.9 PAYMENT 53 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS 53 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 . 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS 54 29 CONCRETE CURBS 54 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 SectionIV.doc iii 5/15/2012 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 54 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 55 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 55 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 31 SODDING 55 32 SEEDING 56 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 56 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 33.2 PRECAST TYPE 57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 34 MATERIAL USED 57 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 57 36 STREET SIGNS 57 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 57 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 57 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 57 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 58 • 37.4 EQUIPMENT 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO 58 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO 58 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION 58 37.8 LIGHTING 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX 59 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE 59 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 59 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 59 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 59 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 60 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES 60 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE 61 38.10 COMPLIANCE 61 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 64 • 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 64 • SectionlV.doc iv 5/15/2012 • 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 64 41.1 SCOPE 64 41.2 MATERIALS 65 41.2.1 GENERAL 65 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 65 41.2.3 GATE VALVES 67 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES 67 41.2.5 HYDRANTS 68 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES 69 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOWPREVENTERS 69 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES 70 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 70 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 70 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 70 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 72 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 72 41.4 TESTS 73 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS 73 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST 73 • 41.5 STERILIZATION 73 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT 73 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM 73 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 73 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 74 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS 74 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 74 41.6.1 GENERAL 74 41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS 75 41.6.3 FURNISHAND INSTALL FITTINGS 75 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 75 41.6.5 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 75 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 76 43 TENNIS COURTS 76 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 76 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS 76 43.1.2 BASE COURSE 76 43.1.3 PRIME COAT 76 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE 76 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE 76 • 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 77 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 78 43.2.1 GENERAL 78 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 79 SectionN.doc 5/15/2012 43.2.3 SLOPE 79 • 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 80 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 80 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 80 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER 80 43.2.8 FENCING 81 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS 81 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 81 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE 83 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) 83 43.2.13 CONCRETE 83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 83 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 84 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION 84 43.2.17 WARRANTY 84 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 85 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 85 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY 85 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 86 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS 86 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS 86 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 86 • 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 86 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 87 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 87 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 87 45.1 INTENT 87 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 88 45.3 MATERIALS 88 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 88 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 89 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION 89 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 89 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 89 45.9 PAYMENT 89 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 90 46.1 MATERIALS 90 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS 90 46.1.2 QUALITYCONTROL 90 46.1.3 SAMPLES 90 1111 46.1.4 REJECTION 90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 91 SectionIV.doc vi 5/15/2012 • 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE 91 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS 91 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING 91 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE 91 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 91 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS 91 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION 91 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS 92 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER 92 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES 92 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED 92 46.4.7 BACKFILLING 93 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR 93 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS 93 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 93 47.1 SCOPE 93 47.2 MATERIALS 93 47.3 PIPE 93 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM 94 47.5 FITTINGS 94 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 94 • 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT 94 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE 94 48.3 COMPOSITION 94 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS 95 48.5 MATERIALS 95 48.6 WATER 95 48.7 REINFORCEMENT 95 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS 95 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION 96 48.10 PROPORTIONING 96 48.11 MIXING 96 48.12 APPLICATION 96 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 97 48.14 SURFACE FINISH 97 48.15 CURING 97 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION 97 48.17 INSPECTION 98 48.18 EQUIPMENT 98 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 99 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT 99 49.2 PAYMENT 99 • 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 99 49.3.1 MATERIALS 99 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 100 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 100 SectionIV.doc vii 5/15/2012 49.4.1 MATERIALS 101 • 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL 101 49.6 GROUTING MIX 101 49.7 LINER MIX 101 49.8 WATER 102 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS 102 49.10 EQUIPMENT 102 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 102 49.11.1 PREPARATION 102 49.11.2 MIXING 103 49.11.3 SPRAYING 103 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING 103 49.11.5 CURING 103 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 104 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 104 49.12.1 SCOPE 104 49.12.2 MATERIALS 104 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 106 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 108 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 108 51.1 SCOPE 108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 109 • 51.2.1 ASPHALT 109 51.2.2 CONCRETE 109 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX 109 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 109 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE 110 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 110 51.6 PLAYING LINES 110 51.7 GENERAL 110 51.8 LIMITATIONS 110 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 111 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 111 53.1 MATERIAL 111 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 111 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: 113 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE 114 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 114 53.2 PERFORMANCE 114 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 115 54.1 SCOPE 115 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK 115 • 54.3 WORK METHODS 116 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING 116 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT 116 SectionIV.doc viii 5/15/2012 • 54.4 LITTER 116 54.5 VISUAL CHECK 116 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING 116 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) 116 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL 116 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL 117 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY 117 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION 117 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA 117 54.13 MULCH CONDITION 117 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR 117 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL 117 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION 117 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION 118 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE 118 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK 118 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 118 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 118 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 119 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 119 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 119 • 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 120 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 120 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 120 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 120 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING 120 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 121 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 121 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT 121 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 121 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 121 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 121 57 RIPRAP 121 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 121 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY 122 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL 122 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING 122 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 122 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 123 • 60 SIGNING AND MARKING 123 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 123 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING 123 SectionN.doc ix 5/15/2012 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 123 62 TREE PROTECTION 124 62.1 TREE BARRICADES 124 62.2 ROOT PRUNING 124 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING 125 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 126 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN 126 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 126 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 126 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS 127 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS 127 63.6 POSTING 127 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES 127 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 127 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS 127 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 127 SectionIV.doc x 5/15/2012 • • • • 1 SCOPE OF WORK • Section IV — Technical Specifications 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements and Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements Project Number: 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT Scope of Work: The City of Clearwater is constructing a new storm sewer and remove or abandon in place an existing storm sewer in the area north of Drew Street, east of Glenwood Ave northward to Glenwood Park and termination at the intersection of Elmwood Street and Highland Ave. The proposed project comprises of removing or abandoning in -place approximately 3,700 linear feet of 12 to 24 —inch storm pipe and replacing it with approximately 3,500 linear feet of 15 to 36 -inch storm pipe. The project includes a stormwater separator unit to be located in Smallwood Circle. This project shall be bid and constructed with the Edgewood Ave Sanitary Sewer System Improvements. Bid items shall be separated, except for pavement restoration where storm and sanitary sewer pipes are be constructed in the same street. In these case, pavement restoration is paid for under the Storm Sewer bid tabulation. This project has a Goes -with project (10- 0027 -UT), which is a gravity sanitary sewer project to be bid and constructed with 11- 0057 -EN, including the following items: - Installation of approximately 3,600 LF of PVC gravity sanitary sewer piping; - Installation of 22 precast concrete sanitary manholes; - Connection of sewer street service laterals to the new gravity sanitary sewer system; - Installation of 31 LF of reinforced concrete storm water pipe (RCP); - Installation of 1 precast concrete stormwater structure; - Milling and resurfacing of approximately 4,000 SY asphalt; - Restoration of concrete driveways, curbs, sidewalks, and miscellaneous site restoration; - Abandonment of existing sewers and manholes; - Temporary bypass pumping; - Connections to existing manholes; - Clearing and grubbing; - Tree removal. The Contractor shall provide two (2) Fixed project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required above the indicated amount due to the Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. CONTRACT PERIOD: 330 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS SectionIV.doc Page 1 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements & Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements Project Number: 11- 0057 -EN & 10- 0027 -UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 ►1 Scope Of Work 2.1 L Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor 2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The City 3 ■ Definition Of Terms 4 I Order And Location Of The Work 5 ►1 Excavation For Underground Work 6 I Concrete 7 Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 I Reinforcement 9 I 1 Obstructions 10 r Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 /1 Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 /1 Dewatering 13 ►/ Sanitary Manholes 14 /1 Backfill 15 I 1 Street Crossings, Etc. 16 ►1 Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ►1 Underdrains 19 V Storm Sewers 20 ►1 Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 Drainage 22 Roadway Base And Subgrade 23 ►1 Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 I 1 Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 .1 General Planting Specifications 26 n Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining 27 Plant Mix Driveways 28 ❑ Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 i1 Concrete Curbs 30 ■ Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 i1 Sodding 32 ❑ Seeding 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 // Material Used 35 ■ Conflict Between Plans And Specifications 36 Street Signs 37 ' Audio/Video Recording Of Work Areas 38 A Erosion And Siltation Control SectionlV.doc Page 2 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications 39 t:1 Utility Tie In Location Marking 40 ►1 Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ►1 Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 Gas System Specifications 43 n Tennis Courts 44 ■ Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ❑ Cured -In -Place Pipe Lining 46 ❑ Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining 47 Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48 ❑ Gunite Specifications 49 ❑ Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 Project Information Signs 51 ❑ In -Line Skating Surfacing System 52 L Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 n Gabions and Mattresses 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 I I Milling Operations 56 ►5 Clearing and Grubbing 57 ❑ Riprap 58 Treatment Plant Safety 59 ❑ Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 .1 Signing And Marking 61 n Roadway Lighting 62 /1 Tree Protection 63 Project Web Pages 64 r Overhead Electric Line Clearance 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or SectionN.doc Page 3 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. SectionIV.doc Page 4 of 128 5/15/2012 SectionIV.doc Section IV — Technical Specifications ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Page 5 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Association SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C ". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench - shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than SectionIV.doc Page 6 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M -85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C -33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C -94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5 ", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry', 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA -A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel SectionIV.doc Page 7 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M -86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2 ", if over 6 ", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. SectionW.doc Page 8 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre - construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionIV.doc Page 9 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non - Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562 -4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non - contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 SectionW.doc Page 10 of 128 5/15/2012 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters SectionW.doc Page 10 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg /1 10.0 mg /1 PH, standard units 6.0 -8.5 6.5 -8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg /1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg /1 5.6 tg /1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 pg /1 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 pg /1 50.0 µg /1 Benzene 1.0 pg /1 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg /1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of SectionIV.doc Page 11 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/1, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg /1. In accordance with Rule 62- 302.500(1)(a -c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62- 621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. SectionIV.doc Page 12 of 128 5/15/2012 • • Section IV — Technical Specifications The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. • 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as SectionlV.doe Page 13 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 -inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of PROCO EP214 -351 Sewper Coating or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of 2 mm 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SectionIV.doc Page 14 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL • All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off - site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub - surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non - degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F -758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M -189 described in FDOT Section 948 -4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A -2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non - perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly - chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140 -N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT • Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub -drain in place and accepted. SectionIV.doc Page 15 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. SectionlV.doc Page 16 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20 -feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two -way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 201.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12 -inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be SectionlV.doc Page 17 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. SectionlV.doc Page 18 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT • 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two -way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract • Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs SectionIV.doc Page 19 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. SectionN.doc Page 20 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section N — Technical Specifications 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 -7 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330 -11 and for soil cement per Section 270 -5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half -inch (1/2 "). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. • 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, fmishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. • 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth SectionN.doc Page 21 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications shall be per Section 161 -6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160 -7.2 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S -Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: SectionIV.doc Page 22 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Density per Section 330 -11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330 -13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330 - 15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications 2000 edition. In addition, for excesses of 1/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction COURSE THICKNESS (Inches) LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) Type S —I Type S —I with Type S —III Top Layer Type S —III FC -3 Type S —III with FC -3 Top Layer Type S —I with FC -3 Top Layer 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2" 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 1 1 11/2 11/2 2 11/4 3/4 * 1 1 21/2 11/4 11/4 11/2 1 11/2 1 3 11/2 11/2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S -III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S —III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). SectionlV.doc Page 23 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S —III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC -3 friction course per Section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1 All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. SectionIV.doc Page 24 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. • • The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A -36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A -36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the SectionlV.doc Page 25 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be 1/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections 23.1 through 23.8 above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67 -22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. SectionIV.doc Page 26 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's interne site. The address is: http: / /wwwl1.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index ". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850 -414 -4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. • 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS • 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC ", "existing ", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SectionlV.doc Page 27 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four -hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two -hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City SectionIV.doc Page 28 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D 1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200 -250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stem SectionW.doc Page 29 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 5. Safe -T -Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 21/2" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA -C -509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance- pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25 -30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one -piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36 -T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10 ") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. SectionIV.doc Page 30 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6 ") economy turf box cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION with #182002 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one -half inch (1/2") low- density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self - cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12 ", 18 ", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self - flushing /cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7 -70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15 -45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow /reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12 ", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7 ". B. For on- surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3' -5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub - surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/ -6 %. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. SectionW.doc Page 31 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. SectionIV.doc Page 32 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications • D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. • 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. SectionIV.doc Page 33 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.31 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe . to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinlder lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/2 in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6 ") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non - pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinlder and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. Section V.doc Page 34 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. • 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. • 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup /curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. SectionIV.doc Page 35 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions /alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions /alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS /DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over -all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C.T.: C. W.: SPR.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST TR. : Straight trunk. MIN: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O. C. : On center, distance between plant centers. DIA. : Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. SectionlV.doc Page 38 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications D.B.H.: • Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4 -1/2 feet above grade. • • CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B &B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP. FG: STD.: Plants per pot. Field grown. Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owners Representative: Owner's on -site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. Sectionlv.doc Page 39 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty -four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub - grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy SectionIV.doc Page 40 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS • 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. • 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well - developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. SectionIV.doc Page 41 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non - available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade `B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre- emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. SectionIV.doc Page 42 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER • A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20 -10 -5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). • • 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1 ". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or SectionIV.doc Page 43 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - '/2 feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and /or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas SectionIV.doc Page 44 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre - emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo ", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - V2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. SectionlV.doc Page 45 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill . dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20 -10 -5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: SectionlV.doc Page 46 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each %2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back - filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6 -6 -6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1 -1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. SectionIV.doc Page 47 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling -in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non - mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. SectionIV.doc Page 48 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING • A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. p B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. • • 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN -UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash -out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under Sectionl v.doc Page 49 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent ", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under- specified plant materials. No SectionIV.doc Page 50 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. • 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY • The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E= 113,000 psi Sectionw.doc Page 51 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft -lb /in Flexure Modulus E= 136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c =0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5 -foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1- 800 - 344 -3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed - circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. SectionIV.doc Page 52 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect • any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. • 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. SectionW.doc Page 53 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4 "), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not SectionIV.doc Page 54 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the SectionIV.doc Page 55 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SectionN.doc Page 56 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. • 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio /video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights -of -way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre - construction conditions. • 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty -one (21) days prior to construction in any area. SectionIV.doc Page 57 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre - construction color audio -video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. SectionIV.doc Page 58 of 128 5/15/2012 Section W — Technical Specifications • 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty -four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE • Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. • 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. SectionN.doc Page 59 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. SectionlV.doc Page 60 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications Silt curtains or other filter /siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order ". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionlV.doc Page 61 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1st occurrence 2nd occurrence 3rd occurrence 4th occurrence Warning $32 Re- inspection Fee $80 Re- inspection Fee Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562 -4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562 -4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562 -4750. SectionlV.doc Page 62 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3 -701 (DIVISION 7 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re- inspection Fee $80.00 Re- inspection Fee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562 -4741 ENGINEERING /CONSTRUCTION 727 562 -4750 Inspector's Name: Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) Inspector's Signature: IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED SectionlV.doc Page 63 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6 -inch x 3 -inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4 -inch X 2 -inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. SectionIV.doc Page 64 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4 -inch through 8 -inch shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionlV.doc Page 65 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8 -inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4 -inch through 8 -inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4 -inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18- inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2 -inch PVC pipe to 12- inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2 -inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4 -inch through 16 -inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSUAWWA C153 /A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI /AWWA C153 /A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI /AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. SectionW.doc Page 66 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section N — Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41/.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4- inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2 -inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 -inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 -515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16 -inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI /AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 -80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by -pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be a- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionW.doc Page 67 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84 -B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A. W. W.A. Standard C -502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2 -inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one -piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6 -inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5 -1/4 -inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. SectionlV.doc Page 68 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications • 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C- 502 -85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. • 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4 -inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4 -inch main shall be 1 -1/2 -inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6 -inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: SectionW.doc Page 69 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4 -inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30- inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionW.doc Page 70 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is • being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of • ANSIIAWWA C600 -82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionIV.doc Page 71 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18- inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10 -feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 -inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. SectionIV.doc Page 72 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48 -hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron ". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SectionIV.doc Page 73 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionlV.doc Page 74 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110 /A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust SectionIV.doc Page 75 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications anchorage, 6 -inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 431.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut -back Asphalt Grade RC -70 or RC -250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectionlV.doc Page 76 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section N — Technical Specifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.t6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionIV.doc Page 77 of 128 5/15/2012 Section Iv — Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 degrees, Fahrenheit and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub - surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub - surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionW.doc Page 78 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub -grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub -grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub -grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB -GRADE The sub -grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub -grade elevation. The sub -grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T -180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE • 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. Section1V.doc Page 79 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub -grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one - quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one - quarter (2 -1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub - surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one - quarter (1/4) to one -half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one - eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo -tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub - surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionIV.doc Page 80 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2 -1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1 -5/8" Ameristar HT -25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1 -3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom -type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger -bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger -bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non - lift-off type, and offset to permit 180 - degree gate opening. Provide one and one -half (1 -1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high - density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty -six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven - eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support SectionIV.doc Page 81 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty -two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one -half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride -on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR -I Roller, automatic forward- neutral - reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3 -horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction -driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier /Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) — six -foot length aluminum. SectionIV.doc Page 82 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1 -inch maximum size aggregate, 3 -inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re- aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE -LAMP The Contractor shall re -lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight -(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite • #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887 -0770 fax (336) 887 -0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionN.doc Page 83 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T5 new pole w /existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. SectionlV.doc Page 84 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB - SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub - surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Deparnuent of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs ". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction SectionlV.doc Page 85 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 102 -5 Traffic Control: 102 -5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7 -day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562 -4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. SectionIV.doc Page 86 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non - specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24 -hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day -to -day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24 -hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand SectionlV.doc Page 87 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D638 ASTM D790 ASTM D790 ASTM D2290 3,000 psi 4,500 psi 300,000 psi 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305- 979 -0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionIV.doc Page 88 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION • After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. • • 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight -hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SectionIV.doc Page 89 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to . or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. SectionN.doc Page 90 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored 011 clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. • 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. • 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15 -inch existing sewer. 16 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18 -inch existing sewer. 18 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21 -inch existing sewer. 211/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24 -inch existing sewer. 28 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30 -inch existing sewer. 34 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36 -inch existing sewer. 42 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48 -inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. SectionlV.doc Page 91 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12 -hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. SectionIV.doc Page 92 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre- fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. • 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right -of -ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right -of -ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE • The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. SectionIV.doc Page 93 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionN.doc Page 94 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi. • • 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100% Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionIV.doc Page 95 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by an air /water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionlV.doc Page 96 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless otherwise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45- degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionIV.doc Page 97 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N - Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap (cfm) Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionlV.doc Page 98 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section N — Technical Specifications • 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION • • 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in -place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to .submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionIV.doc Page 99 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator /contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SectionIV.doc Page 100 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section N — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C -109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C -596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C -952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C -109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C -952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2 %) by weight. SectionN.doc Page 101 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 -51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65 % -75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and SectionN.doc Page 102 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. SectionIV.doc Page 103 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be perfouned by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam- injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel- injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 SectionlV.doc 1 -3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 104 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574 -86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574 -86 Bonding Strength 250 -300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole -to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75 -9.17 lbs /gal ASTM D -3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D -3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D -1042 Toxicity Non Toxic • 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: • Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days SectionIV.doc Page 105 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity — <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% As C 497 Porosity /Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg. /sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3 %), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10 %), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3 %), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3 %), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. SectionlV.doc Page 106 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious /crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty -four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. • 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. • 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING /CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. SectionIV.doc Page 107 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24 -hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In -Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionIV.doc Page 108 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section N — Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In -line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE • Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. • 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80 -100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60 -80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20 -40 gallons 600 -900 pounds 112 -138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non - coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti -Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix SectionlV.doc Page 109 of 128 5/15/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1) part water to six (6)) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04 -.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In -Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50 °F or more than 1 40 °F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionIV.doc Page 110 of 128 5/15/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In -line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70 °F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In -Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NINA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL • 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL • 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non - raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ- W -461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A -641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM A -90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B -6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1- minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A -239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 1 /2), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger -Tite SectionlV.doc Page 111 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A -313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A -641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D -2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D -142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D -412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D -746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D -2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B -117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D -1499 and ASTM G -23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionlV.doc Page 112 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D -2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 531.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1- T104), maximum loss 12% SectionIV.doc Page 113 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D -2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one -half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SectionlV.doc Page 114 of 128 5/15/2012 • Section N — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionlV.doc Page 115 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. SectionIV.doc Page 116 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20 -6 -12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid - February, early June, and mid - September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his /her expense. • 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. • 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionlV.doc Page 117 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze /frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze /frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty -four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on -site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze /frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads /fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. SectionIV.doc Page 118 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. • 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS • 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S -Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. SectionIV.doc Page 119 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562 -4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line /edge of pavement to curb line /edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. SectionIV.doc Page 120 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. • Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off -site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. • 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand- cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand - cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionlV.doc Page 121 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand- cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand - cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on -site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre - construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub - contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, SectionIV.doc Page 122 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators /flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SectionIV.doc Page 123 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two- thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two -inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four -inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by SectionIV.doc Page 124 of 128 5/15/2012 • • • Section IV — Technical Specifications construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562 -4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18 ". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A -300. SectionIV.doc Page 125 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion - tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http: / /www.w3.org /TR /1999 /WAI- WEBCONTENT- 19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user - adjustable /relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectionW.doc Page 126 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications • 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up -to -date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 11111 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS • When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de- energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2. 64.2 REQUIRED MI SectionIV.doc Page 127 of 128 5/15/2012 VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Upto50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 SectionIV.doc Page 127 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner /operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. Section1V.doc Page 128 of 128 5/15/2012 SECTION IVa SMALLOWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS 11- 0057 -EN SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Section Page Number Title Number 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 2 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 2 19.2 TESTING 3 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 3 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 3 • 41 POTABLE WATERMAIN, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTANCES 4 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 4 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 5 65 PLUG AND ABANDON IN PLACE STORM PIPE, STORM STRUCTURES, AND WATERMAINS 5 66 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 67 MINIMUM TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS — SITE WORK 11 • Section IVa 1 of 15 10/17/2012 CONFORMED SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL The following supplements modify, change, or delete from or add to Section IV, Technical Specifications of these Contract Documents. Where any Section of the Technical Specifications is modified or deleted by these Supplemental Conditions, the unaltered provisions of the Section, Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause shall remain in effect. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Add the following language to Paragraph 10 of Section IV. Mailboxes destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced with an in -kind mailbox. Mailboxes shall be paid for per each mailbox accepted by the City. Price and payment will be for full compensation for each mailbox including labor and materials necessary to complete the work. Curb ramps shall be included in the cost of sidewalk. Detectable warnings shall be placed in in each new curb ramp. The placement of the detectable warning shall per FDOT Standard Index No. 304. The detectable warning shall be Armor -Tile Cast -in -Place tactile system (color: Federal Yellow), or approved equal. The detectable warning shall be included in the cost of the sidewalk. Curb ramps and detectable warnings shall be included in the unit cost for sidewalk replacement. Payment for all asphalt pavement shall be made in "SY" quantities and shall be based on a Payment for all asphalt pavement shall be made in "SY" quantities and shall be based on a minimum thickness as shown in the Bid Items. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Add the following language to Subsection 11, Paragraph of Section IV: This Section includes any work outside of the Right -of -Way. The Contractor shall restore any damage to any area outside of the Right -of -Way to conditions equal to or better than at the time of the damage. Section IVa 2 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED • • • • • • SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Contractor shall restore all areas disturbed by clearing and grubbing not covered elsewhere. Restoration of these areas will be paid under the Clearing and Grubbing Lump Sum pay item. The Contractor shall furnish and install all items necessary to restore areas provided by this Section. No additional compensation shall be made to the Contractor. 19.2 TESTING Add the following language to Subsection 19.2, Paragraph of Section IV: The minimum testing frequency requirements are attached in the Appendices. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES Add the following language to Subsection 33 of Section IV. 33.1.1 Submittals A. Shop Drawings 1. Precast structures: Details of construction. 33.3 Method of Measurement. The quantities to be paid for will be (1) the number of inlets, manholes, junction boxes, and yard drains, completed and accepted; and (2) the number of structures of these types (including also valve boxes) satisfactorily adjusted. 33.4 Basis of Payment. Price and payment will be full compensation for furnishing all materials and completing all work described herein or shown in the plans, including all clearing and grubbing outside the limits of clearing and grubbing as shown in the plans, all excavation except the volume included in the measurement designated to be paid for under the items for the grading work on the project, all backfilling around the structures, the disposal of surplus material, and the furnishing and placing of all gratings, frames, covers, and any other necessary fittings. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL Add the following language to Subsection 38 of Section IV. Prevention, control and abatement of erosion and water pollution shall comply with Section 104 of the latest FDOT Specifications. Contractor shall prepare and submit a hurricane preparation plan prior to the commencement of construction. Contractor to perform regular site maintenance to keep the site free of accumulated construction debris and rubbish caused by the work. Contractor shall perform his work minimize Section IVa 3 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED SECTION Na — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS excessive dust. Contractor must conduct illicit discharge training (city will forward training options to the contractor) and submit documentation to the City. Must complete illicit discharge training and provide documentation to the City prior to NTP. Example of tailgate training and training sign -in sheet emailed to contractor as part of pre -con package, see item 25. 41 POTABLE WATERMAIN, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTANCES Add the following subsection to Page 65 of 128 of Section IV. 41.1.1 Submittals A. Shop Drawings 1. Ductile Iron Pipe 2. Line Stops Add the following Data to the end of the Table on Page 65 or 128 of Section IV, Subsection 41.2.2.1. Size (IN) 20 Class 51 Thickness (IN) 0.39 Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 350 Add the following language to Subsection 4141.6.3.2 PAYMENT: Payment of applicable unit price (for installing watermain fittings) shall be included in the payment of the watermain unit price. No separate payments shall be made for installation of fittings under this contract. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Add the following language to Subsection 44 of Section IV. The Contractor shall submit its MOT (Work Zone Traffic Control plan) Certification. The MOT Certification form and instructions are included with these Supplemental Technical Specifications. The individual preparing the Work Zone Traffic Control Plan can be, but is not required to be a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida. An individual certified in the preparation of Traffic Control plans (i.e. FDOT Advanced MOT Certification) may prepare the plan and sign the certification. Change the "2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600" to "2012 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 ". Change "2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" to "2013 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ". Section IVa 4 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED • • • • • • SECTION Iva — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Add the following language to Subsection 56of Section IV. In areas of clearing and grubbing where pipe and/or structures are not being replaced, backfill and compaction shall be included in the Lump Sum price of clearing and grubbing. Sodding or roadway restoration costs shall be included in those respective bid line items and not included in Clearing and Grubbing.. Add the following new Subsection to Section IV. 65 PLUG AND ABANDON IN PLACE STORM PIPE, STORM STRUCTURES, AND WATERMAINS Abandon Storm Pipes, Structures The work under this item shall be performed after the new storm system has been completed and put in service. The work consist of furnish all materials, labor and equipment for abandoning in place the existing 36 ", 42" and 48" storm pipe and structures shown on the construction plans, sheet #4 by grouting with flowable fill, per the latest FDOT Specifications, including providing the plugs as shown on the plan and directed by the Engineer. Abandon Existing 6" Watermain on Pennsylvania Avenue The work under this item shall be performed after the construction of the proposed water main on the east side of the existing water main is completed, pressure tested, bacteriologically cleared and accepted by FDEP to be allowed to put in service. The line -stop valve shall be installed near Nicholas Venue as shown on the Construction Plan Sheet #5. The section to be abandoned shall be discharged by releasing the water to an acceptable location, approved by the Engineer or City, and the existing pipe (6" water main) grout filled with flowable fill. Method of Measurement The quantities of abandoned -in -place storm pipe and structures to be paid for will be the quantity in place and accepted in cubic yards. Basis of Payment The cost of plugging pipes, where shown in the plans will be included in the contract unit price for the abandon -in -place pipe. Price and payment will be full compensation for flowable fill, masonry, concrete, mortar, plugs and all labor and material is necessary to complete the work. Section IVa 5 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Add the following new Subsection to Section IV. 66 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 66.1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under the Contract. 66.1.2 GENERAL A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. 66.1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions. 66.1.4 EXCAVATION A. The unit price bid for each item of Work which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. Section IVa 6 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED • • • • SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 66.1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in Bidder's proposal. 66.1.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements Project #11- 0057 -EN 1. Bid Item - Mobilization Section IVa a. Description: The work specified in this Item consists of the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project, including, but not limited to, those supplies and incidentals to the project site, and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these specifications, and State and local laws and regulations. The cost of demobilization shall also be included in this item. The costs of bonds and any required insurance and any other pre- construction expense necessary for the start of the work shall also be included in this Section. The bid price shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the total bid. b. Measurement: The quantity of Mobilization shall be measured as one lump sum quantity. Partial payments will be made therefore in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Allowable Percent Contract Amount of the Lump Sum Earned Price for the Item 5 25 10 50 25 75 50 100 c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. d. Payment shall be made under: Item No. — Mobilization (10% Max.) 7 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2. Bid Item No. 2 — Work Zone Traffic Control a. Description: The work specified in this Item consists of maintaining traffic within the limits of the project for the duration of the construction period including any temporary suspensions of the work. It shall include the construction and maintenance of any necessary detour facilities; the providing of necessary facilities for access to residences, businesses, etc. along the project; the furnishing, installing and maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during construction including barrier walls, the control of dust, and any other special requirements for safe and expeditious movement of traffic as may be called for on the plans. The term, Maintenance of Traffic, as used herein, shall include all of such facilities, devices and operations as are required for the safety and convenience of the public as well as for minimizing public nuisance, all as specified in this Section. b. Measurement: The quantity of Work Zone Traffic Control shall be measured as one lump sum quantity as shown on the drawings or directed by the Project Representative. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. Partial payments will be pro -rated throughout the duration of construction of this Project d. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 2 — Work Zone Traffic Control 3. Bid Item No. 3 - Clearing and Grubbing a. Description: The work specified in this item consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials for the clearing and grubbing within the limits shown on the plans, including the removal and proper disposal of vegetation, trees, asphalt, concrete, deleterious materials and incidentals necessary for establishing the construction zones for the project. b. Measurement: The quantity of Clearing and Grubbing shall be measured as one lump sum quantity as shown on the drawings or directed by the Project Representative. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at Section Na 8 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED • • • • • SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. Partial payments will be pro -rated throughout the duration of construction of this Project. d. Payment shall be made under: Storm-Sewer Item No. 3 - Clearing and Grubbing dewatering, shoring, bracing, except testing and all other related and specifications. b. Measurement: The quantity for the RCP Storm Sewer Installation shall be according to the number of linear feet m asurcd horizontally, at the drawings or directed by the Project Representative. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the d. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 4 through 9 Furnish and Install RCP Storm Sewers 4. Bid Item Nos. 5 through 12 — Construct, Furnish and Install Storm Sewer a. Description: The work under this item consists of furnishing all materials, labor and equipment for installing, by open cut, the storm sewer, including joints and jointing materials, trench box and open cut excavation, back fill, dewatering, shoring, bracing, except testing and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete and operable drainage pipeline as shown on the construction plans and specifications. Section IVa 9 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS b. Measurement: The quantity for the Storm Sewer Installation shall be according to the number of linear feet measured horizontally, at the centerline of the pipe, installed, completed and accepted as shown on the drawings or directed by the Project Representative. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract price per linear foot set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. d. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 5 through 12 - Furnish and Install Storm Sewers 5. Bid Item No. 25 Erosion & Sedimentation Protection (Silt Fence, Floating Turbidity Barrier, Inlet Protection) Bid Item No. 30 — Erosion & Sedimentation Protection (Silt Fence, Floating Turbidity Barrier, Inlet Protection) a. Description: The work under this item consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials for erosion control device such as silt fencing, floating turbidity barriers, and inlet protection for the project including excavating, trenching, backfill, compaction, staking, securing and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to provide erosion control as shown on the construction plans or as directed by the Project Representative. b. Measurement: The quantity of erosion and sedimentation protection shall be lump sum as shown on the drawings or directed by the Project Representative. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract price per lump sum as set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. d. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 25- 30 — Erosion & Sedimentation Protection (Silt Fence, Floating Turbidity Barrier, Inlet Protection) 6. Bid Item TTe. 37 4" Sidewalk Bid Item No. 36 — 4" Concrete Sidewalk a. Description: The work specified in this item consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials for the 4" concrete sidewalk within the limits shown on the plans, including the removal and Section IVa 10 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED • • • • • • SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS proper disposal of vegetation, trees, asphalt, concrete, deleterious materials and incidentals necessary for establishing the construction zones for the project and as required per FDOT Standard Specifications Section 522 (latest edition). b. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for will be the plan quantity, in square yards, completed and accepted. c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract unit price price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. e. Payment shall be made under: Item No.37 36 — 4" Concrete Sidewalk Add the following new Subsection to Section IV. 67 MINIMUM TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS — SITE WORK Section IVa 11 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED MINIMUM TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS SITE WORK Jln \712TWords\Min Test Freq Regmntdoc • SPECIFICATIONS DEFINITIONS TEST TEST IDENTIFICATIONS MINIMUM TEST REQUIREMENTS RECOMMENDED MINIMUM FREQUENCY Backfill over Pipelines AASHTO T -191 T -238 AASHTO T -99 100% of ASSHTO T -99 1 test per 2' vertical (compacted) in a staggered pattern per 300 L.F. or part thereof of uninterrupted run of pipe beginning at 2' over top of pipe for pipe less than 12" diameter; at top of pipe for pipe 12" diameter to 24" diameter; at spring line of pipe for pipe with diameter greater than 24 ". One per uniform material. Field Density Moisture Density (Proctor) Backfill over Trenches AASHTO T -99 One per uniform material. Moisture Density (Proctor) Roadway Embankment AASHTO T -191 T -238 AASHTO T -99 100% of AASHTO T -99 1 test every 300 L.F. or part thereof with no fewer than 2 per street. 1 test per 2' vertical in a staggered pattern. 1 per uniform material or per soil type per roadway. Field Density Moisture Density (Proctor) Stabilized Suborade FDOT Per Plans Centerline: 1 test every 300 L.F. or part thereof in a staggered pattern and at all changes in soil classification. No less than 1 per street. Curbline: one per 300 L.F. each side of road, as applicable. Florida Bearing Value Limerock Bearing Ratio (alternate) FDOT Per Plans Centerline: 400' intervals or part thereof on alternate sides of centerline and at all changes in soil classifications. No less than 1 per street. Curbline: 1 per 400 L.F. each side of road, as applicable Thickness Per plans (1/2" allowable under tolerance) 300' intervals or part thereof on altemate side of centerline. No less than 1 per street Field Density Moisture Density (Proctor) ASSHTO T -180 T -191 T -238 AASHTO T -180 98% of AASHTO T -180 Roadway: 1 test every 300 L.F. or part thereof in a staggered pattern. Minimum 1. per street. Curbline: 1 test every 300 L.F. along each side of road. One per uniform material. Limerock Base Course AASHTO T -191 T -191 T -238 Per test lab 98% of AASHTO T -180 Per Plans (1/2" allowable under tolerance) 1 test every 300 LF. or part thereof per lift. Shall not be taken at same location as test for stabilization subgrade density. Minimum one per street. 1 test every 300 L.F. or part thereof in staggered pattern. 3 test minimum per street. Field Density Thickness (see Special Condition No. 2) Moisture Density (Proctor) AASHTO T -180 For each uniform material. Jln \712TWords\Min Test Freq Regmntdoc • • MINIMUM TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS SITE WORK J:\jn\71211Words\Min Test Freq Reqmntdoc SPECIFICATIONS Quality AASHTO T -27 FDOT AASHTO T -89 AASHTO T -90 Section 915 Section 911 DOT Manual Minimum % Carbonates Maximum 35 Non - plastic 1 each per uniform material. (waived if certification provided from testing laboratory.) A) Gradation B) Carbonates C) Liquid Limit D) Plasticity Index Concrete (non- ASTM C -31 ASTM C -39 Per Plans 3000 psi minimum at 28 days 1 Set of 3 cylinders per 1000 L.F. curb per each structural) (Ex: Curb and Sidewalk) Compressive Strength side of road. 1 set of 3 cylinders per 1000 If of sidewalk per each side of road. Cylinders to be made and tested by independent testing laboratories or one daily. Slump AASHTO T -23 T -119 Per specs 1 per set of cylinders Asphaltic Concrete Current Specifications Per spec. Per spec. Per spec. Per spec. Per spec. Per spec. Per spec. 1 per day or 1 per 500 tons of asphaltic concrete. Marshall Field Stability Gradation Voids in min. agg. ( %) Voids filled/A.C. ( %) Total air voids ( %) Effective NC cont. Field Air Temperature Current Specifications Above 40 °f. and rising At time of placement Field Asphalt Temperature Current Specifications Current Specifications Each fifth truck. Field Density ASTM D -1188 or ASTM 2922 Current Specifications 1 test per 500 LF. per screed width per applied asphalt. Thickness (during paving) Per Lab Current Specifications At the time of placing average of 3 thickness determinations per width of screed per 100 LF. Performed prior to compaction in staggered pattem. Thickness'"` (After paved) Core borings Per plans and specs Minimum 3 per block or every 300 L.F. on staggered pattem. Asphalt cores only, if base cored prior to laying asphaltic concrete wearing course. J:\jn\71211Words\Min Test Freq Reqmntdoc SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOT Certification Form (Attach this form to Maintenance of Try plans steed to th e City of Clearwater) Project narne_: Printed Signature Date Name of certified person signing cif the MOT plan Agency issuing MOT certification. Q IMSA D ATSSA FOOT MOT certfca1iart level MOT certification number MOT certification expiration date Comments_ Section IVa 14 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED • • SECTION IVa - SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MT Certification Form (Attach this form to Maintenance of Traffic plans submitted to the City of Clearwater) Project name Prior name af pe_rsoa s who is certified in MOT (Mabeemeace ofTraffic). lAgency issuing MOT certification: Fill mMOT aettification level e_e ahe >smil r d M e. Printed Signature - Name of certified person signing off the MOT plans Aid .mmeoflimjectand pnjea number_ Ifnune then descbe work Catned person .shall Sign, Mid doe the-appropuiare antes_ Date Section IVa -1 FM in MGT cmifec FiQuMOT member ifs expiration rf D IMSA D FDOT El ATSSA_ L k die boa: issr die af T��, --� Certification. MOT certification level M number MOT certification Comments_ expiration date 1 Add sm caws that permiato the project or work being conducted,. such as: -time & date ofjob, dmatinn of job; name ufmadbem dosed; dermas used sidewalk rte' Attach completed MOT Certification kern to MOT plan and sahrad to the City of Clearwater's Traffic Opeiatians Division_ END OF SECTION 15 of 15 10/17/2013 CONFORMED • • • EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS (Project No. 10-0027-UT) SECTION IVb Supplemental Technical Specifications Prepared for: :Ckarwater Prepared by: Kin ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES, INC KING ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES, INC. 4921 MEMORIAL HIGHWAY ONE MEMORIAL CENTER, SUITE 300 TAMPA, FL 33634 August 2013 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • • SECTION IVb - SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00120 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01014 SUMMARY OF WORK 01015 CONTROL OF WORK 01016 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01030 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01040 COORDINATION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01150 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01153 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01200 MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 01300 SUBMITTALS 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01410 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01505 MOBILIZATION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01530 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 08/20/2013 01540 SECURITY 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01625 START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01640 QUALITY CONTROL 01670 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 PROJECT CLEANING 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS DIVISION 02 SITEWORK Unless otherwise listed below, all work shall be in accordance with FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Latest Edition. 02060 SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02061 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02100 SITE PREPARATION 02140 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02221 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02222 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02245 TEMPORARY SEWER BYPASSING 02485 SODDING 02530 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, CURBS AND GUTTERS (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02650 FORCE MAINS 02730 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) ii 08/20/2013 • • • • 1 SECTION 00120 2 3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 4 5 ARTICLE SP -1 CONTRACT PERIOD 6 7 A. The term Final Completion means the time at which the Work has 8 progressed to the point where in the opinion of the Engineer, the Work, 9 including all "punch list" items, is fully and finally completed in a good and 10 workmanlike manner, in accordance with the Contract Documents and 11 free of all defects and deficiencies; As -Built drawings have been 12 submitted and approved; all required final governmental inspections and 13 approvals have been obtained, and; the Work is ready for final payment 14 as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15 16 ARTICLE SP -2 RESTORATION OF THE JOB SITE 17 18 A. The following shall be added to Section 10 of Section IV: 19 20 1. For all work shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall have no 21 more than 1,500 feet of unrestored length along a completed 22 main, or shall restore each street/road where the main has been 23 completed with a temporary asphalt patch, prior to excavating the 24 next area. No open trenches shall be allowed during non - working 25 hours for all work in this project. 26 27 2. Good housekeeping on this project is extremely important and the 28 Contractor will be responsible for keeping the construction site 29 neat and clean, with debris being removed daily as the work 30 progresses or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Good 31 housekeeping at the job site shall include: Removing all tools and 32 temporary structures, dirt, rubbish, etc.; hauling all excess dirt, 33 rock, etc., from excavations to a dump provided by the Contractor; 34 and all clean up shall be accomplished to the satisfaction of the 35 Engineer. Dust shall be controlled daily as may be required. 36 Immediately after construction completion in an area or part 37 thereof (including restoration), barricades, construction equipment 38 and surplus and discarded materials shall be removed by the 39 Contractor. 40 41 3. In the event that the timely clean up and restoration of the job site 42 is not accomplished to the satisfaction of the City Representative, 43 the City Representative shall make arrangements to affect the 44 necessary clean up by others. The Contractor shall be charged 45 for these costs through deductions in payment due the contractor. 46 If, in the opinion of the City, such action becomes necessary, the 47 City shall not be held responsible for the inadvertent removal from SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -1 CONFORMED • 1 the work site of materials which the Contractor would not normally 2 have disposed of had he affected the required clean up. 3 4 4. Asphalt restoration along all streets affected only by sanitary 5 sewer construction shall consist of compacting backfill in 6 -inch 6 layers for the full width of the trench up to the bottom of the 7 roadway base followed by construction of the base, removing the 8 existing remaining asphalt by milling or other means, and repaving 9 the entire roadway with 11/2 inch of asphalt. All streets shall be 10 repaved with asphalt from edge -of- pavement to edge -of- pavement 11 regardless of which lanes are impacted by construction activities. 12 Repaving of the roadway from edge -of- pavement to edge -of- 13 pavement shall not occur until all construction activities within that 14 roadway, for the entire length of the roadway, are completed. It is 15 not required that construction activities along every roadway within 16 the project area be completed before repaving begins. Should 17 construction activities along any given roadway, for the entire 18 length of the roadway, be completed the Contractor may begin to 19 resurface that roadway. Temporary asphalt patches shall be 20 provided to maintain no more than 1,500 feet of unrestored trench 21 length. 22 23 5. Asphalt restoration shall be per Section IV — Technical • 24 Specifications Article 22 and 23 for roads /streets within the City of 25 Clearwater Right of Way and Section 02576 for roads /streets 26 within the Pinellas County Right of Way (Palmetto Street). 27 28 6. Detectable warnings shall be placed in each new curb ramp. The 29 placement of the detectable warning shall per FDOT Standard 30 Index No. 304. The detectable warning shall be Armor -Tile Cast - 31 in -Place tactile system (color: Federal Yellow), or approved equal. 32 33 7. The City reserves the right to stop new construction until the 34 provisions of this Article are satisfied with no award of additional 35 contract time or cost. 36 37 ARTICLE SP -3 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 38 39 A. The following shall be added to Section 44 of Section IV: 40 41 44.2.2 Prior to construction, the Contractor shall submit a proposed 42 Maintenance of Traffic Plan (MOT) and pedestrian controls 43 plan in accordance with the Florida Department of 44 Transportation (FDOT) Design Standards Index 600 thru 45 670. MOT and pedestrian control plans affecting a Pinellas 46 County Right of Way shall be signed and sealed by a Florida 47 Registered Professional Engineer. In accordance with City • 48 Specification Section 44.4, all plans affecting City of SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -2 CONFORMED • 1 Clearwater rights -of -way shall be signed and sealed by 2 either a Professional Engineer or an individual who is 3 certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of 4 Florida. The Contractor will be provided with the AUTOCAD 5 drawing files of the contract documents to assist with this 6 effort. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the 7 proper and safe installation and implementation of the MOT 8 and pedestrian control plans. 9 10 44.2.3 Temporary Curb (Asphaltic or Concrete) shall not be used, 11 with the following exception: Portable Temporary Low Profile 12 Barrier for Roadside Safety, in accordance with FDOT Index 13 412, can be used in lieu of barrier walls for design speeds of 14 45 mph or less, where a low profile is desired to maintain 15 sight distance at intersections and driveways. The 16 Contractor shall not receive additional compensation for 17 relocating the barrier wall (Le., from one construction phase 18 to another). The approved "Portable Temporary Low Profile 19 Barrier for Roadside Safety" is a proprietary design by the 20 University of Florida. Only those barrier units cast by •21 producers licensed by the University of Florida will be 22 allowed for installation. 23 24 44.3.5 The Contractor shall maintain access at all times for postal 25 delivery, emergency services, and trash pickup. The postal 26 service, police department, fire department, and solid waste 27 services shall be notified of the need to temporarily close 28 any roadway and an alternate means of access to affected 29 properties shall be provided. All lane and road closure 30 notifications shall be submitted to Dorothee Morrow in the 31 Traffic Engineering Dept. (727)- 562 -4776. 32 33 44.3.6 The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a 34 manner that will maintain access to private 35 property /driveways and will result in minimum inconvenience 36 to the public accessing the neighborhood roads and /or 37 business establishments and shall provide temporary access 38 during construction. All restoration must be performed to an 39 equal or better condition than that which existed prior to 40 construction. 41 42 44.3.7 In the event that vehicular access to residences and /or 43 driveways will be temporarily blocked, the Contractor shall 44 notify the City five (5) days in advance and shall assist the • 45 46 City with coordinating with affected residents. This shall include development and distribution by the Contractor of a 47 door hanger to be hung at each affected lot no later than SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -3 CONFORMED 1 three (3) days prior to blocking access. Blocking vehicular 2 access to any residence shall not exceed one calendar day. 3 4 B. Al references in Section IV to the "2004 Standard Specifications for Road 5 and Bridge Construction" shall be changed to the "2013 Standard 6 Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ". 7 8 ARTICLE SP -4 WARRANTY PERIOD 9 10 A. The warranty period for all work performed in the project shall be one (1) 11 year from the date of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall 12 remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any 13 damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of 14 one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. 15 16 ARTICLE SP -5 EXISTING UTILITIES RELOCATION 17 18 A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that there are multiple 19 existing utilities that are within the construction corridor (i.e. along each 20 road) that may be in conflict with the proposed piping. The Contractor 21 shall provide sufficient time in the Contractor's planning /scheduling of the 22 work so that the Contractor can field verify (pothole) existing utilities to 23 determine if a conflict exists. Should a conflict exist, the Contractor shall 24 immediately notify the Owner, Engineer, and the owner of the utility in 25 conflict. If the conflict is with a gas main or gas service lateral, the 26 Clearwater Gas company will be responsible for relocating the gas 27 main /gas service lateral at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor shall 28 plan and coordinate his work accordingly to allow the Owner of the utility 29 that is in conflict sufficient time to relocate their utilities. No claim for 30 additional time shall be granted to the Contractor for failing to properly 31 coordinate and plan his work to allow for the relocation of existing utilities 32 by the owner of the utility. 33 34 ARTICLE SP -6 EXISTING WATER, RECLAIMED WATER, SEWER, AND GAS 35 SERVICES 36 37 A. Existing utility services to individual lots are not shown on the plans. The 38 Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to locate and protect 39 existing utility services. Other than water and gas services, damaged 40 services shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 41 42 B. The Contractor shall provide 48 hour written notice to the City when water 43 reclaimed water, or sewer service to any residence is anticipated to be 44 interrupted. Interruptions in water service shall not last more than 4 hours 45 and water service shall be restored by the end of each working day. 46 47 C. Reclaimed water main offsets, if required, shall be coordinated with the SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -4 CONFORMED • • • 1 reclaimed water supervisor. City crews will turn the reclaimed water valves 2 on and off to perform any work that needs to be done. 3 4 D. When damaged, the replacement of each water service lateral piping 5 includes: 6 7 1. Closing the existing curb stop and corporation stop; 8 2. Removing the existing water service pipe from the curb stop to the 9 corporation stop; 10 3. Furnishing and installing the new SDR -9 polyethylene water service 11 tubing, PVC casing, tracer wire, and miscellaneous compression to 12 threaded pipe adapter couplings; 13 4. Connecting the new water service tubing to the existing corporation 14 stop; 15 5. Opening the corporation stop to flush the service tubing clean; 16 6. Furnishing and installing a new curb stop on the meter side of the 17 service tubing. 18 19 The Contractor shall not connect the water service tubing with the new 20 curb stop to the meter. This end shall be left loose for the Owner to make • 21 22 the connection between the new curb stop and existing meter. All necessary adapter and couplings required to make the connections shall 23 be provided by the Contractor to the Owner. 24 25 No pressure testing will be required to be performed on the water service 26 piping. However, all visual Teaks shall be repaired immediately by the 27 Contractor. 28 29 The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and provide the Owner a 30 minimum of 48 -hours advance notice of when the water service lateral is 31 ready to be connected to the existing water meter. 32 33 ARTICLE SP -7 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 34 35 A. A "Report of Geotechnical Investigation" for the project completed by 36 Driggers Engineering Services Inc. is provided in these specifications to 37 assist Contractors with preparation of their bids. 38 39 B. Contractors may perform additional geotechnical investigations at the site 40 that they deem necessary for preparing their bids. 41 42 ARTICLE SP -8 PHASING AND BYPASS PUMPING 43 44 A. It is the intent of these documents that continuous sewer service be •45 maintained as much as possible until the new sewers are constructed, 46 tested, and accepted by the Owner. Temporary shutdown of sewer 47 service to affected lots will be allowed to facilitate construction but shall SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -5 CONFORMED 1 not exceed one calendar day. In the event that sewer service will be 2 interrupted, the Contractor shall notify the City five (5) days in advance 3 and shall assist the City with coordinating with affected residents. This 4 shall include development and distribution by the Contractor of a door 5 hanger to be hung at each affected lot no later than three (3) days prior to 6 interrupting sewer service. 7 8 B. It is the intent of this contract that the gravity sewer be constructed 9 starting from the downstream end and placed into service in phases. In 10 general, the first phase consists of the segment between Highland 11 Avenue (MH 01) and the intersection of Elmwood and Glenwood Avenues 12 (MH 05). Phase 2 is from MH 05 to MH 12 at Smallwood Circle and 13 Maple Street. Phase 3 is from MH 12 to MH 15 at Wood Drive and 14 Ridgewood Street. Phase 4 is from MH 15 to MH 19. The Contractor 15 may suggest an alternate phasing approach and shall submit his 16 proposed phasing plan for review. 17 18 C. Prior to being accepted and placed into service, each phase shall be 19 satisfactorily tested and inspected; As -Built drawings shall be submitted to 20 the Engineer; and a Letter of Clearance shall be obtained from the FDEP 21 by the City. The Contractor's schedule shall allow for a period of 2 weeks 22 between the time As- Builts are accepted by the Engineer and clearance is 23 obtained from the FDEP. 24 25 D. Once clearance is obtained from the FDEP and the sewer is ready to be 26 placed into service, existing sewer laterals may be connected to the new 27 sewer and the existing sewer may be abandoned. 28 29 E. The Contractor shall provide bypass pumping when required to take an 30 existing sewer out of service and maintain sewage flow. 31 32 ARTICLE SP -9 TREE REMOVAL 33 34 A. Trees marked on the Drawings with an "X" indicate trees that are 35 potentially required to be removed by the Contractor due to not meeting 36 the criteria for root pruning and /or the tree's proximity to the location of the 37 sanitary sewer main, sanitary sewer street lateral, or sanitary sewer 38 service lateral work. 39 40 B. For each tree marked on the plans with an "X ", the Contractor shall field 41 verify if removal of the tree appears to be required based on the 42 Contractor's means and methods of installing the utilities. Should the 43 Contractor deem that removal of a tree appears to be required, the 44 Contractor shall: 45 46 1. Mark the tree by with a red ribbon around the trunk. Marking the tree 47 using paint is prohibited. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -6 CONFORMED • • • • • 1 2 2. Notify the Owner and Engineer that potential tree(s) that may need to 3 be removed have been marked. 4 5 3. Allow the Owner and Engineer up to ten (10) business days to field 6 verify and provide the Contractor with approval that the tree may be 7 removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for marking the trees 8 and scheduling with the Owner and Engineer as described herein, so 9 that it does not affect the Contractor's schedule. The Contractor shall 10 not remove any tree without the Owner's approval. 11 12 C. Should there be other trees that are not marked with an "X" on the 13 Drawings for which removal appears necessary, the Contractor shall 14 follow the same procedure as defined above. 15 16 D. Removal of trees on private property is also subject to the above 17 requirements and the homeowner's concurrence. 18 19 E. The removal of a tree consists of the following in general: 20 21 1. Removing the tree including all limbs and branches and disposing of 22 the tree. 23 24 2. Grinding the stump of the tree to 12- inches below grade. 25 26 3. Placing top soil over the affected area. 27 28 4. Placing sod over the area and installing fertilizer and watering the sod 29 30 F. Any damage to public or private property during the removal of a tree in 31 public or private property shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 32 33 G. Trees within areas shown on the plans directing the Contractor to clear 34 and grub a construction corridor shall not be subject to the tree removal 35 requirements previously described herein. 36 37 38 END OF SECTION 39 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -7 CONFORMED 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120 -8 CONFORMED • • • • 1 SECTION 01005 2 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Description 10 11 The Work to be completed consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials 12 and equipment, and the performance of all Work included in this Contract. 13 14 B. Work Included 15 16 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, materials, plant, 17 power, light, heat, fuel, water, tools, appliances, equipment, supplies and 18 other means of construction necessary or proper for performing and 19 completing the Work. The Contractor shall perform and complete the Work 20 in the manner best calculated to promote rapid construction consistent with • 21 22 safety of life and property and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall clean up the 23 Work and maintain it during and after construction, until accepted, and shall 24 do all Work and pay all costs incidental thereto. The Contractor shall repair 25 or restore all structures and property that may be damaged or disturbed 26 during performance of the Work. 27 28 The cost of incidental Work described in these General Requirements, for 29 which there are no specific Contract Items, shall be considered as part of the 30 general cost of doing the Work and shall be included in the prices for the 31 various Contract Items. No additional payment will be made therefore. 32 33 The Contractor shall provide and maintain such modern plant, tools, and 34 equipment as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to perform in 35 a satisfactory and acceptable manner all the Work required by this Contract. 36 Only equipment of established reputation and proven efficiency shall be 37 used. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of his 38 workmanship, materials and equipment, prior approval of the Engineer 39 notwithstanding. 40 41 C. Public Utility Installation and Structures 42 43 Public utility installations and structures shall be understood to include all 44 poles, tracks, pipes, wires, conduits, house service connections, vaults, • 45 manholes and all other appurtenances and facilities pertaining thereto 46 whether owned or controlled by the Owner, other governmental bodies or 47 privately owned by individuals, firms or corporations, used to serve the public GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -1 07/22/2013 • 1 with transportation, traffic control, gas, electricity, telephone, sewerage, 2 drainage, water or other public or private property which may be affected by 3 the Work shall be deemed included hereunder. 4 5 The Contractor shall protect all public utility installations and structures from 6 damage during the Work. Access across any buried public utility installation, 7 or structure, shall be made only in such locations and by means approved by 8 the Engineer. The Contractor shall so arrange his operations as to avoid any 9 damage to these facilities. All required protective devices and construction 10 shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense. All existing public utilities 11 damaged by the Contractor, which are shown on the Plans or have been 12 located in the field by the utility, shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his 13 expense, as directed by the Engineer. No separate payment shall be made 14 for such protection or repairs to public utility installations or structures. 15 16 Public utility installations or structures owned or controlled by the Owner or 17 other governmental body, which are shown on the Plans to be removed, 18 relocated, replaced or rebuilt by the Contractor, shall be considered as a part 19 of the general cost of doing the Work and shall be included in the prices bid 20 for the various contract items. No separate payment shall be made 21 therefore. 22 23 Where public utility installations or structures owned or controlled by the 24 Owner or other governmental body are encountered during the course of the 25 Work, and are not indicated on the Plans or in the Specifications, and when, 26 in the opinion of the Engineer, removal, relocation, replacement or rebuilding 27 is necessary to complete the Work under this Contract, such Work shall be 28 accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction, or such Work may be ordered, 29 in writing by the Engineer, for the Contractor to accomplish. If such Work is 30 accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction it will be carried out 31 expeditiously and the Contractor shall give full cooperation to permit the 32 utility to complete the removal, relocation, replacement or rebuilding as 33 required. If such Work is accomplished by the Contractor, it will be in 34 accordance with the General and Supplemental General Conditions. 35 36 All owners, governmental utility departments, and owners of public utilities 37 that may be affected by the Work will be informed in writing by the Engineer 38 within two weeks after the execution of the Contract or Contract covering the 39 Work. Such notice will set out, in general, and direct attention to, the 40 responsibilities of the Owner and other governmental utility departments and 41 other owners of public utilities for such installations and structures as may be 42 affected by the Work and will be accompanied by one set of Plans and 43 Specifications covering the Work under such Contract or Contracts. 44 45 In addition to the general notice given by the Engineer, the Contractor shall 46 47 give written notice to Owner and other governmental utility departments and • other owners of public utilities of the locations of proposed construction GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -2 07/22/2013 • 1 operations, at least forty-eight hours in advance of breaking ground in any 2 area or on any unit of the Work. 3 The maintenance, repair, removal, relocation or rebuilding of public utility 4 installations and structures, when accomplished by the Contractor as herein 5 provided, shall be done by methods approved by the Engineer. 6 7 The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be 8 done in accordance with the following standards: 9 10 a. No more than 200 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; 11 12 b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated 13 material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material 14 shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road 15 ditch or waterway. 16 17 1.02 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 18 19 A. Drawings 20 • 21 22 When obtaining data and information from the Construction Drawings, figures shall be used in preference to scaled dimensions, and large scale 23 drawings in preference to small scale drawings. 24 25 B. Copies Furnished to Contractor 26 27 After the Agreement has been executed, the Contractor will be furnished 28 copies of Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. 29 30 The Contractor shall furnish each of the subcontractors, manufacturers, and 31 suppliers such copies of the Contract Documents as may be required for 32 their Work. Additional copies of the Drawings and Specifications, when 33 requested, may be furnished to the Contractor at cost of reproduction. 34 35 C. Supplementary Drawings 36 37 When, in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to explain more 38 fully the Work to be done or to illustrate the Work further or to show any 39 changes which may be required, Drawings known as Supplementary 40 Drawings, with Specifications pertaining thereto, will be prepared by the 41 Engineer and up to five paper prints thereof will be given to the Contractor 42 and two copies to the Owner. 43 44 D. Contractor to Check Drawings and Data •45 46 The Contractor shall verify all dimensions, quantities and details shown on 47 the Shop Drawings, Construction Drawings, Supplementary Drawings, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -3 07/22/2013 1 Schedules, Specifications or other data received from the Engineer and shall 2 notify the Engineer of any errors, omissions, conflicts and discrepancies 3 found therein. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Request for 4 Information (RFI), consecutively numbered, detailing all errors, omissions, 5 conflicts and discrepancies. Engineer will promptly provide a response to all 6 RFIs submitted by the Contractor. Contractor shall not take advantage of 7 any errors or omissions, as full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer, 8 should such errors or omissions be discovered. 9 10 E. Technical Specifications 11 12 The Technical Specifications consist of three parts: General, Products and 13 Execution. The General Section contains General Requirements that govern 14 the Work. Products and Execution modify and supplement these by detailed 15 requirements for the Work and shall always govern whenever there appears 16 to be an inconsistency. 17 18 F. Intent 19 20 All Work called for in the Specifications applicable to this Contract, but not 21 shown on the Construction Drawings in their present form, or vice verse, 22 shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. Work not specified in 23 either the Construction Drawings or in the Specifications, but involved in 24 carrying out their intent or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, 25 is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were 26 specifically delineated or described. 27 28 The apparent silence of the Specifications as to any detail, or the apparent 29 omission from them of a detailed description concerning any Work to be 30 done and materials to be furnished, shall be regarded as meaning that only 31 the best general practice is to prevail and that only material and 32 workmanship of the best quality is to be used, and interpretation of these 33 Specifications shall be made upon that basis. 34 35 The inclusion of the Related Requirements (or Work specified elsewhere) in 36 the General part of the specifications is only for the convenience of the 37 Contractor, and shall not be interpreted as a complete list of related 38 Specification Sections. 39 40 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 41 42 A. Manufacturer (Suppliers) 43 44 The names of proposed manufacturers, suppliers and dealers who are to 45 furnish materials, fixtures, equipment, appliances or other fittings shall be 46 submitted to the Engineer for approval. Such approval must be obtained 47 before shop drawings will be checked. No manufacturer will be approved for GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -4 07/22/2013 • • • • 1 any materials to be furnished under this Contract unless the Contractor shall 2 be of good reputation and have a plant of ample capacity. The Contractor 3 shall, upon the request of the Engineer, be required to submit evidence that 4 The Contractor has manufactured a similar product to the one specified and 5 that it has been previously used for a like purpose for a sufficient length of 6 time to demonstrate its satisfactory performance. All transactions with the 7 manufacturers or subcontractors shall be through the Contractor, unless the 8 Contractor shall request in writing to the Engineer, that the manufacturer or 9 subcontractor deal directly with the Engineer. Any such transactions shall 10 not in any way release the Contractor from his full responsibility under this 11 Contract. 12 13 Any two or more pieces of material or equipment of the same kind, type or 14 classification, and being used for identical types of service, shall be made by 15 the same manufacturer. 16 17 B. Delivery 18 19 The Contractor shall coordinate delivery of materials in ample quantities to 20 prevent delays. The Contractor shall insure the most speedy and • 21 22 uninterrupted progress of the Work so as to complete the Work within the allotted Contract Time. The Contractor shall also coordinate deliveries in 23 order to avoid delay in, or impediment of, the progress of the Work of any 24 related Contractor. 25 26 C. Tools and Accessories 27 28 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, 29 furnish with each type, kind or size of equipment, one complete set of 30 suitably marked, high grade, special tools and /or appliances needed to 31 adjust, operate, maintain or repair the equipment. Such tools and appliances 32 shall be furnished in approved painted steel cases, properly labeled and 33 equipped with cylinder locks and duplicate keys. 34 35 Spare parts shall be furnished as specified herein and shall comply with one 36 of the following requirements: 37 38 Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial nameplate, 39 securely fastened in place and clearly inscribed with the manufacturer's 40 name, year of manufacture, serial number, weight and principal rating data. 41 42 a. Those spare parts not available to the Owner within 24- hours. 43 44 b. Those spare parts identified by the supplier as critical. •45 46 c. Those spare parts so specified. 47 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -5 07/22/2013 1 D. Installation of Equipment 2 3 1. The Contractor shall have on hand sufficient proper equipment and 4 machinery of ample capacity to facilitate the Work and to handle all 5 emergencies normally encountered in Work of this character. 6 7 2. Equipment shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike manner on the 8 foundations at the locations and elevations shown on the Construction 9 Drawings, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer during 10 installation. All equipment shall be correctly aligned, leveled and 11 adjusted for satisfactory operation and shall be installed so that 12 proper and necessary connections can be made readily between the 13 various units. 14 15 3. The Contractor shall furnish, install and protect all necessary anchor 16 and attachment bolts and all other appurtenances needed for the 17 installation of the devices included in the equipment specified. 18 Anchor bolts shall be as approved by the Engineer and made of 19 ample size and strength for the purpose intended. Substantial 20 templates and working drawings for installation shall be furnished by 21 the Contractor. 22 23 4. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all materials and 24 labor for, and shall properly bed in non - shrink grout, each piece of 25 equipment on its supporting base that rests on masonry foundations. 26 Grout shall completely fill the space between the equipment base and 27 the foundation. All metal surfaces coming in contact with concrete or 28 grout shall receive a coat of coal tar epoxy equal to Kop -Coat 300M, 29 or material /paint as directed by the Engineer. 30 31 E. Services of Manufacturer's Representative 32 33 1. The prices for equipment shall include the cost of furnishing a 34 competent and experienced, factory- trained engineer or 35 superintendent who shall represent the manufacturer and shall assist 36 the Contractor, when required, to install, adjust, test and place in 37 operation the equipment in conformity with the Contract Documents. 38 After the equipment is placed in permanent operation by the Owner, 39 such engineer or superintendent shall make all adjustments and tests 40 required by the Engineer to prove that such equipment is proper and 41 in satisfactory operating condition, and shall instruct such personnel 42 as may be designated by the Owner in the proper operation and 43 maintenance of such equipment. 44 45 2. In addition, the Contractor shall have the manufacturer's 46 representative execute a written Certification of Proper Installation 47 indicating that the Contractor has installed the equipment in GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -6 07/22/2013 • • • 1 accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. No 2 equipment will be accepted without this Certification of Proper 3 Installation. 4 5 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 6 7 A. General 8 9 For tests specified to be made by the Contractor, the testing personnel shall 10 make the necessary inspections and tests and the reports thereof shall be in 11 such form as will facilitate checking to determine compliance with the 12 Contract Documents. Five copies of the reports shall be submitted and 13 certification thereof must be furnished to the Engineer as a prerequisite for 14 the acceptance of any material or equipment. 15 16 If, in the making of any test of any material or equipment, it is ascertained by 17 the Engineer that the material or equipment does not comply with the 18 Contract, the Contractor will be notified thereof and the Contractor will be 19 directed to refrain from delivering said material or equipment, or to remove it 20 promptly from the site or from the Work and replace it with acceptable 4111 21 material, without cost to the Owner. 22 23 Tests of electrical and mechanical equipment and appliances shall be 24 conducted in accordance with recognized test codes of the ANSI, ASME, or 25 the IEEE, except as may otherwise be stated herein. 26 27 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of 28 equipment during tests and instruction periods and shall neither have nor 29 make any claim for damage that may occur to equipment prior to the time 30 when the Owner formally takes over the operation thereof. 31 32 B. Costs 33 34 All testing furnished under this Contract shall be performed by the Contractor 35 or inspection bureaus without cost to the Owner, unless otherwise expressly 36 specified. 37 38 The cost of shop and field tests of equipment and of certain other tests 39 specifically called for in the Contract Documents shall be borne by the 40 Contractor and such costs shall be deemed to be included in the Contract 41 price. 42 43 Materials and equipment submitted by the Contractor as equivalent to those 44 specified may be tested by the Owner for compliance with the specifications. •45 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the expenditures incurred in 46 making such tests on materials and equipment that are rejected for non - 47 compliance. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -7 07/22/2013 1 2 C. Inspection of Materials 3 4 The Contractor shall give notice in writing to the Engineer sufficiently in 5 advance of his intention to commence the manufacture or preparation of 6 materials especially manufactured or prepared for use in or as part of the 7 permanent construction. Such notice shall contain a request for inspection, 8 the date of commencement and the expected date of completion of the 9 manufacture or preparation of materials. Upon receipt of such notice, the 10 Engineer will arrange to have a representative present at such times during 11 the manufacture as maybe necessary to inspect the materials or he will notify 12 the Contractor that the inspection will be made at a point other than the point 13 of manufacture, or he will notify the Contractor that inspection will be waived. 14 The Contractor must comply with these provisions before shipping any 15 material. Such inspection shall not release the Contractor from the 16 responsibility for furnishing materials meeting the requirements of the 17 Contract Documents. 18 19 D. Certificate of Manufacture 20 21 When inspection is waived or when the Engineer so requires, the Contractor 22 shall furnish to him authoritative evidence in the form of Certificates of 23 Manufacture that the materials to be used in the Work have been 24 manufactured and tested in conformity with the Contract Documents. These 25 certificates shall be notarized and shall include copies of the results of 26 physical tests and chemical analyses, where necessary, that have been 27 made directly on the product or on similar products of the manufacturer. 28 29 E. Shop Tests of Operating Equipment 30 31 Each piece of equipment for which pressure, duty, capacity, rating, 32 efficiency, performance, function or special requirements are specified shall 33 be tested in the shop of the maker in a manner that shall conclusively prove 34 that its characteristics comply fully with the requirements of the Contract 35 Documents. No such equipment shall be shipped to the Work until the 36 Engineer notifies the Contractor, in writing, that the results of such tests are 37 acceptable. 38 39 Five copies of the manufacturer's actual test data and interpreted results 40 thereof, accompanied by a certificate of authenticity sworn to by a 41 responsible official of the manufacturing company, will be forwarded to the 42 Engineer for approval. 43 44 The cost of shop tests and of furnishing manufacturer's preliminary and shop 45 test data of operating equipment shall be borne by the Contractor. 46 47 F. Preliminary Field Tests GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -8 07/22/2013 • • • 1 2 As soon as conditions permit, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, 3 and instruments and shall make preliminary field tests of equipment. If the 4 preliminary field tests indicate that any equipment furnished under this 5 Contract does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, 6 the Contractor shall, prior to the acceptance tests, make all changes, 7 adjustments and replacement required. The Contractor shall assist in the 8 preliminary field tests as applicable. 9 10 G. Final Field Tests 11 12 Upon completion of the Work and prior to final payment, all equipment and 13 piping installed under this Contract shall be subjected to acceptance tests as 14 specified or required to prove compliance with the Contract Documents. 15 16 The Contractor shall furnish labor, fuel, energy, water and all other materials, 17 equipment and instruments necessary for all acceptance tests, at no 18 additional cost to the Owner. The Supplier shall assist in the final field tests 19 as applicable. 20 21 H. Failure of Tests 22 23 Any defects in the materials and equipment or their failure to meet the tests, 24 guarantee or requirements of the Contract Documents shall be promptly 25 corrected by the Contractor, by replacement or otherwise as directed by the 26 Engineer. The decision of the Engineer as to whether or not the Contractor 27 has fulfilled his obligations under the Contract will be final and conclusive. If 28 the Contractor fails to make these corrections, or if the improved materials 29 and equipment, when tested, shall again fail to meet the guarantees or 30 specified requirements, the Owner, notwithstanding its partial payment for 31 Work, and materials and equipment, may reject the materials and equipment 32 and may order the Contractor to remove them from the site at his own 33 expense. 34 35 I. Final Inspection 36 37 During such final inspections, the Work shall be clean and free from water. 38 In no case will the final estimate be prepared until the Contractor has 39 complied with all requirements set forth and the Engineer has made his final 40 inspection of the entire Work and is satisfied that the entire Work is properly 41 and satisfactorily constructed in accordance with the requirements of the 42 Contract Documents. 43 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -9 07/22/2013 1 1.05 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 2 3 A. Temporary Fences 4 5 If, during the course of the Work, it is necessary to remove or disturb any 6 fence or part thereof, or for the protection of livestock, the Contractor shall, at 7 his own expense, if so ordered by the Engineer, provide a suitable temporary 8 fence, which shall be maintained until the permanent fence is replaced or the 9 fence is not needed. The Engineer will be solely responsible for the 10 determination of the necessity for providing a temporary fence and the type 11 of temporary fence to be used. 12 13 B. Temporary Driveways 14 15 The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain at its own expense all 16 temporary driveways and access roads required to provide access to the 17 Work and through the site of the Work, to maintain existing operations, and 18 to allow construction of other projects in the area. The Contractor shall fully 19 cooperate with the Engineer in providing this access. 20 21 1.06 TEMPORARY SERVICES 22 23 A. First Aid 24 25 The Contractor shall keep upon the site, at each location where Work is in 26 progress, a completely equipped first aid kit and shall provide ready access 27 thereto at all times when people are employed on the Work. 28 29 1.07 LINES AND GRADE 30 31 A. Grade 32 33 All Work under this Contract shall be constructed in accordance with the 34 lines and grades shown on the Construction Drawings, or as given by the 35 Engineer. The full responsibility for keeping alignment and grade rests upon 36 the Contractor. 37 38 The Contractor, prior to commencing construction, shall establish bench 39 marks and base line controlling points. The Contractor shall so place 40 excavation and other materials as to cause no inconvenience in the use of 41 the reference marks provided. The Contractor shall remove any obstructions 42 placed by him contrary to this provision. 43 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -10 07/22/2013 • • • • 1 B. Surveys 2 3 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain, at his own expense, stakes and 4 other such materials to establish all working or construction lines and grades, 5 as required, and shall be solely responsible for the accuracy thereof. 6 7 All surveying shall be performed in accordance with Specification 01050. 8 9 C. Safeguarding Marks 10 11 The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, monuments 12 and bench marks made or established on the Work, bear the cost of re- 13 establishing them if disturbed, and bear the entire expense of rectifying Work 14 improperly installed due to not maintaining or protecting or to removing 15 without authorization such established points, stakes and marks. 16 17 The Contractor shall safeguard all existing and known property corners, 18 monuments and marks adjacent to but not related to the Work and, if 19 required, shall bear the cost of re- establishing them if disturbed or destroyed. 20 •21 1.08 ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND LANDSCAPING 22 23 A. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible and liable for all damage or 24 injury as a result of his operations to all other adjacent public and private 25 property, structures of any kind and appurtenances thereto met with during 26 the progress of the Work. The cost of protection, replacement in their 27 original locations and conditions or payment of damages for injuries to such 28 adjacent public and private property and structures affected by the Work, 29 whether or not shown on the Construction Drawings or specified shall be 30 included in the various Contract Items and no separate payments will be 31 made therefore. Where such public and private property structures of any 32 kind and appurtenances thereto are not shown on the Construction Drawings 33 and in the opinion of the Engineer are damaged and required to be removed 34 in order to avoid interference with the Work, payment therefore will be made 35 as provided for in the General Conditions. 36 37 Contractor is expressly advised that the protection of buildings, structures, 38 tunnels, tanks, pipelines, etc., adjacent to and in the vicinity of his operations, 39 wherever they may be, is solely his responsibility. Conditional inspection of 40 buildings or structures in the immediate vicinity of the project, which may 41 reasonably be expected to be affected by the Work, shall be performed by, 42 and be the responsibility of, the Contractor. 43 44 Contractor shall, before starting operations, make an examination of the •45 interior and exterior of the adjacent structures, buildings, pipelines, facilities, 46 etc., and record by noting, measurements, photographs, etc., any conditions 47 that might be aggravated by open excavation and construction. Repairs or GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -11 07/22/2013 1 replacement of all conditions disturbed by the construction shall be made to 2 the satisfaction of the Owner and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This 3 does not preclude conforming to the requirements of the insurance 4 underwriters. Copies of surveys, photographs, reports, etc., shall be given to 5 the Engineer. 6 7 B. Protection of Trees 8 9 1. Unless indicated to be removed, the Contractor shall adequately 10 protect all trees and shrubs with boxes or otherwisee in accordance 11 with ordinances governing the protection of trees. No excavated 12 materials shall be placed so as to injure such trees or shrubs. Trees 13 or shrubs destroyed through negligence of the Contractor or his 14 employees shall be replaced with new stock of similar size and age, in 15 the proper season and at the sole expense of the Contractor. 16 17 2. Beneath trees or other surface structures, where possible, pipelines 18 may be built in short tunnels, backfilled with excavated materials, 19 except as otherwise specified, or the trees or structures carefully 20 supported and protected from damage. 21 22 3. The Owner may order the Contractor, for the convenience of the 23 Owner, to remove trees along the line or trench excavation. If so 24 ordered, the Owner will obtain any permits required for removal of 25 trees. 26 27 4. Requirements for Root Pruning shall be as described in the City 28 Standard Technical Specification Section IV — 62. 29 30 C. Lawn Areas 31 32 Lawn areas shall be left in as good condition as before the starting of the 33 Work. Where sod is to be removed, it shall be restored with new sod. The 34 specific attention of the Contractor is directed to the requirements of those 35 right -of -way use permits that require sod to be installed in lieu of grassing. 36 37 The cost of all labor, materials and equipment required for the replacement 38 or repair of any lawn area shall be included in the appropriate bid items and 39 no additional payment will be made therefore. 40 41 D. Restoration of Fences 42 43 Any fence, or part thereof, that is damaged or removed during the course of 44 the Work shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor and shall be left in 45 as good a condition as before the starting of the Work. The manner in which 46 the fence is repaired or replaced, and the materials used in such Work, shall 47 be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The cost of all labor, materials GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -12 07/22/2013 • 1 and equipment required for the replacement or repair of any fence shall be 2 included in the appropriate Contract Item or items and no additional payment 3 will be made therefore. 4 5 1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PUBLIC 6 7 A. Maintenance of Traffic 8 9 All lane closure notifications shall be submitted to Dorothee Morrow in the 10 Traffic Engineering Dept. (727)- 562 -4776. 11 12 B. Fire Conditions 13 14 The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Fire Marshall of all 15 "Maintenance of Traffic" (MOT) changes. All road /lane closures, road /lane 16 narrowing and /or detours must be forwarded to the Fire Marshall 24 hours in 17 advance, and must include specific detour instructions and the duration of 1.8 closure. 19 20 C. Barriers and Lights •21 22 During the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall put up and maintain 23 at all times such barriers and lights as will effectively prevent accidents. The 24 Contractor shall provide suitable barricades, red lights, "danger" or "caution" 25 or "street closed" signs and watchmen at all places where the Work causes 26 obstructions to the normal traffic or constitutes in any way a hazard to the 27 public. 28 29 D. Smoke Prevention 30 31 The Contractor shall use hard coal, coke, oil or gas as fuel for equipment 32 generating steam. A strict compliance with ordinances regulating the 33 production of emission of smoke will be required. No open fires will be 34 permitted. 35 36 E. Noise 37 38 The Contractor shall at all times minimize noise to the greatest extent 39 practicable. Air compressing plants shall be equipped with silencers and the 40 exhaust of all gasoline motors or other power equipment shall be provided 41 with mufflers. In the vicinity of hospitals and schools, special care shall be 42 used to avoid noise or other nuisances. The Contractor shall strictly observe 43 all local regulations and ordinances covering noise control. 44 •45 Except in the event of an emergency, no Work shall be done between the 46 hours of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M., holidays, or on Sundays. If the proper and 47 efficient prosecution of the Work requires operations during the night, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -13 07/22/2013 1 written permission of the Engineer will be obtained before starting such items 2 of the Work. 3 4 F. Access to Public Services 5 6 Neither the materials excavated nor the materials or plant used in the 7 construction of the Work shall be so placed as to prevent free access to all 8 fire hydrants, valves or manholes. 9 10 G. Dust Prevention 11 12 The Contractor shall prevent dust nuisance from his operations or from traffic 13 by keeping the roads and /or construction areas sprinkled with water at all 14 times. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for securing a source of 15 reclaimed, potable or other source of water for dust prevention and control. 16 17 1.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING 18 19 A. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of the Work that may be 20 required to make the several parts thereof join and coordinate in a manner 21 satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with the Construction 22 Drawings and Specifications. The Work shall be performed by competent 23 workmen skilled in the trade required by the restoration. 24 25 1.11 CLEANING 26 27 A. At all times during the construction of the Work, the Contractor shall keep the 28 site of the Work and adjacent premises as free from material, debris and 29 rubbish as is practicable and shall remove the same from any portion of the 30 site if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such material, debris, or rubbish 31 constitutes a nuisance or is objectionable. 32 33 The Contractor shall remove from the site all of his surplus materials and 34 temporary structures when no further need therefore develops. 35 36 B. Final Clearing 37 38 At the conclusion of the Work, all erection plant, tools, temporary structures 39 and materials belonging to the Contractor shall be promptly taken away, and 40 the Contractor shall remove and promptly dispose of all water, dirt, rubbish or 41 any other foreign substances. 42 43 The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed 44 by him and shall deliver such materials and equipment undamaged in a 45 bright, clean, polished and new operating condition. 46 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -14 07/22/2013 • • • • 1 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS 2 3 A. Protection Against Siltation and Bank Erosion 4 5 1. The Contractor shall arrange his operations to minimize siltation and 6 bank erosion on construction sites and on existing or proposed water 7 courses, drainage ditches, wetlands and other areas of concern. 8 9 2. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall remove any siltation 10 deposits and correct any erosion problems as directed by the 11 Engineer that results from his construction operations. 12 13 3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any fines resulting from 14 sedimentation in any environmentally protected areas. 15 16 B Protection of Wetland Areas 17 18 The Contractor shall properly dispose of all surplus material, including soil, in 19 accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations and the permits issued 20 for this project. Under no circumstances shall surplus material be disposed • 21 22 of in wetland areas as defined by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Southwest Florida Water Management District, U.S. Army Corps 23 of Engineers, etc. 24 25 C. Existing Facilities 26 27 The Work shall be so conducted to maintain existing facilities in operation 28 insofar as is possible. Requirements and schedules of operations for 29 maintaining existing facilities in service during construction shall be as 30 described in these Specifications. 31 32 D. Use of Chemicals 33 34 All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project 35 operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of 36 other classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all 37 such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with 38 manufacturers' instructions. 39 40 E. Tree Removal 41 42 The Contractor shall be required to notify the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours 43 in advance of any removal of trees on the project. No clearing shall occur 44 and no earth moving equipment shall be placed on -site until after the notice •45 has been issued. The Contractor shall obtain (no fee) clearing & grubbing 46 and tree removal permits. The Contractor shall provide maintenance of the 47 tree barricades and other preventive measures to protect the trees that are to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -15 07/22/2013 1 remain. The Contractor shall conform to all local ordinances, rules and 2 regulations in the removal of any trees from the site of the Work. 3 4 F. Storm Sewer Systems 5 6 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the satisfactory installation of 7 storm sewer systems in conformance to the approved Construction and 8 Shop Drawings. It is strongly recommended that no roadway base or paving 9 be constructed until the Contractor has performed lamping of these lines to 10 the Engineer's satisfaction, and all storm sewer invert grades are verified in 11 the field. The lamping of lines and verification of elevations in no way 12 absolves the Contractor from any contractual obligations. 13 14 G. Related Permits 15 16 The Contractor recognizes that the Engineer has applied for, and may have 17 received, certain permits pertaining to the Work. At the sole discretion of the 18 Engineer, the Engineer may assign said permits to the Contractor and the 19 Contractor shall accept said assignments upon such request from the 20 Engineer. 21 22 H. All Work in the vicinity of open waters, wetlands or any jurisdictional area is 23 to be performed in strict accordance with the environmental permits and their 24 conditions. Erosion barriers, when shown on the construction Drawings, are 25 the minimum required. If the Contractor's construction methods require that 26 additional erosion control is necessary to satisfy these permits, such controls 27 shall be supplied, installed and maintained throughout the construction 28 process by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 29 30 It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to submit, in a timely manner, 31 any information, data, etc. which is required as a condition of a permit. 32 Required information, data, etc. shall be submitted directly to the permitting 33 agency by the Contractor with copies to the Permittee (or Owner) and the 34 Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any fine(s) or other 35 action(s) resulting from his violation of permit conditions. 36 37 1.13 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY 38 39 A. Responsibility. All damage resulting from construction on existing structures, 40 wetland areas, roadway pavement, driveways, other paved areas, fences, 41 utilities, traffic control devices and any other obstruction not specifically 42 named herein, shall be repaired, restored or replaced by the Contractor 43 unless otherwise specified. 44 45 B. Temporary Repairs. At a minimum, all damage described in Paragraph A 46 above shall be temporarily repaired, restored or replaced immediately 47 following damage thereto. Temporary restoration shall mean putting the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -16 07/22/2013 • • • • • • 1 affected area back into a safe, usable condition. In no case shall trenches 2 remain open over night within a street right -of -way unless the municipality's 3 traffic control division grants specific approval. 4 5 C. Permanent Repairs. All damage shall be permanently repaired, restored, or 6 replaced not later than the 30th calendar day following the completion of 7 construction at that location unless otherwise stipulated. Permanent repairs 8 shall be accomplished in a professional workmanship -like manner in 9 accordance with Specifications contained herein, or contract documents, if 10 addressed. The Contractor may be relieved of the 30 -day time limit above 11 only by specific written agreement with the Engineer. 12 13 D. Owner Retribution. In the event that the Contractor fails to make permanent 14 repairs within the time specified, the Owner, at its option, will cause the 15 repair, restoration, or replacement of the affected area to be accomplished 16 using its own resources or by contract with others. The costs of such Work 17 will be deducted from any other monies owed the Contractor. 18 19 PART II — PRODUCTS 20 (Not Used) 21 22 PART III — EXECUTION 23 (Not Used) 24 25 26 END OF SECTION 27 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -17 07/22/2013 • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 -18 07/22/2013 • 1 SECTION 01014 2 3 SUMMARY OF WORK 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 LOCATION OF WORK 8 9 A. All Work of this Contract is located in rights -of -way, easements, or on 10 property owned by the Owner, local governments or regulatory agencies. 11 12 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 13 14 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, services 15 and incidentals to complete all work required by the Contract Documents. 16 17 B. The Contractor shall perform all work complete, in place and ready for 18 continuous service, and shall include repairs, testing, permits, clean up, 19 replacements and restoration required as a result of damages caused during 20 construction. 21 •22 C. All materials, equipment, skills, tools and labor which is reasonably and 23 properly inferable and necessary for the proper completion of the work in a 24 substantial manner and in compliance with the requirements stated or 25 implied by the Contract Documents shall be furnished and installed by the 26 Contractor without additional compensation, whether specifically indicated in 27 the Contract Documents or not. 28 29 D. The Contractor shall comply with all local, State, Federal, and other codes 30 that are applicable to the proposed construction work. 31 32 1.03 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED 33 34 A. The project involves the installation of gravity sewers in concurrence with the 35 installation of storm sewers. In general, the work involving the gravity sewer 36 system includes the following: 37 38 1. Installation of gravity sanitary sewer piping; 39 2. Installation of precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes; 40 3. Installation of sewer laterals and cleanouts from the new gravity 41 sanitary sewer to the right -of -way line; 42 4. Replacement of water service laterals, as necessary; 43 5. Installation of reinforced concrete storm sewer pipe (RCP) removed • 44 as part of the sanitary sewer system construction; SUMMARY OF WORK 01014 -1 07/26/2013 1 6. Installation of precast concrete stormwater structures removed as part 2 of the sanitary sewer system construction; 3 7. Milling and resurfacing of asphalt; 4 8. Restoration of concrete driveways, curbs, sidewalks, and 5 miscellaneous site restoration. 6 7 1.04 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES 8 9 A. General 10 11 1. The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner all water required for 12 flushing, cleaning and testing purposes. The Contractor shall pay the 13 Owner for all water used during construction for flushing, testing and 14 cleaning purposes. 15 16 2. Upon successful completion of construction of each new component 17 and pre - operational testing of these facilities, the Contractor shall 18 conduct testing as required by the Contract Documents. 19 20 3. Contractor shall provide Engineer a minimum of 14- calendar days 21 advance written notice of any requested change in utilities operations, 22 bypass requirements or connections to existing facilities, and shall 23 obtain the Engineer's written approval before scheduling this work. 24 25 4. All connections to existing manholes or sewer mains shall be 26 scheduled with the Engineer a minimum of (14) days in advance of 27 actual construction activities. 28 29 5. All work within local governments' or Pinellas County rights -of -way 30 shall comply with all applicable State and local requirements and 31 regulations. These include, but are not limited to traffic control, 32 drainage and runoff control, signage, flagging, restoration, etc. 33 34 6. No additional costs shall be incurred by the Owner due to nighttime or 35 weekend construction activities unless specifically required by the 36 Owner and not already included in the Contract. 37 38 PART II — PRODUCTS 39 (NOT USED) 40 41 PART III — EXECUTION 42 (NOT USED) 43 44 45 END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01014 -2 07/26/2013 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01015 2 3 CONTROL OF WORK 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 WORK PROGRESS 8 9 The Contractor shall provide equipment that is efficient, appropriate and large 10 enough to secure a satisfactory quality of work at a rate of progress that insures the 11 completion of the Work within the Contract Times established in the Contract. If, at 12 any time, such facilities appear to the Engineer to be inefficient, inappropriate, or 13 insufficient for securing the quality of work required or for producing the rate of 14 progress aforesaid, Engineer may order the Contractor to increase the facilities 15 equipment, and the Contractor shall conform to such order. Failure of the Engineer 16 to give such order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure 17 the quality of the work and rate of progress required. Such direction provided to the 18 Contractor shall not be construed as accelerating the Work. 19 20 1.02 PRIVATE LAND 21 22 The Contractor shall not enter or occupy private land outside of designated 23 easements, except by written permission of the land Owner. 24 25 1.03 WORK LOCATIONS 26 27 Work shall be located as indicated on the Drawings, but the Engineer reserves the 28 right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to avoid 29 interference with existing structures or for other reasons. Where fittings are noted 30 on the Drawings, such notation is for the Contractor's convenience and does not 31 relieve him from laying and jointing different or additional items where required. 32 33 1.04 OPEN EXCAVATIONS 34 35 A. All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary 36 barricades, caution signs, lights and other means to prevent accidents to 37 persons and /or damage to property. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, 38 provide suitable and safe bridges and other crossings for accommodating travel 39 for Owner's personnel, pedestrians and workmen. Bridges provided for access 40 to private property during construction shall be provided, and then removed 41 when no longer required. The length of open trench will be controlled by the 42 particular surrounding conditions, but shall always be confined to limits that 43 minimize interference with plant operating personnel and does not endanger 44 existing facilities. If prosecution of the Work becomes hazardous, or if it 45 excessively restricts traffic, construction procedures shall be modified or 46 alternative construction procedures shall be implemented, such as limiting the CONTROL OF WORK 01015 -1 08/20/2013 1 length of open trench, prohibiting stacking excavated material in the street, 2 and /or requiring that the trench not remain open overnight. 3 4 B. The contractor's methods of work shall be consistent with the standard practices 5 and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the 6 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for 7 excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and 8 specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory 9 agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the 10 contractor. 11 12 C. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open 13 trenches. All trenches, excavated material, equipment, of other obstacles that 14 could be dangerous to the public shall be well - lighted at night. 15 16 D. No more than 200 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time and no 17 open trenches overnight or during weekends, holidays, etc. 18 19 1.05 TEST PITS 20 21 A. The Contractor shall excavate test pits for the purpose of locating underground 22 pipeline or structures in advance of construction. Such pits shall be excavated, 23 protected and backfilled by the Contractor so as not to create a hazardous area. 24 Test pits shall be backfilled immediately after their purpose has been satisfied 25 and the surface restored and maintained in a manner satisfactory to the 26 Engineer. 27 28 1.06 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY 29 30 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private 31 property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. 32 If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on 33 account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work 34 on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be restored by the Contractor, 35 at his expense, to a condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage 36 was done, or he shall make good the damage in other manner acceptable to the 37 Engineer. 38 39 B. All sidewalks that are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be restored 40 to their original condition with the use of similar or comparable materials. All 41 curbing shall be restored in a condition equal to the original construction and in 42 accordance with the best modern practice. 43 44 C. Along the location of the work all fences, walks, bushes, trees, shrubbery, and 45 other physical features shall be protected and restored in a thoroughly 46 workmanlike manner. Fences and other features removed by the Contractor 47 shall be replaced in the location indicated by the Engineer as soon as conditions CONTROL OF WORK 01015 -2 08/20/2013 • • • • • • 1 permit. All lawn areas beyond the limits of construction that have been 2 damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to original conditions using sod. 3 4 D. Trees close to the work shall be boxed or otherwise protected against injury in 5 accordance with local regulations. The Contractor shall trim all branches that 6 are susceptible to damage due of his operations, but in no case shall any tree 7 be cut or removed without prior notification of the appropriate authority and the 8 Engineer. All injuries to bark, trunk, limbs, and roots of trees shall be repaired 9 by dressing, cutting, and painting in accordance with approved methods, using 10 only approved tools and materials. 11 12 E. The protection, removal, and replacement of existing facilities shall be 13 considered part of the Work under the Contract and all costs in connection 14 therewith shall be included in the unit and /or lump sum prices established. 15 16 1.07 PROTECTION AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 17 18 A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection of all buildings, 19 structures, and utilities, public or private, including poles, signs, services to 20 buildings, utilities in the street, gas pipes, water pipes, hydrants, sewers, drains, 21 and electric and telephone cables, whether or not they are shown on the 22 Drawings. The Contractor shall carefully support and protect all such structures 23 and utilities from injury of any kind. Any damage resulting from the Contractor's 24 operations shall be repaired by him at his expense. 25 26 B. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for obtaining all locations of 27 underground structures and utilities (including existing water services, drain 28 lines, and sewers). Services shall be maintained and all costs or charges 29 resulting from damage thereto shall be paid by the Contractor. 30 31 C. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, permanent relocation of a utility owned by the 32 Owner is required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor in writing, to perform 33 the work. Work so ordered will be paid for at the unit prices bid in the Proposal, 34 if applicable, or as provided for in the General Conditions. If relocation of a 35 privately owned utility is required, the Owner will notify the Utility to perform the 36 work as expeditiously as possible. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the 37 Owner and Utility and shall have no claim for delay due to such relocation. 38 39 1.08 UTILITY SERVICES 40 41 A. The Contractor shall only interrupt water, telephone, Cable TV, sewer, gas, or 42 other related utility services and disrupt the normal functioning of the system as 43 little as possible, and shall notify the Engineer 5 days in advance, and the public 44 3 days in advance, of any requirement for isolating or relocating a section of a 45 utility so that necessary arrangements may be made with the appropriate 46 agency. 47 CONTROL OF WORK 01015 -3 08/20/2013 1 B. If it appears that utility service will be interrupted for an extended period, the 2 Owner may require the Contractor to provide temporary service lines. 3 Inconvenience of the users shall be the minimum, consistent with the existing 4 conditions. The safety and integrity of the system is of prime importance in 5 scheduling work. 6 7 1.09 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT 8 9 A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from injury or damage in 10 any way. No wheeling or walking or placing of heavy Toads shall be allowed and 11 any portion injured or damaged shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his 12 own expense. 13 14 B. All structures shall be protected in a manner approved by the Engineer. Should 15 any of the floors or other parts of the structures become heaved, cracked, or 16 otherwise damaged, all such damaged portions of the work shall be completely 17 repaired by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the 18 Engineer. If, in the final inspection of the work, any defects, faults, or omissions 19 are found, the Contractor shall cause the same to be repaired or removed and 20 replaced by proper materials and workmanship without extra compensation for 21 the materials and labor required. Further, the Contractor shall be fully 22 responsible for the satisfactory maintenance and repair of the construction and 23 other work undertaken herein, for the guarantee period. 24 25 C. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to any 26 structure due to water pressure during and after construction and until such 27 structure is accepted by the Owner. 28 29 1.10 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES 30 31 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all water required for 32 construction purposes at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor shall 33 make all connections and other provisions necessary to complete all work 34 included as a part of this Contract and shall make ready for use a fully functional 35 system. 36 37 B. The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner all water required for flushing, 38 testing and cleaning purposes. 39 40 C. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to have a construction water 41 meter delivered to the site. The Owner's utilities crews shall install the 42 construction water meter on a City of Clearwater fire hydrant assembly and 43 relocate as necessary. 44 45 D. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner prior to making any connection to 46 existing water mains. An Owner's representative must be present at the time of 47 connection and the Owner will operate the valves. CONTROL OF WORK 01015 -4 08/20/2013 • • • • • • 1 2 1.11 MAINTENANCE OF FLOW 3 4 A. The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide for the flow of sewers, drains, 5 drainage facilities and water courses interrupted during the progress of the work, 6 and shall immediately remove all offensive matter. The entire procedure for 7 maintaining existing flows shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of the 8 interruption of any flow. 9 10 1.12 COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT 11 12 A. All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall 13 cooperate with the General Contractor and his subcontractors or trades, and 14 shall assist in incorporating the work of other trades where necessary or 15 required. 16 17 B. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by 18 the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein 19 or directed by the Engineer. 20 21 1.13 CLEAN -UP 22 23 A. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall keep the site of his 24 operations in as clean and neat a condition as is possible. He shall dispose of 25 all residues resulting from the construction work and, at the conclusion of the 26 work, he shall remove and haul away any surplus excavation, broken pavement, 27 lumber, equipment, temporary structures, and any other refuse remaining from 28 the construction operation, and shall leave the entire site of the work in a neat 29 and orderly condition. 30 31 B. Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of all materials removed from the 32 site. 33 34 PART II — PRODUCTS 35 (Not Used) 36 37 PART III — EXECUTION 38 39 3.01 Access to the site of the Work shall be via the various rights -or -way and 40 easements owned or secured by the Owner. The Owner's fences that are 41 temporarily removed for the performance of the Work shall be closed up nightly, 42 on weekends, and holidays or any other time work is not in progress. No valves 43 or equipment shall be operated by Contractor personnel without the prior 44 approval of the Owner or without the Owner's personnel present during the 45 equipment operation. 46 47 END OF SECTION 48 CONTROL OF WORK 01015 -5 08/20/2013 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CONTROL OF WORK 01015 -6 08/20/2013 • • • • 1 SECTION 01016 2 3 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 8 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all existing stormwater ponds 10 and structures in- service during the construction of the utilities. Temporary 11 bypasses and or bypass pumping shall be provided in cases where existing 12 stormwater inlets and culverts are to be removed as part of construction. 13 14 B. No facility or structure shall be taken out of service until a temporary 15 utilities /facility or the new replacement utility /facility or structure is fully 16 constructed, tested and accepted by the Owner. 17 18 C. The suggested phasing plan specified herein shall be representative only. It 19 is up to the Contractor to devise their own phasing plan, which will meet the 20 requirements as specified herein. The Contractor shall submit to the 21 Engineer a construction phasing plan for approval, prior to beginning any 1111 22 construction onsite. 23 24 D. Brief shutdown of equipment may be allowed during critical phases. The 25 Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer for approval, two (2) weeks 26 prior to any temporary shutdowns. 27 28 E. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a manner that will 29 maintain access to private property /driveways at all times and will result in 30 minimum inconvenience to the public accessing the neighborhood roads 31 and /or business establishments and shall provide temporary access during 32 construction. 33 34 F. The Contractor shall be responsible for constructing any temporary 35 utilities /facilities and temporary pumping in order to keep the stormwater 36 system in- service during construction. All materials, piping, equipment, 37 power, labor, and etc. associated with temporary utilities /facilities or 38 temporary pumping shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 39 40 G. Suggested Phasing 41 42 1. The Contractor shall be required to maintain in- service all existing 43 utilities /structures until those new utilities /structures are constructed, 44 tested and accepted by the Owner. .45 46 2. Prior to taking out any structure or facilities, the Contractor shall make 47 temporary piping connections as required. All power, labor, CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016 -1 04/24/2013 1 equipment, and materials for any temporary piping and pumping shall 2 be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3 4 3. The Contractor shall begin work per Article SP -8 of section 00120. 5 After completion of this leg of the sanitary sewer system, the 6 Contractor shall continue working from downstream allowing for 7 connections to the sanitary sewer system to commence while the 8 remainder of the system is constructed. 9 10 4. It is possible additional phasing may be necessary to provide 11 continuous sanitary service to neighborhood residents. The following 12 is a non - comprehensive list of tasks that should occur during this 13 phase. 14 15 a. Install gravity sewer mains, street laterals /cleanouts, sanitary 16 manholes, and any water service laterals that are damaged 17 along the roadway; 18 b. Install storm sewer mains and structures; 19 c. Compact backfill for the full width of the trench up to the 20 bottom of the roadway base; 21 d. Connect new sanitary sewer to existing sanitary sewer system; 22 e. TV Inspection and mandrel testing; 23 f. Leak testing of sewer mains and manholes; 24 g. Obtain FDEP clearance for the new sewer system; 25 h. Mill and Resurface all roadways within project area. 26 i. Restore the project area 27 28 5. After construction along a street/road is completed, the Contractor 29 shall compact and install the approved road base and asphalt over 30 the width of the excavated trench as to allow vehicular traffic to utilize 31 the road. Milling and resurfacing of the roadway from edge -of- 32 pavement to edge -of- pavement shall not occur until all construction 33 activities within that roadway, for the entire length of the roadway, are 34 completed. It is not required that construction activities along every 35 roadway within the project area is completed before the Contractor 36 can mill and resurface the roadway. Should construction activities 37 along any given roadway, for the entire length of the roadway be 38 completed, the Contractor may begin to mill and resurface that 39 roadway. 40 41 PART II — PRODUCTS 42 (NOT USED) 43 44 PART III — EXECUTION 45 (NOT USED) 46 47 END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016 -2 04/24/2013 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01030 2 3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8 9 A. When a particular product is specified or called for, it is intended and shall be 10 understood that the proposal tendered by the Contractor included those 11 products in its bid. Should the Contractor desire products equal to those 12 specified the Contractor shall furnish information as described in the General 13 Conditions. The alternate product or products submitted by the Contractor 14 shall meet the requirements of the Specifications and shall, in all respects, 15 be equal to the products specified by name herein. 16 17 B. All apparatus, mechanism, equipment, machinery and manufactured articles 18 for incorporation into the Work shall be the new and unused standard 19 products of recognized reputable manufacturers. 20 21 C. Contractor shall dispose of all excess materials from the site. 22 23 D. No more than 200 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time. 24 25 1.02 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS 26 27 A. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to locate, excavate and 28 perform the connection to the existing systems, as shown on the Contract 29 Documents. The costs for this work and for the actual connection to the 30 existing systems shall be included in the various prices bid for the Work and 31 shall not result in any additional cost to the Owner. 32 33 1.03 EXISTING UNDERGROUND PIPING, STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 34 35 A. The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that during excavation, 36 the possibility exists that the Contractor may encounter various water, gas, 37 telephone, electrical, fiber optic cables, dewatering systems, or other utility 38 lines not shown on the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall exercise 39 extreme care before and during excavation to locate and flag these lines so 40 as to avoid damage thereto. Should damage occur to an existing line, the 41 Contractor shall immediately repair the line at no cost to the Owner. 42 43 B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all utility or other poles, 44 the stability of which may be endangered by the close proximity of 45 excavation, are temporarily held in position while work proceeds in the 46 vicinity of the pole and that utility or other companies concerned be given 47 reasonable advance written notice of any such excavation by the Contractor. 48 Copy the Engineer on all communications with those entities. SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -1 CONFORMED 1 2 C. The locations of existing utilities are shown without express or implied 3 representation, assurance, or guarantee that they are complete or correct or 4 that they represent a true picture of underground piping to be encountered. 5 Encountering existing utilities at different depths or locations than shown on 6 the drawings shall not result in additional costs to the Owner. 7 8 D. The existing piping and utilities that interfere with new construction shall be 9 rerouted as shown, specified or required. Before any piping or utilities not 10 shown on the Contract Documents are disturbed, the Contractor shall notify 11 the Engineer of the location of the pipeline or utility and shall reroute or 12 relocate the pipeline or utility as directed. 13 14 E. The Contractor shall exercise care in any excavation to locate all existing 15 piping and utilities. All utilities that do not interfere with completed work shall 16 be carefully protected against damage. Any existing utilities damaged in any 17 way by the Contractor shall be restored or replaced by the Contractor at his 18 expense, as directed by the Engineer. 19 20 1.04 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE TECHNICIAN 21 22 A. Bid prices for equipment furnished shall include the cost of a competent field 23 service technician of the manufacturers of all equipment to supervise the 24 installation, adjustment and testing of the equipment, and to instruct the 25 Owner's operating personnel on operation and maintenance along with a 26 syllabus for classes. The approved manufacturer's operation and 27 maintenance data shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to instructing the 28 Owner's personnel. This supervision may be divided into two or more time 29 periods, as required by the installation program or as directed by the 30 Engineer. 31 32 B. After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is 33 presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the 34 manufacturer's field service technician shall inspect, operate, test and adjust 35 the equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points 36 where applicable: 37 38 1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts). 39 40 2. Completeness in all details, as specified and required. 41 42 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various 43 parts. 44 45 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants. 46 47 5. Calibration and adjustment of all related instrumentation and controls. 48 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -2 CONFORMED • • • 1 6. Energize equipment. 2 3 7. Deficiency correction. 4 5 8. Demonstration of compliance with applicable performance 6 specification. 7 8 C. The operation, testing and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the 9 equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under 10 the conditions specified. 11 12 D. Upon completion of this work, the manufacturer's field service technician 13 shall submit to the Engineer in triplicate, a complete, signed report of the 14 results of his inspection, operation, adjustments and tests. The report shall 15 include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments 16 made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for 17 precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. 18 19 E. Each equipment manufacturer shall provide instruction to the Owner's 20 operating personnel. Training shall not be performed until the requirements 21 of Paragraphs B, C and D above have been fully satisfied and any specified 22 performance testing completed. Training shall be provided for the number of 23 days specified in each equipment section of these specifications. Training 24 shall be provided on an 8 -hour per day basis. Partial days [less than eight 25 (8) full working hours shall not be credited toward the specified duration. 26 Training shall not be concurrent with on -going testing, debugging or 27 installation activities; but shall be on a separate activity devoted exclusively 28 to the instruction of the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance 29 of the manufacturer's equipment. Qualified representatives of each 30 equipment manufacturer specifically skilled in providing instruction to 31 operations personnel shall perform training. Training shall provide an 32 overview of operations and maintenance requirements and shall include as a 33 minimum, but not be limited to: 34 35 1. Description of unit and component parts. 36 37 2. Operating capabilities and performance criteria. 38 39 3. Operating procedures. 40 41 4. Maintenance procedures. 42 43 5. Servicing and lubrication schedules. 44 45 6. Troubleshooting. 46 47 7. Electrical instrumentation and control requirements and interface. 48 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -3 CONFORMED 1 The operating and maintenance data to be provided shall be used as a basis • P 9 P 2 for training. 3 4 F. A certificate from the manufacturer stating that the installation of the 5 equipment is satisfactory, that the unit has been satisfactorily tested, is ready 6 for operation, and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed 7 in the operation, lubrication and care of the unit shall be submitted before 8 start-up and acceptance by the Owner. The certificate shall indicate date 9 and time instruction was given and names of operating personnel in 10 attendance. This certification shall be submitted on a project- specific 11 certification sheet, as approved by the Engineer. 12 13 G. See the Technical Specifications for additional requirements for furnishing 14 the services of the manufacturer's field service technician. 15 16 H. For other equipment furnished, the Contractor, unless otherwise specified, 17 shall furnish the services of accredited field services technicians of the 18 manufacturer only when some evident malfunction or over - heating makes 19 such services necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. 20 21 1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 22 23 A. Operating and maintenance data for each piece of equipment furnished shall • 24 be delivered directly to the Engineer for approval within 30 days of shop 25 drawing approval. No payment shall be made for equipment installed or 26 stored on -site until the Engineer has approved the adequacy and 27 completeness of operating and maintenance data. Final approved copies of 28 operating and maintenance data shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to 29 scheduling the instruction period with the Owner. 30 31 1.06 EQUIPMENT DATA LIST 32 33 A. Obtain, prepare and submit a complete, detailed listing of equipment and 34 motor data for all electrical items furnished under this Contract. This listing 35 shall be submitted with the preliminary draft of Operations and Maintenance 36 Data Manuals on Equipment Data Sheets. 37 38 1.07 SPARE PARTS 39 40 A. Spare parts for certain equipment to be provided are specified in the 41 pertinent sections of the Specifications. The Contractor shall collect and 42 store all spare parts in a manner approved by the manufacturer. In addition, 43 the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer an inventory listing all spare 44 parts, the equipment they are associated with, the name and address of the 45 supplier, and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for 46 each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivered • 47 cost. The Contractor shall deliver the spare parts to the Engineer ten (10) 48 days prior to facility start-up. SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -4 CONFORMED 1 2 B. All spare parts shall be furnished in containers clearly identified in indelible 3 markings as to contents. Each container shall be packed for prolonged 4 storage. 5 6 1.08 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT 7 8 A. Special care shall be taken to ensure proper alignment of all equipment, with 9 particular attention to mechanical equipment such as pumps and electric 10 drives. The units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified 11 millwrights after their sole plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the 12 anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened 13 against the shims. After the foundation alignments have been approved by 14 the manufacturer, the bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be 15 securely bolted in place. The alignment of equipment shall be further 16 checked after securing to the foundations, and after confirmation of all 17 alignments, the sole plates shall be finally grouted in place. The Contractor 18 shall be responsible for the exact alignment of equipment with associated 19 piping and, under no circumstances, will "pipe springing" be allowed. 20 21 B. All wedges, shims, filling pieces, keys, packing, or other materials necessary •22 to properly align, level and secure apparatus in place shall be furnished by 23 the Contractor. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven 24 exactly so. Any grinding necessary to bring parts to proper bearing after 25 erection shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. 26 27 1.09 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES 28 29 A. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall 30 provide a list including the equipment name and the address and telephone 31 number of the manufacturer's representative and service company so that 32 service and /or spare parts can be readily obtained. 33 34 1.10 INSTALLATION LISTS 35 36 A. All manufacturers or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment 37 or products to be incorporated into the Work shall submit an installation list to 38 the Engineer along with the required Shop Drawings. 39 40 B. The installation list shall include all installations (minimum of two) where 41 identical equipment has been installed and has been in operation for a 42 period of at least five (5) years. 43 44 1.11 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS •45 46 A. The Contractor shall provide all openings, channels, chases, etc., and install 47 anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete, as required to 48 complete the work under this Contract, together with those required by SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -5 CONFORMED 1 subcontractors, and shall do all cutting and patching, excepting cutting and 2 patching of materials of a specified trade and as stated otherwise in the 3 following paragraph. 4 5 B. The Contractor shall coordinate with the subcontractors to provide all 6 sleeves, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, etc., of the proper size and material 7 for the execution of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for any 8 corrective cutting and refinishing required to make the necessary openings, 9 chases, etc. In no case shall beams, lintels or other structural members be 10 cut without the written approval of the Engineer. 11 12 1.12 PROVISIONS FOR CONTROL OF EROSION 13 14 A. Sufficient precautions shall be taken during construction to minimize the run - 15 off of polluting substances such as silt, clay, fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium 16 chloride, or other polluting materials harmful to humans, fish, or other life, 17 into the supplies and surface waters of the state. Control measures must be 18 adequate to assure that turbidity in the receiving water will not be increased 19 more than 10 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU), or as otherwise required 20 by the state or other controlling body, in water used for public water supply or 21 fish unless limits have been established for the particular water. In surface 22 water used for other purposes, the turbidity must not exceed 25 NTU unless 23 otherwise permitted. Special precautions shall be taken in the use of 24 construction equipment to prevent operations that promote erosion. 25 26 B. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the EPA -NPDES 27 general permit for stormwater discharges and the stormwater pollution 28 prevention plan developed for the project. 29 30 1.13 HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS PLAN 31 32 A. Prior to the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the 33 Engineer and Owner a Hurricane Preparedness Plan. The Plan should 34 outline the necessary measures that the Contractor proposes to perform at 35 no additional cost to the Owner in case of a hurricane warning. 36 37 B. In the event of inclement weather, or whenever Engineer will direct; the 38 Contractor shall carefully protect the Work and materials against damage or 39 injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or 40 materials, work areas properties shall have been damaged or injured by 41 reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or subcontractors to so protect 42 the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the 43 expense of the Contractor. 44 45 C. For the duration of the project, all- weather emergency access shall be 46 maintained. The access shall be able to withstand the weight of a fire truck. 47 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -6 CONFORMED • • • 1 1.14 WARRANTIES 2 3 A. The Contractor and the equipment manufacturers shall warranty all 4 equipment supplied under these Specifications for a minimum period of one 5 (1) year unless otherwise specified. Warranty period shall commence on the 6 date that the Work is accepted by the Owner as substantially complete. 7 8 B. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, 9 design and materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the 10 warranty period, it shall be replaced and returned to service at no expense to 11 the Owner. 12 13 C. If, within the guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection 14 with work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is rendered necessary as the 15 result of the use of materials, equipment or workmanship which are inferior, 16 defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Contractor 17 shall, promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner and without expense to 18 the Owner, do the following: 19 20 1. Respond to the Owner's Notice within 24 hrs. 21 22 2. Place in satisfactory condition in every particular all of such work and 23 correct all defects herein. 24 25 3. Repair or replace all damage to buildings, the site, or equipment or 26 contents thereof, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is the result of 27 the use of materials, equipment or workmanship which are inferior, 28 defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 29 30 4. Repair or replace any work or material or equipment disturbed in 31 fulfilling any such guarantee. 32 33 D. If the Contractor, after notice, fails within ten (10) days to proceed to comply 34 with the terms of this guarantee, the Owner may have the defects corrected, 35 and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all expenses incurred, 36 provided, however, that in case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the 37 Owner, delay would cause loss or damage, repairs may be started without 38 notice being given to the Contractor and the Contractor shall pay the cost 39 thereof. 40 41 E. All special guarantees or warranties applicable to specific parts of the work, 42 as may be stipulated in the Contract Documents, shall be subject to the 43 terms of this paragraph during one year following acceptance. All special 44 guarantees and manufacturers' warranties shall be assembled by the 45 Contractor and delivered to the Engineer, along with a summary list thereof, 46 before the acceptance of the Work. 47 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -7 CONFORMED 1 F. The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the 2 Contractor's warranty or guarantee period. No exception to this provision 3 shall be allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining 4 equipment warranties from each of the respective suppliers or manufacturers 5 for all the equipment specified. The form of warranty may be included in the 6 Contract Documents, or shall otherwise be acceptable to the Owner. 7 8 G. The Contractor's one -year warranty or guarantee period shall be part of the 9 project performance bond. If an item of Work is replaced during the warranty 10 period the item's warranty shall be extended for a period of one year from the 11 date the replacement item was put in service. 12 13 1.15 CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS 14 15 A. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the specific requirements of the 16 governmental unit or agencies having jurisdiction over the work. Wherever 17 there is a difference in the requirements of a jurisdictional body and these 18 Specifications, the more stringent shall apply. 19 20 1.16 PUBLIC NUISANCE 21 22 A. The Contractor shall not create a public nuisance including, but not limited to, 23 encroachment on adjacent lands, flooding of adjacent lands, or excessive 24 noise. 25 26 B. All noise resulting from construction activities shall follow the latest Pinellas 27 County Noise Ordinance. Sound levels shall not exceed 55 dBA 7 PM to 7 28 AM or 72 dBA 7 AM to 7 PM. This sound level shall be measured at the 29 exterior of the exterior wall of the nearest residence. Levels at the equip - 30 ment shall not exceed 85 dBA measured five (5) feet from the equipment at 31 any time. Sound levels in excess of these values are sufficient cause to 32 have the work suspended. Work stoppage by the Engineer or Owner for 33 excessive noise shall not relieve the Contractor of completing the Work in 34 accordance with the Contract Time, at no additional cost to the Owner. 35 36 C. No extra charge may be made for time lost due to work stoppage resulting 37 from the creation of a public nuisance. 38 39 1.17 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS 40 41 A. Contractor shall perform work in accordance with OSHA, state and local 42 safety requirements. 43 44 1.18 SUSPENSION OF WORK DUE TO WEATHER 45 46 A. During inclement weather, all work that could be damaged or rendered 47 inferior by such weather conditions shall be suspended. The orders and 48 decisions of the Engineer as to suspensions will be final and binding. The SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -8 CONFORMED • • • 1 ability to issue such an order will not be interpreted as a requirement to do 2 so. During suspension of the work for any cause, the work shall be suitably 3 covered and protected so as to preserve it from injury by the weather or 4 otherwise; and, if the Engineer will so direct, rubbish and surplus materials 5 will be removed. 6 7 1.19 RELOCATIONS 8 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the relocation of structures, including 10 but not limited to light poles, signs, sign poles, fences, piping, conduits and 11 drains that interfere with the positioning of the work as set out on the 12 Construction Drawings. The cost of all such relocations shall be borne by 13 the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 14 15 1.20 SALVAGE 16 17 A. Any existing equipment or material including, but not limited to, valves, pipes, 18 fittings, couplings, etc., which is removed or replaced as a result of 19 construction under this project may be designated as necessary and 20 delivered, to the Owner at a location directed by the Owner, at the 21 Contractor's expense. Any material or equipment not considered salvage by •22 the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed 23 of by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 24 25 B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and proper disposal in 26 accordance with all laws and regulations of all excess soil materials 27 excavated from the site. 28 29 1.21 PERMITS 30 31 A. Upon notice of award, the Contractor shall immediately apply for all 32 applicable permits, not previously obtained by the Owner, from the 33 appropriate governmental agency or agencies. No work shall commence 34 until all applicable permits have been obtained and copies delivered to the 35 Engineer. The costs for obtaining all permits shall be borne by the 36 Contractor. 37 38 1.22 PUMPING 39 40 A. The Contractor with his own equipment shall do all pumping necessary to 41 prevent flotation of any part of the structures during construction operations. 42 43 B. The Contractor shall, for the duration of the contract and with his own 44 equipment, pump out water and wastewater that may seep or leak into the 45 excavations or structures. Below grade galleries and other operating areas •46 shall be kept dry at all times. 47 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -9 CONFORMED 1 1.23 OWNER OCCUPANCY AND OPERATION OF COMPLETED FACILITIES 2 3 A. It is assumed that portions of the work will be completed prior to completion 4 of the entire work. Upon completion of construction in each individual facility, 5 including testing, if the Owner, at his sole discretion, desires to accept the 6 individual facility, the Contractor will be issued a dated certificate of 7 completion and acceptance for each individual facility. The Owner will 8 assume ownership and begin operation of the individual facility on that date 9 and the one -year guaranty period shall commence on that date. The Owner 10 has the option of not accepting any individual completed facility, but 11 accepting the entire work as a whole when it is completed and tested. 12 13 1.24 NOTIFICATION OF WORK ON EXISTING FACILITIES 14 15 A. Before commencing work on any of the existing structures or equipment, the 16 Contractor shall notify the Owner /Engineer, in writing, at least 10 calendar 17 days in advance of the date he proposed to commence such work. 18 19 PART II — PRODUCTS 20 (Not Used) 21 22 PART III — EXECUTION 23 (Not Used) 24 25 26 END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030 -10 CONFORMED • • • • • 1 SECTION 01040 2 3 COORDINATION 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION 8 9 A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the 10 construction efforts. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, 11 coordination of the following: 12 13 1. The work of subcontractors. 14 15 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 16 17 3. The effort of equipment manufacturers during testing and checkout. 18 19 4. The interrelated work with public and private utilities companies. 20 21 5. The interrelated work with the Owner where tie -ins to existing facilities 22 are required. 23 24 6. The effort of independent testing agencies. 25 26 7. The Contractor shall, with the knowledge of the Engineer, coordinate 27 with the City of Clearwater and Pinellas County personnel performing 28 inspections of the Work or site visits within their jurisdictional limits. 29 30 8. Use of Owner's valves and equipment, which shall only be operated 31 by the Owner. 32 33 9. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Clearwater Parks 34 Department to schedule delivery of asphalt millings to the Parks 35 Facilities. 36 37 PART II — Product 38 (Not Used) 39 40 PART III — EXECUTION 41 (Not Used) 42 43 44 END OF SECTION 45 COORDINATION 01040 -1 04/24/2013 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK COORDINATION 01040 -2 04/24/2013 • • • 1 SECTION 01050 2 3 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all field engineering and survey 10 service required. Such work shall include survey work to establish in the field 11 right of way lines, easement lines, base lines, bench marks (elevations), 12 center lines, stationing, and grades; and to locate and lay out site 13 improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the 14 construction of the Work. Also included are such engineering services as 15 are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. 16 Engineers and Surveyor and Mappers shall be licensed professionals 17 registered in the State of Florida. 18 19 B. The accuracy of any method of staking shall be the responsibility of the 20 Contractor. All surveying for vertical and horizontal control shall be the 21 responsibility of the Contractor. 22 23 C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all stakes and 24 marks. The Contractor shall not proceed with any work until he has 25 established such points, marks, lines and elevations as may be necessary 26 for the prosecution of the Work. 27 28 1.02 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS 29 30 A. Existing horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those 31 designated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall locate and protect control 32 points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference 33 points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners 34 or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb 35 any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are 36 disturbed due to the proximity of construction, the Contractor shall have them 37 referenced and reset by a Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper. 38 39 1.03 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 40 41 A. The Contractor shall engage the services of a Florida Registered Land 42 Surveyor and Mapper to establish all lines and grades on the Drawings 43 necessary to fully construct the Work, and meet the survey requirements of 44 this Section, in accordance with Chapter 5J -17 of the Florida Administrative 45 Code. 46 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01050 -1 09/15/2011 1 2 1.04 RECORDS 3 4 A. The Contractor shall maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and 5 survey work as construction progresses. Survey notes indicating the 6 information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades 7 shall be kept in notebooks and furnished each month to the Engineer with 8 the Record Drawings. 9 10 1.05 SUBMITTALS 11 12 A. Submit name and address of Surveyor and Mapper to the Engineer. 13 14 B. On request of the Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field 15 engineering work. 16 17 PART II — PRODUCTS 18 19 A. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall establish and stake all 20 pipeline right -of -way and easements adjacent to construction, at 100' 21 intervals on tangents, 50' intervals on curves and at all changes in direction. 22 The surveyor shall place lath and hub at such points with stations indicated. 23 Tack in hub shall not be permitted. 24 25 B. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall utilize current right -of -way 26 maps, plats and property deeds, all being of public record, in conjunction with 27 existing monumentation, to establish the existing right -of -way lines and utility 28 easement boundaries. 29 30 C. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall establish a temporary 31 benchmark system in accordance with Chapter 5J -17 F.A.C. and shall 32 provide a written list to the Contractor for his use. 33 34 D. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall provide as -built drawings of 35 the entire project as required under Section 01720. 36 37 PART III — EXECUTION 38 (Not Used) 39 40 41 END OF SECTION FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01050 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • • 1 SECTION 01150 2 3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This section defines the Work included in each bid item in the Proposal 10 section (Section V) of the Contract Documents associated with construction 11 of the sanitary sewers. Payment will be made based on the specified items 12 included in the description in this section for each pay item number. 13 14 B. All prices included in the Bid Form / Schedule of Prices of the Proposal will 15 be full compensation for all labor, supervision, materials, tools, equipment, 16 and incidentals necessary to complete the Work as shown on the Drawings 17 and /or as specified in the Contract Documents. Actual quantities of each 18 item bid on a unit price basis will be determined in the manner established 19 for each item in this section. Payment for all items listed in the Schedule of 20 Prices will constitute full compensation for all work shown and /or specified to 21 be performed under this project. 22 23 C. Unless otherwise noted as a separate bid item, restoration is considered an 24 integral part of the Work, and all bid prices shall include the cost of 25 restoration necessitated by the Work related to that bid item. All existing 26 structures and property including, but not limited to, paving, stabilized roads, 27 drainage piping and ditches, catch basins, head walls, yard culverts, lawns, 28 fences, trees, shrubs, ground areas, walkways, sidewalks, driveways, alleys, 29 curbs, gutters, and irrigation systems that are altered, removed or damaged 30 during construction shall be restored to the same or better condition than 31 existed prior to construction at no additional cost to the Owner. The bidder 32 shall hereby be advised that cleanup is an integral part of the restoration 33 process. 34 35 D. In areas common to storm sewer and sanitary sewer construction, restoration 36 shall be paid for under the appropriate Smallwood Circle Drainage 37 Improvements bid item. In areas with only sanitary sewer construction, 38 restoration shall be paid for as described in the Edgewood Avenue Sanitary 39 Sewer Improvements specification. 40 41 E. The Contractor shall exercise care to preserve and protect existing facilities 42 during construction. All existing structures and private property, including, 43 but not limited to paving, stabilized roads, drainage piping and ditches, catch 44 basins, head walls, yard culverts, lawns, fences, trees, shrubs, ground areas, 45 walkways, driveways, alleys, curbs, gutters, and irrigations systems that are 46 altered, removed or damaged during construction and are not included in the MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -1 CONFORMED 1 proposed alterations of the new work shall be restored to the same or better 2 condition than existed prior to construction. 3 4 F. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract 5 Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for 6 estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of 7 comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work 8 done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the 9 estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be the 10 actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that 11 he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on 12 account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed 13 and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof, as 14 described in the supplementary conditions. 15 16 PART II — PRODUCTS (Not Used) 17 18 PART III — EXECUTION 19 20 3.01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 22 A. Mobilization (Bid Item #101) 23 24 This bid item shall include obtaining all permits, insurance, and bonds; 25 securing a staging area in proximity to the work if public lands are 26 insufficient; moving onto the site all materials and equipment; furnishing and 27 erecting temporary buildings, access roads and other items as necessary to 28 complete the work; providing a color audio - videotape of existing conditions of 29 the construction site or route; providing field trailers, sanitary facilities and 30 potable water facilities as required for the proper performance and 31 completion of the work. 32 33 Bid price for mobilization shall not exceed 5% of the total base bid. 34 35 Payment for mobilization will be on an incremental basis in accordance with 36 the following: 37 38 Percent of Original Allowable Percent 39 Contract Amount of the Lump Sum 40 Earned Price for the Item 41 5 25 42 10 50 43 25 75 44 50 100 45 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -2 CONFORMED • • • • • 1 2 B. Maintenance of Traffic — Sanitary Project (Bid Item #102) 3 4 This bid item shall include preparation of a Maintenance of Traffic plan 5 consistent with the Contractor's work schedule /plan and coordination through 6 the Project Representative with the Owner and County Traffic Control 7 authority. It shall include the construction and maintenance of any necessary 8 detour facilities, traffic control barriers; providing of necessary facilities for 9 access to residences and businesses, etc. along the project; furnishing, 10 installing and maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during 11 construction, including placement and removal of temporary pavement 12 markings, and signs; temporary wheelchair ramps and any other special 13 requirements for safe and expeditious movement of both vehicular and 14 pedestrian traffic. 15 16 Bid price for Maintenance of Traffic shall not exceed 3% of the total base 17 bid. 18 19 Payment for Maintenance of Traffic shall be on an incremental basis in 20 accordance with the following: 21 22 23 Percent of Original Allowable Percent 24 Contract Amount of the Lump Sum 25 Earned Price for the Item 26 20 20 27 40 40 28 60 60 29 80 80 30 100 100 31 32 For roadways where both sanitary and storm sewer are installed, 33 maintenance of traffic to be included in the applicable storm sewer pay 34 item. 35 36 C. Furnish and Install Gravity Sewer Pipe (Bid Items #103, #104, #105, #106, 37 #107, #108, #109, #110) 38 39 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 40 installing gravity sewer pipe by the open cut method. The open cut 41 installation of pipe shall include, but may not be limited to: 42 43 1. Excavating the trench; 44 2. Maintaining the trench, which shall include dewatering, sheeting, 45 shoring and /or bracing; MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -3 CONFORMED 1 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 2 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 3 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 4 silt barrier, staked silt barrier, and seeding; 5 4. Furnishing and installing pipe bedding; 6 5. Furnishing and installing pipe; 7 6. Backfilling and compacting the trench; 8 7. Performing compaction density testing; 9 8. Materials, preparation, hauling, and placing approved compacted 10 backfill in layers over the area of the pipe trench; 11 9. Furnishing and installing the compacted roadway base; 12 10. Temporary restoration and asphalt patches; 13 11. All restoration, not including asphalt restoration which is paid for 14 under a separate pay item; 15 12. Cleaning, televising, laser profiling and performing 16 infiltration /exfiltration testing on the pipe; 17 13. Cleaning up the job site which shall include removing excess 18 materials and debris; 19 14. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, water, and power 20 required for the complete installation of the piping by open cut 21 method. 22 23 Payment for installing pipe by the open cut method shall be based on the 24 size and the horizontal distance in linear feet of sewer pipe measured along 25 the top centerline of the pipe in- place, from centerline of manhole to 26 centerline of manhole, complete and acceptable to the Engineer, paid in 27 accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in 28 the Schedule of Values. 29 30 D. Furnish and Install 6" C -900 PVC Force Main (Bid Items #111) 31 32 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and materials for installing 33 pipe by the open cut method and connecting the pipe to MH #2 via inside 34 drop. The open cut installation of and manhole connection to pipe shall 35 include, but may not be limited to: 36 37 1. Exploratory pits; 38 2. Excavating and maintaining the trench, which shall include 39 dewatering, sheeting, shoring and /or bracing where required or as 40 directed by the Engineer; 41 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 42 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 43 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 44 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 45 4. Cleaning dirt and foreign material from within the pipe and bell; 46 5. Beveling field -cut joints and pipe shorts; MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -4 CONFORMED • • • 1 6. Installing Owner approved pipe and any pipe shorts as part of the 2 pipeline; 3 7. Furnishing and installing locator wires on PVC pipe; 4 8. Furnish and install joint restraints complete with all tie rods and 5 hardware; 6 9. Furnishing and installing pipe and fittings; 7 10. Backfilling and compacting the trench including re- grading the terrain; 8 11. Furnishing and installing the compacted roadway base; 9 12. Temporary restoration and asphalt patches; 10 13. All restoration, not including asphalt restoration which is paid for 11 under a separate pay item; 12 14. Removing excess materials and debris and re- grading the terrain; 13 15. Connecting piping to existing piping and /or structures; 14 16. Installing all pipe and fittings required to complete the inside drop 15 manhole per detail sheet D1.06; 16 17. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, water and power 17 required for the complete installation of the piping by open cut 18 method. 19 20 All work shall be in accordance with the Technical Specifications. 21 22 Payment shall be made on a lump sum basis for the work described above 23 complete, in place and accepted by the Engineer, paid in accordance with 24 the Schedule of Values. 25 26 E. Furnish and Install Precast Sanitary Sewer Manholes (Bid Items #112, #113, 27 #114) 28 29 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials to 30 completely install the required precast concrete manholes according to the 31 drawing and plans. The installation of Precast Concrete Manholes shall 32 include, but may not be limited to: 33 34 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 35 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 36 and sheeting where required; 37 3. Furnishing, installing, and maintaining all necessary erosion control 38 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 39 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 40 silt barrier, staked silt barrier, and seeding; 41 4. Furnishing and installing the required Precast Concrete Manholes with 42 No. 57 Stone as per the drawing and plans; 43 5. Furnishing and installing bench, drops, manhole covers, rings or 44 seals, in accordance with the drawings; 45 6. Sealing of the HDPE manhole liner seams and spark testing. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -5 CONFORMED 1 7. Connecting the sewer main pipe to the manhole, including the 2 manhole boot; 3 8. Backfilling and compacting the trench /pit including regrading the 4 terrain; 5 9. Performing compaction density testing; 6 10. Testing the manhole; 7 11. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 8 the complete installation of Precast Concrete Sanitary Sewer 9 Manholes. 10 11 Payment shall be made for the number of each precast concrete manhole 12 installed complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer 13 paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and /or agreed 14 to in the Schedule of Values. Depth of manholes shall be measured from the 15 rim to the deepest invert. 16 17 F. Connections to Existing Sanitary Manholes or Storm Structures (Bid Item 18 #115) 19 20 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for 21 connections to existing manholes or storm structures, according to the 22 drawing and plans. The installation of connections to existing sanitary 23 manholes or storm structures shall include, but may not be limited to: 24 25 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 26 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 27 and sheeting where required; 28 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 29 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 30 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 31 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 32 4. Coring the existing structure; 33 5. Furnishing and installing manhole pipe boot; 34 6. Connecting the sanitary or storm sewer main pipe to the manhole or 35 Storm inlet and sealing the penetration; 36 7. Provide temporary bypass pumping; 37 8. Re- froming /replacing the manhole bench; 38 9. Backfilling and compacting the trench /pit including regrading the 39 terrain; 40 10. Performing compaction density testing; 41 11. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 42 the complete installation of connections to existing manholes or inlets. 43 44 Payment shall be made for each connection to existing manholes or inlets 45 complete and acceptable to the Engineer paid in accordance with the unit 46 price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -6 CONFORMED • • • • 1 2 G. Furnish and Install Sanitary Sewer Street Lateral (Bid Item #116) 3 4 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 5 installing the sanitary sewer street laterals, between the gravity sewer main 6 and the right -of -way line, according to the drawings. The installation of 7 sanitary sewer street laterals shall include, but may not be limited to: 8 9 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 10 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 11 and sheeting where required; 12 3. Furnishing, installing, and maintaining all necessary erosion control 13 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 14 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 15 silt barrier, staked silt barrier, and seeding; 16 4. Furnishing, installing, connecting the sewer lateral from the sewer 17 main to the cleanout (Street Lateral); 18 5. Furnishing and installing the cleanout or modifying the existing 19 cleanout; 20 6. Backfilling and compacting the trench /pit including regrading the 21 terrain; 22 7. Performing compaction density testing; 23 8. Temporary restoration and asphalt patches; 24 9. All restoration, not including asphalt restoration which is paid for 25 under a separate pay item; 26 10. Formwork, reinforcement, and installation of concrete driveways, 27 curbs, gutters and sidewalks that were cut, removed, or damaged 28 during the course of the construction; 29 11. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 30 the complete installation of sewer laterals and cleanouts. 31 32 Payment shall be made for the number of each sewer street lateral and 33 cleanout installed complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of the 34 Engineer. 35 36 H. Furnish and Install Flowable Fill (Bid Item #117) 37 38 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to install 39 flowable in areas of pipe conflicts. The Flowable Fill shall include, but may 40 not be limited to: 41 42 1. Hauling and placing FDOT Standard flowable fill in areas of pipe 43 conflicts where compaction cannot be performed; 44 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 45 the installation and placement of flowable fill into areas of pipe 46 conflicts where compaction cannot be performed. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -7 CONFORMED 1 2 Payment shall be made for the number of cubic yards of flowable fill placed 3 complete and accepted by the Engineer paid in accordance with the unit 4 price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 5 The volume of flowable fill shall be documented with delivery tickets for each 6 truckload. Payment shall not include flowable fill used to abandon existing 7 sewers. 8 9 I. Remove and Replace Unsuitable Materials w/ Select Fill (Bid Item #118) 10 11 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to remove 12 and replace any material in the pipe trench determined to be unsuitable for 13 use as bedding or backfill material. The Removal and Replacement of 14 Unsuitable Materials with Select Fill shall include but may not be limited to: 15 16 1. Loading the unsuitable materials onto a hauling truck; 17 2. Hauling and disposing of the unsuitable materials; 18 3. Hauling the select fill onto the project site; 19 4. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 20 the replacement of unsuitable materials. 21 22 Measurement will be based on the length and depth of the unsuitable 23 material removed and replaced as confirmed in the field with the City's 24 representative. Payment shall be made based on the number of cubic yards 25 of unsuitable material removed and replaced, paid in accordance with the 26 unit price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of 27 Values. Payment for excavating the unsuitable material, backfilling, placing, 28 and compacting the suitable material in the trench shall not be made under 29 this bid item. Payment for excavating the unsuitable material, backfilling, 30 placing, and compacting the trench shall be included in the unit price bid for 31 installation of the sewer /storm main and /or structures. 32 33 J. Import of Crushed Stone (Bid Item #119) 34 35 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to import 36 crushed stone for use as bedding material. The Import of crushed stone 37 shall include but may not be limited to: 38 39 1. Hauling the crushed stone onto the project site; 40 2. Placing and compacting the crushed stone; 41 3. All other required ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power. 42 43 Measurement will be based on the length and depth of the crushed stone 44 placed and compacted, confirmed in the field with the City's representative. 45 Payment shall be made based on the number of cubic yards of crushed 46 stone installed, paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -8 CONFORMED • • • • • • 1 form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 2 3 K. Mill and Resurface Asphalt (Bid Item #120) 4 5 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to restore the 6 roadway with asphalt pavement. Asphalt Restoration shall include but may 7 not be limited to: 8 9 1. Removing the existing asphalt, by milling or other means, on the 10 entire road from edge of pavement to edge of pavement for all roads 11 where new gravity sanitary sewer piping is installed. For roadways 12 where both sanitary and storm sewer are installed, asphalt restoration 13 is to be included in the price for the applicable storm sewer pay items; 14 2. Materials, preparation, hauling, and placing approved asphalt 15 pavement in layers over milled area as shown in the Drawings or as 16 specified in the Technical Specifications; 17 3. Replacing pavement markings, signing, speed humps, and traffic light 18 control loops; 19 4. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 20 the complete asphalt restoration of all roads disturbed or damaged by 21 construction. 22 23 Payment shall be made on a lump sum basis for milled and resurfaced 24 roadway complete, in place and accepted by the Engineer, paid in 25 accordance with the Schedule of Values. Payment for temporary asphalt 26 shall not be paid for in this pay item and shall be included in the cost for 27 installing the sanitary sewer pipe. 28 29 L. Concrete Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk and Driveway Replacement (Bid Item #121) 30 31 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to replace 32 additional concrete curbs, driveways, sidewalks, and gutters only as directed 33 by the Owner. The construction of additional Concrete Curb, Gutter, 34 Sidewalk, and Driveway shall include but may not be limited to: 35 36 1. Formwork, reinforcement, and installation of concrete driveways, 37 curbs, gutters, and sidewalks; 38 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 39 the construction of driveways, curbs, gutters, and sidewalks areas 40 when directed by the Owner. For roadways where both sanitary and 41 storm sewer are installed, restoration to be included in the price for 42 the applicable storm sewer pay items. 43 44 Payment shall be made for the number of cubic yards of concrete placed to 45 construct concrete driveways, curbs, gutters, and sidewalks complete and 46 accepted by the Engineer paid in accordance with the unit price provided on MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -9 CONFORMED 1 the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. Payment for 2 concrete driveways, curbs, gutters, and sidewalks that were cut, removed, or 3 damaged during the course of the sanitary sewer system construction shall 4 not be made under this bid item. 5 6 M. Root Pruning (Bid Item #122) 7 8 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to prune tree 9 roots within the public right -of -way where necessary for construction. The 10 Root Pruning shall include but may not be limited to: 11 12 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 13 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 14 and sheeting; 15 3. Furnishing, installing, and maintaining all necessary erosion control 16 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 17 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 18 silt barrier, staked silt barrier, and seeding; 19 4. Pruning and disposal of tree roots; 20 5. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 21 the pruning of tree roots when directed by the Owner or as shown on 22 the Drawings. 23 •24 Payment shall be made based on the horizontal distance in linear feet, 25 parallel to the pipe trench, of roots pruned acceptable to the Engineer paid in 26 accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in 27 the Schedule of Values. 28 29 N. Tree Removal (Bid Item #123) 30 31 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to remove 32 trees marked as such where necessary for construction as specified in the 33 Technical Specifications. Tree removal shall include but may not be limited 34 to: 35 36 1. Cutting, grubbing, and removal of trees and stumps; 37 2. Furnishing, installing, and maintaining all necessary erosion control 38 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 39 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 40 silt barrier, staked silt barrier, and seeding; 41 3. Disposal of trees and stumps; 42 4. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 43 the removal of trees when directed by the Owner or as shown on the 44 Drawings. 45 • MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -10 CONFORMED • • • 1 Payment shall be made for each tree removed acceptable to the Engineer 2 paid in accordance with the unit price in the Schedule of Values. 3 4 O. Replace Damaged Water Main Service Laterals (Bid Item #124) 5 6 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and certain materials to 7 completely replace existing water main service laterals that are damaged 8 during construction. The water service replacement shall include, but may 9 not be limited to: 10 11 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 12 2. Maintaining the trench /pit, which shall include dewatering, bracing and 13 sheeting where required or as directed by the Engineer; 14 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 15 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 16 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 17 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 18 4. Furnishing and installing the PVC or HDPE casings; 19 5. Furnishing and installing carrier piping and service lateral from the 20 corp stop to the curb stop; 21 6. Connections to existing piping systems, including small diameter 22 piping not included in other bid items; 23 7. Backfilling and compacting the trench /pit and; 24 8. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 25 the complete installation of water services and meter assemblies. 26 27 All work shall be in accordance with the Technical Specifications and Plans. 28 29 Payment shall be made for each water service replaced and incorporated 30 into the piping system complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of 31 the Engineer. Payment will not be made in instances where the water 32 service is deemed damaged due to the negligence of the Contractor. 33 34 P. Existing Sanitary Sewer Structure /Piping Demolition and Abandonment (Bid 35 Item #125) 36 37 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to demolish, 38 remove and /or abandon existing sanitary sewer structures and piping as 39 shown on the Drawings. The existing sanitary sewer structure /piping 40 demolition and abandonment shall include but may not be limited to: 41 42 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 43 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 44 and sheeting; 45 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 46 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -11 CONFORMED 1 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 2 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 3 4. Demolish and remove existing sanitary sewer structures; 4 5. Demolish and remove existing sanitary sewer piping or fill existing 5 sewers with flowable fill; 6 6. Demolition and removal of any other piping or structures as shown on 7 the Drawings; 8 7. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 9 the demolition and removal of structures and piping as shown on the 10 Drawings. 11 12 Payment shall be made on a percent complete basis according to the Lump 13 Sum price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of 14 Values. 15 16 Q. Existing Storm Sewer Piping /Structure Demolition (Bid Item #126) 17 18 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to demolish 19 and remove existing storm sewer structures piping as shown on the 20 Drawings as part of the sanitary sewer system construction. The existing 21 storm sewer structure /piping demolition shall include but may not be limited 22 to: 23 24 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 25 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 26 and sheeting; 27 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 28 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 29 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 30 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 31 4. Demolish and remove existing storm sewer structures; 32 5. Demolish and remove existing storm sewer piping; 33 6. Demolition and removal of any other piping or structures as shown on 34 the Drawings; 35 7. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 36 the demolition and removal of structures and piping as shown on the 37 Drawings. 38 39 Payment shall be made on a percent complete basis according to the Lump 40 Sum price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of 41 Values. 42 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -12 CONFORMED • • • • • 1 Payment shall be made for each tree removed acceptable to the Engineer 2 paid in accordance with the unit price in the Schedule of Values. 3 4 O. Replace Damaged Water Main Service Laterals (Bid Item #124) 5 6 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and certain materials to 7 completely replace existing water main service laterals that are damaged 8 during construction. The water service replacement shall include, but may 9 not be limited to: 10 11 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 12 2. Maintaining the trench /pit, which shall include dewatering, bracing and 13 sheeting where required or as directed by the Engineer; 14 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 15 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 16 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 17 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 18 4. Furnishing and installing the PVC or HDPE casings; 19 5. Furnishing and installing carrier piping and service lateral from the 20 corp stop to the curb stop; 21 6. Connections to existing piping systems, including small diameter 22 piping not included in other bid items; 23 7. Backfilling and compacting the trench /pit and; 24 8. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 25 the complete installation of water services and meter assemblies. 26 27 All work shall be in accordance with the Technical Specifications and Plans. 28 29 Payment shall be made for each water service replaced and incorporated 30 into the piping system complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of 31 the Engineer. Payment will not be made in instances where the water 32 service is deemed damaged due to the negligence of the Contractor. 33 34 P. Existing Sanitary Sewer Structure /Piping Demolition and Abandonment (Bid 35 Item #125) 36 37 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to demolish, 38 remove and /or abandon existing sanitary sewer structures and piping as 39 shown on the Drawings. The existing sanitary sewer structure /piping 40 demolition and abandonment shall include but may not be limited to: 41 42 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 43 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 44 and sheeting; 45 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 46 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -11 CONFORMED 1 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 2 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 3 4. Demolish and remove existing sanitary sewer structures; 4 5. Demolish and remove existing sanitary sewer piping or fill existing 5 sewers with flowable fill; 6 6. Demolition and removal of any other piping or structures as shown on 7 the Drawings; 8 7. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 9 the demolition and removal of structures and piping as shown on the 10 Drawings. 11 12 Payment shall be made on a percent complete basis according to the Lump 13 Sum price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of 14 Values. 15 16 Q. Existing Storm Sewer Piping /Structure Demolition (Bid Item #126) 17 18 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to demolish 19 and remove existing storm sewer structures piping as shown on the 20 Drawings as part of the sanitary sewer system construction. The existing 21 storm sewer structure /piping demolition shall include but may not be limited 22 to: 23 24 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 25 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 26 and sheeting; 27 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 28 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 29 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 30 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 31 4. Demolish and remove existing storm sewer structures; 32 5. Demolish and remove existing storm sewer piping; 33 6. Demolition and removal of any other piping or structures as shown on 34 the Drawings; 35 7. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 36 the demolition and removal of structures and piping as shown on the 37 Drawings. 38 39 Payment shall be made on a percent complete basis according to the Lump 40 Sum price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of 41 Values. 42 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -12 CONFORMED • • • • • • 1 2 R. Furnish and Install ERCP Storm Sewer Pipe (Bid Item #127) 3 4 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 5 installing pipe by the open cut method (OC). The open cut installation of 6 pipe shall include, but may not be limited to: 7 8 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 9 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 10 and sheeting where required; 11 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 12 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 13 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 14 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 15 4. Furnishing and installing Class III and /or Class IV RCP Storm Sewer 16 pipe as shown on Drawings; 17 5. Furnishing and installing Class III and /or Class IV ERCP Storm Sewer 18 pipe as shown on Drawings; 19 6. Furnishing and installing joint gaskets, joint wrap, backfill and 20 compaction; 21 7. All clearing and grubbing outside the limits as shown on the plans; 22 8. Disposal of surplus materials; 23 9. Backfilling and compacting the trench; 24 10. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting 25 approved road base and along the width of the pipe trench; 26 11. Performing compaction and density testing; 27 12. Materials, preparation, hauling, and placing approved compacted 28 backfill in layers over the area of the pipe trench; 29 13. Temporarily plugging a pipe culvert, either proposed or existing, or 30 permanently plugging and existing pipe culvert that is to be 31 permanently placed out of service; 32 14. Furnishing all equipment, tools and labor, for Desilting Pipe and 33 disposal of silt and debris, and all incidentals necessary for 34 satisfactorily performing the work; 35 15. Televising, laser profiling of pipe, and performing infiltration /exfiltration 36 testing on the pipe; 37 16. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 38 the complete installation of storm sewer piping. 39 40 Measurement will be along the centerline of the pipe, measured between the 41 inside walls of the structures. Payment shall be made for the number of 42 linear feet of pipe in place and accepted paid in accordance with the unit 43 price provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 44 45 S. Furnish and Install Precast Storm Sewer Structure /Inlet (Bid Item #128) 46 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -13 CONFORMED 1 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials to 2 completely install all precast storm sewer structure inlets and connections to 3 existing piping, which are part of the sanitary sewer system construction and 4 not included in other bid items. The Precast Storm Sewer Structure Inlet 5 installation shall include, but may not be limited to: 6 7 1. Excavating the trench /pit; 8 2. Maintaining the trench /pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 9 and sheeting where required; 10 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 11 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 12 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, hay bales, straw, floating 13 silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 14 4. Furnishing and installing Precast Storm Sewer Structure Inlets; 15 5. Furnishing and placing of all gratings, frames, covers, and any other 16 necessary fittings; 17 6. Connections to existing piping systems; 18 7. Connecting RCP piping to the stormwater structure inlets; 19 8. All clearing and grubbing outside the limits as shown on the Drawings; 20 9. The cost of restoring the site that is disturbed solely for the purpose of 21 constructing storm sewer inlets will be in included in the unit price for 22 the structure. 23 24 All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for the 25 complete installation of Precast Storm Sewer Structures. 26 27 Payment shall be made for each precast storm sewer structure inlet or 28 manhole in place and accepted paid in accordance with the unit price 29 provided on the bid form and /or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 30 31 T. Owner's Contingency Allowance — Sanitary Project (Bid Item #129) 32 33 Measurement: Measurement for this item will be made for in accordance 34 with the Change Order authorized by the Owner. The allowance is for extra 35 work specifically authorized by the Owner, the compensation for which shall 36 be determined in accordance with the Change Order provisions of the 37 General Conditions. Said compensation shall be deducted from the 38 allowance at the time the Change Order is authorized by the Owner. 39 40 Payment: Payment from the Contingency Allowance shall be made on either 41 a lump sum or unit price basis, in accordance with the Change Order or 42 Work Change Directive, only after authorization from the Owner, and then in 43 accordance with the Change Order provisions of the General Conditions. 44 45 END OF SECTION MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (SANITARY SEWER) 01150 -14 CONFORMED • • • • • 1 SECTION 01152 2 3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Engineer in accordance with the 10 schedule as approved by the Owner. 11 12 B. Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review, the proposed Application 13 for Payment form, prior to the first Payment Request. 14 15 C. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that the Owner shall not pay 16 the Contractor for any stored materials. The Application for Payment shall be 17 rejected if any stored materials are invoiced by the Contractor. 18 19 1.02 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED 20 21 A. Submit applications typed on forms either provided in these Specifications 22 furnished by the Owner, as approved by the Owner, with itemized data typed 23 on 8 -1/2 inch x 11 inch white paper continuation sheets. 24 25 B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet: 26 27 1. Format, schedules, line items and values: those of the Schedule of 28 Values accepted by the Engineer. 29 30 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT 31 32 A. Application Form: 33 34 1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed 35 prior to date of submittal of application. 36 37 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals 38 indicated on continuation sheets. 39 40 3. Execute certification with signature of a responsible officer of the 41 Contractor. 42 43 B. Continuation Sheets: 44 45 1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of work, with item 46 number and scheduled dollar value for each item. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152 -1 09/15/2011 1 2 2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when 3 work has been performed or products stored. 4 3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission, at the 5 end of the continuation sheets. 6 7 a. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an 8 original component item of work. 9 10 1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 11 12 A. Provide substantiating data, containing suitable information for review of 13 costs requested with a cover letter identifying: 14 15 1. Project. 16 17 2. Application number and date. 18 19 3. Detailed list of enclosures. 20 21 4. For stored products: 22 23 a. Item number and identification as shown on application. 24 25 b. Description of specific material. 26 27 c. Supplier invoices. 28 29 d. A table identifying stored material, amount stored, amount 30 installed, monthly activities report, updated cash flow chart, 31 progress photos, and schedule of values item which the 32 material applies. 33 34 B. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. 35 36 C. The Contractor is to maintain an updated set of As -built Drawings to be used 37 as record drawings. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, the 38 Contractor shall submit monthly the updated as -built drawings for review by 39 the Owner, the Engineer, or their dedicated representatives. 40 41 D. Contractor shall maintain an updated construction schedule in accordance 42 with the Specifications. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, 43 Contractor shall submit the updated construction schedule with the 44 applications for progress payments. If the Contractor fails to submit the 45 required updated schedule within the time prescribed, the Engineer may 46 withhold approval of progress payment estimates until such a time as the APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152 -2 09/15/2011 • 1 Contractor submits the required updated schedule. As -built Drawings shall 2 be in accordance with Section 01720 Project Record Documents. 3 4 1.05 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT 5 6 A. Fill in application form as specified for progress payments. 7 8 B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as 9 specified in the Specification. 10 11 C. All appropriate information must be entered on the application form. 12 13 1. The line title, "Application Period ", must indicate the dates between 14 which all work was completed during the pay period. The period is 15 defined from the first day of the month to the last day of the month, 16 i.e. January 1, 2012 to January 18, 2012. 17 18 2. All blank lines within the "Contract Data" and "Summary of Project 19 Status" section of the application must be completed. Also, if any 20 Change Orders have been approved, the "Change Orders" section 21 must include that information. 22 •23 3. All calculations and arithmetic must be precise to the penny. 24 25 4. The application must be signed and dated by an authorized 26 representative of the Contractor and notarized. 27 28 1.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 29 30 A. Prior to submitting a completed Payment Request, the Contractor must 31 arrange a field meeting with the Resident Project Representative to review 32 and verify all installed quantities and /or stored material. Only when the 33 Resident Project Representative and Contractor agree on installed quantities 34 and percentages, should the Payment Request be submitted. 35 36 B. Submit six (6) copies of Applications for Payment to the Engineer at the 37 times stipulated in the General Conditions. 38 39 C. When the Engineer finds Application properly completed and correct, he will 40 transmit certificate for payment to Owner, with copy to Contractor. 41 42 PART II — PRODUCTS 43 (NOT USED) 44 45 PART III — EXECUTION 46 (NOT USED) 410 47 48 49 END OF SECTION 50 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152 -3 09/15/2011 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152 -4 09/15/2011 • • • 1 SECTION 01153 2 3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Promptly implement Change Order procedures. 10 11 1. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. 12 13 2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material /force 14 account basis. 15 16 3. Provide full documentation to Engineer on request. 17 18 B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization: 19 20 1. Who is authorized to accept changes in the work. 21 •22 2. Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor's employ of 23 the authorization of changes in the work. 24 25 C. The Contractor shall comply with all other requirements as described in the 26 City of Clearwater, Section III — General Conditions regarding Change Order 27 procedures. 28 29 1.02 DEFINITIONS 30 31 A. Change Order: See General Conditions. 32 33 1. Request for Cost Proposal — will be authorized by the Authority prior 34 to all Work Change Directives and Field Orders. 35 36 B. Work Directive Change: A written order to the Contractor, signed by 37 Contractor, Owner and Engineer, which amends the Contract Documents as 38 described, and authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change that affects 39 the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, for inclusion in a subsequent 40 Change Order. 41 42 C. Engineer's Supplemental Instructions: A written order, instructions, or 43 interpretations, signed by Engineer making minor changes in the Work not 44 involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. •45 46 D. Field Order: A written order to the Contractor, signed by the Engineer and the 47 Contractor, which is issued to interpret/clarifythe Contract Documents, order CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153 -1 09/15/2011 1 minor changes in the work. The work described by a Field Order is to be 2 accomplished without change to the Contract Sum, Contract Time, and /or 3 claims for other costs. 4 5 1.03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES 6 7 A. Owner and Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a Work Directive 8 Change to the Contractor. Request will include: 9 10 1. Detailed description of the change, products, and location of the 11 change in the Project. 12 13 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and /or Specifications. 14 15 3. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific 16 statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized. 17 18 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be 19 considered valid. 20 21 B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to the 22 Engineer, prior to the work being performed, containing: 23 24 1. Description of the proposed changes. 25 26 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 27 28 3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 29 30 4. Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors. 31 32 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract 33 Time, as appropriate. 34 35 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION 36 37 A. Work Directive Change will describe changes in the Work, both additions 38 and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define 39 details of the change and will designate the method of determining any 40 change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time. 41 42 B. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Work Directive Change as 43 authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. 44 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • • • 1 1.05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS 2 3 A. Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal, and for each unit price 4 which has not previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data 5 to allow the Engineer to evaluate the quotation. 6 7 B. On request, provide additional data to support time and cost computations: 8 9 1. Labor required. 10 11 2. Equipment required. 12 13 3. Products required. 14 15 a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. 16 17 b. Quantities required. 18 19 4. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. 20 21 5. Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented. 22 23 6. Overhead and profit. 24 25 7. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 26 27 C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time -and- 28 material /force account basis, with documentation as required for a Lump 29 Sum proposal, plus additional information: 30 31 1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work and 32 date of the order. 33 34 2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom. 35 36 3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 37 38 4. Receipts and invoices for: 39 40 a. Equipment used, listing dates, and times of use. 41 42 b. Products used, listing of quantities. 43 44 c. Subcontracts. 45 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153 -3 09/15/2011 1 1.06 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS AND FIELD ORDERS 2 3 A. Engineer will prepare each Change Order and Field Order and Work Change 4 Directives. 5 6 B Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both additions and 7 deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details 8 of the change. 9 10 C. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract 11 Sum and in the Contract Time. 12 13 D. Field Order will describe interpretations or clarifications of Contract 14 Documents, order minor changes in the Work, and/ or memorialize trade -off 15 agreements. 16 17 E. Field Order work will be accomplished without change in the Contract Sum, 18 Contract Time, and /or claims for other costs. 19 20 1.07 LUMP SUM /FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER 21 22 A. Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved 23 and attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by 24 Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. 25 26 B. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent 27 to Contractor for approval. After approval by Contractor, all copies should be 28 sent to Owner for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed 29 copies. 30 31 1.08 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER 32 33 A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 34 35 1. Engineer's definition of the scope of the required changes. 36 37 2. Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by Engineer. 38 39 3. Survey of complete work. 40 41 B. The amounts of the unit prices to be: 42 43 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 44 45 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. 46 47 C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be 48 determined prior to start of the work: CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153 -4 09/15/2011 • • • • • • 1 2 1. Owner and Engineer will sign and date a Work Directive Change as 3 authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes. 4 5 D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work: 6 7 8 1. Engineer or Owner will issue a Work Directive change directing the 9 Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and 10 the Engineer will cite the applicable unit prices. 11 12 2. Upon completion of the change, the Engineer will determine the cost 13 of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used. Contractor 14 shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each 15 item and any claims for a change in Contract Time. 16 17 3. Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change 18 in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. 19 20 4. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their 21 agreement with the terms therein. 22 23 5. Owner will then sign the change order. 24 25 1.09 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS 26 27 A. Not greater than monthly revise Schedule of Values and Request for 28 Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work and to 29 record the adjusted Contract Sum. 30 31 B. Not greater than monthly revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each 32 change in Contract Time. Revise subschedules to show changes for other 33 items of work affected by the changes. 34 35 C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in 36 Record Documents. 37 38 PART II — PRODUCTS 39 (NOT USED) 40 41 PART III — EXECUTION 42 (NOT USED) 43 44 45 END OF SECTION 46 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153 -5 09/15/2011 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153 -6 09/15/2011 • • • • • 1 SECTION 01200 2 3 MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 PRE - CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 8 9 A. In accordance with the Contract Documents, prior to the commencement of 10 Work, a preconstruction conference shall be held at a mutually agreed time 11 at the Construction Manager's Office. 12 13 B. The purpose of the conference shall be to designate responsible personnel 14 and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination shall be 15 discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The 16 agenda shall include as a minimum: 17 18 1. Contractor's Initial Construction Schedule 19 20 2. Procedures for Transmittal, Review and Distribution of Shop Drawings 21 22 3. Procedures for Submittal and Review of Monthly Pay Applications 23 24 4. Maintaining Record Drawings 25 26 5. Critical Work Sequencing and Construction Restrictions 27 28 6. Field Decisions and Change Orders 29 30 7. Field Office, Storage Areas and Security 31 32 8. Equipment and Material Deliveries 33 34 9. Safety Meetings and Program 35 36 10. Traffic Control Plan 37 38 11. Pre - construction Video 39 40 C. The Engineer will preside at the conference and will arrange for keeping the 41 minutes and distributing them to all persons in attendance. 42 43 1.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS 44 45 A. The Engineer will schedule and conduct regular project meetings at least bi- 46 weekly and at other times as deemed necessary by the progress of the 47 Work. The Contractor and the Engineer will be represented at each meeting. MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 01200 -1 09/15/2011 1 The Contractor and /or Engineer may request attendance by representatives 2 of material Supplier(s) and Subcontractor(s). 3 4 B. The Engineer will preside at the conference and will arrange for keeping the 5 minutes and distributing them to all persons in attendance. The purpose of 6 the meetings will include but not be limited to reviewing the progress of the 7 Work, maintaining coordination of efforts, discussing changes in scheduling 8 and resolving problems which may develop; claims review; and future 9 scheduling. 10 11 1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEETINGS 12 13 A. The Owner will schedule and conduct meetings as required with the 14 Contractor to attend to matters of traffic control and associated public 15 convenience and safety during the course of the Work. 16 17 B. The Engineer will preside at the meetings and provide for keeping the 18 minutes and distribution of minutes to the Owner, the Contractor and others. 19 The purpose of the meetings shall be for the Contractor presentation of 20 traffic control plans and any revisions required during performance of the 21 Work and to discuss related matters. 22 23 1.04 PUBLIC INFORMATION MEETINGS 24 25 A. The Contractor shall designate a public information specialist for the Project 26 who shall attend and actively participate in periodic public information 27 meetings that may be scheduled by the Owner. 28 29 PART II — PRODUCT 30 (Not Used) 31 32 PART III — EXECUTION 33 (Not Used) 34 35 36 END OF SECTION MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 01200 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • • 1 SECTION 01300 2 3 SUBMITTALS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 8 9 A. Within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Contractor shall submit to Engineer 10 for review a schedule of the proposed construction operations. The 11 construction schedule shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of 12 starting and completion of each part, and the installation date for each major 13 item of equipment, and the time for making connections to existing piping, 14 structures, or facilities. 15 16 B. At least every 30 days the schedule shall be revised as necessary to reflect 17 changes in the progress of the Work. 18 19 C. Owner may require Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction 20 forces, as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind 21 schedule at any time during the construction period. 22 23 1.02 PRELIMINARY SUBMITTALS 24 25 A. Within 10 days after the Notice of Award, but prior to the pre- construction 26 conference, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the Owner's 27 construction manager for review by the ENGINEER. 28 29 1. A preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing submittals. 30 31 2. A preliminary list of all permits and licenses the Contractor shall 32 obtain showing the permitting agency, the type of permit, the 33 expected date of application for the permit, required date for receipt of 34 the permit, and permit fee. 35 36 1.03 PROGRESS REPORTS 37 38 A. A progress report shall be furnished to Engineer with each application for 39 progress payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit 40 additional progress reports at such intervals as Engineer may request. 41 42 B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and 43 anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and 44 proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not 45 readily apparent to Engineer, must be substantiated with satisfactory 46 evidence. 47 SUBMITTALS 01300 -1 03/12/2012 1 C. Each progress report shall also include three (3) prints of the accepted 2 graphic schedule marked to indicate actual progress. 3 4 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 5 6 A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a Schedule of Values 7 after review of the tentative schedule and before submission of the first 8 application for payment. The Schedule of Values, showing the value of each 9 kind of work, shall be acceptable to Engineer before any application for 10 payment is prepared. 11 12 B. The sum of the items listed in the Schedule of Values shall equal the 13 Contract Price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction 14 facilities, may be listed separately in the Schedule of Values, provided the 15 amounts can be substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as 16 separate items. 17 18 C. In addition to those items listed in Paragraph B, items that shall also be 19 included on the Schedule of Values include 0 & M manuals (including 20 electronic format), As- Builts, Start-Up and Training, and any other 21 individualized component that the Contractor would like to separately itemize 22 for payment. 23 •24 D. An unbalanced Schedule of Values providing for overpayment of Contractor 25 on items of Work that would be performed first will not be accepted. The 26 Schedule of Values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to 27 Engineer. Final acceptance by Engineer will indicate only consent to the 28 Schedule of Values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress 29 payments and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each 30 indicated item. 31 32 1.04 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS 33 34 A. Within thirty (30) days after award of contract, Contractor shall furnish to 35 Engineer a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be 36 revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more 37 than 10 percent from the estimated payment schedule. 38 39 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA 40 41 A. Shop Drawings and Engineering Data shall be submitted in accordance with 42 specification 01340. 43 44 1.06 EXCAVATION PLAN 45 46 A. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an excavation plan prior to 47 beginning the Work. The plan shall indicate the general plan for performing • SUBMITTALS 01300 -2 03/12/2012 • • 1 excavation, ground dewatering, sheeting, shoring and bracing, haul routes 2 for the disposal of surface materials and for transporting excess excavation 3 materials to either (1) a disposal site chosen by the Contractor when excess 4 excavated materials are designated to become the property of the Contractor 5 or (2) to the storage area designated by the Contract Documents when the 6 excess excavated materials are designated to remain the property of the 7 Owner. The excavation plan is for the Owner's information only. Submission 8 and acceptance by the Owner of this information shall not relieve the 9 Contractor from constructing the Work in a continuous safe manner at all 10 times and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 11 12 1.07 SURVEY DATA 13 14 A. All field books, notes, and other data developed or obtained by the 15 Contractor in performing the surveys required by the Work shall be available 16 to the Owner or Engineer for examination throughout the construction period. 17 All such data shall be submitted to the Owner with all other Project 18 Record Documents required for Final Completion of the Work in accordance 19 with Section 01720. 20 21 B. Survey data shall be submitted in digital electronic format as specified in 22 Section 01720. 23 24 1.08 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORTS 25 26 A. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner's construction manager with one (1) 27 copy of each of the Contractor's daily report. These reports shall include, at 28 a minimum, the following: 29 30 1. The number of craftsmen and hours worked by each Subcontractor 31 32 2. The number and hours worked by each trade 33 34 3. The number and hours worked of each type of equipment 35 36 4. A description of work activities performed 37 38 5. A description of any material or equipment deliveries 39 40 6. Description of obstructions encountered 41 42 7. Temperature and weather conditions 43 44 8. Testing and start-ups performed .45 46 9. Training conducted 47 SUBMITTALS 01300 -3 03/12/2012 1 10. Water quality monitoring activities and turbidity readings 2 3 The daily reports shall be submitted to the Owner's construction manager at 4 weekly intervals. The format shall be acceptable to the Engineer. 5 6 Information provided on the daily report shall not constitute NOTICE of delay 7 or any other Notice required by the Contract Documents. Notice shall be as 8 required therein. 9 10 1.09 LAYOUT DATA 11 12 A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and 13 calculations made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies 14 of such data shall be furnished to the Engineer for use in checking. 15 16 B. Contractor's layout as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data 17 considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner by Engineer with 18 other records upon completion of the Work. 19 20 PART II — PRODUCT 21 (Not Used) 22 23 PART III — EXECUTION 24 (Not Used) 25 26 27 END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS 01300 -4 03/12/2012 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01310 2 3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 GENERAL 8 9 A. Construction under this contract must be coordinated to assure that 10 construction is completed within the time allowed by the Contract Documents. 11 The Contractor will also coordinate his activities with the other contractors to 12 allow orderly and timely completion of all the work. 13 14 B. All construction schedules shall be of the critical path method, bar chart type, 15 and shall be prepared using SURETRACK, PRIMAVERA P3, or equal. 16 17 1.02 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING GENERAL PROVISIONS 18 19 A. Within 15 calendar days after the issuance of the Notice of Award, the 20 Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a preliminary construction 21 progress schedule. The schedule shall contain a sufficient number of tasks 22 such that no single task has a value that exceeds 1.5% of the total Contract 23 Amount. Partial payments will not be approved until an acceptable 24 construction progress schedule has been approved by the Engineer. 25 26 B. The schedule shall be updated monthly reflecting the approved baseline 27 schedule and the Contractor's progress on each activity. No progress 28 payment will be approved until the updated schedule is submitted and 29 approved by the Engineer. 30 31 C. Night work may be established by the Contractor as regular procedure only 32 with the prior written permission of the Owner. Such permission, however, 33 may be revoked at any time by the Owner if the Contractor fails to maintain 34 adequate equipment and supervision for the proper execution and control of 35 the work at night. 36 37 D. The Contractor shall designate an authorized representative of his firm who 38 shall be responsible for development and maintenance of the schedule and of 39 progress and payment reports. This representative of the Contractor shall 40 have direct project control and complete authority to act on behalf of the 41 Contractor in fulfilling the commitments of the Contractor's schedule. 42 43 1.03 PROGRESS OF THE WORK 44 45 A. The work shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent 46 any delay to the general completion of the work. The work shall be executed 47 at such times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -1 07/28/2013 1 materials and equipment to assure completion of the work in the time 2 established by the Contract. 3 4 B. If the Contractor for his convenience and at his own expense, should desire to 5 carry on his work at night or outside regular hours, he shall submit written 6 notice to the Engineer and he shall allow ample time for satisfactory 7 arrangements to be made for inspecting the work in progress. The Contractor 8 shall reimburse the Owner for extra inspection required for work outside 9 regular hours. The Contractor shall light the different parts of the project as 10 required to comply with all applicable Federal and State regulations and with 11 all applicable requirements of the municipality in which the work is being done. 12 13 PART II - PROGRESS SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS 14 15 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 16 17 A. As required within the General Conditions, the Contractor shall submit a critical 18 path progress schedule as described herein. The schedule shall take into 19 considerations all work phasing and restrictions as specified elsewhere in the 20 Contract Documents. 21 22 B. The critical path progress schedule requirement will consist of a detailed 23 schedule, monthly status reports (Monthly Reports), a start -up schedule, and 24 revisions to the schedules and analyses as described. The planning, 25 scheduling, management and execution of the work are the sole 26 responsibilities of the Contractor. The progress schedule shall allow Engineer 27 to review Contractor's planning, scheduling, management and execution of the 28 work; to assist Engineer in evaluating work progress and make progress 29 payments; to allow other contractors to cooperate and coordinate their 30 activities with those of the Contractor; and to provide Owner with information 31 about "construction schedule" and "cumulative outlay schedule." 32 33 C. Engineer's review of the schedule submittals shall not relieve Contractor from 34 responsibility for any deviations from the Contract Documents unless 35 Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to such deviations at the 36 time of submission and Engineer has given written concurrence to the specific 37 deviations, nor shall any concurrence by Engineer relieve Contractor from 38 responsibility for errors and omissions in the submittals. 39 40 D. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive benefit of the Owner, the Engineer or 41 the Contractor. Extensions of time for performance, as specified in the 42 General Conditions, will be granted only to the extent that equitable time 43 adjustments for the network activity, or activities affected, exceed the total float 44 or slack time along the affected network paths, as shown in the precedence 45 diagram and computer printout report in effect at the instant of either (a) a 46 notice to proceed with a change, or (b) a notice of suspension of work or 47 possession, or (c) detection of a subsequently acknowledged differing site CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -2 07/28/2013 • • • • • • 1 condition, or (d) occurrence of cause for an excusable delay. Further, use of 2 float time in the schedule, or the allocation of float time to activities by means 3 of special logic restraints or imposed dates, shall be shared to the benefit of 4 Owner, Engineer, Contractor, and his subcontractors and suppliers in 5 proportion of their scope of responsibilities. Excessive use of float time to the 6 detriment of succeeding activities may be cause for denying an extension of 7 time if it can be demonstrated that the float along the network paths affected at 8 the instant of the delaying condition would have been larger than the delay had 9 it not been for the excessive and unreasonable float usage in violation of the 10 sharing concept required by this Specification. 11 12 E. Engineer's review of the schedule submittals shall be only for conformance 13 with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to 14 the means, methods, sequences and techniques or procedures of construction 15 or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Engineer's review of the 16 schedule submittals will be predicated on a Contractor's stamp of approval 17 signed off by Contractor. Contractor's stamp of approval on any schedule 18 submittals shall constitute a representation to Owner and Engineer that 19 Contractor, has either determined or verified all data on the submittal, or 20 assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that Contractor and his 21 subcontractors and suppliers have reviewed and coordinated the sequences 22 shown in the submittal with the requirements of the work under the Contract 23 Documents. 24 25 2.02 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 26 27 A. Graphic network diagrams shall be on a time - scaled precedence network 28 format. The graphic network diagram shall include the following format: 29 30 1. Description of each activity, or restraint, shall be brief but convey the 31 scope of work described. 32 33 2. Activities shall identify all items of work that must be accomplished to 34 achieve substantial completion, or any interim substantial completion, 35 such as the major disciplines of work; items pertaining to the approval 36 of regulatory agencies; contractor's time required for submittals, 37 fabrication and deliveries; the time required by Engineer to review all 38 submittals as set forth in the Contract Documents; items of work 39 required of Owner to support pre - operational and start-up testing; time 40 required for the relocation of utilities. Activities shall also identify 41 interface milestones with the work of other contract work under 42 separate contracts with Owner. 43 44 3. Any activities not shown on the graphic network diagram shall be 45 considered to have no effect on the Contractor's ability to achieve 46 substantial completion, or interim substantial completion, within the 47 Contract Time. Any delays to activities that do not appear in the CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -3 07/28/2013 1 concurred detailed schedule shall give rise only to non - prejudicial 2 delays. Attempts to impose after - the -fact logic constraints where none 3 existed previously to justify time extensions will not be permitted. 4 5 4. Activity durations shall be in whole working days. 6 7 5. Graphic diagrams shall be time - scaled and sequenced by work areas. 8 The Diagram of Activities shall show numerical values for total float and 9 be shown on their early schedules. The diagram shall show 10 relationships. The diagram shall be neat and legible and submitted on 11 sheets no larger than 24 inches by 36 inches on a medium suitable for 12 reproduction. 13 14 B. Printout reports shall contain the following data for each activity or restraint: 15 16 1. Activity identification, activity description, activity duration, activity 17 man -days, computed or specified early start date, computed early finish 18 date, computed late start date, computed or specified late finish date, 19 and total float and free float. 20 21 2. Five separate reports shall be provided, including all activities and 22 restraints, and shall be submitted monthly as follows: 23 24 a. Activity, sort by early start dates in order of ascending numbers. 25 b. Activity, sort by department. 26 c. Float report, in order of ascending total float values. 27 d. Successor /predecessor report. 28 29 PART III - EXECUTION 30 31 3.01 DETAILED SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL 32 33 A. Submittal shall include a time - scaled graphic diagram showing all Contract 34 activities, computer printout reports, and a supporting narrative. The initial 35 Detailed Schedule submittal shall be delivered within 10 calendar days after 36 the Notice to Proceed, and shall use the Notice to Proceed as the "data date ". 37 Upon receipt of Engineer's comments, Contractor shall meet with Engineer 38 and discuss an appraisal and evaluation of the proposed work plan. 39 Necessary revisions resulting from this review shall be made by Contractor 40 and the detailed schedule resubmitted within 15 calendar days after the 41 meeting. The re- submittal, if agreed to by the Owner, and unless 42 subsequently changed with the concurrence of or at the direction of Owner, 43 shall be the work plan to be used by the Contractor for planning, scheduling, 44 managing and executing the work. If Contractor fails to provide an acceptable 45 Detailed Schedule submittal, he will be deemed not to have provided a basis 46 upon which progress may be evaluated, which will further constitute reasons 47 for refusing to recommend payment. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -4 07/28/2013 • • • 1 2 B. The graphic diagram shall be formatted in accordance with Article 2.02(A) 3 above. The diagram shall include (1) all detailed activities grouped by major 4 areas of work. The critical path activities shall be identified, including critical 5 paths for interim dates, if applicable, by clearly highlighting the path on the 6 graphics diagram. 7 8 C. This submittal shall include five copies of the graphic diagram, the printout 9 reports and the narrative, in accordance with Article 2.02 of these scheduling 10 requirements. 11 12 D. The narrative shall include sufficient data to explain the basis of Contractor's 13 determination of durations, describe the contract conditions and restraints 14 plugged into the schedule, and provide a "what -if" analysis pertaining to 15 potential problems and practical steps to mitigate them. Should Engineer 16 require additional data, this information shall be supplied by Contractor within 17 ten calendar days. 18 19 3.02 MONTHLY STATUS REPORTS 20 21 A. Beginning with the first month, and every month thereafter, Contractor shall 22 submit to Engineer, with each request for payment, a Monthly Status Report 23 (based on the Detailed Schedule) with data as of the last day of the pay 24 period. The monthly Status Report shall include a revised copy of the currently 25 accepted graphic diagram, computer printouts and a narrative. The Monthly 26 Status Report will be reviewed by the Engineer. The Contractor will address 27 the Engineer's comments in the subsequent Monthly Status Report. If 28 Contractor fails to provide acceptable Monthly Status Reports, he will be 29 deemed not to have provided a basis upon which progress may be evaluated, 30 which will be reason for refusing to recommend progress payments. 31 32 B. The revised diagram shall show, for the currently accepted detailed diagram, 33 percentages of completion for all activities, actual start and finish dates, and 34 remaining durations, as appropriate. Activities not previously included in the 35 currently accepted detailed schedule shall be added, except that contractual 36 dates will not be changed except by Change Order. Review of a revised 37 diagram by the Engineer will not be construed to constitute concurrence with 38 the time frames, duration, or sequencing for such added activities; instead the 39 corresponding data as ultimately incorporated into an appropriate change 40 order shall govern. 41 42 C. Once the initial schedule is approved, activity durations shall only be changed 43 after the activity is completed. 44 45 D. The narrative shall include the information shown in the following outline in a 46 narrative form: 47 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -5 07/28/2013 1 1. Construction progress (refer to activity number in the Detailed 2 Schedule) including: 3 4 a. Activities completed this reporting period; 5 b. Activities in progress this reporting period; 6 c. Activities scheduled to commence next reporting period. 7 8 2. Description of problem areas 9 10 3. Current and anticipated delays 11 12 a. Cause of the delay; 13 b. Corrective action and schedule adjustments to correct the delay; 14 c. Impact of the delay on other activities, on milestones, and on 15 completion dates. 16 17 4. Changes made to the schedule, including changes in construction 18 sequence 19 20 5. Pending items and status thereof 21 22 a. Permits 23 b. Change Orders 24 c. Time extensions 25 d. Other 26 27 6. Contract completion date status 28 29 a. Ahead of schedule and number of days 30 b. Behind schedule and number of days 31 32 3.03 REVISIONS 33 34 A. All revised Detailed Schedule submittals shall be in the same form and detail 35 as the initial submittal and shall be accompanied by an explanation of the 36 reasons for such revisions, all of which shall be subject to review by Engineer. 37 The revision shall incorporate all previously made changes to reflect current 38 as -built conditions. Minor changes to the submittal may be reviewed at 39 monthly meetings. Changes to activities having adequate float shall be 40 considered a minor change. 41 42 B. A revised detailed work plan submittal shall be submitted for review, when 43 required by Engineer, for one of the following reasons: 44 45 1. Owner or Engineer directs a change that affects the date(s) specified in 46 the Agreement or alters the length of a critical path. 47 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -6 07/28/2013 • • • • • • 1 2. Contractor elects to change any sequence of activities so as to affect a 2 critical path of the currently accepted detailed schedule documents. 3 4 C. If, prior to agreement on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Time, 5 Engineer requires revisions to the Detailed Schedule in order to evaluate 6 planned progress, Contractor shall provide an interim revised submittal for 7 review with change effect(s) incorporated as directed. Approved interim 8 revisions to the documents will be incorporated during the first subsequent 9 Monthly Status Report. 10 11 3.04 START -UP SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS (NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT) 12 13 A. At least 90 calendar days prior to the date of Substantial Completion, 14 Contractor shall submit a time - scaled (days after notice to proceed) graphic 15 diagram detailing the work to take place in the period between 60 days prior to 16 Substantial Completion, together with a supporting narrative. Engineer shall 17 have 10 calendar days after receipt of the submittal to respond. Upon receipt 18 of Engineer's comments, Contractor shall make the necessary revisions and 19 submit the revised schedule within ten calendar days. If Contractor fails to 20 provide acceptable Start -up Schedule Submittals, he will be deemed not to 21 have provided a basis upon which progress may be evaluated, which will be 22 reason for refusing to recommend payment. 23 24 B. The Start-up Schedule may not be combined with the Detailed Schedule. The 25 Start-up Schedule is intended to show much greater detail than the Detailed 26 Schedule for start-up activities. Typical information required includes, but is 27 not Limited to, the timing of vendor representatives, pre -op testing, individual 28 equipment start-ups, Owner's training, and performance certification testing. 29 30 C. The graphic diagram shall use the currently accepted Detailed Schedule for 31 those activities completed ahead of the last 60 calendar days prior to 32 Substantial Completion, and detailed activities for the remaining 60 -day period 33 within the time frames outlined in the currently accepted Detailed Schedule. 34 35 D. Contractor will be required to continue the requirement for monthly reports, as 36 outlined in Articles 3.03 and 3.04 above. In preparing these reports, 37 Contractor must assure that the Detailed Schedule is consistent with the 38 progress noted in the Start-up Schedule. 39 40 E. In addition, Contractor will be required to submit a revised copy of the start-up 41 graphic diagram on a monthly basis with a start-up narrative. This revised 42 diagram shall highlight percentages of completion, actual start and finish 43 dates, and remaining durations as applicable. Activities not previously 44 included in the accepted detailed work plan shall be added in these submittals, 45 except that contractual dates shall not be changed except by Change Order. 46 Reviews of these submittals by Engineer will not be construed to constitute CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -7 07/28/2013 1 concurrence with the time frames, durations or sequence of work for each 2 added activity. 3 4 3.05 CONSTRUCTION PERIOD 5 6 A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current monthly progress evaluation 7 and updated schedule data that any milestone and /or Contract completion 8 date will not be met, the Contractor shall take appropriate action to bring the 9 work back on schedule. Actions could include: 10 11 1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as to 12 substantially eliminate the backlog of work; 13 14 2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per work day, 15 work days per week, or the amount of construction equipment, or any 16 combination of the foregoing sufficient to substantially eliminate the 17 backlog of work; and 18 19 3. Reschedule work items to achieve concurrency of accomplishment. 20 21 B. The addition of equipment or construction forces, increasing the working hours 22 or any other method, manner, or procedure to return to the current Detailed 23 Schedule shall be at the Contractor's own cost and shall not be considered 24 justification for a Change Order or treated as an acceleration order. 25 26 27 END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -8 07/28/2013 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01340 2 3 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review such working 10 drawings, shop drawings, test reports and data on materials and equipment 11 (hereinafter in this Section called data), and material samples (hereinafter in 12 this Section called samples) as are required for the proper control of work, 13 including but not limited to those working drawings, shop drawings, data and 14 samples for materials and equipment specified elsewhere in the 15 Specifications and in the Contract Drawings. 16 17 B. The Contractor shall note that there are specific submittal requirements in 18 other sections of these Specifications. 19 20 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS 21 22 A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "shop drawings" shall be 23 considered to mean Contractor's Drawings for material and equipment which 24 become an integral part of the Project. These drawings shall be complete 25 and detailed. Shop drawings shall consist of fabrication, erection and setting 26 drawings and schedule drawings, manufacturer's scale drawings, bills of 27 material, wiring and control diagrams, and inspection and test reports 28 including performance curves and certifications as applicable to the Work. 29 30 B. All details on shop drawings submitted for review shall show clearly the 31 elevations of the various parts to the main members and lines of the 32 structure and /or equipment, and where correct fabrication of the work 33 depends upon field measurements, such measurements shall be made and 34 noted on the shop drawings before being submitted for review. 35 36 C See Shop Drawing Schedule requirements in Subparagraph 1.07 37 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. 38 39 1.03 PRODUCT DATA 40 41 A. Product data as specified in individual sections, include, but are not 42 necessarily limited to, standard prepared data for manufactured products 43 (sometimes referred to as catalog data), such as the manufacturers product 44 specification and installation instructions, availability of colors and patterns, 45 manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability, 46 roughing -in diagrams and templates, catalog cuts, product photographs, 47 standard wiring diagrams, printed performance curves and operational -range SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -1 03/29/2012 1 diagrams, production or quality control inspection and test reports and 2 certifications, mill reports, product operating and maintenance instructions 3 and recommended spare -parts listing storage instructions, and printed 4 product warranties, as applicable to the work. 5 6 1.04 WORKING DRAWINGS 7 8 A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "working drawings" shall be 9 considered to mean the Contractor's Drawings for temporary structures such 10 as temporary bulkheads, support of open cut excavation, support of utilities, 11 ground water control systems, forming and falsework; for underpinning; and 12 for such other work as may be required for construction but does not become 13 an integral part of the Project. 14 15 B. Working drawings shall be signed and sealed by a registered Professional 16 Engineer, currently licensed to practice in the State and shall convey, or be 17 accompanied by, calculations or other sufficient information to completely 18 explain the structure, machine, or system described and its intended manner 19 of use. Prior to commencing such work, working drawings must have been 20 reviewed without specific exceptions by the Engineer. Such review will be for 21 general conformance and will not relieve the Contractor in any way from his 22 responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. All 23 risks of error are assumed by the Contractor; the Owner and Engineer will 24 have no responsibility therefore. 25 26 1.05 SAMPLES 27 28 A. The Contractor shall furnish, for review of the Engineer, samples required by 29 the Contract Documents or requested by the Engineer. Samples shall be 30 delivered to the Engineer as specified or directed and in quantities and sizes 31 as specified. A minimum of two samples of each item shall be submitted 32 unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall prepay all shipping charges 33 on samples. Materials or equipment for which samples are required shall not 34 be used in work until reviewed by the Engineer. 35 36 B. Samples specified in individual sections, include, but are not necessarily 37 limited to, physical examples of the work such as sections of manufactured 38 or fabricated work, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of 39 repetitively -used products, color /texture /pattern swatches and range sets, 40 specimens for coordination of visual effect, graphic symbols, and units of 41 work to be used by the Engineer or Owner for independent inspection and 42 testing, as applicable to the Work. 43 44 C. The Contractor shall prepare a transmittal letter for each shipment of 45 samples. He shall enclose a copy of this letter with the shipment and send a 46 copy of this letter to the Engineer. Review of a sample shall be only for the SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -2 03/29/2012 • • • • • • 1 characteristics or use named in such review and shall not be construed to 2 change or modify any Contract requirements. 3 4 1.06 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 5 6 A. The Contractor shall review, approve, and submit, with reasonable 7 promptness and in such sequence, so as to cause no delay in the Contract 8 Work or in the Work of the Owner or any separate contractor, all shop 9 drawings, product data, working drawings and samples required by the 10 Contract Documents. 11 12 B. The Contractor shall submit eight (8) copies of descriptive or product data 13 submittals to complement shop drawings to the Engineer. The Engineer will 14 review the submittal and return to the Contractor two (2) marked -up copies of 15 the shop drawings with the appropriate review comments. 16 17 C. Shop drawings, product data, working drawings and samples shall be 18 furnished with the following information: 19 20 1. Number and title of the drawing. 21 22 2. Date of drawing or revision. 23 24 3. Name of project building, facility or system. 25 26 4. Name of contractor, subcontractor, and manufacturer submitting 27 drawing. 28 29 5. Clear identification of contents, location of the work, and the sheet 30 numbers where the product is found in the contract drawings. 31 32 6. Contractor Certification Statement. 33 34 7. Submittal Identification Number. 35 36 8. Contract Drawing Number Reference. 37 38 D. All items specified are not necessarily intended to be a manufacturer's 39 standard product. Variations from specified items will be considered on an 40 "or equal" basis. If submittals show variations from Contract requirements 41 because of standard shop practice or for other reasons, the Contractor shall 42 describe such variations in his letter of transmittal and on the shop drawings 43 along with notification of his intent to seek contract adjustment. If 44 acceptable, proper adjustment in the Contract shall be implemented where 45 appropriate. If the Contractor fails to describe such variations he shall not be 46 relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the 47 Contract, even though such drawings have been reviewed. Variations SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -3 03/29/2012 1 submitted but not described may be cause for rejection. Any variations 2 initiated by the Contractor will not be considered as an addition to the scope 3 of work unless specifically noted and then approved as such in writing by the 4 Engineer. 5 6 E. Data on materials and equipment shall include materials and equipment lists 7 giving, for each item thereon, the name and location of the supplier or 8 manufacturer, trade name, catalog reference, material, size, finish and all 9 other pertinent data. 10 11 F. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall 12 provide a list including the equipment name, and address and telephone 13 number of the manufacturer's representative and service company so that 14 service and /or spare parts can be readily obtained. In addition, a 15 maintenance and lubrication schedule for each piece of equipment shall be 16 submitted as specified in Section 01730. 17 18 G. The Contractor shall use the color "green" to make his remarks on the 19 Submittals. Only the Engineer will utilize the color "red" in marking 20 submittals. 21 22 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY 23 24 A. It is the duty of the Contractor to check, and coordinate with the work of all 25 trades, all drawings, data, schedules and samples prepared by or for him 26 before submitting them to the Engineer for review. Each and every copy of 27 any drawing or data sheet larger than 11"x17" shall bear Contractor's stamp 28 showing that they have been so checked and approved. Drawings or data 29 sheets 11"x17" and smaller shall be bound together in an orderly fashion and 30 bear the Contractor's stamp on the cover sheet. The cover sheet shall fully 31 describe the packaged data and include a list of all sheet numbers within the 32 package. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer without the Contractor's 33 stamp will be returned to the Contractor, without review at the Engineer's 34 option, for conformance with this requirement. 35 36 B. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data, and samples prior 37 to submission to determine and verify the following: 38 39 1. Field measurements. 40 41 2. Field construction criteria. 42 43 3. Manufacturer's catalog numbers and similar data. 44 45 4. Conformance with Specifications. 46 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -4 03/29/2012 • • • • • • 1 C. Shop drawings shall indicate any deviations in the submittal from the 2 requirements of the Contract Documents. 3 4 D. At a time decided upon at the preconstruction meeting the Contractor shall 5 furnish the Engineer a Shop Drawing schedule fixing the respective dates for 6 the initial submission of shop and working drawings, the beginning of 7 manufacture, testing and installation of materials, supplies and equipment. 8 This schedule shall be provided as a separate entity and indicate those 9 submittals that are critical to the progress schedule. The Contractor shall 10 prepare and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the 11 related work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the 12 individual work sections of the Specifications, so that the installation will not 13 be delayed by processing times including disapproval and resubmittal (if 14 required), coordination with other submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, 15 delivery, and similar sequenced activities. No extension of time will be 16 authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit complete and 17 acceptable submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 18 19 E. The Contractor shall not begin any work affected by a submittal returned, 20 "Rejected. Revise as indicated and resubmit ". Before starting this work all 21 revisions must be corrected by the Contractor. After resubmittal they will be 22 reviewed and returned to him by the Engineer. If returned marked, "No 23 exceptions noted" or "Exceptions as noted ", then the Contractor may begin 24 this work. Any corrections made to the shop drawings are to be followed 25 without exception. 26 27 F. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all shop drawings and data 28 sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to provide no less than 29 twenty -one (21) calendar days for review from the time the Engineer receives 30 them. 31 32 G. The Contractor shall be responsible for and bear all cost of damages which 33 may result from the ordering of any material or from proceeding with any part 34 of work prior to review by the Engineer of the necessary shop drawings. 35 36 H. All shop drawings, product data, working drawings and samples submitted by 37 subcontractors for review shall be sent directly to the Contractor for checking. 38 The Contractor shall be responsible for their submission according to the 39 approved shop drawing schedule so as to prevent delays in delivery of 40 materials and project completion. 41 42 I. The Contractor shall check all subcontractor's shop drawings, product data, 43 working drawings and samples regarding measurements, size of members, 44 materials, and details to satisfy himself that they are in conformance to the 45 Contract Documents. Shop drawings found to be inaccurate or otherwise in 46 error shall be returned to the subcontractors for correction before submission 47 to the Engineer. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -5 03/29/2012 1 2 1.08 ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING 3 DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 4 5 A. The Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept 6 and contract drawings. Markings or comments shall not be construed as 7 relieving the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Drawings and 8 Specifications or from departures therefrom. The Contractor remains 9 responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the work with all other 10 associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for 11 techniques of assembly, and for performing work in a safe manner. 12 13 B. The review of shop drawings, data, and samples will be general. They shall 14 not be construed: 15 16 1. As permitting any departure from the Contract requirements; 17 18 2. As relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including 19 details, dimensions, and materials; 20 21 3. As approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, 22 except as otherwise provided herein. 23 •24 C. • If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations per 25 subparagraph (1.07H), and show a departure from the Contract requirements 26 which Engineer finds to be in the interest of the Owner and to be so minor as 27 not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the 28 Engineer may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 29 30 D. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under one of the following: 31 32 "NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED" is assigned when there are no notations or 33 comments on the submittal. When returned under this code the Contractor 34 may release the equipment and /or material for manufacture. 35 36 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED" is assigned when notations or comments have 37 been made on the submittal pointing out minor discrepancies as compared 38 with the Contract Documents. Resubmittal or confirmation is not necessary 39 prior to release for manufacturing. 40 41 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED /CONFIRM." This combination of codes is 42 assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments is required by 43 the Contractor. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for 44 manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated 45 into the final product. This confirmation is to address the omissions and /or 46 nonconforming items that were noted. Only the items to be "confirmed" need 47 to be resubmitted. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -6 03/29/2012 • • • • • 1 2 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED /RESUBMIT." This combination of codes is 3 assigned when a resubmittal is required by the Contractor. The Contractor 4 may release a portion of the equipment or material for manufacture; 5 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final 6 submittal. This resubmittal is to address the omissions and /or 7 nonconforming items that were noted. 8 9 "REJECTED. REVISE AS INDICATED AND RESUBMIT." This combination 10 of codes is assigned when the submittal is in noncompliance with the 11 Contract Documents and must be corrected and the entire package 12 resubmitted. This code generally means that the equipment or material 13 cannot be released for manufacture unless the Contractor takes full 14 responsibility for providing the submitted items in accordance with Contract 15 Documents. 16 17 "FOR YOUR INFORMATION" is assigned when the package provides 18 information of a general nature that may or may not require a response. 19 20 E. Resubmittals will be handled in the same manner as first submittals. On 21 resubmittals the Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing, on the 22 letter of transmittal and on resubmitted shop drawings by use of revision 23 triangles or other similar methods, to revisions other than the corrections 24 requested by the Engineer on previous submissions. Any such revisions 25 which are not clearly identified shall be made at the risk of the Contractor. 26 The Contractor shall make corrections to any work done because of this type 27 revision that is not in accordance to the Contract Documents as may be 28 required by the Engineer. 29 30 F. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 31 constitute a change to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give 32 written notice thereof to the Engineer at least seven (7) working days prior to 33 release for manufacture. 34 35 G. The Engineer will review each original submittal and the first re- submittal of 36 Shop Drawings, product data and samples. Further reviews of subsequent 37 re- submittals shall be charged to the Contractor at a rate of $150.00 per 38 hour. 39 40 H. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the 41 Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out the construction in accordance 42 therewith and shall make no further changes therein except upon written 43 instructions from the Engineer. 44 45 I. Partial submittals may not be reviewed. The Engineer will be the only judge 46 as to the completeness of a submittal. Submittals not complete will be 47 returned to the Contractor. The Engineer may at his option provide a list or SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -7 03/29/2012 1 mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 2 3 4 PART II — PRODUCTS 5 (NOT USED) 6 7 PART III — EXECUTION 8 (NOT USED) 9 10 11 END OF SECTION SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 -8 03/29/2012 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01370 2 3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 4 5 PARTI — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. Scope of Work: 10 11 1. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a proposed Schedule of 12 Values allocated to the various bid items of the Work, within ten (10) 13 days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 14 15 2. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall support the 16 Schedule of Values with data that shall substantiate their correctness. 17 18 3. The Schedule of Values will be used by the Owner and Engineer for 19 the purpose of reviewing Payment Applications. 20 21 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES 22 23 A. The Schedule of Values shall be typed on 8 -1/2 inch x 11 -inch white 24 paper; Contractor's standard forms and computer printout will be 25 considered for approval by the Engineer upon Contractor's request. The 26 schedule shall identify: 27 28 1. Project name and location 29 2. Project number 30 3. Name and address of Contractor 31 4. Engineer's name 32 5. Date of submission 33 34 B. The Schedule of Values shall list the installed value of the component part 35 of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for 36 partial payments during construction. 37 38 39 respective major section of the Specifications. 40 41 D For each major line item, the Schedule of Values shall list sub - values of 42 major products or operations under the item. 43 C. Each line item shall be identified with the number and title of the SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 1 04/24/2013 1 1.03 SUB - SCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES 2 3 A. The Contractor shall submit a Sub - Schedule of Unit Material Values, , 4 including costs and quantities, for products on which partial payments will 5 be requested for stored products. 6 7 B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with 8 each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. 9 10 C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal 11 waste. 12 13 D. The unit values for the materials shall be broken down into: 14 15 1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the site, with taxes 16 paid. 17 2. Copies of paid invoices for component material shall be included 18 with the payment request in which the material first appears. 19 20 E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost 21 of that item in the Schedule of Values. 22 23 1.04 REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL 24 25 A. After review by Engineer and Owner, the Contractor shall revise and 26 resubmit the Schedule of Values and Sub - Schedule of Unit Material 27 Values as required. 28 29 B. An unbalanced Schedule of Values shall not be submitted and will not be 30 approved. 31 32 C. The Contractor shall resubmit revised schedules in the same manner. 33 34 PART II — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 35 36 PART III — EXECUTION (NOT USED) 37 38 39 END OF SECTION SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 2 04/24/2013 • • • • 1 SECTION 01380 2 3 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS 8 9 A. The Contractor shall employ a competent photographer to take 10 construction record photographs periodically during the course of the 11 Work. 12 13 1.02 PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED 14 15 A. Photographs shall be taken in strict conformance with this Section and 16 shall be furnished to the Owner with each Payment Application. 17 18 B. Photographs shall be taken at each of the major stages of construction 19 listed below. 20 1. Completion of pipeline laying prior to backfilling (at 200 -foot 21 intervals). •22 2. Completion of site restoration and landscaping. 23 3. Installation of equipment and facilities as directed by the Engineer. 24 4. All wetlands, both pre- and post- construction at each wetland. 25 26 C. Views and Quantities Required: 27 1. Two (2) views of each item listed in Paragraph 1.02(B) above. 28 2. Five (5) views weekly of overall project site, where Work is in 29 progress. 30 3. Each time photographs are taken, at least one (1) photograph shall 31 be taken from the same overall view as was taken during the 32 previous photograph session. 33 4. The Contractor shall consult with the Engineer for instructions 34 concerning views required. 35 5. Furnish two (2) prints of each view; distribute one to the Owner's 36 construction manager and one to the Engineer. 37 6. Aerial photographs may be used upon prior approval by the Owner. 38 39 D. Digital: 40 1. All photographs are to be color digital, compiled on CD, and 41 provided with a description index of the images with dates. 42 2. Two electronic file copies of all photographs shall be delivered with • 43 each monthly report. 44 45 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01380 -1 09/15/2011 1 PART II — PRODUCTS 2 3 2.01 PRINTS 4 A. Color Prints: Furnish color prints in quantities noted above. 5 1. Paper: Single weight, color print paper 6 2. Finish: Smooth surface, glossy 7 3. Size: 8 -inch x 10 -inch 8 9 B. Each print shall be identified, listing: 10 1. Name of Project 11 2. Orientation of view 12 3. Date and time of exposure 13 4. Name and address of photographer 14 5. Photographer's numbered identification of exposure 15 16 C. Aerial photographs shall be color. 17 18 D. Each set of prints shall be submitted in standard plastic protectors 19 punched for insertion into a standard 3 -ring binder. 20 21 E. The Contractor shall provide standard 3 -ring binders for insertion of 22 photographs. 23 24 PART III — EXECUTION 25 26 3.01 TECHNIQUE 27 28 A. The photography shall be a factual presentation of the condition and 29 progress of the Work. 30 31 B. The photography shall be of correct exposure and focus and: 32 1. High resolution and sharpness 33 2. Maximum depth -of -field 34 3. Minimum distortion 35 36 37 END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01380 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01410 2 3 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. The Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent 10 testing laboratory to perform that geotechnical testing (soil and roadway 11 materials density testing and concrete testing) specifically indicated on the 12 Contract Documents or specified in the Specifications. The Owner may at 13 any other time elect to have materials and equipment tested for conformity 14 with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall pay for all testing. 15 16 1. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the 17 execution of its required services. 18 19 2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's 20 obligations to perform the Work of the Contract. 21 22 B. Contractor shall perform and pay for all other testing required in the 23 specifications. 24 25 1.02 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY 26 27 A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 28 29 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract 30 Documents. 31 32 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 33 34 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 35 36 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 37 38 A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel; provide access to Work and to 39 Manufacturer's operations. 40 41 B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational 42 samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing. 43 44 C. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for 45 concrete, and other materials mixes that require control by the testing 46 laboratory. 47 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -1 09/15/2011 1 D. Materials and equipment used in the performance of work under this 2 Contract are subject to inspection and testing at the point of manufacture or 3 fabrication. Standard specifications for quality and workmanship are 4 indicated in the Contract Documents. The Engineer may require the 5 Contractor to provide statements or certificates from the manufacturers and 6 fabricators that the materials and equipment provided by them are 7 manufactured or fabricated in full accordance with the standard 8 specifications for quality and workmanship indicated in the Contract 9 Documents. All costs of this testing and providing statements and 10 certificates shall be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, and no extra 11 charge to the Owner shall be allowed on account of such testing and 12 certification. 13 14 E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 15 16 1. To provide access to work to be tested. 17 18 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of 19 the product to be tested. 20 21 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 22 23 4. For storage and curing of test samples. 24 25 F. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance (minimum 48 hours) of operations to 26 allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 27 28 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, 29 reimburse Owner for laboratory personnel and travel expenses 30 incurred due to Contractor's negligence. 31 32 G. Employ and pay for the services of the same or a separate, equally qualified 33 independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling 34 and testing required for the Contractor's convenience and as approved by 35 the Engineer. 36 37 1.04 TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS SANITARY AND STORM SEWERS 38 39 A. The testing frequency requirements described herein shall be for all work 40 within the City of Clearwater Right -of -Way. Testing frequency requirements 41 for work performed within the Pinellas County Right -of -Way shall be 42 performed in accordance with Pinellas County Minimum Testing Frequency 43 Requirements, latest edition. The Contractor shall be responsible for 44 obtaining the latest copy of the Pinellas County Minimum Testing Frequency 45 Requirements. 46 47 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • 1 B. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping 2 3 1. One density test for each lift of backfill, beginning at the haunches of 4 the pipe. Proctor as required for each different soil type encountered; 5 at a minimum testing shall be conducted at 200 foot intervals. 6 7 C. Roadway Pavement 8 9 1. Density tests at the midpoint between manholes at the subgrade. 10 Proctors as required for each different soil type encountered. 11 12 2. Limerock base density and LBR tests at the midpoint between 13 manholes. Proctors as required. 14 15 3. For each asphalt truck delivered: asphalt temperature, Marshall 16 Stability and flow, extraction and gradation. 17 18 4. Density at the midpoint between manholes along the road. 19 20 D. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to require additional tests. 21 •22 E. The Lab technician shall notify the Contractor, the Owner's representative 23 and the Engineer upon failing results. Work shall not continue in a given 24 area until passing results are obtained. 25 26 F. The Owner and the Engineer shall be provided with copies of all test reports. 27 28 29 PART II — PRODUCTS 30 (NOT USED) 31 32 PART III — EXECUTION 33 (NOT USED) 34 35 36 END OF SECTION 37 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -3 09/15/2011 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -4 09/15/2011 • 1 SECTION 01500 2 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SANITARY FACILITIES 8 9 A. Contractor shall furnish temporary separate male and female sanitary 10 facilities at the site, as provided herein, for the needs of all construction 11 workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. 12 13 B. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained 14 throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the 15 greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at 16 least one toilet will be furnished for each 20 persons. Contractor shall 17 enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. 18 19 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 20 21 A. Contractor shall conduct his work to interfere as little as possible with public • 22 travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, 23 obstruct, or close roads, driveways and walks, whether public or private, 24 Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or 25 other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private 26 travel, and shall give reasonable notice to owners of private drives before 27 interfering with them. Driveway access to commercial properties shall be 28 maintained at all times. Such maintenance of traffic shall not be required 29 when Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of 30 private property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property 31 involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point. At all times, the 32 Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the permits and 33 easement agreements. 34 35 B. Traffic control shall be in accordance with Pinellas County and the City of 36 Clearwater Roadway and Traffic Design Standards for Traffic Control 37 Through Work Zones and as shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall 38 follow all traffic rules regulated by the local governments. 39 40 C. In making open -cut street crossings, the Contractor shall not block more than 41 one -half of the street at a time. Whenever possible, Contractor shall widen 42 the shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Temporary 43 surfacing shall be provided as necessary on shoulders. 44 • TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 -1 CONFORMED 1 2 1.03 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS 3 4 A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed 5 to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed 6 acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest 7 intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. 8 9 B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, 10 signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions 11 such as material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning 12 signs and lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the 13 construction area. 14 15 C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from 16 sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside 17 public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and 18 inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other 19 protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with 20 applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway 21 rights -of -way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereof. 22 23 D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open overnight, over 24 weekends and holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during 25 adverse weather conditions. 26 27 1.04 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY 28 29 A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground 30 pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or 31 otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, 32 driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other 33 surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod 34 and shrubs in yards and parking areas, shall be restored to their original 35 condition, whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be 36 made with new materials. 37 38 1.05 PARKING 39 40 A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all 41 construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in 42 connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking 43 personal vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's 44 operations, or construction activities. 45 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 -2 CONFORMED • • • • • 1.06 DUST CONTROL 2 3 A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. 4 Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by 5 application of an approved chemical dust suppressant. Dusty materials in 6 piles or in transit shall be covered when practicable to prevent blowing. 7 8 B. Buildings or operating facilities that may be adversely affected by dust shall 9 be adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, 10 instrument panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust 11 screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. 12 13 1.07 SWEEPING 14 15 A. The Contractor shall sweep loose material from all pavements at the end of 16 each workday. 17 18 1.08 POLLUTION CONTROL 19 20 A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary 21 wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction 22 activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or 23 watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other 24 substance will be permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable 25 measures will be taken to prevent such materials form entering any drain or 26 watercourse. 27 28 1.09 STORMWATER CONTROL 29 30 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining stormwater flow and 31 drainage of the construction area. In cases where existing stormwater 32 structures and culverts are to be removed as part of construction, temporary 33 flow paths or bypass pumping shall be provided until the new stormwater 34 system is accepted and placed into service. 35 36 1.10 FIELD OFFICE 37 38 A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain two (2) temporary field 39 offices for the Owner and Engineer, and for the Contractor, during the entire 40 construction period; and shall furnish, install and maintain storage and work 41 sheds needed for construction. The Contractor shall remove field offices, 42 sheds and contents no sooner than two (2) weeks prior to achieving 43 Substantial Completion of the Work. 44 45 B. Prior to installation of offices, the Contractor shall consult with the Owner on 46 location, access and related facilities. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 -3 CONFORMED 1 2 C. Construction shall: 3 4 1. Be structurally sound, weather tight, with floors raised above ground. 5 2. Have temperature transmission resistance: Compatible with 6 occupancy and storage requirements. 7 3. At Contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings may be used. 8 Mobile trailers, when used, shall be modified for office use. Mobile 9 trailers shall not be used for living quarters. 10 11 D. The Contractor shall furnish and equip its field office as deemed necessary 12 for his and subcontractors use. 13 14 E. The Engineer's Field Office shall contain one (1) office, one (1) conference 15 room and one restroom. The office shall be a minimum area of 250 ft2 and 16 the conference room shall be a minimum area of 275 ft2. The trailer area 17 shall be equipped with four (4) graveled area parking spaces for the Owner 18 and Engineer. The field office shall be air conditioned. 19 20 F. The Engineer's office shall be equipped with the following: 21 22 1. One (1) standard office desk (5'x3'), rolling chair with adjustable 23 height and armrest; and two (2) "visitors" standard chair 24 2. One (1) plan table (5'x3') for full size (24 "x36 ") drawings 25 3. One vertical hanging plan holder for 24 "x36" drawings 26 4. One (1) Laptop /Notebook personal computer (PC) meeting the 27 following specifications: 28 a. Intel® CoreTM i5 -2520M (Dual Core 2.50GHz, 3M cache); 29 b. Windows 7 Professional (latest version); 30 c. 4.0GB, DDR3- 1333MHz SDRAM; 31 d. 17.3" (1600x900) Anti -Glare LCD screen display; 32 e. 500 GB Hardrive; 33 f. DVD /CD /CD -RW Drive; 34 g. 10/100T Ethernet Port and Wireless LAN Card; 35 h. External USB mouse; 36 i. Microsoft Office Professional (latest version with Word, Excel, 37 Access, and PowerPoint,); 38 j. MS Internet Explorer; 39 k. Adobe Acrobat X Standard (or latest version); 40 I. Adobe Reader X (or latest version); 41 m. Autodesk Design Review (latest version). 42 5. High speed (cable, DSL or equal) internet service connection for PC. 43 All ancillary wires and cables to connect PC /Printer /Scanner 44 equipment. 45 6. Two (2) Five drawer lateral file cabinets, legal size. 46 7. Direct telephone line and telephone. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 -4 CONFORMED • • • • • • 1 8. Scheduling software compatible with the Contractor's scheduling 2 software as specified in Section 01310. 3 9. One (1) Hewlett- Packard laserjet (black/white) printer /copier /scanner 4 compatible with PC furnished. Printer shall be able to print letter and 5 11"x17" sized documents and network compatible. Contractor shall 6 configure PC system so as to provide printing from the PC in the 7 Engineer's office to the printer. The printer shall be capable of 8 scanning up to 11"x17" documents and automatically converting the 9 document to a "PDF" format file and uploading the document to the 10 PC. The printer shall also be capable of copying "letter" size up to 11 11"x17" documents. 12 13 The conference room shall be air conditioned and equipped with the 14 following: 15 16 1. One (1) conference table, minimum dimensions of 12' x 3.5'; 17 2. Twelve (12) rolling chairs; 18 3. One (1) direct telephone line and combination phone /fax machine with 19 speaker phone capability; 20 4. Drinking water cooler. 21 22 The restroom shall be supplied with standard restroom supplies including 23 toilet paper, soap, paper towels and a trash can. 24 25 F. Contractor shall setup and configure all PC /printer /scanner equipment on 26 one single local area network (LAN). All other hardware /software shall be 27 configured for a complete operational PC system. Contractor shall bear all 28 monthly costs for the high speed internet service connection including 29 installation costs. 30 31 G. The Contractor shall be responsible for regularly (at minimum bi- weekly) 32 maintain, clean, and service the Engineer's Field Office, restroom and 33 conference room, including daily disposal of garbage (trash), replacing ink 34 toner printer cartridges, supplying sufficient quantities of letter sized and 11" 35 x 17" printing paper and replacement of any office furniture, equipment or PC 36 components defective for the duration of the Contract time. Contractor shall 37 be responsible for maintaining the graveled parking area for the duration of 38 the Contract time. 39 40 H. The Contractor shall make all provisions and pay all installations and other 41 costs including maintenance and supplies for the Engineer's field office in 42 order to provide telephone service, internet service, power service, 43 water /sewer service and all other cost as required for the Engineer's field 44 office for the duration of construction. 45 46 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 -5 CONFORMED 1 1.11 COMBUSTIBLES STORAGE 2 3 A. The Contractor shall protect all combustible products and materials placed 4 on site from vehicular damage and vandalism. 5 6 B. Contractor shall submit a plan for all locations of fuel and vehicle storage 7 through the duration of the project, updated as necessary to address specific 8 phases or locations of the work. 9 10 C. There shall be no fuel storage in wetland areas. 11 12 D. Fuel storage containers shall be limited to 549 gallons or less. The 13 Contractor is solely responsible for maintaining fuel containers and ensuring 14 that all measures for protection and containment are provided as required by 15 law. 16 17 PART II — PRODUCT 18 (Not Used) 19 20 PART III — EXECUTION 21 (Not Used) 22 23 24 END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 -6 CONFORMED • 1 SECTION 01505 2 3 MOBILIZATION 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DEFINITION AND SCOPE 8 9 A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits, insurance, and bonds; 10 moving onto the site with construction equipment; furnishing and erecting 11 temporary facilities, and other construction facilities; all as required for the 12 proper performance and completion of the Work. Mobilization shall include, 13 but not be limited to, the following principal items: 14 15 1. Move onto the site all equipment required for first month's operations. 16 17 2. Install temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 18 19 3. Establish fire protection plan and safety program and Hurricane 20 Preparedness Plan. •21 22 4. Secure construction water supply. 23 24 5. Provide on -site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities. 25 26 6. Arrange for and erect Contractor's work and storage yard and 27 employees' parking facilities. 28 29 7. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. 30 31 8. Obtain all required permits. 32 33 9. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, Department of 34 Labor, and all other required notices. 35 36 10. Have superintendent at the job site full time. 37 38 11. Submit a detailed construction schedule acceptable to the Engineer. 39 40 12. If required, erect project construction sign(s). 41 42 13. Submit a finalized schedule of values of the Work acceptable to the 43 Owner. •44 45 14. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals. 46 MOBILIZATION 01505 -1 09/15/2011 1 15. Construct, maintain, and restore temporary access and haul roads. 2 3 16. Provide a continuous color audio - videotape recording of existing 4 conditions. 5 6 17. Install, and maintain wooden lath station stakes (every 100 ft) on one 7 side of the project for the duration of the project. The wooden lath 8 station stakes shall be 48 inch long, Station stakes shall be removed 9 by the Contractor upon written notice of the Engineer. 10 11 PART II — PRODUCT 12 (Not Used) 13 14 PART III — EXECUTION 15 (Not Used) 16 17 18 END OF SECTION MOBILIZATION 01505 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • 1 SECTION 01510 2 3 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction, 10 remove on completion of Work. 11 12 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 13 14 A. Comply with National Electric Code. 15 16 B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations and with utility 17 company requirements. 18 19 C. Comply with regulations of Health Department of the municipalities. 20 21 PART II - PRODUCTS •22 23 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL 24 25 A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the 26 required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate 27 requirements of applicable codes and standards. 28 29 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING 30 31 A. Arrange with utility company and Owner to provide service required for power 32 and lighting, and pay all costs for service and for power used in the 33 construction, testing and trial operation prior to final acceptance of the work 34 by the Owner as stipulated by the Engineer. All cost associated with 35 obtaining temporary and permanent power will be at Contractor expense. 36 37 B. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is 38 not adequate for work, and for areas accessible to the public. 39 2.03 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE AND INTERNET SERVICE 40 41 A. Arrange with local company to provide direct line telephone line and internet 42 service at the construction trailer(s), if provided, for the use by personnel and 43 employees. •44 45 B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges. 46 47 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 -1 09/15/2011 1 2.04 TEMPORARY WATER 2 3 A. Install at each and every connection to the Owner's water supply a backflow 4 preventer and meter meeting local requirements. This does not include 5 water for testing. 6 7 B. The Contractor shall include in its bid any cost(s) anticipated for the use of 8 temporary water facilities as a part of the construction of this project. 9 10 2.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 11 12 A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. 13 14 B. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. 15 16 PART III - EXECUTION 17 18 3.01 GENERAL 19 20 A. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. 21 22 B. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. 23 24 C. Allow the Owner and Engineer reasonable use of all temporary utilities. 25 26 3.02 REMOVAL 27 28 A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no 29 longer required as determined by the Engineer, but not before achieving 30 Substantial Completion. 31 32 B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of 33 temporary facilities. 34 35 36 END OF SECTION TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • • 1 SECTION 01530 2 3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities, service lines, facilities, 10 and improvements not designated for removal and restore damaged or 11 temporarily located utilities, service lines, facilities, and improvements to a 12 condition equal to or better than they were prior to such damage or 13 temporary relocation in accordance with the requirements of the Contract 14 Documents. 15 16 B. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number 17 sufficient to determine the alignment and depth of the existing utility or 18 facility. 19 20 C. The Contractor shall determine the exact locations and depths of all 21 existing utilities indicated on the Drawings that affect the Work. In addition 22 to those indicated, the Contractor shall make exploratory excavations of all 23 utilities including but not limited to water service lines, water meters, and 24 gas service lines. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as 25 soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient 26 time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the 27 Contractor's Work. 28 29 PART 11— PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 30 31 PART III — EXECUTION 32 33 3.01 RIGHTS -OF -WAY 34 35 A. The Contractor shall not do any Work that would affect any oil, gas, sewer, 36 or water pipeline; any telephone, telegraph, or electric transmission line; 37 fiber optic cable; any fence; or any other structure, nor shall the Contractor 38 enter upon the rights -of -way or easements involved with any such utilities 39 until the Contractor has secured authority therefore from the utility, rights - 40 of -way or easement owner, and has provided the Engineer with written 41 proof of same. After authority has been obtained, the Contractor shall 42 give said facility owner a minimum of one week's notice of the Contractor's 43 intention to begin Work, and shall give said facility owner convenient 44 access for removing, shoring, supporting, or otherwise protecting its 45 pipeline, transmission line, ditch, fence, or structure and for replacing 46 same. Should two (2) or more contracts be executed at one time on the 47 same or adjacent land in such manner that work on one contract may PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -1 07/28/2013 1 interfere with that on another, the Owner shall decide which Contractor 2 shall have priority to perform and in what manner. When the territory of 3 one contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for the 4 execution of another contract, such privilege of access or any other 5 reasonable privilege may be granted by the Owner to the Contractor so 6 desiring, to the extent, amount, manner, and times permitted by the 7 Owner. No such decision as to the method or time of conducting the Work 8 or the use of territory shall be made the basis of any claim for delay or 9 damage, except as provided for temporary suspension of the Work. 10 11 3.02 PROTECTION OF STREET OR ROADWAY MARKERS 12 13 A. The Contractor shall not destroy, remove, or otherwise disturb any existing 14 survey markers, or other existing street or roadway markers, without 15 proper authorization. No pavement breaking or excavation shall be 16 started until all survey or other permanent marker points that may be 17 disturbed by the construction operations have been properly referenced 18 for easy and accurate restoration. It shall be the Contractor's 19 responsibility to notify the proper representatives of the Owner of the time 20 and location that work will be done. Such notice shall be sufficiently in 21 advance of construction that there shall be no delay due to waiting for 22 survey points to be satisfactorily referenced for restoration. All survey 23 markers or points disturbed without proper authorization by the Engineer 24 will be accurately restored by the Contractor at no additional cost to the 25 Owner after all street or roadway resurfacing has been completed. 26 27 3.03 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT 28 29 A. General: All paved areas, including asphaltic concrete cut or damaged 30 during construction, shall be replaced with similar materials and of equal 31 thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where 32 specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract 33 Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. All 34 temporary and permanent pavements shall conform to the requirements of 35 the affected pavement owner. All pavement subject to partial removal 36 shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines. All restoration shall be performed 37 in accordance with these Specifications. 38 39 B. Temporary Resurfacing: Wherever required by the authorities having 40 jurisdiction, the Contractor shall place temporary surfacing promptly after 41 backfilling and maintain such surfacing for the period of time fixed by said 42 authorities before proceeding with the final restoration of improvements. 43 Temporary resurfacing shall be constructed in accordance with these 44 Specifications. 45 46 C. Permanent Resurfacing: All pavement restoration shall be in accordance 47 with these Specifications. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -2 07/28/2013 • • • • • • 1 2 3.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS 3 4 A. General: The Contractor shall protect all utilities and other improvements 5 that may be impaired during construction operations. It shall be the 6 Contractor's responsibility to ascertain the actual location of all existing 7 utilities and other improvements indicated on the Drawings that may be 8 encountered during construction, and to assure that such utilities or other 9 improvements are adequately protected from damage due to such 10 operations. The Contractor shall take all possible precautions for the 11 protection of unforeseen utility lines, for uninterrupted utility service and 12 such special protection as may be directed by the Owner. 13 14 B. Utilities To Be Moved: If it becomes necessary to move the property of any 15 public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder 16 will, upon proper application by the Contractor, be notified by the Owner to 17 relocate such property within a specified reasonable time. The Contractor 18 shall not interfere with said property until it has been relocated by the 19 utility or franchise holder. 20 21 C. Owner's Right of Access: The right is reserved by the Owner, and by the 22 owners of public utilities and franchises, to enter at any time upon any 23 public street, alley, right -of -way, or easement for the purpose of making 24 changes in their property made necessary by the Work. 25 26 D. Existing Utilities: Existing utility lines that are shown on the Drawings or 27 the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to 28 excavation that are to be retained and all utility lines that are constructed 29 during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during 30 excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired 31 by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 32 33 E. Utilities To Be Removed: When utility lines that are to be removed are 34 encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall notify the 35 utility owner and the Owner a sufficient time in advance for the necessary 36 measures to be taken to prevent interruptions of the service. 37 38 F. Approval Of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged improvement facility shall 39 be inspected and approved by an authorized representative of the 40 improvement's Owner before being concealed by backfill or other Work. 41 42 G. Relocation of Utilities: Where the proper completion of the Work requires 43 the temporary or permanent removal and/or relocation of an existing utility, 44 or other improvement that is shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall, 45 at Contractor's own expense, remove, and without unnecessary delay, 46 temporarily replace or relocate such utility or improvement in a manner 47 satisfactory to the Owner and the owner of the facility. In all cases of such PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -3 07/28/2013 1 temporary removal or relocation, restoration to the former location shall be 2 accomplished by the Contractor in a manner that will restore or replace 3 the utility or improvement as nearly as possible to its former location and 4 to as good or better condition as prior to removal. 5 6 H. Maintaining In Service: All oil and gasoline pipelines, power, telephone, or 7 other communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, 8 sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and 9 communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the Work 10 shall be maintained continuously in service during all the operations, 11 unless other arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer are made with the 12 Owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, 13 pole, wire, or cable. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall 14 make good all damage due to Contractor's operations, and the provisions 15 of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs 16 after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. 17 18 3.05 TREES WITHIN RIGHTS -OF -WAY AND PROJECT LIMITS 19 20 A. General: The Contractor shall exercise all necessary precautions to 21 prevent damage or destruction of any trees or shrubs, including those 22 lying within street rights -of -way and Project limits. The Contractor shall 23 not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been approved for 24 trimming or removal by all jurisdictional agencies and the Owner. All 25 existing trees and shrubs that are damaged during construction shall be 26 trimmed or replaced by Contractor under permit from the jurisdictional 27 agencies and the Owner and to the satisfaction of said agencies and the 28 Owner. Tree trimming, tree planting and transplanting shall be 29 accomplished in accordance with these specifications. 30 31 3.06 NOTIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 32 33 A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, 34 including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other 35 pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; 36 all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state 37 highway rights -of -way, the Contractor shall notify the respective authorities 38 representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less 39 than three (3) working days nor more than five (5) working days prior to 40 excavation so that representatives of said owners or agencies can be 41 present during such work if they so desire. 42 43 3.07 SUBSURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS 44 45 A. The Contractor shall field determine, before pipeline trenching or any other 46 excavations are begun, the depth and location of existing utilities. Utility 47 locations indicated on the Drawings are shown based on available data. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -4 07/28/2013 • • • • • • 1 The Contractor shall submit descriptions, depths, and locations of 2 subsurface obstructions to the Engineer for review if they differ from those 3 shown on the Drawings. 4 5 B. In excavation, backfilling, and laying pipe, care shall be taken not to 6 remove, disturb, or damage existing pipes, conduits, or structures. If 7 necessary, the Contractor shall sling, shore -up, and maintain such 8 structures in operation at no additional cost to the Owner. 9 10 C. The Contractor shall obtain the permission of and give sufficient Notice to 11 the proper authorities of the Contractor's intention to remove or disturb any 12 pipe, conduit, structure or facility, and shall abide by their requirements 13 and Laws and Regulations governing such work. 14 15 D. In the event subsurface structures are broken or damaged in the 16 execution of the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the proper 17 authorities and, at the option of said authorities, either repair the damage 18 at once or pay the proper charges for repairing said damage at no 19 additional cost to the Owner. Repairs shall be made to the satisfaction of 20 the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to 21 persons or property caused by such breaks or due to the neglect in 22 reporting and /or repairing such damages. 23 24 E. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer will be liable for any claims made by 25 the Contractor based on underground obstructions that could have been 26 reasonably identified as being different than that indicated on the 27 Drawings. The Contractor shall uncover subsurface obstructions in 28 advance of construction so that the method of avoiding same may be 29 determined before the Work reaches the obstruction. 30 31 3.08 CONFLICTS WITH OTHER UTILITIES 32 33 A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the appropriate utility 34 company sufficient advance Notice so their representatives may verify the 35 utility location on the Project site when construction begins. The 36 Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with these utilities to ensure 37 that no damages occur which may cause interruption of their services. 38 39 B. All temporary support or minor adjustment that does not require 40 replacement or direct by -pass connections to these existing services (such 41 as all direct - buried telephone cables or two -inch and smaller gas lines) 42 shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 43 44 C. Where it may be necessary to relocate gas mains or telephone ducts 45 (defined here as gas lines larger than 2 -1/2 inches and telephone cables 46 within ductwork) to allow construction of the Work or where major 47 relocation of small services requires replacement or performing PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -5 07/28/2013 1 connections to the existing lines, all such relocation work is the 2 responsibility of and must be performed by the respective utility 3 companies. The Contractor shall immediately provide Notice to the proper 4 utility company and the Engineer of the occurrence and location of such 5 required relocations. 6 7 D. The Owner will not be responsible for any delay or inconvenience to the 8 Contractor resulting from the existence, removal, or adjustment of any 9 public or private utility that could have been reasonably identified. 10 Additional costs incurred as a result thereof shall be borne by the 11 Contractor and considered as included in the price bid for the various pay 12 items. 13 14 E. Relocation or realignment of storm drains or sewer lines that may interfere 15 with the construction of the Work shall be the responsibility of the 16 Contractor. 17 18 F. Where storm drains or sewer lines are removed by the Contractor to 19 facilitate construction and replaced in their original position, there shall be 20 no direct payment made. All related costs shall be included in the price 21 bid for the various pay items. 22 23 3.09 POLE RELOCATION AND PROTECTION 24 25 A. The Contractor shall take notice of the number of power, telephone, and 26 traffic signal support poles along the length of the Project. Several may be 27 in proximity to or in direct conflict with the alignment of the proposed new 28 pipelines. The Contractor shall immediately provide Notice to the proper 29 utility company and the Engineer of the occurrence and location of such 30 required relocations. It is intended that poles shall be supported with mud 31 jacks or by other means of bracing as required to maintain them in a 32 stable condition. The Contractor shall coordinate relocation and protection 33 activities with the pole owner. 34 35 3.10 EXISTING FENCE LINES 36 37 A. At various locations along the length of the Project, existing fences may 38 conflict with or impair construction operations for the installation of the 39 Work. The Contractor shall protect these fences in places where they do 40 not conflict with construction operations. Where a fence may conflict with 41 the backswing of machinery or otherwise impede construction, the 42 Contractor shall contact the owner and arrange for the temporary removal 43 or relocation of the fence. Any fence temporarily relocated shall be placed 44 in a manner to maintain the intent and integrity of the original fenced area. 45 Any fence removed or temporarily relocated shall be restored to its original 46 condition and location unless otherwise arranged with the owner of the PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -6 07/28/2013 • • • • • 1 fence. Where it is impossible to salvage the existing materials to 2 reconstruct the fence, the fence shall be replaced "in kind." 3 4 B. All cost for such temporary removal, temporary replacement, or "in kind" 5 replacement shall be included in the price bid for the various pay items. 6 No direct payment shall be made for fence replacement. 7 8 3.11 UTILITY INVESTIGATION 9 10 A. Prior to commencing with trench or other excavations required for the 11 performance of the Work, the Contractor shall conduct a field investigation 12 for the purpose of determining existing locations of all underground utilities 13 and facilities which are shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall 14 coordinate all utility investigations with Sunshine. The investigation shall 15 be made by hand or machine excavation. All such excavations shall 16 include removal of surface material and obstructions required to perform 17 the excavations. The Contractor shall notify, in writing, the owner of the 18 facility to be excavated and request that a representative of the owner be 19 present during the excavation. The Contractor shall provide the utility 20 owner adequate Notice so that a representative can be there. The 21 Contractor shall provide sheeting, shoring, and bracing as required to 22 minimize the required size of the excavation and support adjacent ground, 23 structures, roadways, and utilities. After the data is obtained at each 24 excavation site, the Contractor shall immediately backfill each excavation 25 site. Backfill shall be compacted sand for the full depth. The surface shall 26 be retumed to its original grade and condition except that paved areas 27 may be temporarily surfaced and maintained where excavations required 28 for the performance of the Work coincide with the location of the 29 investigative location. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs 30 associated with the repair of roadways, paving, structures, underground 31 and above ground utilities and facilities damaged in conducting the 32 investigations. 33 34 B. Findings of the investigation shall be reported to the Engineer. The 35 Engineer will furnish one (1) set of full -size Drawings for the Contractor's 36 field use in recording the findings of the investigation. The Contractor 37 shall describe the size, material, and location of existing underground 38 utilities and facilities. Locations and elevations shall be referenced to 39 Project stationing, distance from base line, and Project bench marks. The 40 Contractor shall provide written detailed description of any underground 41 utility or facility conflicting with the elevation or alignment of the Work. 42 43 3.12 SPECIAL RESTORATION REQUIREMENTS 44 45 A. The Contractor shall schedule and conduct operations to minimize the 46 impact of construction upon lawns, driveways, sidewalks, irrigation 47 systems, and street paving. Restoration for these items shall be PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -7 07/28/2013 1 completed as soon as practical after installation of proposed pipelines. 2 The following specific requirements apply. 3 4 1. Driveways and Sidewalks: The Contractor shall saw cut existing 5 driveway or sidewalk pavement and remove the required section 6 not sooner than the same day the Work is to be installed beneath it. 7 The Contractor shall maintain full access to each driveway at all 8 times. The Contractor shall re -grade and compact disturbed areas 9 immediately after the Work is installed. The Contractor shall 10 provide suitable, safe, temporary walking surfaces where the 11 sidewalk is removed. The Contractor shall construct temporary 12 driveway or sidewalk section within 24 hours of removal of the 13 existing section. The Contractor shall coordinate driveway 14 construction and restoration with property owners. Property owners 15 shall be provided with Notice of proposed method and schedule of 16 construction and restoration a minimum of 72 hours prior to 17 commencement of construction activities affecting the property 18 owner's driveways or sidewalks. 19 20 2. Irrigation Systems: The Contractor shall provide 10 -day Notice to 21 property owners prior to the Contractor removing irrigation system 22 components. 23 24 3. Lawn Areas: The Contractor shall remove existing grass along a 25 straight line to a minimum distance of six inches beyond the areas 26 disturbed by construction activities on each side of the affected 27 area. Sod shall be installed in disturbed lawn areas in a strip of 28 uniform width along each section of lawn area with sod of identical 29 type as existing. The Contractor shall grade and compact the area 30 before the end of the next calendar day after excavation is 31 performed. All sodding shall be performed in accordance with 32 these Specifications. The Contractor shall install new sod within 33 fourteen days after excavation. 34 35 4. Trees, Shrubs, and Landscaping: The Contractor shall use a 36 bonded company, licensed to perform landscape work, to perform 37 all landscaping work required in accordance with these 38 Specifications. 39 40 5. Fencings and all other existing facilities impacted by construction 41 operations: The Contractor shall protect and restore all fences and 42 existing facilities impacted by construction to their previously 43 undisturbed state. 44 45 46 END OF SECTION PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530 -8 07/28/2013 • • • • 1 SECTION 01540 2 3 SECURITY 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. The Contractor shall insure that each employee, representative, 10 subcontractor, supplier, and others working for the Contractor use 11 designated access roads and parking areas. 12 13 B. The Contractor shall employ watchmen on the Work when necessary and 14 shall erect and maintain such strong and suitable barriers and such lights 15 as shall effectually prevent the happening of any accident to health or to 16 property or to any partially completed Work or to any materials stored on 17 or adjacent to the site of the Work. 18 19 C. The Contractor shall employ temporary fencing and gates to adequately 20 protect the Work, and shall provide all access required by the Engineer, 21 the Owner, and others requiring access to the Work. •22 23 D. Stored materials shall be kept in a neat and orderly manner. Materials 24 that are subject to deterioration by exposure to the sun, rain or other 25 elements shall be kept adequately covered and protected. 26 27 E. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all stored materials and 28 the Project site safe from theft and vandalism. The Contractor shall 29 employ security personnel and erect fences as necessary at no additional 30 cost to the Owner. 31 32 G. All security measures shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 33 34 PART II — MATERIALS (NOT USED) 35 36 PART III — EXECUTION (NOT USED) 37 38 39 END OF SECTION • SECURITY 01540 -1 09/15/2011 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECURITY 01540 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01580 2 3 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Furnish, install prior to construction, and maintain two (2) project 10 identification signs and one (1) portable project sign . at locations to be 11 determined by the Owner. 12 13 B. Remove signs on completion of construction. 14 15 C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. 16 17 D. The Contractor shall comply with all other requirements as described in the 18 City of Clearwater, Section III — General Conditions, 23, Project Information 19 Signs. 20 21 1.02 INFORMATIONAL SIGNS 22 23 A. Painted signs with painted lettering, or standard products. 24 25 1. Size of signs and lettering: as required by the Owner, or as 26 appropriate to usage. 27 28 2. Colors: as required by the Owner, otherwise of uniform colors 29 throughout Project. 30 31 B. Erect at appropriate locations, as directed by the Owner or Engineer, to 32 provide required information. 33 34 C. Project identification sign shall comply with standards shown in the 35 Drawings. 36 37 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 38 39 A. Sign Painter: Professional experienced in type of work required. 40 41 B. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to resist weathering and fading for scheduled 42 construction period. 43 44 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 01580 -1 07/28/2013 1 PART II - PRODUCTS 2 3 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS 4 5 A. Structure and Framing: May be new or used, wood or metal, in sound 6 condition structurally adequate and suitable for specified finish. 7 8 B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior softwood plywood with medium density overlay, 9 standard large sizes to minimize joints. 10 11 1. Thickness: As required by standards to span framing members, to 12 provide even, smooth surface without waves or buckles. 13 14 C. Rough Hardware: Galvanized. 15 16 D. Paint: Exterior quality. 17 18 1. Use Bulletin colors for graphics. 19 20 2. Colors for structures, framing, sign surface and graphics: 21 22 E. The project sign shall be painted in accordance with the detail provided by 23 the Owner. 24 25 PART III - EXECUTION 26 27 3.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 28 29 A. Paint exposed surface of supports, framing and surface material; one coat of 30 primer and one coat of exterior paint. 31 32 3.02 MAINTENANCE 33 34 A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition; repair damages to 35 structures, framing or sign. 36 37 3.03 REMOVAL 38 39 A. Remove signs, framing, supports and foundations at completion of project. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 01580 -2 07/28/2013 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01600 2 3 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 Material and equipment incorporated into the Work: 10 11 A. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 12 13 B. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically 14 approved in writing by the Engineer. 15 16 C. Manufactured and fabricated products: 17 18 1. Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with the best engineering 19 and shop practices. 20 21 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and 22 gauges, to be interchangeable. 23 24 3. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same 25 manufacturer. 26 27 4. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. 28 29 5. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall 30 be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 31 32 D. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it 33 is designed or is specified. 34 35 1.02 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS 36 37 A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to 38 the inspection and approval of the Engineer. No material shall be delivered 39 to the work without prior review of the Engineer. 40 41 B. Facilities and labor for handling and inspection of all materials and 42 equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. If the Engineer requires, 43 either prior to beginning or during the progress of the work, the Contractor 44 shall submit samples of materials for such special tests as may be necessary 45 to demonstrate that they conform to the specifications. Such samples shall 46 be furnished, stored, packed, and shipped as directed at the Contractor's MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -1 CONFORMED 1 expense. Except as otherwise noted, the Engineer will make arrangements 2 and the Owner will pay for the tests. 3 4 C. The Contractor shall submit data and samples sufficiently early to permit 5 consideration and review before materials are necessary for incorporation in 6 the work. Any delay resulting from the Contractor's failure to submit samples 7 or data promptly shall not be used as a basis of claims against the Owner or 8 the Engineer. 9 10 D. The materials and equipment used on the work shall correspond to the 11 approved samples or other data previously submitted to the Engineer for 12 review. 13 14 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION 15 16 A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with 17 manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such 18 instructions to parties involved in the installation, including four (4) copies to 19 the Engineer. 20 21 1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during 22 installation and until completion. 23 24 B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord 25 with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 26 27 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with 28 manufacturer's instructions, consult with Engineer for further 29 instructions. 30 31 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. 32 33 C. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any 34 preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or 35 exempted by Contract Documents. 36 37 D. Upon completion of installation, the Contractor shall obtain from the 38 manufacturer a signed certification that the equipment has been properly 39 installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 40 41 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 42 43 A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules, 44 coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 45 46 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original 47 containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -2 CONFORMED • 1 2 2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with 3 requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and 4 that products are properly protected and undamaged. 5 6 B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent 7 soiling or damage to products or packaging. 8 9 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 10 11 A. The Contractor shall furnish a covered, weather - protected storage structure 12 providing a clean, dry, noncorrosive environment for all mechanical 13 equipment, valves, architectural items, electrical and instrumentation 14 equipment, and special equipment to be incorporated into this project. 15 Storage of equipment shall be in strict accordance with the "instructions for 16 storage" of each equipment supplier and manufacturer including connection 17 of heaters, placing of storage lubricants in equipment or climate - controlled 18 facilities, etc. The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the manufacturer's 19 instructions for storage to the Engineer prior to storage of all equipment and 20 materials. Corroded, damaged or deteriorated equipment and parts shall be 21 replaced before acceptance of the project. Equipment and materials not •22 properly stored will not be included in a payment estimate. 23 24 B. Store products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and 25 labels intact and legible. 26 27 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight 28 enclosures. 29 30 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by 31 manufacturer's instructions. 32 33 3. Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids to 34 prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to 35 deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate 36 ventilation to avoid condensation. 37 38 4. Store loose granular materials in a well- drained area on solid surfaces 39 to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 40 41 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be handled 42 and stored by the Contractor before, during, and after shipment in a manner 43 to prevent warping, twisting, bending, breaking, chipping, rusting, and any 44 injury, theft or damage of any kind whatsoever to the material or equipment. .45 46 D. Cement, sand and lime shall be stored under a roof and off the ground and 47 shall be kept completely dry at all times. All miscellaneous steel and MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -3 CONFORMED 1 reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground and covered or otherwise to 2 prevent accumulations of dirt or grease, and in a position to prevent 3 accumulations of standing water and to minimize rusting. Precast concrete 4 sections shall be handled and stored in a manner to prevent accumulations 5 of dirt, standing water, staining, chipping or cracking. Brick, block and similar 6 masonry products shall be handled and stored in a manner to reduce 7 breakage, chipping, cracking, and spilling to a minimum. 8 9 E. All materials that, in the opinion of the Engineer, have become so damaged 10 as to be unfit for the use intended or specified shall be promptly removed 11 from the site of the work, and the Contractor shall receive no compensation 12 for the damaged material or its removal. 13 14 F. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make 15 periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are 16 maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or 17 deterioration. 18 19 O. Protection after Installation: 20 21 1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed 22 products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction 23 operations. Remove covering when no longer needed. 24 25 H. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material, equipment, and supplies 26 sold and delivered to the Owner under this Contract until final inspection of 27 the work and acceptance thereof by the Owner. In the event any such 28 material, equipment, and supplies are lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed 29 prior to final inspection and acceptance, the Contractor shall replace same 30 without additional cost to the Owner. 31 32 I. Should the Contractor fail to take proper action on storage and handling of 33 equipment supplied under this Contract within seven days after written notice 34 to do so, the Owner retains the right to correct all deficiencies noted in 35 previously transmitted written notice and deduct the cost associated with 36 these corrections from the Contract Price. These costs may be comprised of 37 expenditures for labor, equipment usage, administrative, clerical, and 38 engineering and any other costs associated with making the necessary 39 corrections. 40 41 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 42 43 A. Contractor's Options: 44 45 1. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product 46 meeting that standard. 47 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -4 CONFORMED • 1 2. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, 2 submit the products or manufacturers named in the Proposal, which 3 complies with the specifications. 4 5 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or more 6 products or manufacturers and "or equal ", Contractor shall submit a 7 request as for substitutions for any product or manufacturer not 8 specifically named. 9 10 B. Substitutions: 11 12 1. After the Effective Date of the Agreement, the Engineer will consider 13 written requests from Contractor for substitution of products. 14 15 2. Submit a separate request for each product, supported with complete 16 data, with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: 17 18 a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with 19 that specified. 20 21 b. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the 22 substitution. 23 24 c. Effect on the construction schedule. 25 26 d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the 27 product specified. 28 29 e. Any required license fees or royalties. 30 31 f. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement 32 materials. 33 34 3. The Engineer will solely determine the acceptability of the proposed 35 substitution. 36 37 C. Contractor's Representation: 38 39 1. A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that 40 Contractor: 41 42 a. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it 43 is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 44 45 b. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution 46 as for the product specified. 47 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -5 CONFORMED 1 c. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into 2 the Work, and make such other changes as may be required 3 to make the Work complete in all respects. 4 5 d. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, 6 which may subsequently become apparent. 7 8 1.07 SPECIAL TOOLS 9 10 A. Manufacturers of equipment and machinery shall furnish any special tools 11 (including grease guns or other lubricating devices) required for normal 12 adjustment, operations and maintenance, together with instructions for their 13 use. The Contractor shall preserve and deliver to the Owner these tools and 14 instructions in good order no later than upon completion of the Contract. 15 16 1.08 WARRANTY 17 18 A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment 19 manufacturer as specified in Section 01740. At a minimum, the 20 manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with the Contractor's for 21 one (1) year after the time of Substantial Completion. Exceptions for 22 extended warranties shall be noted within each piece of equipment's 23 technical specification. 24 25 1.09 SPARE PARTS 26 27 A. Spare parts for certain equipment have been specified in the pertinent 28 sections of the Specifications. The Contractor shall collect and store all 29 spare parts so required in an area to be designated by the Engineer. In 30 addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer an inventory listing all 31 spare parts, the equipment they are associated with, the name and address 32 of the supplier, and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual 33 invoices for each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate 34 the delivered cost. 35 36 B. Where "Manufacturer's Recommended" spare parts are specified to be 37 furnished, the Contractor shall furnish those spares that are recommended 38 by the Manufacturer as noted in their standard product literature. 39 40 PART II — PRODUCTS 41 (Not Used) 42 43 PART III — EXECUTION 44 (Not Used) 45 46 END OF SECTION 47 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -6 CONFORMED • • • 1 SECTION 01625 2 3 START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. As part of completing each phase, and prior to requesting issuance of the 10 Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall perform start -up 11 testing services as specified herein. 12 13 B. Start-up of the facilities and appurtenances will require completion of all 14 structures, installation of all equipment, and all connections to existing 15 systems. All components of the Work shall be installed as if each were 16 ready for use by the Owner for their intended purposes. 17 18 C. All equipment shall be tested, approved, and accepted by the Engineer prior 19 to placement of the new facilities into operation. 20 • 21 22 D. All lubricants, water, air, fuel and power necessary for initial operation and tests as specified herein shall be furnished by the Contractor at no 23 additional cost to the Owner. 24 25 E. In addition to furnishing, delivering, installing, and testing each piece of 26 equipment, the Contractor shall provide the services of competent factory 27 certified representatives for the periods indicated in other sections of these 28 Specifications. Such representatives shall assist the Engineer by instructing 29 the operating personnel of the Owner in the maintenance and operation of 30 the equipment, conducting tests, and making recommendations for 31 producing the most efficient results. These services shall be made during 32 the initial operation of the completed facilities and shall be in addition to 33 services necessary during erection or to correct defective materials or 34 workmanship during the guarantee period. These representatives shall be 35 specially trained and qualified for installation, adjustment, start-up, and 36 testing work and shall not be sales representatives only. The cost of such 37 representation, including subsistence and travel, shall be provided by the 38 Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 39 40 F. The Contractor shall furnish a signed and dated certificate from each 41 manufacturer or supplier of equipment furnished stating that the equipment 42 has been installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's 43 recommendations and that it is ready to be placed in service. •44 45 START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625 -1 04/24/2013 1 PART II - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 2 3 PART III - EXECUTION 4 5 3.01 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 6 7 A. General Requirements: 8 9 1. Successfully execute the start-up of the system(s) and demonstrate 10 satisfactory performance of the intended use thereof. The start-up 11 and performance demonstration shall be successfully executed prior 12 to the Engineer's issuance of Substantial Completion. 13 14 2. Field acceptance tests will be witnessed by the Engineer. At least 15 thirty (30) calendar days prior to scheduled testing, Contractor shall 16 submit details of all test procedures to the Engineer for review, 17 comment, and approval. Test procedures shall be submitted to the 18 Engineer in accordance with Specification Section 01340. 19 20 3. All performance tests and inspections shall be scheduled at least ten 21 (10) working days in advance with the Engineer. All performance 22 tests and inspections shall be conducted during the normal work 23 week of Monday through Friday, unless otherwise authorized, in 24 writing, by the Engineer. 25 26 4. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of 27 equipment during start-up systems testing and shall neither have nor 28 make any claim for damage that may occur to equipment prior to the 29 time when the Owner takes over the operation thereof. 30 31 B. Preparation for Systems Start-Up: 32 33 1. Upon completion of the Work and all related systems, all pipes shall 34 be filled and flushed clean with water. All process systems and 35 pipelines shall be filled and flushed with water, or other applicable 36 fluid, and hydraulically checked for leaks, cracks, and defects. 37 38 2. All mechanical and electrical equipment shall be checked to ensure 39 that each component is in good working order and properly installed 40 and connected. All systems shall be purged as required. All 41 pipelines that are hydraulically checked shall be drained and 42 returned to their original condition once the water testing is complete. 43 All pipelines that have been filled and flushed shall be drained 44 clean. 45 46 3. All instruments and controls shall be calibrated through their full • 47 operational distribution range. Any other adjustments required for START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625 -2 04/24/2013 • • • 1 proper operation of all instrumentation and control equipment shall 2 be made and confirmed by the specific factory authorized service 3 representative. 4 5 4. The Contractor shall work with each factory certified technician to 6 complete any remaining tasks, connections, adjustments, and 7 preparations needed to ensure proper equipment and /or system 8 operation. 9 10 5. No testing or equipment operation shall occur until the Engineer has 11 confirmed that all specified safety equipment has been installed and 12 is in good working order. 13 14 6. No testing or equipment operation shall occur until the Engineer has 15 verified that all calibrations, Manufacturer's Certification of Proper 16 Installation, spare parts, Owner training, maintenance equipment, 17 and approved equipment Operation and Maintenance manuals have 18 been furnished as specified. 19 20 7. No testing or equipment operation shall occur until the factory • 21 22 certified technician for that particular component has confirmed that all lubricants, electrical connections, drains, fuel and exhaust 23 systems have been provided and installed in accordance with the 24 manufacturer's recommendations. 25 26 3.02 TESTING OF GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 27 28 A. The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight 29 sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a 30 crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. 31 The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level 32 may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic 33 head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of 34 the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, 35 and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or 36 exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The 37 Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the 38 amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the 39 infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall 40 take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the 41 sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as 42 required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until 43 after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall betaken 44 to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true 45 and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to 46 acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be 47 cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed on all sections of the START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625 -3 04/24/2013 1 gravity line. 2 B. The Contractor shall TV and mandrel test all mains in accordance with 3 Section 02060. 4 5 3.03 TESTING OF GRAVITY STORM SEWERS 6 7 A. The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight 8 sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his 9 designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below 10 groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The 11 watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may 12 be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head 13 of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test 14 section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then 15 measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration 16 exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor 17 shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of 18 infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration 19 or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the 20 necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, 21 remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by 22 the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have 23 been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid 24 flotation. The above tests shall be performed on all sections of the line. 25 26 3.04 TESTING OF PRECAST SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES 27 28 A. All new precast sanitary sewer manholes shall pass a leakage test. 29 30 B. The Contractor shall test each manhole (after assembly and backfilling) for 31 leakage, separate and independent of the collection system pipes, by 32 hydrostatic exfiltration testing, 33 34 C. Hydrostatic Testing 35 36 1. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing lined manholes shall be 37 zero (0) gallons; 38 39 2. To perform a hydrostatic exfiltration test, the Contractor shall seal all 40 wastewater pipes coming into a manhole with an internal pipe plug, 41 fill the manhole with water, and maintain the test for a minimum of 42 two (2) hours. 43 44 3. Independently measure change in water volume due to evaporation 45 and precipitation using a 24 inch deep white, watertight container. 46 Position the container to experience environmental conditions similar 47 to the manhole being tested. The volume change of the manhole START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625 -4 04/24/2013 • • 1 shall be corrected based on the water volume change in the sample 2 container. 3 4 5 3.05 WATER MAIN PRESSURE TESTING 6 7 A. Field tests shall be made to confirm compliance with the contract and to 8 establish compliance with the technical provision. The test shall be 9 performed by the Contractor as herein specified. All piping, and equipment 10 shall be tested in the field in the presence of the Engineer or his authorized 11 assistant, in the manner prescribed in the Sections of these Specifications 12 pertaining to such installation. 13 14 B. Prior to pressure testing, all mains shall be flushed and pigged to remove all 15 sand and other foreign matter. The velocity of the flushing water shall not 16 be less than 2 feet per second. Flushing shall be terminated at the direction 17 of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of the flushing water without 18 causing a nuisance or property damage. 19 20 C. Pressure and Leakage Test of Underground Piping •21 22 1. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests shall conform with Section 4 23 of AWWA C600 Specification with the exception that the Contractor 24 shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other 25 equipment needed to test the line. 26 27 2. The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure and leakage 28 test shall be 150 psi The Contractor shall provide temporary plugs 29 and blocking necessary to maintain the required test pressure. 30 Corporation cocks at least 2 inches in diameter, pipe riser and angle 31 globe valves shall be provided at each pipe dead -end in order to 32 bleed air from the line. The cost of these items shall be included as 33 part of testing. 34 35 3. All leaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage 36 eliminated regardless of total leakage as shown by test. Lines which 37 fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until 38 test requirements are complied with. Defective materials, pipes, 39 valves, and accessories shall be removed and replaced. The pipe 40 lines shall be tested in such sections as may be directed by the 41 Engineer by shutting valves or installing temporary plugs as required. 42 The line shall be filled with water and all air removed and the test 43 pressure shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by 44 means of a force pump to be furnished by the Contractor. Accurate • 45 means shall be provided for measuring the water required to maintain 46 this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the 47 leakage. START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625 -5 04/24/2013 1 2 4. During the duration of the test, the line pressure shall not be 3 permitted to drop more than 5 psi below the test pressure. Once the 4 pressure drops 5 psi below the test pressure, the line shall be refilled 5 until the test pressure is restored. 6 7 5. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance 8 with AWWA, C600 Standards for all pressure. No pipe installation 9 shall be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by 10 the following formula: 11 12 L= SD(P)1'2 13 148,000 14 15 In which L is the allowable leakage in gallons per hour; S is the 16 length of pipe tested, in feet; D is the nominal diameter of the pipe, in 17 inches; and P is the average test pressure during the leakage test, in 18 pounds per square inch gauge. The duration of the leakage test 19 shall be two (2) hours for pressurized pipes. The equation is based 20 on 18' pipe lengths and shall be adjusted accordingly for other 21 lengths. 22 23 6. The Contractor must submit his plan for testing to the Engineer for 24 review at least ten (10) days before starting the test. The Contractor 25 shall remove and adequately dispose of all blocking material and 26 equipment after completion and acceptance of the field hydrostatic 27 test, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Any damage to the 28 pipe coating shall be repaired by the Contractor. Lines shall be 29 totally free and clean prior to final acceptance. 30 31 7. No leakage will be allowed for solvent weld PVC pipe or pipe sections 32 less than 500 feet in length. 33 34 35 END OF SECTION START -UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625 -6 04/24/2013 • • • 1 SECTION 01640 2 3 QUALITY CONTROL 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 8 9 A. Quality assurance and control of installation. 10 11 B. References. 12 13 C. Field samples. 14 15 D. Mock -up. 16 17 E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 18 19 F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. •20 21 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 22 23 A. Section 01300 - Submittals 24 25 B. Section 01410 — Testing and Testing Laboratory Services. 26 27 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE /CONTROL OF INSTALLATION 28 29 A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, 30 site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. 31 32 B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in 33 sequence. 34 35 C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, 36 request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. 37 38 D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except 39 when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate 40 higher standards or more precise workmanship. 41 42 E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified .43 quality. 44 45 F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and QUALITY CONTROL 01640 -1 04/24/2013 1 sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 2 3 1.04 REFERENCES 4 5 A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner 6 Bids. 7 8 B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, 9 request clarification for Engineer before proceeding. 10 11 C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be 12 altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in 13 any reference document. 14 15 1.05 FIELD SAMPLES 16 17 A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications 18 Sections for review. 19 20 B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. 21 22 C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear 23 area after field sample has been accepted by Engineer. 24 25 1.06 MOCK -UP 26 27 A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. 28 29 B. Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and 30 anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. 31 32 C. Where mock -up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area 33 after mock -up has been accepted by Engineer. 34 35 1.07 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 36 37 A. The Contractor shall employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to 38 perform testing. Services during construction shall be coordinated by 39 Contractor. 40 41 B. The independent firm shall perform tests, and other services specified in 42 individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer. 43 44 C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in 45 duplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating QUALITY CONTROL 01640 -2 04/24/2013 • • • • 1 compliance or non - compliance with Contract Documents. 2 3 D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, 4 equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 5 6 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 48 hours prior to expected time 7 for operations requiring services. 8 9 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional 10 samples and tests required for Contractor's use. 11 12 E. Retesting required because of non - conformance to specified requirements 13 shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the 14 Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by 15 deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Price. 16 17 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS 18 19 A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or •20 Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to 21 observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of 22 workmanship, start -up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment 23 as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. 24 25 B. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer 30 days in advance of required 26 observations. Observer shall be subject to approval of Engineer and Owner. 27 28 C. Individuals shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given 29 to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to 30 manufacturers' written instructions. 31 32 D. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Engineer for 33 review. 34 35 PART II — PRODUCTS 36 (Not Used) 37 38 PART III — EXECUTION 39 (Not Used) 40 41 42 END OF SECTION 43 • QUALITY CONTROL 01640 -3 04/24/2013 • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • QUALITY CONTROL 01640 -4 04/24/2013 • • • 1 SECTION 01670 2 3 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. General: 10 11 1. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, 12 equipment, and performance of all work and services for furnishing, 13 submitting, processing and handling of requests for substitution and 14 product options. See items as indicated on Drawings and as 15 specified. Any substitution or option shall be in accord with the 16 provisions of Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with 17 work of other trades. 18 19 2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all 20 supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices 21 incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete 22 installation. 23 24 3. See appropriate sections for specific items specified. See General 25 Conditions for additional information. 26 27 B. Procedure: 28 29 1. For equipment and materials that are listed in the Bid Form, observe 30 procedures outlined in Instructions to Bidders. 31 32 2. For products, equipment, and materials that are named in Drawings 33 or Specifications for which a request for substitution is made, observe 34 procedures outlined in these specifications. 35 36 C. Costs: Cost incurred by requestor in providing information, catalogs, and 37 samples - including but not limited to labor, materials, freight postage, and 38 transportation - are sole cost of "Requestor" with no cost assessed Owner or 39 Engineer. 40 41 1.02 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION - GENERAL: 42 43 A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. 44 45 B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in 46 specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers and /or 47 manufacturer's names. Where this occurs, it was not intended to exclude SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670 -1 09/15/2011 1 from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing 2 other trade names, catalog numbers and /or manufacturer's names, capable 3 of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material 4 specifically indicated. 5 6 C. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to Owner 7 and Engineer. 8 9 D. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not 10 specifically indicated must be approved in writing by Engineer and be agreed 11 upon by Owner. 12 13 1.03 SUBMISSION OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION: 14 15 A. Within no more than 30 days after award of the Contract, the Engineer will 16 consider requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other 17 items. Requests must be received by Engineer within 30 calendar days after 18 the Notice to Proceed. All requests for substitution shall be completed as 19 specified below. 20 21 B. Substitute items must comply with color and pattern of base specified items 22 unless specifically approved otherwise. 23 24 C. Submit two (2) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 25 26 1. Name of product located by Drawing No. or Specification No., 27 followed by a detail or line number the particular item(s) for which 28 request for substitution is initiated. 29 30 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution 31 with Contract Documents. 32 33 3. For products, include: 34 35 a. Product identification by schedule or tag no., including 36 manufacturer's name. 37 38 b. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, 39 type, size, and options to be considered: 40 41 1) Product Description 42 2) Performance and test data 43 3) Reference standards 44 4) Difference in power demand 45 5) Dimensional differences for specified unit 46 47 c. Submit samples, full size if so required. The Engineer SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • 1 reserves the right to impound samples until physical units are 2 installed on project for comparison purposes. All costs of 3 furnishing and return of samples shall be paid by requester. 4 Engineer is not responsible for Toss of or damage to samples. 5 6 d. Name and address of similar projects where product was used, 7 date of installation, and field performance data on installation. 8 9 4. For construction methods, include: 10 11 a. Detailed description of proposed method. 12 13 b. Drawings illustrating methods. 14 15 5. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method 16 specified. 17 18 6. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 19 20 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with 21 product or method specified. • 22 23 8. Include with any request a specific statement defining changes in 24 contract time or amount. 25 26 D. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, 27 Supplier /Manufacturer represents: 28 29 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and has 30 determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, 31 and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 32 33 2. Will provide same or better warranty for substitute item as for product 34 or method specified. 35 36 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to 37 include but not be limited to the following: 38 39 a. Building and structure modifications as necessary; 40 41 b. Additional ancillary equipment to accommodate change; 42 43 c. Piping, valving, mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation 44 changes, and, •45 46 d. All other changes required for work to be complete in all SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670 -3 09/15/2011 1 respects to permit incorporation of substitution into project. 2 3 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which 4 subsequently become apparent. 5 6 E. Written acceptance or rejection of items presented for substitution will be 7 given within two weeks of receipt of request. 8 9 F. In the event the acceptance of a substitute results in a change in Contract 10 Price or Time, or is a deviation from the Contract Documents, a change order 11 will be issued to reflect such change. In the event the acceptance of an 12 alternate does not result in a change in Contract Price or Time, a field order 13 will be issued. 14 15 G. Substitutes may be rejected for the following reasons: 16 17 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or 18 building spaces. 19 20 2. If they are in Engineer's opinion, not equal to base product specified, 21 or will not adequately perform function for which intended. 22 23 3. If request is not initiated by the Contractor in accordance with this 24 specification section. 25 26 1.04 SUBSTITUTION DUE TO UNAVAILABILITY 27 28 A. Unavailability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, 29 discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences are 30 reasons for substitution after Contract award. 31 32 B. Notify Engineer in writing, as soon as condition of unavailability becomes 33 apparent; include substantiating data. Submit request for substitution 34 sufficiently in advance to avoid delays. 35 36 C. Submit data as required in paragraph 1.03 above. 37 38 PART II - PRODUCTS 39 (NOT USED) 40 41 PART III - EXECUTION 42 (NOT USED) 43 44 45 END OF SECTION SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670 -4 09/15/2011 • • • • • 1 SECTION 01700 2 3 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 Comply with requirements stated in General Conditions and in Specifications for 10 administrative procedures in closing out the Work. 11 12 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 13 14 A. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially complete, he shall 15 submit to the Engineer: 16 17 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is 18 substantially complete. 19 20 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected. 21 22 3. A copy of all applicable, executed: 23 24 • Manufacturer Certifications of Proper testing, Ready for 25 Operation and Completion 26 • Calibration and Testing Certificates 27 • Transmittals of Operations and Maintenance Manuals 28 • Transmittals of Spare Parts 29 • Owner's Equipment Training Attendance Sign -in sheets 30 • Warranties and guarantees of the manufacturer(s). 31 32 B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Engineer will make 33 an inspection to determine the status of completion. 34 35 C. Should the Engineer determine that the Work is not Substantially Complete: 36 37 38 1. The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing, giving the 39 reasons therefore. 40 41 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a 42 second written notice of substantial completion to the Engineer. 43 44 3. The Engineer will re- inspect the Work. 45 46 D. When the Engineer finds that the Work is Substantially Complete, he will: CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -1 09/15/2011 1 2 1. Prepare and deliver to Owner a tentative Certificate of Substantial 3 Completion with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected 4 before final completion. 5 6 2. After consideration of any objections made by the Owner as provided 7 in Conditions of the Contract, and when the Engineer considers the 8 Work Substantially Complete, he will execute and deliver to the 9 Owner and the Contractor a definite Certificate of Substantial 10 Completion with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or 11 corrected. 12 13 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION 14 15 A. When Contractor considers the Work to be complete, he shall submit written 16 certification that: 17 18 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 19 20 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 21 22 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 23 24 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the 25 Owner's representative and are operational. 26 27 5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. 28 29 B. The Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with 30 reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. 31 32 C. Should the Engineer consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: 33 34 1. The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the 35 incomplete or defective work. 36 37 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated 38 deficiencies, and send a second written certification to the Engineer 39 that the Work is complete. 40 41 3. The Engineer will re- inspect the Work. 42 43 D. When the Engineer finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract 44 Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals. 45 46 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • 1 1.04 REINSPECTION FEES 2 3 A. Should the Engineer perform re- inspections, due to failure of the Work, to 4 comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor: 5 6 1. Owner will compensate the Engineer for such additional services. 7 8 2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final 9 payment to the Contractor. 10 11 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ENGINEER 12 13 A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities. 14 15 B. Project Record Documents and As -built Drawings. 16 17 C. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel. 18 19 D. Warranties and Bonds, w/ a log of start dates and expiration dates. 20 •21 E. Keys and Keying Schedule. 22 23 F. Spare Parts, Maintenance Materials and Specific Tools. 24 25 G. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens. 26 27 H. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations. 28 29 I. Contractor's Final Affidavit. 30 31 J. Lien Waivers from Subcontractors and Suppliers. 32 33 K. Consent of Surety from the bonding company. 34 35 L. Contractor's Guarantee. 36 37 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS 38 39 A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Engineer. 40 41 B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: 42 43 1. The original Contract Sum. 44 •45 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: 46 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -3 09/15/2011 1 a. Previous Change Orders. 2 3 b. Unit Prices. 4 5 c. Deductions for uncorrected Work. 6 7 d. Penalties and Bonuses. 8 9 e. Deductions for liquidated damages. 10 11 f. Deductions for re- inspection payments. 12 13 g. Other adjustments. 14 15 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 16 17 4. Previous payments. 18 19 5. Sum remaining due. 20 21 C. Engineer will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments 22 to the Contract Price, which were not previously made by Change Orders. 23 24 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 25 26 A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with 27 procedures and requirements stated in the General Conditions. 28 29 PART II — PRODUCTS 30 (Not Used) 31 32 PART III — EXECUTION 33 (Not Used) 34 35 36 END OF SECTION CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -4 09/15/2011 • • • 1 SECTION 01710 2 3 PROJECT CLEANING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The Contractor shall execute cleaning during progress of Work and at 10 completion of the Work as required by the General Conditions. 11 12 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS 13 14 A. The Contractor shall conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply 15 with all applicable Laws and Regulations. 16 17 PART II — MATERIALS 18 19 2.01 MATERIALS 20 • 21 22 A. The Contractor shall use only those cleaning materials which do not create hazards to health or property and which do not damage surfaces. 23 24 B. The Contractor shall use only those cleaning materials and methods 25 recommended by the Manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. 26 27 C. The Contractor shall use cleaning materials only on surfaces so 28 recommended by cleaning material Manufacturer. 29 30 PART III — EXECUTION 31 32 3.01 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION 33 34 A. The Contractor shall execute daily cleaning to keep the Work, the site and 35 adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, water, 36 eroded material, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction 37 operations. 38 39 B. The Contractor shall provide suitable on -site containers for the daily 40 collection of all waste materials, debris and rubbish. 41 42 C. The Contractor shall remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site 43 containers periodically and dispose of at properly licensed and permitted 44 disposal areas away from the site. • 45 46 D. The Contractor shall remove from the site all surplus materials and PROJECT CLEANING 01710 -1 09/15/2011 1 temporary structures when no further need therefore develops and as 2 approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible and liable 3 for all spillage and shall incur all associated costs including, but not limited 4 to, costs related to repair and maintenance resulting from any such damage. 5 6 7 END OF SECTION • PROJECT CLEANING 01710 -2 09/15/2011 • 1 SECTION 01720 2 3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of: 10 11 1. Drawings 12 13 2. Specifications 14 15 3. Addenda 16 17 4. Requests for Information 18 19 5. Work Change Directives, Requests for Cost Proposals 20 •21 6. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 22 23 7. Engineer's Field Orders or written instructions 24 25 8. Approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples 26 27 9. Field Test Records 28 29 10. Construction Photographs 30 31 11. Detailed Progress Schedule, Monthly Updates 32 33 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 34 35 A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from 36 documents used for construction. 37 38 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 39 40 2. Provide locked cabinet of secure storage space for storage of 41 samples. 42 43 B. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI format. .44 45 C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do 46 not use record documents for construction purposes. 47 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -1 07/28/2013 1 D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the 2 Engineer. 3 4 E. As a pre - requisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractor is to exhibit 5 the currently updated "record documents" for review by the Engineer and 6 Owner. 7 8 1.03 MARKING DEVICES 9 10 A. Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color code 11 designated by the Engineer. 12 13 1.04 RECORDING 14 15 A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. 16 17 B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 18 19 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. 20 21 C. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction: 22 23 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor 24 datum 25 26 2. Denote all underground piping elevations and dimensions; all 27 changes to piping location; horizontal and vertical locations of 28 underground utilities and appurtenances, all referenced to permanent 29 surface improvements or by state Plane coordinates. Actual installed 30 pipe material, class, etc. 31 32 3. Locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the 33 construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the 34 structure. 35 36 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 37 38 5. Changes made by Field Order, Work Change Directives, Request for 39 Information or by Change Order. 40 41 6. Details not on original Contract Documents. 42 43 7. Equipment and piping relocations. 44 45 D. Specifications and Addenda; legibly mark each Section to record: 46 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -2 07/28/2013 • • • 1 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each 2 product and item of equipment actually installed. 3 4 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 5 6 E. Shop Drawings (after final review and approval) 7 8 1.05 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 9 10 A. As -built drawings shall be maintained by the Contractor in strict Accordance 11 with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. 12 13 B. Payment Applications will not be approved if the As -built drawings are not 14 kept current and will not be approved until the As -built drawings show 15 completely all information required and are current. 16 17 C. The final Payment Application shall not be accepted by the Owner until the 18 As -built drawings are approved for conformance to the minimum 19 requirements. The Owner's acceptance of the Contractor's As -built 20 drawings does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the •21 accuracy or completeness of the As -built drawings. 22 23 D. In addition to the requirements defined in the General Conditions Article 24 6.11.2, Contractor shall provide an As -Built Survey of all pipelines and 25 manholes installed in the project, signed and sealed by a Florida Registered 26 Surveyor and Mapper. As a minimum, the As -Built Survey shall provide at 27 minimum: 28 29 1. Pipe invert elevations at every 100 feet; 30 31 2. Pipe invert elevations at any grade change or direction changes; 32 33 3. Pipe inverts of all utilities at utility crossings where the proposed utility 34 crosses above or below other utilities; 35 36 4. N -E coordinates and Station and Offset of all manholes, storm sewer 37 structures or any other concrete structures. 38 39 5. Pipe invert elevations into existing /new structures or manholes; 40 41 6. Bottom, Rim and pipe invert elevations of all manholes and storm 42 sewer structures etc. 43 •44 7. Storm Sewers and Structures: Station and offset for all catch basins, 45 manholes, spillways and other structures. Elevations of grates /lids, 46 throats, weirs, and orifices. Invert elevations for all pipes and 47 structures. Pipe size, type, material, slope, and distance between PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -3 07/28/2013 1 structures. Elevations and dimensions of any skimmers or concrete 2 pads surrounding outfall structures. 3 4 8. If any pavement is restored and is greater than 10 feet in length, 5 pavement elevations on a 10 foot grid; 6 7 9. All other surveying as required to show that the work has been 8 completed to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or the 9 Specifications. 10 11 10. Wetlands: Cross - sectional surveys, at 100' intervals, through all 12 impacted wetland areas to verify that final grades are in accordance 13 with project permits and the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 14 15 E. All changes and significant deviations from the original design plans must be 16 included as described below: 17 18 1. Pipe diameter and material, including services. 19 20 2. Elevations and dimensions of diversion weirs, earthen weirs, spillway 21 and control structure weir openings. 22 23 3. Gravity Storm Sewers: Locations all manholes and control structures. 24 Elevations for top of manholes and pipe inverts. Pipe size, type, 25 slope, and distance between manholes. 26 27 All deviations shall be highlighted on the As -built drawings using a "cloud ". 28 If any revisions to the original plans required a CHANGE ORDER, the 29 "cloud" shall include the CHANGE ORDER number. 30 31 F. A significant deviation is defined as follows: 32 33 1. Horizontal: 1 foot or one half the diameter of the pipe, whichever is 34 less. 35 36 2. Vertical — 37 38 a. More than 1 inch for gravity pipelines and diversion weir 39 structures. 40 41 b. More than 0.2 feet for surface excavations unless sod is to be 42 placed adjacent to pavement, curbs or sidewalks, final grading 43 shall allow the top of sod soil mat to be flush with top edge of 44 pavement, curb or sidewalk. 45 46 G. The Contractor shall submit all As -built drawings after review and approval 1111 47 by the Owner and Engineer in digital electronic format (Auto CADD and pdf) PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -4 07/28/2013 • • • 1 along with one set of marked up drawings. 2 3 H. Submit three (3) full sized 24 "x36" of as -built survey, signed and sealed by 4 the Registered Land Surveyor. 5 6 L Submit two (2) CD -ROMS of the as -built survey in AUTOCAD 2007 or later 7 format. 8 9 1.06 SUBMITTAL 10 11 A. As part of partial clearances, and at contract close -out, deliver Record 12 Documents to the Engineer for the Owner. 13 14 B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 15 16 1. Date 17 18 2. Project title and number 19 20 3. Contractor's name and address •21 22 4. Title and number of each Record Document 23 24 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative 25 26 27 1.07 MAJOR EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, PIPE LAYING SCHEDULE, AND 28 SURVEYING MANUAL 29 30 A. This manual shall contain a copy of the final approved shop drawings for the 31 major materials and equipment associated with the project. The manual 32 shall be divided into sections with each section dedicated to a particular 33 specification section. The manual shall contain pipe laying schedules and 34 reference survey information appropriate for the project. 35 36 B. Five hard copy sets of this manual and one electronic file copy in ".pdf" 37 format are to be delivered to the Owner. The requirements for hard copies 38 and for electronic files are provided below in this section. 39 40 1.08 WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, BONDS, AND CERTIFICATES MANUAL 41 42 A. This manual shall contain all warranties, guarantees, bonds, certificates, and 43 similar documents, including those customarily provided by manufacturers •44 and suppliers which cover a period greater than the two -year correction 45 period. Show Owner as beneficiary on these documents. 46 47 B. Two hard copy sets of this manual and one electronic file copy are to be PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -5 07/28/2013 1 delivered to the Owner. The requirements for hard copies and for electronic 2 files are provided below in this section. 3 4 1.09 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 5 6 A. This manual shall contain construction photographs obtained from the 7 Contractor, Engineer, and Owner. All photographs are to be color digital 8 compiled on CD and provided with a descriptive index of the images with 9 dates 10 11 B. Two electronic file copies are to be delivered to the Owner. 12 13 PART II — PRODUCTS 14 (Not Used) 15 16 PART III — EXECUTION 17 (Not Used) 18 19 20 END OF SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -6 07/28/2013 • • • • 1 SECTION 01740 2 3 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Compile warranties and bonds, as specified in Articles 5 and 6 of the 10 General Conditions. 11 12 B. Co- execute submittals when so specified. 13 14 C. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. 15 16 D. Submit to the Engineer for review and transmittal to Owner. 17 18 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 19 20 A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, 21 executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and • 22 subcontractors. 23 24 B. Number of signed originals required: two (2) each. 25 26 C. The Table of Contents shall be neatly typed in orderly sequence. Provide 27 complete information for each item. 28 29 1. Product or work item. 30 31 2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. 32 33 3. Scope. 34 35 4. Date of beginning warranty, bond or service and maintenance 36 contract. 37 38 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract. 39 40 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: 41 42 a. Proper procedure in case of failure. 43 44 b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. •45 46 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone 47 number. WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 -1 CONFORMED 1 2 1.03 WARRANTY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 3 4 A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment 5 manufacturer. The manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with 6 the Contractor's for one (1) year, unless otherwise specified, commencing at 7 the time of Substantial Completion. 8 9 PART II — PRODUCTS 10 (Not Used) 11 12 PART III — EXECUTION 13 (Not Used) 14 15 16 END OF SECTION • • WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 -2 CONFORMED 1 SECTION 02060 2 3 SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE 8 9 A. The Contractor shall provide for cleaning and closed circuit television 10 inspection (CCTV) of sewer pipes installed as part of the project. 11 12 B. The Work includes furnishing all water, power, labor, tools, equipment and 13 materials including various forms of specialized pipe cleaning, and 14 televising of sanitary sewage mains and related manholes, and all 15 operations to support the cleaning and inspection activities. 16 17 C. This specification section also applies to new installations for compliance 18 documentation of construction specifications. 19 20 1.02 SAFETY CODE REQUIREMENTS 21 • 22 A. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in strict accordance with all 23 applicable Federal, State, and Local safety codes and statutes and shall 24 be fully responsible and obligated to maintain procedures for safety of the 25 public as well as work, personnel, and equipment involved in the project. 26 27 B. The Contractor shall at all times during the course of the cleaning and 28 televising conform to Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29 (OSHA) and all other applicable safety codes or standards. No additional 30 compensation will be allowed for OSHA or other safety code standards or 31 requirements. 32 33 1.03 SUBMITTALS 34 35 A. The Contractor shall submit the following information: 36 37 1. Information on all types of processes that will be used for cleaning 38 2. Copies of PACP/ MACP certifications for personnel performing 39 television and manhole inspections 40 3. Manufacturer's certification that the equipment to be used meets 41 the referenced standards and these specifications 42 4. Proposed equipment and procedures for accomplishing the work 43 5. Proposed personnel assigned to the cleaning work. 44 • SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060 -1 02/14/2013 1 2 PART II — EQUIPMENT 3 4 2.01 SEWER PIPE CLEANING 5 6 A. All sanitary sewer pipes shall be flushed with a minimum velocity of 2.5 7 feet per second (fps) to ensure that the lighter solids are removed from the 8 pipe interior. 9 10 B. Vacuum debris removal system shall be used to remove sand, silt, rocks, 11 bricks, and all other debris from manholes during the cleaning process. 12 13 C. Contractor shall provide equipment capable of removing all sand, dirt, 14 rocks, and other debris from the sewer reach to allow unobstructed remote 15 television internal inspection of all internal surfaces. 16 17 2.02 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION EQUIPMENT 18 19 A. Video inspection shall be performed using National Association of Sewer 20 Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program 21 (PACP) certified software and shall meet the following: 22 23 1. Shall be performed by a NASSCO PACP Certified Operator who 24 will use software that is compatible with Granite XP latest version 25 software to NASSCO PACP Standards. 26 27 2. Shall be submitted as digital media (i.e. DVD) that includes video 28 and data base file in PACP format and include a printed copy of the 29 PACP television inspection log. 30 31 3. Shall perform a manhole inspection and provide a completed 32 NASSCO Manhole Inspection form latest version for each manhole 33 that is connected to the sewer being inspected. 34 35 4. All pertinent data recorded in audio on the media to include: 36 37 a. Location name 38 b. Manhole numbers (these numbers must match manhole 39 numbers on "as built" drawings) 40 c. Date 41 d. Size and material of pipe 42 e. Service connection locations, right or left 43 f. All distances between manholes 44 g. Locations of suspected and obvious pipe deficiencies (i.e., 45 bad joints, breaks, or leaks, etc.) 46 SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060 -2 02/14/2013 • • • 1 5. PVC pipe shall have a deflection test using a seven and one -half 2 percent (go- no -go) test mandrel of appropriate size, which shall be 3 visible on the video at all times. 4 5 6. The printed NASSCO PACP television report (indicating manhole 6 numbers) which will accompany the media. This written report must 7 include: 8 9 a. Manhole numbers (these numbers must match manhole 10 numbers on "as- built" drawings) 11 b. Service connection locations, right or left 12 c. Reference to service connection locations out of manholes 13 d. Locations of suspected and obvious pipe deficiencies (i.e., 14 bad joints, breaks, or leaks, etc.) 15 e. Depth of each manhole 16 f. Actual measured distance (on ground) between manholes. 17 18 7. All visual and television inspections shall be completed and 19 approved by Engineer after the road base has been constructed but 20 prior to the placing of any asphalt. 21 22 8. Television Inspection Media must clearly show details of structural 23 defects, misalignments, and infiltration. 24 25 9. All known or indicated breaks shall be repaired by the Contractor 26 regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of sewer lines or 27 manholes rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re -laid by 28 the Contractor. Sewer lines that are laid with less than the minimum 29 slope required by Section 33.4 of the 10 State Standards shall be 30 removed and re -laid by the Contractor. Sunken manholes will not 31 be accepted. 32 33 B. Closed Circuit Television Inspection Equipment shall produce a color 34 video. 35 36 C. Pipe inspection camera shall be a pan- and -tilt and radial viewing pipe 37 inspection camera that pans a minimum of ± 275 degrees and rotates 360 38 degrees. 39 40 D. A slope indicator shall be included on the camera and accurately 41 calibrated per manufacture's instructions for measurement of pipe slope. 42 43 E. A camera with an accurate footage counter shall be used, which displays 44 on the monitor the exact distance of the camera from the centerline of the 45 starting manhole. 46 SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060 -3 02/14/2013 1 F. The camera will be capable of height adjustment so that the camera lens 2 is always centered at one -half the inside diameter, or higher in the pipe 3 being televised. 4 5 G. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clean picture of the 6 entire periphery of the pipe. A reflector in front of the camera may be 7 required to enhance lighting in dark or large diameter pipe. 8 9 H. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video 10 system shall be capable of producing a minimum 500 -line resolution 11 colored video picture. 12 13 I. Two (2) copies of the video data shall be provided to the Owner and 14 Engineer in a digital format such as a DVD, or other device or media, as 15 required by the Owner to be uploaded to the CCTV inspection database. 16 17 J. Video data shall be PACP database compliant and compatible with the 18 Owner's existing Granite XP software database system. 19 20 PART 111 — EXECUTION 21 22 3.01 CLEANING 23 24 A. The sewers shall be cleaned by removing dirt, rock, sand, and other 25 deleterious materials from the pipe and manholes. 26 27 B. All necessary precautions are to be taken to protect the sewer lines from 28 damage resulting from the cleaning and inspection process. 29 Reimbursement for damage to the sewer infrastructure or damage or 30 flooding of private or public property, as a direct or indirect result of the 31 cleaning and inspection operation shall be the responsibility of the 32 Contractor. 33 34 3.02 CLOSE CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION PROCEDURE 35 36 A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with digital media that includes 37 video and data base file that is compatible with Granite XP in NASSCO 38 PACP format. Compatibility issues with software other than Granite XP 39 latest version are the Contractor's responsibility. 40 41 B. CCTV inspection shall be performed by NASSCO PACP certified 42 operators who use NASSCO certified software that is compatible with 43 Granite XP latest version using PACP defect coding methodology. 44 45 C. Perform CCTV inspection immediately after line cleaning. Before insertion 46 of the camera into the sewer, the camera shall record on video the 47 upstream and downstream manhole, pipe size, specific location of the SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060 -4 02/14/2013 • • • 1 sewer, and the direction in which the camera will travel. The camera shall 2 be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping 3 when necessary to permit proper documentation of the sewer's condition 4 in audio and documented on the television inspection log. 5 6 D. The camera will be capable of height adjustment so that the camera lens 7 is always centered at one -half the inside diameter or higher in the pipe 8 being televised. 9 10 E. The camera shall not travel at a speed greater than thirty (30) feet per 11 minute. To better understand the flow from each individual lateral the 12 camera shall be positioned at each lateral for a sufficient duration to 13 determine the nature of flow and condition of the lateral (minimum of 30- 14 seconds). 15 16 F. Videos shall pan beginning and ending manholes to demonstrate that all 17 debris has been removed. A manhole inspection shall be performed for all 18 manholes. 19 20 G. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable powered rewinds, or self 21 propelled cameras may be used to move the camera through the sewer 22 line. 23 24 H. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera 25 through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communication 26 should be set up between the two manholes of the section being 27 inspected to insure good communication between members of the crew. 28 29 I. Distance Measurements: The accuracy of the measurements for location 30 of defects, service connections, changes in pipe materials, and all other 31 PACP recognized conditions is paramount, particularly when it may 32 require later corrective action or a dig -up. The accuracy of the footage 33 meter shall be checked by taking a reading at the entrance to the away 34 manhole and comparing with a surface measurement made with a steel 35 tape or walking meter (Roll -A- Tape). These measurements shall be 36 performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Owner's inspector. 37 Measurement meters shall be accurate to one -tenth of a foot over the 38 entire length of the sewer line section being inspected. Otherwise, the 39 Contractor shall take corrective action. 40 41 J. The video inspection shall be clear and visible with adequate lighting to 42 enable the viewer to discern even small defects in the pipe being 43 inspected. Camera distortions, inadequate lighting, dirty lens, or 44 blurred/hazy picture will be cause for rejection of a video and rejection of 45 the associated line segment. Any pipeline reach television inspection 46 video that does not meet this requirement or fails to meet PACP 47 specifications shall be cause for Contractor to re- inspect the pipe at no SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060 -5 02/14/2013 1 additional cost to the Owner. Payment for television inspection and sewer 2 rehabilitation will not be made until the Owner approves the quality of the 3 video and Togs. 4 5 K. CCTV inspection video shall be continuous for pipe segments between 6 manholes. Do not leave gaps in the video of a segment between 7 manholes and do not show a single segment on more than one video, 8 unless specifically allowed by the Owner. 9 10 L. Documentation of television inspection by the Contractor shall be 11 performed in accordance with these Specifications. The video, PACP 12 television inspection report and the NASSCO Manhole Inspection Form 13 version 4.3 or higher, with all applicable fields accurately completed per 14 PACP format, shall be supplied to the Owner within 30 days of completion 15 of the sewer televising. 16 17 18 END OF SECTION SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060 -6 02/14/2013 • • • 1 SECTION 02061 2 3 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The Work includes furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and 10 performing all operations in connection with construction of sanitary 11 sewers and appurtenant structures, including excavation, trenching, 12 backfilling, and appurtenant work as required, or as directed. 13 14 PART II — PRODUCTS 15 16 2.01 MATERIALS 17 18 A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe 19 20 1. PVC sewer pipe for the sewer main, street lateral, and service 21 lateral shall be of Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) -26 when 22 installed with greater than ten (10) feet of cover. PVC pipe shall be 23 of SDR -35 when installed with ten (10) feet or less of cover. 24 25 2. All PVC pipe shall conform to ASTM Standards D -3034, Cell 26 classification 124548 or 12364C as defined under ASTM Standards 27 D1784. 28 29 3. PVC pipe shall have push -on integral bell type supplied with an 30 elastomeric gasket installed. Joints shall be per ASTM Standards 31 D3212 sewer plastic pipe using elastomeric gaskets. No solvent - 32 cement weld pipe or fittings will be accepted. 33 34 4. Gaskets shall be per ASTM Standards F477 for joining plastic pipe. 35 36 5. Pipe shall be color coded green. 37 38 6. Pipe laying length shall be a maximum of twenty (20) feet. 39 40 7. Shall comply with and be labeled as approved by the National 41 Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for use in sanitary sewer. 42 43 8. PVC Pipe shall be as manufactured by JM Eagle, Diamond 44 Plastics, National Pipe & Plastics, or approved equal. 45 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061 -1 08/20/2013 1 2 B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Fittings 3 4 1. PVC fittings for gravity sewer shall meet or exceed the performance 5 specifications of ASTM Standards D -3034. SDR of the fitting shall 6 match the sewer pipe to which the fitting is connected. 7 8 2. Gaskets per ASTM Standards F477. 9 10 3. ASTM Standards D 1784, manufactured from compounds with cell 11 classification 12454B (type 1, grade 1 material). 12 13 4. No solvent- cement weld pipe or fittings will be accepted. 14 15 5. Joint per ASTM Standards D3212 sewer plastic pipe using 16 elastomeric gaskets. 17 18 6. Fittings shall be color coded green and shall comply with and be 19 labeled as approved by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 20 for use in sanitary sewer. 21 22 7. PVC fittings shall be as manufactured by CERTAINTEED, FLO- 23 CONTROL, FREEDOM PLASTICS, GPK PRODUCTS, HARCO, or 24 approved equal. 25 26 C. Ductile Iron Pipe 27 28 1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA 29 C151 /ANSI A21.51, Pressure Class 350 minimum. All pipe shall 30 have a ceramic epoxy lining interior such as Protecto 401 Ceramic 31 Epoxy Liner as provided by U.S. Pipe and exterior asphaltic seal 32 coat in accordance with AWWA and ANSI Standards. 33 34 2. Pipe for installation below ground shall be supplied in lengths not in 35 excess of a nominal twenty (20) feet. Pipe shall be push -on joint. 36 37 3. The Contractor shall provide a polyethylene encasement over all 38 buried ductile iron pipe. The material, installation and workmanship 39 shall conform to applicable sections of AWWA C105 /ANSI 40 Standard A21.5. Installation methods A or B shall be employed 41 using flat tube polyethylene. The Contractor shall make provisions 42 to keep the polyethylene from direct exposure to sunlight prior to 43 installation; and backfilling following installation shall be completed 44 without delay to avoid exposure to sunlight. Polyethylene shall be 45 color coded green. 46 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061 -2 08/20/2013 • • • • • • 1 4. Pipe for underground service shall be coated on the exterior with a 2 1.0 mil thick bituminous coat in accordance with ANSI A21.51. 3 4 5. Maximum pipe laying lengths shall be twenty (20) feet with shorter 5 lengths provided as required by the Construction Drawings or to 6 complete the Work and as allowed by AWWA C151. 7 8 6. Ductile iron pipe shall be as manufactured by American Cast Iron 9 Pipe Company or approved equal. 10 11 PART III — EXECUTION 12 13 3.01 CONSTRUCTION 14 15 A. Order of Work 16 17 1. The Engineer reserves the right to specify which sewer lines will 18 receive priority in construction. In general, however, the work will be 19 from the lower end of the sewer towards the upper end of the 20 sewer. 21 22 B. Maintenance of Existing Sewerage Facilities 23 24 1. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain operation of the 25 existing sewerage facilities during construction and repair work. 26 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing any equipment 27 required to maintain operation of service during construction. Any 28 damage done to any existing sewer pipe or structure is to be 29 immediately repaired to a condition equal to, or better than, it's 30 original condition. 31 32 C. Location and Grade of Sewers 33 34 1. The line and the grade of the sewer, as well as the location of 35 manholes, and all other appurtenances, shall be as shown on the 36 Drawings or, as directed by the Engineer. The grade line as given 37 on the Drawings indicates the grade of the invert of the sewer pipe. 38 39 D. Cutting Gravity Sewer Pipe 40 41 1. Cutting PVC sewer pipe may be field cut using hand or power saws 42 in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The raw 43 spigot end thus formed shall be filed to remove gasket damaging 44 burrs and to form a standard bevel. 45 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061 -3 08/20/2013 1 E. Laying Gravity Sewers 2 3 1. Installation of PVC pipe shall be per ASTM D -2321 and UNI -B -5. 4 5 2. Each pipe shall be laid true to line and grade so as to form a close 6 concentric joint with the adjoining pipe, preventing offsets in the 7 flow line. The trench bottom shall form a solid base for the entire 8 length of pipe and shall be capable of supporting the full weight of 9 the pipe and backfill material. The pipe bells shall not bear against 10 the solid bottom of the ditch. Sewers will be inspected with mirrors 11 at intervals during construction and corrected, if necessary, before 12 backfill. 13 14 3. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the 15 contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed 16 pipe in Class I material (1 -1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm 17 support of pipe. 18 19 4. All wye units, stubs, or other fittings placed in lines for future 20 connections, or services, shall have the open bell tightly plugged 21 using pipe manufacturer's recommended watertight plug. All plugs 22 shall be capable of withstanding four (4) psi internal air test 23 pressure, yet permit easy removal for future use. 24 25 5. The open ends of all pipelines shall be kept securely plugged at the 26 end of each day's work and at any other time when any operation is 27 being carried out which might permit foreign materials, rock, dirt, 28 etc. to enter the pipe. Pipelines shall be thoroughly flushed out 29 upon their completion and when directed by the Engineer. 30 31 F. Joining Gravity Sewer Pipe 32 33 1. Gravity sewer pipe having factory fabricated joints shall be joined 34 together in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 35 The surface shall be wiped free of dust, dirt, gravel, or other foreign 36 materials before joining. The spigot end shall be centered on grade 37 into the bell end of the last downstream length of pipe, and properly 38 seated. 39 40 2. When seating pipe with a pry, lever, or other approved device, care 41 shall be taken to protect the pipe end from damage. Ends damaged 42 in any manner shall be cause for rejection of the pipe. 43 44 3.02 INSPECTIONS OF LINES AND MANHOLES 45 46 A. ' Inspection of completed lines and manholes shall be scheduled within a 47 reasonable time after construction or when required by the Engineer. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061 -4 08/20/2013 • • • • • • 1 Before scheduling an inspection, the Contractor shall prepare the lines by 2 cleaning and flushing. Manholes shall be clean, finished, and free of 3 leaks. 4 5 B. Manholes shall be on a true and uniform grade. The inverts shall have a 6 smooth steel troweled finish. All benches shall be uniformly sloping. The 7 frames shall be tight and properly set in mortar on solid masonry. The 8 invert, benches, and adjacent pipe shall be free of splattered mortar. All 9 required interior lining or paint shall be kept intact. Manhole frames shall 10 be adjusted to grade with the covers and frames cleaned and free of 11 mortar and asphaltic mixtures. All precast manhole seams shall be filled 12 with an approved asphaltic compound. 13 14 C. Pipe between manholes shall be true to line and grade. Dips and sags 15 with three - quarter (3/4) inch or more of trapped water shall be cause for 16 rejection. Sewer main alignment and grade shall be verified by the use of 17 a laser leveling device and laser profiling. 18 19 D. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a Television Inspection of the 20 completed gravity sewers in accordance with Section 02060. 21 22 E. Exfiltration testing shall be in accordance with Section 01625. 23 24 3.03 SERVICE CONNECTIONS — WYE UNITS AND SERVICE PIPE 25 26 A. DIP and PVC service connections shall be made by means of a wye or 27 tee. All joints connected to the wye unit shall remain flexible. 28 29 B. All new sewer service connections shall have a continuous looped trace 30 wire consisting of one (1) 14 -gauge minimum solid copper or one (1) 12- 31 gauge copper clad steel tracer wires taped to the top center of the pipe 32 from the point of connection to the main line and back to the cleanout in 33 accordance with the details as shown on the Drawings. 34 35 C. All ends of service lines shall be marked by a chiseled mark cut in the 36 sidewalk or curb where sidewalks or curbs are located nearby. Service 37 pipe shall have a protective cover of not less than forty -two (42) inches 38 under all roads and thirty -six (36) inches at all property lines. Inspection of 39 service pipe shall be made before backfill. Service pipe shall have a visibly 40 good line and grade. Shallow service shall be laid by using a four foot 41 hand level with proper shim attached to one end. 42 43 3.04 JOINING NEW PIPE TO OLD PIPE 44 45 A. Joining polyvinyl chloride pipe to existing vitrified clay pipe requires an 46 adapter as manufactured by Fernco or equal for all joints that will not 47 connect properly with ordinary factory joints. Approved pipe cutting GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061 -5 08/20/2013 1 methods must be used to cut any pipe required for the connection. All cut 2 pipe shall be ground and smoothed to remove snags and sharp edges. No 3 mortar or collars shall be used for such connections unless approved by 4 the Engineer. 5 6 3.05 JOINING PIPE TO MANHOLES OR OTHER STRUCTURES 7 8 A. All manhole connection holes shall be core drilled with a maximum hole 9 diameter not to exceed one and a half times the pipe diameter. 10 11 B. Connections to sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall 12 be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or a flexible 13 rubber boot shall be used at the manhole to pipe connection. A flexible 14 rubber boot as manufactured by NPC Kor -n -Seal or approved equal. The 15 boot shall be manufactured of neoprene or isoprene compounds 16 formulated and tested to resist deterioration due to sewage, hydrogen 17 sulfide, oils, fats, greases, petroleum products and by- products. The 18 connection at the manhole wall shall be flexible and water - tight. Any 19 annular space inside the manhole at the connection shall be filled with 20 approved caulking material or joint filler. 21 22 C. Stubouts for future mains shall be constructed at the locations and to the 23 elevations shown on the Drawings. The manhole benches shall be 24 constructed to direct flows from all shown manhole inlets smoothly to the 25 outlet. Stubouts shall be plugged with bricks and mortar per the detail 26 shown on the Drawings. 27 28 29 END OF SECTION GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061 -6 08/20/2013 • • • • 1 SECTION 02100 2 3 SITE PREPARATION 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This Section covers clearing, grubbing, stripping, proof - rolling, and 10 undercutting. 11 12 B. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of 13 FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified 14 in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all 15 removed material and dispose of them off -site in accordance with all Local, 16 State and Federal Requirements. 17 18 C. The Contractor shall clear and grub all of the area within the limits of 19 construction, or as required, which includes, but is not limited to, utility 20 easements. The width of the area to be cleared shall be reviewed by the •21 Engineer prior to the beginning of any clearing. 22 23 D. Embankment and structure areas shall be proof - rolled. Proof- rolling must 24 be observed on a full time basis by the Engineer or Owner's Representative. 25 Undercutting of unsatisfactory materials will be as recommended by the 26 Engineer or Owner's Representative. 27 28 E. Undercutting unsatisfactory soils will likely extend below the prevailing water 29 table. Temporary construction dewatering may be required. 30 31 F. The Contractor's attention is directed to any and all applicable Local, State 32 or Federal Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control and water discharge 33 ordinances. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable sections of 34 these ordinances and obtain all required permits. 35 36 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 37 38 A. The Owner will select and pay for a qualified geotechnical engineering and 39 testing laboratory (Testing Laboratory) to monitor all aspects of this section. 40 Scheduling shall be performed by the Engineer. 41 42 PART II — PRODUCTS 43 (Not Used) •44 45 SITE PREPARATION 02100 -1 09/15/2011 1 PART III — EXECUTION 2 3 3.01 CLEARING 4 5 A. The area to be cleared shall be completely cleared of all timber, brush, 6 stumps, roots, grass, weeds, rubbish, asphalt, base material, piping, pond 7 inlets and all other objectionable obstructions resting on or protruding 8 through the surface of the ground. However, trees designated by the 9 Engineer will be preserved as hereinafter specified. Clearing operations 10 shall be conducted so as to prevent damage to existing structures and 11 installations. 12 13 3.02 GRUBBING 14 15 B. Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps, roots, matted 16 roots, brush, timber, logs, and any other organic or metallic debris not 17 suitable for support purposes, resting on, under or protruding through the 18 surface of the ground to a depth of 18 inches below the subgrade unless 19 otherwise noted on the Drawings. 20 21 3.03 STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING 22 23 A. The entire site shall be stripped and cleared of all surface vegetation, root - 24 laden topsoil, and pond or wetland muck. Stripping about of unsuitable 25 materials should be anticipated in non -pond areas. Removal of pond or 26 wetland muck should be expected in some locations as shown in the 27 geotechnical report. 28 29 B. In areas so designated, and impacted wetlands, topsoil and pond muck 30 shall be stockpiled for replacement as topsoil in the affected areas to 31 promote vegetation growth. Topsoil and pond muck, so stockpiled, shall be 32 protected until the material is placed as specified. The Contractor shall 33 dispose at their own expense of any of these materials remaining after all 34 work is in place. 35 36 3.04STOCKPILING 37 38 A. Material identified by the Engineer as satisfactory structural fill shall be 39 stockpiled in an area approved by the Engineer. This stockpile shall be 40 protected until the material is placed as specified. The Contractor shall 41 dispose of any of these materials remaining after all work is in place. 42 43 B. Siltation and erosion control measures shall be in place in all stockpile areas 44 to prevent turbid runoff and remain in compliance with the environmental 45 permits and applicable regulations. 46 47 SITE PREPARATION 02100 -2 09/15/2011 • • • • • 1 3.05 DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL 2 3 A. The Contractor shall dispose of all material and debris from the clearing and 4 grubbing operation by hauling such material and debris off -site. 5 6 7 END OF SECTION 8 SITE PREPARATION 02100 -3 09/15/2011 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SITE PREPARATION 02100 -4 09/15/2011 • 1 SECTION 02140 2 3 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. The Work to be performed includes the furnishing of all equipment, 10 materials and labor necessary to remove surface or subsurface waters 11 from excavation areas in accordance with the requirements set forth and 12 as shown on the Drawings or as specified. 13 14 B. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe and structures 15 shall be laid "in the dry". 16 17 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 19 A. The dewatering of any excavation areas and the disposal of the water 20 produced shall be in strict accordance with the latest revision of all Laws • 21 22 and Regulations; with the local, State and Federal permits for the project; and, with the Contractor's approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention 23 Plan (SWPPP). 24 25 B. The Contractor shall comply with the FDEP Generic Permit for the 26 Disposal of Non - contaminated Produced Groundwater per Chapter 62- 27 621.300 F.A.C. 28 29 PART II — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 30 31 PART III — EXECUTION 32 33 3.01 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 34 35 A. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for 36 approval the Contractor's plans for dewatering. The dewatering system 37 shall be in conformity with the overall construction plan. 38 39 B. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of 40 surface or subsurface waters that may accumulate in the excavation. 41 Flotation and migration of fines shall be prevented by the Contractor by 42 maintaining a positive and continuous operation of the dewatering system. 43 The Contractor shall be fully responsible and liable for all damages that 44 may result from the operation and /or failure of this system. .45 46 C. If subsurface water is encountered, the Contractor shall utilize suitable 47 equipment to adequately dewater the excavation so that it will be dry to a TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02140 -1 07/28/2013 1 depth of 12- inches below the pipeline subgrade compaction level or over - 2 excavation level, whichever is lower, but not more than 5 -feet, to facilitate 3 effective subgrade compaction and to provide for a stable trench bottom. 4 For concrete structures, the dewatering system shall maintain the water at 5 such a level at least 2 feet below the subgrade of the structure. A 6 wellpoint system, trench drain, sump pump operation, or other dewatering 7 method shall be utilized to maintain the excavation in a dry condition for 8 preparation of the trench bottom and until the fills, structures or pipes to be 9 built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be 10 floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural 11 levels. No water shall be allowed to contact masonry or concrete within 12 24 hours after being placed. 13 14 D. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to 15 preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at 16 proposed bottom of excavation and to preserve the integrity of adjacent 17 structures and utilities. Well or sump installations shall be constructed and 18 operated continuously with proper sand filters to prevent drawing of finer 19 grained soil from the surrounding ground. Dewatering by trench pumping 20 shall not be permitted if migration of fine grained natural material from 21 bottom, side walls, or bedding material may occur. 22 23 E. In the event that satisfactory dewatering cannot be accomplished due to • 24 subsurface conditions, or where dewatering could damage existing 25 structures, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of wet 26 trench construction or procedure before commencing construction. 27 28 F. Engine- driven dewatering pumps shall be equipped with residential type 29 mufflers. Where practical and feasible, electrical "power drops" and 30 electric motor - driven equipment shall be used in lieu of portable 31 generators. 32 33 G. The Contractor shall take all additional precautions to prevent uplift of any 34 structure during construction. 35 36 H. The Contractor shall take all precautions to preclude the accidental 37 discharge of fuel, oil, etc. to prevent adverse effects on groundwater 38 quality. All costs associated with any such adverse effects shall be borne 39 by the Contractor. 40 41 I. The Contractor shall, at no expense to the Owner, be required to excavate 42 below grade and refill with approved fill material if the Engineer 43 determines that adequate drainage has not been provided. 44 45 • • TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02140 -2 07/28/2013 • • • 1 3.02 DISPOSAL 2 3 A. All product water from dewatering shall be pumped from the trench or 4 other excavation and shall be disposed of in strict accordance with the 5 Permits. The Contractor will be allowed to discharge product water from 6 dewatering offsite into storm sewers, or ditches having adequate capacity, 7 canals or suitable disposal pits, or other surface waters in accordance with 8 the Dewatering Plan, provided that the water has been sampled and 9 tested by the Contractor, is in compliance with the concentration limits 10 specified in 62- 621.300(2) FAC, and the Contractor has obtained a 11 Generic Permit for the Production of Groundwater. The frequency of 12 water sampling and testing shall be determined by the Engineer based on 13 existing conditions and field observations. 14 15 B. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the 16 contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must 17 meet acceptable discharge limits per 62- 621.300(2) FAC. 18 19 C. Permission to use any storm sewers, or drains, for water disposal 20 purposes shall be obtained from the authority having jurisdiction. Any 21 requirements and costs for such use shall be the responsibility of the 22 Contractor. However, the Contractor shall not cause flooding by 23 overloading or blocking up the flow in the drainage facilities, and shall 24 leave the facilities unrestricted and as clean as originally found. Any 25 damage to existing facilities shall be repaired or restored as directed by 26 the Engineer or the authority having jurisdiction, at no cost to the Owner. 27 28 D. Contractor shall be responsible for acquiring and complying with all 29 permits required to discharge the product water from dewatering and shall 30 protect waterways from turbidity during the operation. 31 32 E. In areas where adequate disposal sites are not available, partially 33 backfilled trenches may be used for water disposal only when the 34 Contractor's plan for trench disposal is approved in writing by the 35 Engineer. The Contractor's plan shall include temporary culverts, 36 barricades and other protective measures to prevent damage to property 37 or injury to any person or persons. 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 G. No flooding of streets, roadways, driveways or private property shall be F. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge determined by the Engineer. 45 permitted. 46 47 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02140 -3 07/28/2013 1 3.03 EQUIPMENT REMOVAL 2 3 A. Removal of dewatering equipment shall be accomplished after the system 4 is no longer required. All materials and equipment constituting the system 5 shall be removed by the Contractor. 6 7 8 END OF SECTION TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02140 -4 07/28/2013 • • • • • • 1 SECTION 02221 2 3 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This work covers clearing and grubbing, site work, excavation, and backfill 10 for sanitary sewers, force mains, potable water mains, reclaimed water mains 11 and their appurtenances. 12 13 B. The work pertaining to storm sewers shall be performed in accordance the 14 Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and 15 Bridge Construction" (FDOT Specifications), latest edition. The Contractor 16 shall acquire his own copies of the FDOT Specifications. In the event of 17 conflict between the FDOT Specifications and the Specifications listed in 18 these documents, the FDOT Specifications shall govern. 19 20 1.02. BURNING 21 22 A. Burning of debris shall not be permitted. 23 24 1.03 CLEAN -UP 25 26 A. Clean -up is an essential part of the work. As the work progresses and is 27 completed, the Contractor shall clean the various sites of all operations and 28 completely restore all work areas to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the 29 Owner. This clean -up shall be done as promptly as practical and shall not 30 be left until the end of the construction period. No part of the work shall be 31 considered complete, and no payment will be made, until clean -up is 32 completed. 33 34 B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that all construction sites and all 35 other affected properties are restored to a condition equal to, or better than, 36 the existing conditions prior to construction. All restoration is subject to the 37 approval of the Engineer and /or Property Owners. 38 39 1.04 DRAINAGE 40 41 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain the existing drainage 42 systems during construction. Any damage done to an existing drainage 43 structure or system is to be immediately repaired at no additional cost to the 44 Owner to a condition equal to or better than its original condition to the 45 satisfaction of the Engineer. 46 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -1 04/24/2013 1 1.05 DUST CONTROL 2 3 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to control all dust problems that may 4 occur during the construction with required watering. Dust control will be 5 required seven days a week. 6 7 1.06 SPRINKLERS 8 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for sprinklers encountered within the 10 area of excavation and shall make sure that, if disturbed or damaged, they 11 shall be rebuilt to the satisfaction of the Engineer or property Owner and 12 with no additional cost to the Owner. 13 14 1.07 EROSION CONTROL 15 16 A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to erect suitable silt fences, hay bales or 17 other erosion runoff control devices prior to commencement of earth moving 18 or excavation activities. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining 19 the silt fences, hay bales or other erosion runoff control devices in an 20 effective manner, repairing or replacing damaged or ineffective section 21 during the course of the work until a ground cover of grass is established 22 and final environmental approval has been obtained. 23 24 1.08 PERMITS FOR DEWATERING OPERATIONS 25 26 A. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all permits required for 27 dewatering discharges, including a Florida Department of Environmental 28 Protection Generic Permit for Produced Groundwater per F.A.0 62- 621.300 29 and as specified in Section 02140. 30 31 PART II — PRODUCTS 32 33 2.01 MATERIALS 34 35 A. General 36 37 1. Materials for use as fill are described below. For each material, the 38 Contractor shall notify the testing lab of the source of the material at 39 least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of 40 such material. 41 42 2. Materials shall be furnished as required from off site sources and 43 hauled to the site. 44 45 3. Disposal of unsuitable material is specified in this Section. 46 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -2 04/24/2013 • • • • • 1 B. Common Fill 2 3 1. Common fill shall consist of mineral soil, free of organic material, 4 loam, wood, trash and other objectionable materials, which may be 5 compressible or which cannot be compacted properly. Common fill 6 shall not contain stones larger than four inches in any dimension, 7 broken concrete, masonry, rubble, or other similar materials. It shall 8 have physical properties such that it can be readily spread and 9 compacted during filling. 10 11 2. Material falling within the above Specification, encountered during the 12 excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpiles for reuse. All 13 material, which in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for 14 reuse shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable 15 materials. 16 17 C. Crushed Stone 18 19 1. Crushed stone for pipe bedding shall be Class I Material. Aggregate 20 size shall not exceed 1 -1/2 ". 21 22 2. When crushed stone is used as bedding material, the crushed stone 23 shall be wrapped in filter fabric to avoid migration of fines into the 24 stone layers and subsequent loss of soil around the haunches of the 25 pipe. 26 27 D. Select Fill 28 29 1. Select fill shall be noncohesive, non - plastic material free of all debris, 30 lumps or clods. Fill material shall be clean earth fill composed of 31 sand or an approved mixture of clay and sand. Backfill material 32 placed within one foot of piping and appurtenances shall not contain 33 any stones or rocks larger than two inches in diameter, or three - 34 quarter inch in diameter for PVC pipe. 35 36 PART III — EXECUTION 37 38 3.01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND TEMPORARY WORKS 39 40 A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate barricades, construction 41 signs, torches, flashers and guards as required in pedestrian and vehicular 42 traffic areas. All safety rules and regulations of local authorities shall be 43 observed. Local fire officials shall be kept advised of roads closed and roads 44 re- opened. 45 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -3 04/24/2013 1 B. Where required, the Contractor shall provide suitable crossings at street 2 intersections and driveways, and supply such aid, as may be required for 3 pedestrians and motorists, including delivery vehicles, to safely negotiate the 4 construction area. "Street Closed to Through Traffic" signs and "Detour" 5 routes shall be indicated and maintained by the Contractor when the job is 6 located in a public or private street or way. In the case of dead end streets, 7 the Contractor shall advise all concerned residents and make all 8 arrangements to maintain reasonable ingress and egress for the residents. 9 Particular attention shall be given to residents in bad health, emergencies 10 and emergency vehicles. The Contractor shall be responsible for building 11 and maintaining all by -pass roadway areas and restoring those areas to their 12 original condition. 13 14 C. The Contractor shall furnish temporary or permanent support, adequate 15 protection and maintenance of all underground facilities and utilities 16 encountered.Support, protection, maintenance and restoration are the 17 Contractor's responsibility at no additional cost to the Owner. 18 19 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 20 21 A. The Contractor shall remove only vegetation such as trees, shrubs, and 22 grass, which interfere with the construction, as may be determined by the 23 Engineer, and he shall preserve and protect all other existing vegetation. 24 25 3.03 EXCAVATION 26 27 A. General 28 29 1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description, and 30 of whatever substances encountered, to the depth indicated on the 31 Drawings, or as otherwise specified. 32 33 2. Trench excavation shall be such that the pipe can be laid to the 34 alignment and grade required. Trenches shall be shored and drained 35 in such a manner that work may proceed safely and efficiently. 36 37 3. Trench dewatering pumps shall discharge to natural drainage 38 channels, drains or sewers and shall be adequate to remove 39 accumulated storm and /or subsurface water. The Contractor shall 40 take necessary action to prevent surface water from flowing into the 41 trenches. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that all 42 trench walls and trench bottoms are dry and remain dry during 43 pipeline construction. 44 45 4. The Contractor shall separate, remove and dispose of excavated 46 material not suitable for backfill, as directed by the Engineer. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -4 04/24/2013 • • • • • • 1 2 5. All excavated material retained for backfill shall be piled in such a 3 manner as not to endanger the work or obstruct the sidewalks, 4 driveways or drainage. Fire hydrants, valve pit covers and hoses, curb 5 stop boxes, fire and police call boxes and other utility controls shall 6 be unobstructed and accessible at all times during construction. 7 8 B. Unclassified Excavation 9 10 1. Unclassified excavation shall include soil, clay, silt, sand, muck, 11 gravel, hardpan, loose shale, loose stones in masses and boulders 12 measuring less than one -half cubic yard in volume. 13 14 C. Classified Excavation 15 16 1. Classified excavation shall be rock further defined as follows: 17 boulders, measuring one -half cubic yard or more in volume, rock 18 material in ledges, bedded deposits and unstratified masses, 19 conglomerate deposits firmly cemented and concrete or masonry 20 structures, except sidewalks and paving, that in the opinion of the 21 Engineer, requires removal by drilling and blasting, wedging, 22 sledging, barring or breaking up with a power operated hand tool. 23 24 2. No soft or disintegrated rock that can be removed with a hand pick or 25 power operated excavator or shovel, no loose, shaken, or previously 26 blasted rock or broken stone in rock fillings or elsewhere, and no rock 27 exterior to the minimum limits of measurement all owed, which may 28 fall into the excavation, shall be considered as rock. 29 30 3.04 TRENCH PREPARATION 31 32 A. Unsupported trench width shall be limited to the minimum practicablewidth 33 allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The 34 maximum width shall be the pipe diameter plus one foot on each side of the 35 pipe at springline for pipe in unsupported trenches. In sheeted trenches the 36 width of trench between faces of the sheeting shall be adequate to allow the 37 pipe bedding and haunching to be placed and completed, and the sheeting 38 removed without disturbing the bedding and haunching material within two) 39 pipe diameters on each side of the pipe. Trench boxes and moveable 40 sheeting shall be wide enough to allow moving without disturbing the 41 bedding and haunching within two pipe diameters on each side of the pipe. 42 Trench boxes and moveable sheeting shall be constructed and used in the 43 trench to avoid disturbing the piping, bedding and haunching when being 44 moved forward in the trench. 45 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -5 04/24/2013 1 B. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate 2 means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of haunching and pipe in 3 a trench environment without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until 4 sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation. 5 6 C. The trench shall be dug so that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and 7 depth required, and it shall be excavated only so far in advance of the pipe 8 laying as allowed by the Engineer. The trench shall be so braced and 9 drained that the workmen may work in it safely and efficiently. All trench 10 preparation shall comply with all the latest applicable Local, State (Florida 11 Trench Safety Act) and Federal Regulations (OSHA: Safe Trench Act). It is 12 essential that the discharge of the trench dewatering pumps be conducted 13 to natural drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. 14 15 D. Bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit the joint to be made 16 properly. Ledge rock, boulders and large stones shall be removed to provide 17 a clearance of six inches on all pipe twenty -four (24) inches and smaller and 18 nine inches on pipe larger than twenty -four (24) inches. If such removal is 19 required, backfilling will be done with selected material approved by the 20 Engineer and tamped to establish the proper grade. 21 22 E. Trench Bottom 23 24 1. Where the bottom of the trench at subgrade is found to be unstable 25 or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegetable or other organic 26 matter, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that, in the 27 judgment of the Engineer, should be removed, the Contractor shall 28 excavate and remove such unsuitable material to the width and depth 29 as directed by the Engineer. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade 30 shall be made by backfilling with an approved material in three inch 31 uncompacted layers. The layers shall be thoroughly tamped as 32 specified by the Engineer to provide the uniform and continuous 33 bearing support as heretofore described. 34 35 2. The trench shall be dry when the bottom is prepared. The trench 36 bottom shall be excavated, or filled and compacted, as required to 37 bring it to grade and shaped to receive and support the pipe barrel. In 38 addition, bell holes shall be excavated so that after placement only 39 the barrel of the pipe receives bearing pressure from and is uniformly 40 supported by, the bottom of the trench. Preparation of the trench 41 bottom and placement of the pipe shall be such that the final position 42 of the pipe is true to line and grade, and uniformly supported 43 throughout the barrel of each length. When pipe is placed in refill 44 material, additional refill of the same material shall be tamped on 45 each side of the barrel to the springline, thus forming a trough of firm 46 bedding. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -6 04/24/2013 • • • • • • 1 2 F. All materials that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are suitable for reuse in 3 restoring the disturbed surface shall be kept separated from the general 4 excavation material and can only be used as directed by the Engineer. 5 6 G. All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the 7 work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Hydrants, 8 valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or 9 other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the work 10 is completed. Gutters, drainage inlets, natural water courses and 11 miscellaneous drainage structures shall be kept clear or other satisfactory 12 provisions made for their proper operation. 13 14 H. Hand methods for excavation shall be employed when damage to existing 15 facilities is likely if heavy equipment is utilized or as directed by the 16 Engineer. 17 18 3.05 DEPTH 19 20 A. Gravity Sewers 21 22 1. The depth of trenches for gravity sewers shall be such that the invert 23 of the pipe will be at elevations shown on the plan .Gravity sewers 24 shall be on straight alignment and constant grade between 25 manholes. 26 27 B. Overdepth 28 29 1. When classified excavation is required, the rock shall be excavated to 30 a minimum depth of six inches below the trench depths as indicated 31 on the drawings or Specifications. Authorized overdepths in rock 32 excavation shall be refilled to grade with loose granular moist earth or 33 shell thoroughly tamped in place. 34 35 C. Trench shall be excavated to the depth required so as to provide a uniform 36 and continuous bearing and support for the pipe on solid and undisturbed 37 ground at every point between bell holes, except as necessary for removal of 38 pipe slings or other lifting tackle. Any part of the bottom of the trench 39 excavated to a point below the specified grade shall be corrected with 40 approved material at the Contractor's expense and thoroughly tamped as 41 directed by the Engineer. 42 43 D. Wherever unstable soil or muck that is determined by the Engineer to be 44 incapable of properly supporting the pipe is encountered in the bottom of 45 the trench, such material shall be removed to the required depth and the 46 trench refilled as specified to proper grade. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -7 04/24/2013 1 removal of the unstable material by this method is impractical, then the 2 Contractor shall support the pipe as detailed on the plans, or as directed by 3 the Engineer. 4 5 3.06 BACKFILL 6 7 A. General 8 9 1. The Contractor shall not perform any of the backfilling operations 10 until after he has inspected the lines and found them to be 11 acceptable to the Owner. 12 13 2. Backfill material shall consist of earth, loam, sandy day, sand, gravel, 14 soft shale or other materials, free from organic materials, large clods 15 of earth, or stones. Where excavated material is not suitable for 16 backfill, it shall be replaced by excess excavated material from other 17 areas. 18 19 3. In all areas, backfill material shall be deposited in six -inch layers and 20 carefully tamped until the compacted backfill depth reaches one foot 21 above the top of pipe. 22 23 4. No mechanical equipment, or machinery other than a hand operated 24 mechanical vibrator, shall be allowed within the trench area until the 25 backfill has been properly tamped to one foot above the top of pipe. 26 The remainder of the backfill shall be deposited in one foot layers 27 and thoroughly tamped. Settling the backfill with water shall not be 28 permitted. 29 30 5. Where trenches are improperly backfilled, or where settlement 31 occurs, the trenches shall be reopened to the depth required for 32 proper compaction, refilled and compacted, and the surface restored 33 to the required grade and compaction, mounded over and smoothed 34 off. 35 36 B. Gravity Sewers 37 38 1. Haunching of native material shall be placed to the springline and 39 compacted. If ground water, or trench bottom conditions, is such as 40 to require use of Class I material, either to aid in dewatering, or to 41 provide foundation and bedding for the pipe, the haunching shall 42 also be of Class I material. Care shall be taken to place the 43 haunching material, without voids, completely filling the trench from 44 pipe wall to trench wall. 45 46 C. Compaction Requirements EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -8 04/24/2013 • • • 2 1. Trenches located under pavement or inside the two feet horizontal to 3 one foot vertical slope, downward from roadway shoulder or the back 4 of curb and from spring line to bottom of sub -grade or the finished 5 surface of the embankment, as appropriate, shall be compacted to a 6 density of ninety -eight (98) percent as determined by AASHTO T- 7 180, Modified Density Test. 8 9 2. Trenches located outside of the two feet horizontal to one foot vertical 10 slope downward from roadway shoulder or the back of curb and 11 where no vehicular traffic will pass over the trenches, backfill shall be 12 compacted to a density approximately equal to that soil adjacent to 13 the trench but not less than ninety -five (95) percent of the maximum 14 density as determined by AASHTO T -180, Modified Density Test. 15 16 17 D. Testing of Backfill 18 19 1. Trenching within, or across roadways, or other areas to be paved, or 20 stabilized shall be backfilled and compacted to their full depth. • 21 22 Compaction testing shall also meet the requirements of Section 01410. 23 24 2. Density tests for backfilled trenches within, or across roadways, shall 25 be performed as specified or as directed by the Engineer, with at 26 least one test taken at different locations for each vertical foot 27 beginning from two feet over pipe to ground level. 28 29 3. For all work performed with the Pinellas County Right -of -Way, backfill 30 testing shall be performed in accordance with Pinellas County 31 Minimum Testing Frequency Requirements, latest edition, unless 32 called out differently by the Engineer on the plan documents. 33 34 4. Where unsatisfactory compaction is revealed by the test, the 35 Contractor shall re- excavate, backfill, re- compact and /or rework the 36 backfill as required, to obtain the required degree of compaction over 37 the entire depth of the trench. 38 39 5. Satisfactory backfill compaction is an integral part of pipe laying, 40 paving, and stabilizing. Satisfactory density reports shall be on file 41 before each Contractor's statement is submitted for payment. 42 43 E. Disturbance of Sewer Mains 44 45 1. Sewer mains shall be checked by the Contractor to determine 46 whether any displacement of the pipe has occurred after the trench EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -9 04/24/2013 1 has been backfilled to two feet above the pipe. If such inspection 2 shows poor alignment, displaced pipe or any defects, these defects 3 shall be remedied to the satisfaction of the Engineer by the 4 Contractor at his expense. 5 6 3.07 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL 7 8 A. All excavated material not required or not suitable for fill, or backfill, shall be 9 disposed of by the Contractor, as directed by the Engineer. 10 B. Material suitable for backfill shall be stockpiled on, or near site, until 11 released by the Engineer for disposal. 12 13 C. The Contractor shall bear all costs for disposal of all surplus or unsuitable 14 materials. 15 16 3.08 SHEETING AND BRACING 17 18 A. The Contractor shall do all shoring and sheeting required to perform and 19 protect the excavation and, as required, for the safety of the employees. 20 21 B. All trenches shall be sheeted and braced as required by the Engineer and 22 all applicable Federal, State, County and Municipal regulations. Sheeting 23 and bracing shall be used to prevent shifting of adjacent soil and to prevent 24 damage to structures or the work. The sole responsibility for the design, 25 methods of installation, and adequacy of the sheeting and bracing, shall be 26 and shall remain that of the Contractor. 27 28 C. Sheeting and bracing or approved laying box shall be used in all trenches 29 unless the slopes are excavated until the natural angle of repose of the soil 30 is encountered. 31 32 D. In general, sheeting and bracing shall be removed as the excavation is 33 backfilled in such a manner as to avoid the caving in of the bank or 34 disturbance of adjacent areas or structures. The voids left by withdrawal of 35 the sheeting and bracing shall be carefully filled by jetting, ramming or other 36 means approved by the Engineer. Permission shall be obtained from the 37 Engineer prior to removal of any sheeting or bracing. Permission shall not 38 relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for damage due to failure to leave 39 such sheeting and bracing in place. 40 41 E. The Engineer may order, in writing, any or all sheeting or bracing to be left 42 in place for the purpose of preventing injury to adjacent structures, property, 43 etc. If left in place, such sheeting shall be cut off at the elevation ordered, 44 but in no case less than thirty -six (36) inches below the existing grade. 45 Bracing remaining in place shall be driven in tight. The right of the Engineer 46 to order sheeting and bracing to remain in place shall not be construed as EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -10 04/24/2013 • • • 1 creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders. Payment for 2 sheeting and bracing, unless specifically called for on the Drawings shall not 3 be paid under separate item, but shall be included in the payment for other 4 items of Work. 5 6 3.09 DEWATERING BY WELLPOINT 7 8 A. Well points shall be spaced and at sufficient depths as required to eliminate 9 water during the excavation period until the work is completed. Ample means 10 and equipment shall be provided with which to remove promptly, and 11 dispose properly all water entering any excavation. This includes the use of 12 sand or gravel as required to maintain adequate flow during the pipe laying 13 or installation of other items of work within the excavation. 14 15 B. Water pumped or drained shall be disposed of in a suitable manner without 16 damage to adjacent property to other work under construction or to street 17 pavements or public parks. Water shall not be discharged onto streets 18 without adequate protection of the surface at the point of discharge. All 19 gutter, drains, culverts, sewers and inlets shall be kept clean and open for 20 surface drainage. Water shall not be directed across or over pavements •21 except through approved pipes or properly constructed troughs. Contractor 22 shall obtain permission from the owner of any property involved before 23 digging ditches or constructing water courses for removal of water, and 24 provide for disposal of the water without ponding or creating a public 25 nuisance. Water may be discharged into storm sewers provided that such 26 water has been pre- treated to meet the Contractor's Storm Water Pollution 27 Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Payment for dewatering shall not be paid for 28 under a separate item, but shall be included in the payment for other items 29 of work, unless it is specifically included as a Pay Item in the Contract. 30 31 3.10 APPURTENANCES 32 33 A. Excavation for manholes and other appurtenances shall be made to size that 34 will allow at least twelve (12) inches between their outer surfaces and the 35 embankment or shoring. Overdepth excavation and backfill to required 36 depth below such appurtenances, that have not been directed by the 37 Engineer, shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 38 39 40 END OF SECTION 41 • EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -11 04/24/2013 • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221 -12 04/24/2013 • 1 SECTION 02222 2 3 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This work involves clearing and grubbing, site work, excavation and backfill 10 for sanitary sewer manholes, wet wells and other buried utility structures. 11 12 B. The work pertaining to storm sewers shall be performed in accordance the 13 Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and 14 Bridge Construction" (FDOT Specifications), latest edition. The Contractor 15 shall acquire his own copies of the FDOT Specifications. In the event of 16 conflict between the FDOT Specifications and the Specifications listed in 17 these documents, the FDOT Specifications shall govern. 18 19 1.02 BURNING 20 21 A. Burning of debris will not be permitted. 22 23 1.03 CLEANUP 24 25 A. Cleanup is an essential part of the work. As the work progresses and is 26 completed, the Contractor shall clean the site of all operations and 27 completely restore the area to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This cleanup 28 shall be done as promptly as practicable and shall not be left until the end of 29 the construction period. No part of the work shall be considered complete 30 and no payment will be made until cleanup is completed. 31 32 B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that all construction sites and all 33 other affected properties are restored to a condition equal to, or better than, 34 the existing conditions prior to construction. All restoration is subject to the 35 approval of the Engineer. 36 37 1.04 DRAINAGE 38 39 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain the existing drainage 40 systems during construction. Any damage done to an existing drainage 41 structure or system is to be immediately repaired, at no additional cost to the 42 Owner, to a condition equal to or better than its original condition to the 43 satisfaction of the Engineer. 44 •45 1.05 DUST CONTROL 46 47 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to control all dust problems that may EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -1 07/28/2013 1 occur during the construction with required watering. Dust control will be 2 required seven days a week. 3 4 1.06 SPRINKLERS 5 6 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for sprinklers encountered within the 7 area of excavation and shall make sure that, if disturbed or damaged, they 8 shall be rebuilt to the satisfaction of the Engineer and with no additional cost 9 to the Owner. 10 11 1.07 EROSION CONTROL 12 13 A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to erect suitable silt fences, hay bales or 14 other erosion runoff control devices prior to commencement of earth moving 15 or excavation activities at the locations indicated on the plans. The 16 Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the silt fences, hay bales or 17 other erosion runoff control devices in an effective manner, repairing or 18 replacing damaged or ineffective section during the course of the work until a 19 ground cover of grass is established. 20 21 1.08 PERMITS FOR DEWATERING OPERATIONS 22 23 A. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all permits required for 24 dewatering discharges, including a Florida Department of Environmental 25 Protection Generic Permit for Produced Groundwater. 26 27 PART II — PRODUCTS 28 29 2.01 FILL MATERIALS 30 31 A. Compacted granular fill which will provide support for building or structure 32 foundations will be referred to as "structural fill." Backfill which is placed 33 against the exterior side of the building walls or structures, or as fill over pipe 34 lines, will be referred to as "common fill." 35 36 B. Materials for compacted structural granular fill shall be gravel, sandy gravel, 37 or gravely sand free of organic material, loam, wood, trash, and other 38 objectionable material and shall be well - graded within the following limits: 39 40 Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 41 6 -in. 100 42 No. 4 20 - 95 43 No. 40 0 - 60 44 No. 200 0 - 8 45 46 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -2 07/28/2013 • 1 C. Common Fill 2 3 1. Common fill shall consist of mineral soil, free of organic material, 4 loam, wood, trash and other objectionable material which may be 5 compressible or which cannot be compacted properly. Common fill 6 shall not contain stones larger than ten (10) inches in any dimension, 7 broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other such materials. It shall 8 have physical properties such that it can be readily spread and 9 compacted during filling. 10 11 2. Material falling within the above Specification, encountered during the 12 excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpiles for reuse. All 13 material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for reuse 14 shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable 15 materials. 16 17 D. Crushed Stone 18 19 1. Crushed stone shall be size No. 57 with gradation as noted in Table 20 1, Section 901 of Department of Transportation, Construction of •21 Roads and Bridges. 22 23 2. When crushed stone layers 2 feet thick or thicker are used as a 24 foundation or in backfill, the crushed stone shall be wrapped in filter 25 fabric to avoid migration of fines into the stone layers and subsequent 26 settlement of the ground surface. 27 28 2.02 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL 29 30 A. Highly organic soil ASTM D 2487 Group PT, topsoil, roots, vegetable matter, 31 trash and debris. 32 33 PART III — EXECUTION 34 35 3.01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND TEMPORARY WORKS 36 37 A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate barricades, construction 38 signs, torches, flashers and guards as required in pedestrian and vehicular 39 traffic areas. All safety rules and regulations of local authorities shall be 40 observed. Local fire officials shall be kept advised of roads closed and roads 41 re- opened. 42 43 B. Where required, the Contractor shall provide suitable crossings at street 44 intersections and driveways, and supply such aid, as may be required for •45 pedestrians and motorists, including delivery vehicles, to safely negotiate the 46 construction area. "Street Closed to Through Traffic" signs and "Detour" 47 routes shall be indicated and maintained by the Contractor when the job is EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -3 07/28/2013 1 located in a public or private street or way. In the case of dead end streets, 2 the Contractor shall advise all concerned residents and make all 3 arrangements to maintain reasonable ingress and egress for the residents. 4 Particular attention shall be given to residents in bad health, emergencies 5 and emergency vehicles. The Contractor shall be responsible for building 6 and maintaining all by -pass roadway areas and restoring those areas to their 7 original condition. 8 9 C. The Contractor shall furnish temporary or permanent support, adequate 10 protection and maintenance of all underground facilities and utilities 11 encountered. Support, protection, maintenance and restoration are the 12 Contractor's responsibility at no additional cost to the Owner. 13 14 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 15 16 A. The Contractor shall remove only vegetation such as trees, shrubs, and 17 grass which interfere with the construction, as may be determined by the 18 Engineer, and he shall preserve and protect all other existing vegetation. 19 20 3.03 JOB CONDITIONS 21 22 A. Lateral Support of Excavation for Structures 23 24 1. Furnish, put in place, and maintain sheeting and bracing required to 25 support the sides of the excavations, to prevent any movement which 26 could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that 27 necessary for proper construction, and to protect structures, pipe and 28 utilities from damage due to lateral movement or settlement of 29 ground. If the Engineer is of the opinion that at any point sufficient or 30 proper supports have not been provided, he may order additional 31 supports put in at the expense of the Contractor, and compliance with 32 such order shall not relieve or release the Contractor from his 33 responsibility for the sufficiency of such supports. 34 35 B. Dewatering for Structures 36 37 1. Furnish, install, maintain, operate, and remove a temporary 38 dewatering system, as required to lower and control the groundwater 39 level, so that the structures may be constructed in the dry. The 40 Contractor shall, at his own expense, correct all damage resulting 41 from inadequacy of the dewatering system or from flooding or the 42 construction site from other causes. 43 44 2. The dewatering system shall be adequate to drain any excavated 45 area, to maintain the water at such a level as to permit construction in 46 the dry, and to maintain the lowered water table until the structure has 47 been completed to the required stages. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -4 07/28/2013 • 1 2 3. Continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition to prevent 3 damage to the subsoil or fill during interruptions due to weather, labor 4 strikes, power failures or other delays. Provide and have ready for 5 immediate use at all times diesel or gasoline powered standby 6 pumping units to serve the system in case of failure of the normal 7 pumping units. 8 9 4. Piping and boiling, or any form of uncontrolled seepage, in the bottom 10 or sides of the excavation shall be prevented at all times. If for any 11 reason the dewatering system is found to be inadequate to meet the 12 requirements set forth herein, the Contractor shall, at his own 13 expense, make such additions, changes and /or replacements as 14 necessary to provide a satisfactory dewatering system. 15 16 C. Control of Groundwater Level 17 18 1. Maintain the groundwater level at or below subgrade of the structure 19 until the concrete structures are up high enough to: (1) prevent 20 flooding the structure, (2) support both bottom and top levels of walls, .21 and (3) prevent flotation. 22 23 2. After the structure has been completed in its entirety, backfill as 24 described hereinafter. 25 26 3. Flotation shall be prevented by maintaining a positive and continuous 27 operation of the dewatering system. The Contractor shall be fully 28 responsible and liable for all damages which may result from failure of 29 this system. 30 31 4. Disposal of drainage water shall be in an area approved by the 32 Engineer. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the flow or seepage 33 of drainage back into the drainage area. Particular care shall be taken 34 to prevent the discharge of unsuitable drainage to a water supply or 35 surface water body. 36 37 5. Removal of the dewatering system shall be accomplished after the 38 dewatering system is no longer required. 39 40 3.04 EXCAVATION 41 42 A. General 43 44 1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description, and 45 of whatever substances encountered, to the depth indicated on the 46 Drawings, or as otherwise specified. 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -5 07/28/2013 1 2. Excavation shall be such that the structures can be installed at the 2 grades required. Excavations shall be shored and drained in such a 3 manner that work may proceed safely and efficiently. 4 5 3. Dewatering pumps shall discharge to natural drainage channels, 6 drains or sewers and shall be adequate to remove accumulated storm 7 and /or subsurface water. The Contractor shall take necessary action 8 to prevent surface water from flowing into the excavations. It is the 9 responsibility of the Contractor to assure that all excavation walls and 10 bottoms are dry and remain dry during construction. 11 12 4. The Contractor shall separate, remove and dispose of excavated 13 material not suitable for backfill, as directed by the Engineer. 14 15 5. All excavated material retained for backfill shall be piled in such a 16 manner as not to endanger the work or obstruct the sidewalks, 17 driveways or drainage. Fire hydrants, valve pit covers and hoses, curb 18 stop boxes, fire and police call boxes and other utility controls shall be 19 unobstructed and accessible at all times during construction. 20 21 B. Unclassified Excavation 22 23 1. Unclassified excavation shall include soil, clay, silt, sand, muck, 24 gravel, hardpan, loose shale, loose stones in masses and boulders 25 measuring Tess than one -half cubic yard in volume. 26 27 C. Classified Excavation 28 29 1. Classified excavation shall be rock further defined as follows: 30 boulders, measuring one -half cubic yard or more in volume, rock 31 material in ledges, bedded deposits and unstratified masses, 32 conglomerate deposits firmly cemented and concrete or masonry 33 structures, except sidewalks and paving, that in the opinion of the 34 Engineer requires removal by drilling and blasting, wedging, sledging, 35 barring or breaking up with a power operated hand tool. 36 37 2. No soft or disintegrated rock that can be removed with a hand pick or 38 power operated excavator or shovel, no loose, shaken, or previously 39 blasted rock or broken stone in rock fillings or elsewhere, and no rock 40 exterior to the minimum limits of measurement all owed, which may 41 fall into the excavation, will be considered as rock. 42 43 3.05 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND COMPACTION PROCEDURES - GENERAL 44 45 A. Excavation shall be made to such widths as will give suitable room for 46 construction of the structures, for bracing and supporting, pumping and 47 drainage; and the bottom of the excavations shall be rendered firm and dry EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -6 07/28/2013 • • 1 and in all respects acceptable to the Engineer. 2 3 B. Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which 4 preserve the undisturbed state of subgrade soils. Subgrade soil which 5 becomes soft, loose, "quick," or otherwise unsatisfactory for support of 6 structures as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other 7 construction methods shall be removed and replaced by structural fill as 8 required by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 9 10 C. Dewatering shall be such as to prevent boiling or detrimental underseepage 11 at the base of the excavation as specified herein. The Contractor shall install 12 such means as required to preserve the stability of the base of the operation. 13 14 D. Excavating equipment shall be satisfactory for carrying out the work in 15 accordance with the Specifications. In no case shall the earth be 16 ploughed, scraped or dug with machinery so near to the finished subgrade 17 as to result in excavation of, or disturbance of material below grade, the last 18 of the excavated material being removed with pick and shovel just before 19 placing of concrete or working mat thereon. 20 • 21 22 E. During final excavation to subgrade level, the Contractor shall take whatever precautions are required to prevent disturbance and remolding of the 23 subgrade. Material which has become softened and mixed with water shall 24 be removed. Hand excavation of the final three to six inches will be required 25 as necessary to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed bottom. The Engineer will 26 be the sole judge as to whether the work has been accomplished 27 satisfactorily. 28 29 F. All structure areas shall be stripped, cleared and grubbed of all surface 30 vegetation and root laden top soils. 31 32 G. After stripping, the structure areas should be leveled sufficiently to permit 33 equipment traffic and then proof - rolled with a vibratory roller with at least a 34 twenty (20) ton static weight. Careful observations should be made during 35 proof - rolling of the stripped subgrade area to identify any areas of soft 36 yielding soils that may require over excavation and replacement. 37 38 H. Compaction should continue until the minimum density specified in the 39 Special Provisions or on the Plans is achieved. 40 41 3.06 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION 42 43 A. Common fill may be used as backfill against the exterior walls of the 44 structures, including manholes, wet wells and storm structures, or in other •45 areas as designated by the Engineer. 46 47 1. Common fill located under pavement or inside the two feet horizontal EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -7 07/28/2013 1 to one foot vertical slope, downward from roadway shoulder or the 2 back of curb and from spring line to bottom of sub -grade or the 3 finished surface of the embankment, as appropriate shall be placed 4 in loose lifts not exceeding twelve (12) inches and should be 5 compacted to a density of ninety -eight (98) percent of the maximum 6 density as determined by AASHTO T -180, Modified Density Test. 7 8 2. Common fill located outside of the two feet horizontal to one foot 9 vertical slope downward from roadway shoulder or the back of curb 10 and where no vehicular traffic will pass over the trenches, shall be 11 placed in loose lifts not exceeding twelve (12) inches and should be 12 compacted to a density approximately equal to that soil adjacent to 13 the trench but not Tess than ninety -five (95) percent of the maximum 14 density as determined by AASHTO T -180, Modified Density Test. 15 16 B. Materials placed in fill areas shall be deposited to the lines and grades 17 shown on the Drawings making due allowance for settlement of the material 18 and for the placing of topsoil thereon. 19 20 C. The surfaces of filled areas shall be grades to smooth true lines, strictly 21 conforming to grades indicated on the Drainage Plans, and no soft spots or 22 uncompacted areas will be allowed in the work. 23 24 D. No compacting shall be done when the material is too wet either from rain or 25 from excess application of water. At such times, work shall be suspended 26 until the previously placed and new materials have dried sufficiently to permit 27 proper compaction. 28 29 E. Density tests shall be performed by an engineering testing laboratory as 30 specified or as directed by the Engineer. 31 32 F. When a density test is scheduled and a time agreed upon by the Engineer 33 and Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly prepare 34 the area in advance. 35 36 G. Where unsatisfactory compaction is revealed by the test, the Contractor shall 37 re- excavate, backfill, re- compact and /or rework the backfill as required, to 38 obtain the required degree of compaction. 39 40 3.07 SHEETING LEFT IN PLACE 41 42 A. Where damage is likely to result from withdrawing sheeting, upon direction of 43 the Engineer, the sheeting shall be left in place. 44 45 3.08 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL 46 47 A. All excavated material not required or not suitable for fill, or backfill, shall be EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -8 07/28/2013 • • • • • 1 disposed of by the Contractor, as directed by the Engineer. 2 3 B. Material suitable for backfill is to be stockpiled on, or near site, until released 4 by the Engineer for disposal. 5 6 3.09 GRADING 7 8 A. Grading in preparation for placing of topsoil, planting areas, paved walks and 9 drives, and appurtenances shall be performed at all places that are indicated 10 on the Drawings, to the lines, grades, and elevations shown and otherwise 11 as directed by the Engineer. Such work shall be performed in a manner that 12 the requirements for formation of slopes, lines, and grades can be followed. 13 All material encountered, of whatever nature, within the limits indicated, shall 14 be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of grading, the 15 subgrade shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at 16 all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be 17 installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the progress or 18 condition of the work. If, at the time of grading, it is not possible to place any 19 material in its proper section of the permanent structure, it shall be stockpiled 20 for later use. No extra payment will be made for the stockpiling or double 21 handling of excavated material. 22 23 The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or 24 grades, if found necessary as the work progresses, due to discrepancies on 25 the Drawings or in order to obtain satisfactory construction. 26 27 Stones or rock fragments larger than four inches in their greatest dimensions 28 will not be permitted in the top six inches of the finished subgrade of all fills 29 or embankments. 30 31 In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose 32 or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut and fill slopes 33 shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown 34 on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 35 36 No grading is to be done in areas where there are existing pipe lines that 37 may be uncovered or damaged until such lines have been located and it has 38 been determined if such lines must be maintained are relocated, or where 39 lines are to be abandoned, all required valves are closed and remaining 40 pipes are plugged. 41 42 43 END OF SECTION 44 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -9 07/28/2013 • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222 -10 07/28/2013 • • 1 SECTION 02245 2 3 TEMPORARY SEWER BYPASSING 4 5 6 PART I - GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SCOPE 9 10 A. Under this item the Contractor is required to fumish all materials, labor, 11 equipment, power, maintenance, etc. to implement a temporary pumping 12 system for the purpose of diverting the existing flow around the work area 13 for the duration of the project. 14 15 B. The design, installation and operation of the temporary pumping system 16 shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The bypass system shall meet the 17 requirements of all codes and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 18 19 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 20 21 A. The Contractor shall submit a Bypass Plan outlining all provisions and 22 precautions to be taken regarding the handling of existing wastewater 23 flows. 24 25 B. The plan shall include but not be limited to details of the following: 26 27 1. Staging areas for pumps 28 29 2. Sewer plugging method and types of plugs; 30 31 3. Number, size, material, location and method of installation of 32 suction piping; 33 34 4. Number, size, material, method of installation and location of 35 installation of discharge piping; 36 37 5. Bypass pump sizes, capacity, number of each size to be on site 38 and power requirements; 39 40 6. Method of noise control for each pump. 41 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS 02245 -1 07/26/13 1 PART II - PRODUCTS 2 3 2.01 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 4 5 A. All pumps used shall be fully automatic self - priming units that do not 6 require the use of foot - valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. 7 The pumps may be electric or diesel powered. All pumps used must be 8 constructed to allow dry running for long periods of time to accommodate 9 the cyclical nature of effluent flows. 10 11 B. The Contractor shall provide the necessary stop /start controls for each 12 pump inclusive of a floatation triggered on -off system for automatic 13 operation based on influent flow rates. The system shall be equipped with 14 an alarm system to alert the contractor in case of a failure with ample 15 response time to prevent an overflow. 16 17 C. The Contractor shall provide sound attenuation as required to meet the 18 City's Noise Ordinance requirements. 19 20 D. The Contractor shall include one stand -by pump of each size to be 21 maintained on site. Back -up pumps shall be on -line, isolated from the 22 primary system by a valve. 23 24 E. Discharge Piping - In order to prevent the accidental spillage of flows all 25 discharge systems shall be temporarily constructed of rigid pipe with 26 positive, restrained joints. Under no circumstances will aluminum 27 "irrigation" type piping or glued PVC pipe be allowed. Discharge hose will 28 only be allowed in short sections and by specific permission from the 29 engineer. 30 31 F. The Contractor shall provide all pipeline plugs, pumps of adequate size to 32 handle peak flow, and temporary discharge piping to ensure that the total 33 flow of the main can be safely diverted. Bypass pumping system will be 34 required to be operated 24 hours per day. 35 36 G. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and 37 ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or 38 breakdown. One standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be 39 installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the 40 event of primary pump failure. 41 42 H. Bypass pumping system shall be capable of bypassing the flow around 43 the work area and of releasing any amount of flow up to full available flow 44 into the work area as necessary for satisfactory performances of work. 45 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS 02245 -2 07/26/13 • • • 1 PART III — EXECUTION 2 3 3.01 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL 4 5 A. The Contractor shall remove manhole sections or make connections to the 6 existing sewer and construct temporary bypass pumping structures as 7 may be required to provide adequate suction conduit. 8 9 B. Plugging or blocking of sewage flows shall incorporate a primary and 10 secondary plugging device. When plugging or blocking is no longer 11 needed for performance and acceptance of work, it is to be removed in a 12 manner that permits the sewage flow to slowly return to normal without 13 surge, to prevent surcharging or causing other major disturbances 14 downstream. 15 16 C. When working inside manhole or force main, the Contractor shall exercise 17 caution and comply with OSHA requirements when working in the 18 presence of sewer gases, combustible or oxygen- deficient atmospheres, 19 and confined spaces. 20 • 21 22 D. The installation of the bypass pipelines is prohibited in all wetland areas. Unless the roadway is closed, when the bypass pipeline crosses local 23 streets and private driveways, the contractor must place the bypass 24 pipelines in trenches and cover with temporary pavement. Upon 25 completion of the bypass pumping operations, and after the receipt of 26 written permission from the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove all the 27 piping, restore all property to preconstruction condition and restore all 28 pavement. 29 30 3.02 MAINTENANCE SERVICE 31 32 A. The Contractor shall insure that the temporary pumping system is properly 33 maintained and a responsible operator shall be on hand at all times when 34 pumps are operating. 35 36 3.03 EXTRA MATERIALS 37 38 A. Spare parts for pumps and piping shall be kept on site as required by the 39 vendor /pump manufacturer. 40 41 B. Adequate hoisting equipment for each pump and accessories shall be 42 maintained on the site. 43 44 •45 END OF SECTION 46 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS 02245 -3 07/26/13 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS 02245 -4 07/26/13 • • • • • 1 SECTION 02485 2 3 SODDING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily return 10 all construction areas to their original conditions or better. 11 12 B. Work includes furnishing and placing sod, fertilizer, gravel, concrete, 13 asphalt, planting, watering and maintenance until acceptance by the Owner. 14 15 C. All grassed areas disturbed by the work of this contract shall be sodded in 16 conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard 17 Specifications (latest edition) unless noted herein or shown on the plans. 18 Seeding /Hydroseeding shall not be acceptable, unless shown on the plans. 19 20 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 21 22 A. Requirements: It is the intent of this Specification that the Contractor is 23 obliged to deliver a satisfactory stand of grass as specified. If necessary, the 24 Contractor shall repeat any or all of the work, including grading, fertilizing, 25 watering, and sodding at no additional cost to the Owner until a satisfactory 26 stand is obtained. 27 28 B. Satisfactory Stand: For purposes of grassing, a satisfactory stand of grass 29 is herein defined as a full lawn cover over areas to be sodded, with grass 30 free of weeds, alive and growing, leaving no bare spots larger than 3/4 sq. 31 yd. within a radius of 10 ft. 32 33 1.03 SUBMITTALS 34 35 A. Provide technical data as required for shop drawings on all materials or 36 installation procedures required under this Section. 37 38 PART II — PRODUCTS 39 40 2.01 MATERIALS 41 42 A. Fertilizer 43 44 1. Fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer, the elements of which are 45 derived from organic sources. Fertilizer shall be a standard product 46 complying with State and Federal fertilizer laws. 47 SODDING 02485 -1 07/29/2013 1 2. Percentages of nitrogen, phosphorus and potash shall by based on 2 laboratory tests on soils outlined in Paragraph 1.03B and approved 3 by the Engineer. For purpose of bidding, assume 6% nitrogen, 6% 4 phosphorus and 6% potash by weight. At least 50% of the total 5 nitrogen shall contain no less than 3% water - insoluble nitrogen. 6 7 3. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site, mixed as specified, in the 8 original unopened standard size bags showing weight, analysis and 9 name of manufacturer. Containers shall bear the manufacturer's 10 guaranteed statement of analysis, or a manufacturer's certificate of 11 compliance covering analysis shall be furnished to the Engineer. 12 Store fertilizer in a weatherproof place and in such a manner that it 13 will be kept dry and its effectiveness will not be impaired. 14 15 4. Superphosphate shall be composed of finely ground phosphate rock 16 as commonly used for agricultural purposes containing not less than 17 20% available phosphoric acid. 18 19 B. Sodding 20 21 1. Sod shall be Argentine Bahia or St. Augustine to match existing sod 22 of firm texture having a compacted growth and good root 23 development as approved. 24 25 2. Sod shall be certified to meet Florida State Plant Board 26 Specifications, absolutely true to varietal type, and free from weeds or 27 other objectionable vegetation, fungus, insects and disease of any 28 kind. 29 30 3. Before being cut and lifted the sod shall have been mowed 3 times 31 with the final mowing not more than a week before cutting into 32 uniform dimensions. 33 34 C. Water 35 36 It is the Contractor's responsibility to water the site, as required during 37 sodding operations and through the maintenance period and until the work 38 is accepted. The Contractor shall make whatever arrangements may be 39 necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs for his 40 work. The Contractor shall also furnish all necessary hose, equipment, 41 attachments and accessories for the adequate irrigation of lawns and 42 planted areas as may be required. 43 SODDING 02485 -2 07/29/2013 • • • 1 PART III — EXECUTION 2 3 3.01 INSTALLATION 4 5 A. Following the subgrade preparation, the Contractor shall commence work on 6 lawns and grassed areas. Areas to be sodded shall be free from soft spots 7 and uneven grades. Apply 20 lbs. of 12 -3 -6 fertilizer per 1,000 sq. ft. 8 9 B. Protection 10 11 Sodded areas shall be protected against the traffic or other use by placing 12 warning signs or erecting barricades as necessary. Any areas damaged 13 prior to actual acceptance by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor 14 as directed by the Engineer. 15 16 3.02 LAWN BED PREPARATION 17 18 A. Areas to be sodded shall be cleared of all rough grass, weeds, and debris, 19 and the ground brought to an even grade as approved. 20 21 B. The soil shall then be thoroughly tilled to a minimum 8 -inch depth. •22 23 C. Superphosphate at a rate for bidding purposes of 5 pounds per 1,000 24 square foot and complete fertilizer at a rate for bidding purposes of 16 25 pounds per 1000 square foot shall be evenly distributed over entire area and 26 cross - disced into a depth of 4 -6 inches. 27 28 D. The areas shall then be brought to proper grade, free of sticks, stones, or 29 other foreign matter over 1 -inch in diameter of dimension. The surface shall 30 conform to finish grade, less the thickness of sod, free of water - retaining 31 depressions, the soil friable and of uniformly fill texture. 32 33 3.03 SOD HANDLING AND INSTALLATION 34 35 A. During delivery, prior to planting, and during the planting of the lawn areas, 36 the sod panels at all times be protected from excessive drying and 37 unnecessary exposure of the roots to the sun. All sod shall be stacked 38 during construction and planting so as not to be damaged by sweating or 39 excessive heat and moisture. 40 41 B. After completion of soil conditioning as specified above, sod panels shall be 42 laid tightly together so as to make a solid sodded lawn area. On mounds 43 and other slopes, the long dimension of the sod shall be laid perpendicular 44 to the slope. Immediately following sod laying the lawn areas shall be • 45 46 rolled with a lawn roller customarily used for such purposes, and then thoroughly watered. 47 SODDING 02485 -3 07/29/2013 1 C. Bring the sod edge in a neat, clean manner to the edge of all paving and 2 shrub areas. Top dressing with approved, clean, weed free, sand may be 3 required at no additional cost to the Owner if deemed necessary by the 4 Engineer. 5 6 3.04 CLEANUP 7 8 A. Soil, mulch, or similar materials spilled onto paved areas shall be removed 9 promptly, keeping those areas as clean as possible at all times. Upon 10 completion of sodding operations, all excess soil, stones, and debris 11 remaining shall be removed from the construction areas. 12 13 3.05 MAINTENANCE 14 15 A. Any existing landscape items damaged or altered during construction by the 16 Contractor shall be restored or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 17 18 B. Maintain landscape work until Owner accepts project. Watering, weeding, 19 cultivating, restoration of grade, mowing and trimming grass, protection from 20 insects and diseases, fertilizing and similar operations as needed to ensure 21 normal growth and good health for live plant material shall be the 22 responsibility of the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. 23 Sodded areas shall receive no Tess than 1.5 inches of water per week. 24 25 3.06 REPAIRS TO LAWN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS 26 27 A. Lawn areas planted under this Contract and all lawn areas damaged by the 28 Contractor's operation shall be repaired by proper soil preparation, fertilizing, 29 and resodding, in accordance with these Specifications. 30 31 32 END OF SECTION SODDING 02485 -4 07/29/2013 • • • • • 1 SECTION 02530 2 3 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, CURB AND GUTTERS 4 (PINELLAS COUNTY) 5 6 PART I — GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 9 10 A. Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials required to restore and 11 construct concrete sidewalks, driveways, and gutters as specified herein. 12 13 PART II — PRODUCTS 14 15 2.01 MATERIALS 16 17 A. Sidewalk shall be 3,000 psi concrete, four inches thick, except at driveways. 18 Driveway sidewalks shall be six inches thick with six inches by six inches # 19 10 wire mesh reinforcing. 20 21 B. Replacement of concrete driveways shall be in accordance with County 22 Standards (six inches, 3,000 psi /28 day with 6" x 6" # 10 mesh from back of 23 curb to property line). 24 25 C. Curb and curb and gutter shall consist of 3,000 psi /28 day concrete. 26 27 D. Expansion joints shall be installed between the back -of -curb and concrete 28 driveways, and between concrete driveways and sidewalks, where new 29 concrete abuts old concrete. 30 31 E. All curb, gutter sidewalk and driveways shall be returned to their original 32 horizontal dimensions. 33 34 PART III — EXECUTION 35 36 3.01 CURB AND GUTTER 37 38 A. Curb or curb and gutter removal, where required in the construction of this 39 work, shall be held to a minimum. Curb and gutter material to be removed 40 shall be carefully separated from the trench excavation material and shall be 41 disposed of as directed. The Contractor shall replace all curb or curb and 42 gutter which have been removed. Curb and gutter shall be removed up to 43 the nearest regular joint on each side of the trench. 44 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, CURB AND GUTTERS (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02530 -1 07/29/2013 1 B. Curb or curb and gutter shall be replaced as soon as possible after the 2 backfill is placed and compacted and shall duplicate in all respects the 3 original construction. Workmanship shall be in accordance with the best 4 standard practices for this type of work. Curb and curb and gutter shall 5 consist of 3,000 psi /28 day concrete reinforced with bars or mesh of the 6 same size, spacing and number as the section of curb or curb and gutter it 7 replaces. 8 9 3.02 SIDEWALKS 10 11 A. Sidewalk removal, where required in the construction of this work, shall be 12 held to a minimum. Sidewalk material removed shall be carefully separated 13 from the trench excavation material and shall be disposed of as directed. 14 Sidewalk shall be cut at the nearest regular joint on each side of the trench. 15 16 B. The Contractor shall replace all sidewalks which are removed. Sidewalks 17 shall be replaced as soon as practicable after the backfill is placed and 18 compacted and shall duplicate, in all respects, the original sidewalk. 19 20 C. The Contractor shall replace all sidewalks which are damaged by the 21 construction operation or by the heavy equipment traveling over them and 22 shall replace them at their own expense. 23 24 D. The top surface of all sidewalks shall be given a light broom finish. 25 26 3.03 DRIVEWAYS 27 28 A. Concrete driveways that are crossed or traversed by the trenches shall be 29 restored to the conditions existing prior to the excavation. 30 31 B. Removal shall be held to a minimum, but when necessary removal shall be 32 made in neat sawcut lines or to the nearest joint if approved by the 33 Engineer. 34 35 3.04 TESTS 36 37 A. The quality of the concrete as to conformance to the specifications is the 38 entire responsibility of the Contractor until it is accepted in place. When 39 required by the Owner or the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for field 40 testing. Field testing shall include, but may not be limited to, the following: 41 42 1. Compressive Strength Test: Compressive strength tests shall be 43 made by breaking standard six inch diameter by twelve (12) inch high 44 test specimens prepared, cured, and broken in accordance with the 45 American Society for Testing Materials Standard Methods C 31 and C CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, CURB AND GUTTERS (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02530 -2 07/29/2013 • • • • • • 1 39, Latest Revision. Four specimen test cylinders shall be taken from 2 each concrete pour of five cubic yards or more. One additional test 3 shall be taken from each fifty (50) cubic yards or fraction thereof in 4 each pour in excess of thirty (30) cubic yards. One cylinder from 5 each pour shall be broken at seven days, the remainder at twenty - 6 eight (28) days. Additional test cylinders may be ordered for 7 determining the characteristics of a new design mix or changes in 8 equipment or methods, and under adverse weather or curing 9 conditions. 10 11 2. Slump Test: Slump test shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 12 143, and shall be made on each Toad of concrete unless directed 13 differently by the Owner or Engineer. 14 15 3. Reports: Proper reports of all tests performed by the laboratory shall 16 be prepared by the laboratory and submitted promptly to the Owner 17 and Engineer. Such reports shall be properly labeled so as to identify 18 the portions of the Project into which the materials are being placed, 19 and the results of the test indicating whether or not the test met the 20 requirements of these specifications. 21 22 3.05 CAUSE FOR REJECTION 23 24 A. Should the concrete fail to conform to all the requirements of this Section, 25 the Engineer may require the Contractor to remove the defective concrete 26 and reconstruct the work as directed. 27 28 29 END OF SECTION 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, CURB AND GUTTERS (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02530 -3 07/29/2013 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, CURB AND GUTTERS (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02530 -4 07/29/2013 • • • 1 SECTION 02650 2 3 FORCE MAINS 4 5 6 PART I — GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 9 10 A. The Contractor shall supply all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals 11 necessary to install and test all force mains and appurtenances as shown on 12 the Drawings and as specified herein. 13 14 B. This work shall include, but not be limited to the following: PVC pipe and 15 fittings, restrained joints, excavation, backfilling, sheeting, slope protection, 16 drainage, concrete work, riprap, grading, disinfection, testing and all other 17 work necessary to complete the construction, installation and testing of the 18 piping. 19 20 C. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, all buried force mains shall be 21 AWWA C900 PVC. 22 23 1.02 SUBMITTALS 24 25 A. Submit shop drawings to the Engineer for review in accordance with the 26 Section 01340 for all pipe, fittings, restrained joints and appurtenances. 27 28 B. The pipe manufacturer shall inspect all pipe joints for out -of- roundness and 29 pipe ends for squareness. The manufacturer shall furnish to the Engineer a 30 notarized affidavit stating all pipe meets the requirements of ASTM, ASCE, 31 ANSI, etc., these Specifications, and the joint design with respect to square 32 ends and out -of -round joint surfaces. 33 34 C. Furnish in duplicate to the Engineer sworn certificates that all tests and 35 inspections required by the Specifications under which the pipe is 36 manufactured have been satisfied. 37 38 D. The Supplier of the pipe shall submit, through the Contractor, a Certificate of 39 Compliance that the pipe, fittings and other products or materials furnished 40 for this project comply with all applicable provisions of these Specifications. 41 42 FORCE MAINS 02650 -1 08/20/2013 1 PART II — PRODUCTS 2 3 2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR OPEN CUT INSTALLATION 4 5 A. Class -rated PVC pipe and accessories four to twelve inches (4 " -12 ") in 6 diameter, where shown or as specified on the Drawings, shall meet the 7 requirements of AWWA Specification C900 "Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) 8 Pressure Pipe." Pipe shall be Class 235, meeting requirements of 9 Dimension Ratio (DR) 18 with ductile iron outside diameters. Each length of 10 pipe shall be hydrotested to four (4) times its class pressure by the 11 manufacturer in accordance with AWWA C900. 12 13 B. Joints for buried PVC pipe 4" and greater and for pressure rated pipe less 14 than 4" shall be of the rubber gasket push -on type. The bell shall consist of 15 an integral wall section with a solid cross - section elastomeric ring which shall 16 meet requirements of ASTM D1869. The thickened bell section shall be 17 designed to be at least as strong as the pipe wall. Lubricant furnished for 18 lubricating joints shall be nontoxic, shall not support the growth of bacteria, 19 shall have no deteriorating effects on the gasket or pipe material, and shall 20 not impart color, taste, or odor to the water. 21 22 C. All fittings for class -rated PVC pipe four inches (4 ") in diameter and greater 23 shall be ductile iron with mechanical joints and polyethylene encased as 24 specified in paragraph 2.02 below. 25 26 2.02 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 27 28 A. Ductile iron fittings for buried service shall meet the following requirements: 29 30 1. Fittings for buried service shall be mechanical joint ductile iron with a 31 minimum pressure rating of 350 psi. Fittings shall meet the 32 requirements of AWWA C153 /ANSI A21.53 as applicable. Rubber 33 gasket joints shall conform to AWWA C111 /ANSI A21.11 for 34 mechanical and push -on type joints. All fittings shall be mechanically 35 restrained. 36 37 2. The Contractor shall provide a polyethylene encasement over all 38 buried ductile iron fittings. The material, installation and workmanship 39 shall conform to applicable sections of AWWA C105 /ANSI Standard 40 A21.5. Installation methods A or B shall be employed using flat tube 41 polyethylene. The Contractor shall make provisions to keep the 42 polyethylene from direct exposure to sunlight prior to installation; and 43 backfilling following installation shall be completed without delay to 44 avoid exposure to sunlight. Polyethylene shall be color coded green. 45 FORCE MAINS 02650 -2 08/20/2013 • • • 1 3. Fittings shall be compact, ductile iron, and shall have a Protecto 401 2 Ceramic Epoxy lining on the interior or approved equal and meet the 3 requirements of ANSI /AWWA C116/A21.16 standards. 4 5 4. All fittings shall be furnished with all joint material (bolts, nuts, gaskets 6 and glands) complete, ready for installation. 7 8 5. All fittings shall have the manufacturer's identification distinctly cast 9 upon them including: pressure rating, nominal diameter and the 10 number of degrees or fraction of a circle on all bends. Ductile iron 11 fittings shall have the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE" cast on them. 12 13 B. Fittings shall be as manufactured by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company, 14 U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, or equal. 15 16 2.03 RESTRAINED JOINTS 17 18 A. All buried piping and fittings shall be restrained with mechanical restrainers. 19 20 B. Restrained joints shall be capable of holding against withdrawal for line • 21 22 pressures 50 percent above the normal working pressure but not less than 150 psi. The pipe and fittings shall be restrained push -on joints or restrained 23 mechanical joints. 24 25 C. Restrained pipe joints that achieve restraint by incorporating cut out sections 26 in the wall of the pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness at the point of cut 27 out that corresponds with the minimum specified wall thickness for the rest of 28 the pipe. 29 30 D. Ductile iron mechanical joint fittings on ductile iron pipe shall be restrained 31 with EBAA Iron Mega -Lug Series 1100 or Ford Uni- Flange Series 1400 32 restrainers. Ductile iron pipe with push -on joints shall be restrained with 33 EBAA Iron Series 1100 HD or Ford Uni- Flange1390 -C restrainers. The 34 restraining device and Tee head bolts shall be manufactured of high strength 35 ductile iron meeting ASTM A -536, Grade 65- 45 -12. Clamping bolts and nuts 36 shall be manufactured of corrosion resistance high strength, low alloy 37 CORTEN steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A -242. 38 39 E. Ductile iron mechanical joint fittings used with PVC pipe shall be restrained 40 with the Uni - Flange Corp. Series 1500 Restrainer or EBAA Iron, Inc., Series 41 2000PV Mechanical Joint Restraint Gland. PVC pipe with push -on joints 42 shall be restrained with EBAA Iron Series 1500/2800 or Ford Uni - Flange 43 1390 restrainers. The restraining device and Tee head bolts shall be 44 manufactured of high strength ductile iron meeting ASTM A -536, Grade 65- • 45 45 -12. Clamping bolts and nuts shall be manufactured of corrosion resistant FORCE MAINS 02650 -3 08/20/2013 1 high strength, low alloy CORTEN steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A- 2 242. 3 4 F. Where ductile iron pipe manufactured with restrained joints is utilized, all 5 restrained joints shall be fully extended and engaged prior to backfilling the 6 trench and pressurizing the pipe. 7 8 G. Mechanical joint ductile iron glands shall not be substituted for the restrained 9 joints manufacturer's standard glands. 10 11 PART III — EXECUTION 12 13 3.01 GENERAL 14 15 A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to 16 the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings 17 shall be examined before laying, and no piece shall be installed which is 18 found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired as 19 directed by the Engineer. 20 21 B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection just prior to 22 being laid or installed. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been 23 laid it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory 24 manner at no additional expense to the Owner. All pipe and fittings shall be 25 thoroughly cleaned before laying, shall be kept clean until they are used in 26 the work, and when installed or laid, shall conform to the lines and grades 27 required. 28 29 C. All buried piping shall be installed to the lines and grades as shown on the 30 Drawings. All underground piping shall slope uniformly between joints where 31 elevations are shown. 32 33 D. Contractor shall exercise extreme care when constructing piping to shore up 34 and protect from damage all existing underground water lines and power 35 lines, and all existing structures. 36 37 3.02 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 38 39 A. Ductile iron fittings shall be installed in accordance with requirements of 40 AWWA Standard Specification C600 except as otherwise provided herein. A 41 firm, even bearing throughout the length of the fittings shall be constructed 42 by tamping selected material at the sides of the fittings up to the springline. 43 Blocking will not be permitted. 44 45 B. All fittings shall be sound and clean before laying. When laying is not in 46 progress, including lunchtime, the open ends of the fittings shall be closed by FORCE MAINS 02650 -4 08/20/2013 • • • • 1 watertight plug or other approved means. Good alignment shall be 2 preserved in laying. The deflection at joints shall not exceed that 3 recommended by manufacturer. Fittings, in addition to those shown on the 4 Drawings, shall be provided, if required, in crossing utilities which may be 5 encountered upon opening the trench. Solid sleeves shall be used only 6 where approved by the Engineer. 7 8 C. All fittings and other appurtenances needed on the pipe lines shall be set 9 and jointed as indicated on the Drawings or as required by the manufacturer. 10 11 3.03 PVC PIPE 12 13 A. PVC piping shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's 14 instructions. The pipe shall be backfilled with selected fine excavated 15 material as shown on the Drawings and thoroughly compacted to one foot 16 above the top of the pipe and thereafter backfilled as specified in Section 17 02221. 18 19 B. Solvent weld joint shall be permitted to cure for a minimum of 24 hours prior 20 to pressurizing the pipe. •21 22 3.04 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION 23 24 A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines 25 and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings at 26 the required locations unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 27 28 B. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the 29 safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe fittings shall be 30 lowered carefully into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other 31 suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to 32 pipeline material and protective coatings and linings. Under no 33 circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the 34 trench. The trench should be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe. 35 36 C. All pipe fittings and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for 37 damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective 38 materials shall be marked and held for inspection by the Engineer who may 39 prescribe corrective repairs or reject the materials. 40 41 D. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled 42 and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in 43 place with approved backfill material. 44 •45 E. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the 46 Manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C600. FORCE MAINS 02650 -5 08/20/2013 • 1 2 F. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in 3 either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are 4 permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in 5 ANSI /AWWA C600. 6 7 G. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of fittings, or closure pieces shall 8 be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe 9 or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary 10 wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. 11 Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth and for push -on joint 12 connections, the cut end shall be beveled. 13 14 H. Thrust Restraint: 15 16 1. All plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained by 17 attaching clamps or restrained joints as specified. 18 19 2. Thrust - restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure of 20 the line. 21 22 3. Tie rods clamps, or other components of dissimilar metal shall be 23 24 protected against corrosion by hand application of a bituminous III coating or by encasement of the entire assembly with 8 -mil thick, 25 loose polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C105. 26 27 3.05 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS OF UNDERGROUND PUSH -ON JOINT PVC 28 PRESSURE PIPING 29 30 A. The force main relocation shall be visually inspected for Teaks at all fittings 31 and joints. 32 33 34 END OF SECTION FORCE MAINS 02650 -6 08/20/2013 • • • • 1 SECTION 02576 2 3 ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials required to restore 10 stabilized roadways and asphalt paving within the Pinellas County Right - 11 of -Way. Asphalt restoration within the City of Clearwater shall meet the 12 requirements of the City, as specified in the Section IV - Technical 13 Specifications, Article 22 and 23. 14 15 B. All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain 16 the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable 17 materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall 18 coordinate with the City of Clearwater Parks Department to schedule 19 delivery of material. 20 21 C. Workmanship and materials shall be in accordance with Department of 22 Transportation requirements for new pavement for roads under their 23 jurisdiction. Any local or County Road shall be restored in accordance with 24 permits or ordinances of the municipality having jurisdiction over such 25 road or street. Restoration of flexible pavement shall conform to the 26 approved permit or utility license for each road crossing. 27 28 D. Where applicable, all work shall conform to the Technical Specifications of 29 Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road 30 and Bridge Construction ", latest edition (Divisions II and III) and "Roadway 31 and Traffic Design Standards ", latest edition, including any amendments 32 thereto. The Contractor shall acquire his own copies of the Department of 33 Transportation Standards. In the event of conflict between the Department 34 of Transportation Standards and the Specifications listed in these 35 documents, the Engineer shall determine which shall govern. 36 37 1.02 SUBMITTALS 38 39 A. Shop drawings for the proposed materials of construction, including an 40 asphalt job mix formula, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval at 41 least two weeks prior to the application of stabilized or paved surfaces. 42 ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -1 07/29/2013 1 PART II — PRODUCTS 2 3 2.01 SUBBASE 4 5 A. Materials used should be high bearing value soil, sand -clay, ground 6 limestone, crushed limerock, coquina, or any other material suitable for 7 stabilization. Muck shall not be used. 8 9 2.02 BASE 10 11 A. Limerock for use as base material shall meet the requirements of Florida 12 Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and 13 Bridge Construction, Section 911. The limerock producer shall address 14 each truck receipt to the Contractor and the job site. Each receipt shall 15 show the source of the material by DOT pit number. One copy of each 16 receipt will be submitted daily to the Owner for his records. 17 18 B. Coquina shell used in the base course shall have an organic material of 19 not greater than 0.5 percent nor contain significant quantities of sand or 20 other impurities, which would prevent bonding. At least ninety -seven (97) 21 percent of the coquina used shall pass through a 3 1/ 2 -inch ring. 22 23 C. Crushed concrete base material shall conform to the following gradation: 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Sieve Size Percent by Weight Passing 2" 100 1 -1/2" 95 -100 3/4" 65 -90 3/8" 45 -75 No. 4 35 -60 No. 10 24 -45 No. 50 5 -25 No.200 0 -10 1. Material for crushed concrete base shall consist only of crushed concrete and such additive materials as may be approved by the Engineer for the purpose of facilitating construction and achieving the desired characteristics of the finished in -place product. Material which shows a significant tendency toward adverse chemical or physical change on exposure to moisture will not be acceptable. The material shall be free of any ferrous metals. ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -2 07/29/2013 • • • 1 2 2. The material shall not contain lumps, balls, or pockets of sand or 3 clay material in size or quantity sufficient to be detrimental to the 4 proper bonding, finishing, or strength of the crushed concrete base. 5 6 3. The specific mechanical and physical properties of crushed 7 concrete aggregate and any additive materials permitted in the 8 construction of crushed concrete base shall be determined on the 9 basis of test results as the work progresses. 10 11 D. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base 12 13 1. Reclaimed asphalt base material may be used on paved shoulders, 14 bike paths, and other non - traffic applications. Materials shall be in 15 accordance with Section 283 of the FDOT Standard Specifications 16 for Road and Bridge Construction. 17 18 2.03 PRIME AND TACK COATS 19 20 A. Bituminous prime coats shall be applied to previously prepared bases. • 21 22 Bituminous tack coats shall be placed on existing paved surfaces and between successive lifts of asphalt material. 23 24 B. The prime coat shall be cut -back asphalt Grade RC -70 or RC -250, 25 emulsified asphalt Grades SS -I or CSS -I, or other types and grades of 26 bituminous material specified or approved by the Engineer. 27 28 C. The tack coat shall be emulsified asphalt, Grades RS -2, SSI -I, CSS -I, SS- 29 IH, CSS -IH, AS -60, AE -90, AE -150, or asphalt emulsion prime. 30 31 D. A cover material must be placed on the prime coat to insure that the prime 32 coat remains intact until the surface course is placed. 33 34 2.04 ASPHALT WEARING SURFACE 35 36 A. The bituminous wearing surface applied shall be that specified in the 37 Table at the end of this section. 38 39 B. Asphalt mixes for FDOT roadways shall be as required by the FDOT 40 permit or as specified. 41 42 PART III — EXECUTION 43 44 3.01 PAVEMENT AND BASE REMOVAL •45 46 A. Pavement removal shall be held to the minimum width consistent with 47 good construction practice. The pavement material shall be carefully ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -3 07/29/2013 1 separated from other excavated materials and will not be permitted to be 2 included in the backfill, but shall be satisfactorily disposed of by the 3 Contractor. Base materials may be salvaged and stockpiled for reuse as 4 stabilizer, subject to the approval of the Engineer. Reuse of salvaged base 5 material as new base material is not permitted. 6 7 3.02 ASPHALT REMOVAL 8 9 A. All asphalt street pavement removed shall be replaced with base and 10 surface materials which are of a quality and thickness equal to or more 11 than the materials removed. The edges of the paving shall be cut to neat 12 lines beyond any settled or broken areas. Pavement shall be replaced as 13 soon as practicable after compaction of backfill. 14 15 3.03 SURFACE TREATED STREETS 16 17 A. All surface treated streets removed shall be replaced with at least six 18 inches of compacted shell or limerock as directed by the Engineer. This 19 base shall be primed and sanded and maintained until overlayed. 20 21 3.04 REPLACING STABILIZED ROADWAY 22 23 A. The Contractor shall restore cuts in all stabilized roadway surfaces using 24 the same type and grade of material used on the existing street surface. 25 After the pipelines and /or appurtenances have been installed and properly 26 backfilled as herein specified, the Contractor shall bring the roadway 27 surface to grade and ready the surface to receive the stabilization 28 material. The stabilizing materials shall be of high- bearing value such as 29 sand, clay, oyster shell, coquina shell, rock screening, crushed concrete or 30 any other material which, as allowed by the agency with jurisdiction over 31 such road and that, in the opinion of the Engineer, is suitable for 32 stabilization. 33 34 B. The stabilizing material shall be applied in such quantities as may be 35 necessary to bring the top six inches of the roadway surface to a bearing 36 value as hereinafter specified and to the proper line and grade. The 37 material shall be incorporated with the roadbed material by plowing, 38 disking, harrowing, blading, and mixing with a rotary tiller, or any other 39 equipment approved by the Engineer. The mixed materials shall be of 40 uniform density throughout the width and depth of the layer being 41 processed. After thoroughly mixing to a uniform texture, the surface shall 42 be compacted by rolling with any type of equipment that will produce the 43 density required. Compaction shall continue until the entire depth to be 44 stabilized has a value determined from tests made on the 6 -inch 45 compacted thickness, of not Tess than the requirements set forth by the 46 agency having jurisdiction over the road. 47 48 ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -4 07/29/2013 • • • • 1 3.05 RESURFACING 2 3 A. When pavement replacement is complete, certain streets as directed by 4 the Owner shall be resurfaced for the full width of the existing paved 5 section. Resurfacing shall be consistent with the requirements set forth by 6 the governmental agency that has jurisdiction over the road. 7 8 B. Materials for resurfacing shall be as specified on the Drawings. 9 10 3.06 SUBBASE PREPARATION 11 12 A. Prior to installation of base material, the area shall be graded to within 13 0.2± feet, and soft, spongy or mucky material removed. Sufficient 14 stabilizing material shall be cut in to achieve a Florida Bearing Value 15 (FBV) in excess of seventy -five (75) psi or lmerock bearing ratio (LBR) 16 greater than forty (40) pounds at a minimum density of ninety -eight (98) 17 percent of a maximum density as defined and measured in ASSTHO T- 18 180 (Modified Proctor), to a six inch minimum depth. 19 20 B. Density tests for subbase materials shall be taken at three hundred (300) 21 foot intervals in a staggered pattern and around structures as required. If 22 compaction procedures allow, testing requirements may be reduced or 23 increased at the Engineer's discretion. 24 25 3.07 BASE COURSE CONSTRUCTION 26 27 A. General 28 29 1. The base course shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade, in 30 accordance with the Specifications and Plans. All base material 31 shall be placed in accordance with the lines, grades, notes, and 32 typical cross sections shown on the Plans. Any deviation from the 33 Plans is subject to the approval of the Engineer. Any deviations not 34 approved by the Engineer shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the 35 Engineer at no expense to the Owner. 36 37 B. Limerock, Reclaimed Asphalt, or Crushed Concrete Base Course 38 39 1. Base shall be spread by mechanical spreaders, equipped to 40 produce an even distribution with a uniform thickness. When the 41 specified compacted thickness of the base is greater than six 42 inches, the base shall be constructed in two courses. The thickness 43 of the first course shall be one -half the total thickness of the 44 finished base. After spreading is completed, the entire surface shall • 45 be scarified and shaped so as to produce the required grade and 46 cross section after compaction. If two courses are required, each lift 47 shall be prepared as previously described. Prior to spreading of the ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -5 07/29/2013 1 upper course, density tests will have been taken for the lower and 2 determined to be satisfactory. 3 4 2. When the material does not have the proper moisture content to 5 ensure the required density, it shall be wet or dried as required. 6 When adding water, it shall be uniformly mixed in by disking to the 7 full depth of the course that is being compacted. 8 9 3. All materials shall be compacted to a density of not Tess than 10 ninety -eight (98) percent of maximum density as determined by 11 AASHTO T 180. Density tests shall be taken at three hundred (300) 12 foot intervals in a staggered pattern and around structures as 13 required. Density determinations shall be made at more frequent 14 intervals, at no extra cost, if deemed necessary by the Engineer. 15 16 4. The finished surface of the base course shall be checked with a 17 template cut to the required crown and a fifteen foot straight edge 18 laid parallel to the center line of the road. All irregularities greater 19 than one - quarter inch shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the 20 Engineer. 21 22 5. The base material shall extend at least twelve (12) inches outside 23 the edge of the finished paved surface, unless otherwise indicated. 24 Thickness of the base shall be measured at two hundred (200) foot 25 intervals at various points in the cross section. Measurements shall 26 be taken at various points on the cross section through holes not 27 less than three inches in diameter and at locations, as specified by 28 the Engineer. Where the compacted thickness is deficient by one - 29 half inches or more, the Contractor shall correct the deficiency by 30 scarifying and adding material for a distance of one hundred (100) 31 feet in each direction from the edge of the deficient area. The 32 required thickness, compaction, and cross section will then be 33 achieved. - 34 35 6. Prime coat shall be applied only when the base meets the specified 36 density and the moisture content in the top half of the base does 37 not exceed ninety (90) percent of the optimum moisture of the base 38 material. 39 40 C. Asphalt Base Course 41 42 1. Asphalt base courses shall be applied in accordance with DOT 43 Standards and Specifications, Section 234. The job mix formula 44 approved for the Project shall be used. Any deviation from the 45 approved mix must be submitted to the Engineer and approved 46 before being implemented. 47 ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -6 07/29/2013 • • • • 1 2. The base course material shall be placed with an approved paving 2 machine. A motor grader may be required if a leveling course is 3 needed. The base mix may be placed when the air temperature is 4 at least forty (40) degrees F and rising, provided that the sub -grade 5 is not frozen or affected by frost. 6 7 3. A paver, equipped with automatic screed control, shall be used for 8 all machine -laid courses. The automatic joint matcher shall be used 9 on the top course of the base after the first pass with a paving 10 machine. All mixtures shall be laid by the stringline method, with the 11 exception of areas adjacent to curb and gutter or other true edges. 12 The temperature of the mix shall be between three hundred (300) 13 degrees F and three hundred fifty (350) degrees F. Any mixture 14 caught by rain in transit may be laid at the Contractor's own risk; if 15 removal and replacement is required, it shall be at the expense of 16 the Contractor. In no case shall the mixture be spread when rain is 17 falling or when there is water on the surface to be covered. The 18 layer thickness for asphalt concrete structure courses shall be as 19 shown on the Drawings. 20 •21 4. Compaction 22 23 a. After the asphalt mixture has been spread to the proper 24 lines, grades, and cross sections, compaction operations 25 may begin. The Contractor shall establish rolling procedures 26 and submit his sequence of compaction operations to the 27 Engineer for approval. The equipment used may include, but 28 is not committed to steel - wheeled rollers, pneumatic tired 29 rollers, and vibratory rollers. Areas which are inaccessible to 30 a roller shall be compacted by the use of hand tamps or 31 other satisfactory means. An entire sequence of compaction 32 operations shall be performed for each layer of applied 33 material, density determinations shall also be made. 34 35 b. The in -place density of each course shall be determined 36 through core samples and the nuclear backscatter method. 37 A core sample of a representative paving section shall be 38 taken every two hundred fifty (250) feet. Additional testing 39 around manholes or other structures may be required. In 40 addition to density tests via core samples, Marshall stability 41 tests are also required. Marshall stability tests will be taken 42 for every day of asphalt pavement production. 43 44 E. Shell Base Course •45 46 1. Shell base material shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade 47 in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -7 07/29/2013 1 lines, grades and cross sections shown on the Plans. The shell 2 base shall be spread uniformly and evenly; during spreading 3 operations the shell shall be thoroughly saturated with water. 4 5 2. After spreading, the shell shall be compacted, with water being 6 added as required, until the required density is obtained. 7 Compaction and density shall be as required for limerock base, 8 except that the testing methods shall be modified in the laboratory 9 and in the field. At least three density determinations shall be made 10 on each day's final compaction operations. 11 12 3. Upon completion of initial compaction, the entire surface shall be 13 scarified and shaped to exact crown and cross section. The base 14 shall then be rewatered and compacted to the required density. 15 The finished surface shall be tested with a template and fifteen (15) 16 foot straight edge. All irregularities greater than one - quarter inch 17 shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The prime 18 coat shall be applied after the base meets all density and finish 19 requirements. 20 21 3.08 ASPHALT WEARING SURFACE 22 23 A. The asphalt wearing surface shall be constructed on the prepared base in 24 accordance with the Plans and Specifications and in conformity with the 25 indicated lines, grades, and cross sections. 26 27 B. The mixture shall be spread only when the base is clean, dry, properly 28 cured, and approved by the Engineer. The temperature shall be at least 29 forty (40) degrees F and rising. No paving operations will be permitted if it 30 is raining or rain is imminent. The mix shall be between three hundred 31 (300) degrees F and three hundred fifty (350) degrees F. 32 33 C. The asphalt mixture shall be spread with an approved paving machine to 34 the required width and depth. All mixes, except those adjacent to curb and 35 gutter, shall be laid according to the stringline method. The depth of each 36 layer shall be checked every fifty (50) feet. 37 38 D. The mixture shall be compacted to its final depth, no Tess than one and 39 one half inch and thicker for new roads and one inch for overlays. 40 Compaction and layering procedures specified for asphalt base courses 41 shall apply to surface courses. All testing and density requirements will 42 also apply. 43 44 E. When laying operations are interrupted, a transverse joint shall be 45 constructed by cutting back on the previous run to expose the full depth of 46 material. Longitudinal joints are to be sloped or rolled over and sealed. 47 When the adjacent strip is constructed, the edge shall be trimmed back to ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -8 07/29/2013 • 1 expose the unsealed face. All longitudinal construction joints shall be 2 offset six inches to twelve (12) inches laterally between layers. 3 4 F. When fresh mixture is laid against transverse or longitudinal joints, it shall 5 be placed in contact to produce an even, well compacted joint after rolling. 6 7 G. The finished surface shall be tested with a template and fifteen (15) foot 8 straight edge. Any irregularities shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the 9 Engineer. The surface shall be of uniform texture and compaction. No 10 sand spots, ripples, or loosened portions shall be evident. No traffic shall 11 be allowed onto the finished surface until it is deemed acceptable by the 12 Engineer. 13 14 15 16 17 18 • 19 20 21 22 23 • Pinellas County Public Works Roadway Pavement Guidelines In accordance with County Ordinance 92 -62, Article 111, Section 154 Structural Layer Coefficients for Optional Base: Superpave Type B -12.5 Base= 030 Gnuhed Concrete Base= 0.15 END OF SECTION ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -9 07/29/2013 Arterial Collector (Major /Minor) Commercial / Industrial Residential Medium Traffic Residential Light Traffic Structural Coefficient 4.17 3.28 3.06 2.46 Asphalt Superpave Surface Type SP -12.5 Fine, Traffic Level `C° 3' min. thick (2 lifts) (0.44) (1.32 Total) Type SP -12.5 Fine, Traffic Level `C' 2' min_ thick (0.44) (0.88 Total) Type SP -9.5 Fine, Traffic Level "C" 1 -112' min. thick (0.44) (0.66 Total) Type SP -9.5 Fine, Traffic Level "C" 1 -1/2" min. thick (0.44) (0.66 Total) Base (Compacted 98% of AASHTO T -180) Limerock 10 W Min. Thickness (Min_ 100 LBR) (0.18) (1.89 Total) Limerock 8" Min. Thickness (Min. 100 LBR) (0.18) (1.44 Total) Limerock 8' Min_ Thickness (Min. 100 LBR) (0.18) (1.44 Total) Limerock 6" Min. Thickness (Min. 100 LBR) (0.18) (1.08 Total) Sub -Base (Compacted 98% of AASHTO T -180) 12" min_ thickness (Stab. w /min. 40 LBR) (0.08) (0.96 Total) 12" min. thickness (Stab. w/min. 40 LBR) {0.08) (0.96 Total) 12' min. thickness (Stab. w/min_ 40 LBR) (0.08) (0.96 Total) 9° min. thickness (Stab_ w/min. 40 LBR) (0.08) (0.72 Total) Two Lane Roadway Pavement Width 28' Total (with or without curbs) 28' Total (with or without curbs) 24' Total (with or without curbs) (28' for type F curb) 24' Total (with or without curbs) (28' for type F curb) 4-10-08 Structural Layer Coefficients for Optional Base: Superpave Type B -12.5 Base= 030 Gnuhed Concrete Base= 0.15 END OF SECTION ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -9 07/29/2013 • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • ASPHALT ROADWAY RESTORATION (PINELLAS COUNTY) 02576 -10 07/29/2013 • 1 SECTION 02730 2 3 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The work included under this section consists of furnishing all necessary 10 labor, equipment, materials, testing, and performing all operations in 11 connection with construction and installation of sanitary sewer manholes, 12 and any other appurtenant structures including excavation, trenching, 13 backfilling, and any other work as required or as directed that would be 14 required to install a fully functional system. 15 16 1.02 SUBMITTALS 17 18 A. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review in accordance 19 with the construction documents and shall include dimensioning and 20 technical specification for all materials to be furnished. • 21 22 B. Shop drawings for all manholes shall clearly depict the following at 23 minimum: 24 25 1. Rim elevation 26 2. Invert elevations and size and material of all pipes 27 3. Location of joints 28 4. Manhole diameter 29 5. Any other pertinent dimensions to verify that the manhole meets the 30 lines and grade as shown on the Drawings. 31 32 C. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole 33 per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall 34 be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper 35 construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be 36 present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. 37 38 PART II — PRODUCTS 39 40 2.01 PRECAST STRUCTURES 41 42 A. All precast concrete structures shall be new, unused, and manufactured for 43 this project. All manholes shall be precast concrete. The minimum •44 acceptable manhole inside diameter is 4 feet. Precast, reinforced concrete 45 manholes shall have tongue and groove with Ram -Nek gasket or "0" ring to 46 provide a watertight joint. Inverts shall be formed as specified herein. It shall PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) 02730 -1 07/29/2013 1 be the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that all manhole inlets are 2 provided at the proper locations and elevations to accommodate the actual 3 field requirements without additional compensation. All manholes shall be 4 placed on a FDOT No. 57 gravel base of a minimum of twelve (12) inches in 5 depth. Stone bases 2 feet thick and greater shall be wrapped in filter fabric. 6 7 B. Precast reinforced concrete manhole risers, grade rings, and tops shall 8 conform as to materials, design, and fabrication with the requirements of 9 ASTM Designation C -478. The concrete shall consist of 4,000 psi /28 day 10 Type II Portland Cement. The walls for manholes shall be no less than five 11 inches thick. All precast manhole parts are to be free of fractures, 12 honeycomb, and other defects of concrete. Cones shall be concentric. 13 14 C. Precast manholes shall consist of a base unit with openings for the sewer 15 pipe, riser units of various lengths to build the manhole up to the required 16 depth and concentric cones. The minimum height of the shortest riser shall 17 be twelve (12) inches. The maximum height of adjusting ring is eighteen 18 (18) inches. Top and bottom ends of riser or sections shall be perfectly 19 formed so that continuous and uniform contact is possible around the entire 20 joint. Malformed joints shall be rejected. 21 22 D. The precast reinforced base shall be a minimum of 8 inches thick for 23 manholes up to 12 feet deep and 12 inches for manholes greater than 12 24 feet deep. The bas shall be cast monolithically with the bottom section of 25 manhole walls. Slabs for precast manholes shall extend a minimum of six 26 inches beyond the outside face of the manhole wall. 27 28 2.02 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES 29 30 A. The interior of all sanitary sewer manholes shall be lined with Agru American 31 HDPE Sure Grip ®, minimum 2.0mm thickness. Exterior shall be coated with 32 15 mils dry thickness of PROCO EP- 214 -351 Sewer Coating or approved 33 equal. 34 35 B. Following the installation of sanitary sewer manholes, the HDPE liner shall 36 be sealed at the joints between sections and spark tested by the liner 37 manufacturer. 38 39 C. All slabs for precast drop manholes shall be of sufficient size to entirely 40 support the drop structures. 41 42 D. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall 43 be as shown on Drawings. Manhole sections shall be rejected if damaged 44 during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. 45 The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry shall not be allowed. 46 47 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) 02730 -2 07/29/2013 • • • 2.03 MORTAR 2 3 A. Mortar for manholes shall consist of one part Portland Type II cement, two to 4 three parts fine sand mixed with water for proper consistency. Lime shall not 5 be used in mortar for manholes. Commercially prepared mortar mixes or 6 expanding grout shall not be used. Admixtures to mortar or commercial fast - 7 setting cements shall not be used without approval of the Owner's Engineer. 8 9 2.04 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS 10 11 A. All frames and covers shall be U.S. Foundry and Manufacturing Corporation 12 as shown on the Drawings. All mating surfaces shall be machined for 13 proper fit. Castings are to be cleaned and tar coated. All manhole covers 14 shall have two watertight pick holes. Waterproof sewer guards are required 15 for manholes in drainage pathways and other areas prone to flooding as 16 shown on the Drawings. Manhole covers in paved areas shall be flush with 17 the top of pavement. Manholes in nonpaved areas shall be 3 inches above 18 finished grade. Identification lettering shall be in accordance with the details 19 included on the Drawings. 20 • 21 PART III — EXECUTION 22 23 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 24 25 A. All excavation and backfill for manholes and other structures shall be 26 performed in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 27 28 3.02 JOINING PIPE TO MANHOLES OR OTHER STRUCTURES 29 30 A. Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main 31 shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc. or 32 approved water stop coupling. 33 34 B. Connections to sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be 35 made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc. or a flexible 36 rubber boot shall be used at the manhole to pipe connection. The boot shall 37 be manufactured of neoprene or isoprene compounds formulated and tested 38 to resist deterioration due to sewage, hydrogen sulfide, oils, fats, greases, 39 petroleum products, and by- products. The connection at the manhole wall 40 shall be flexible and water - tight. The flexible boot shall be as manufactured 41 by NPC Kor -n -Seal or approved equal. Any annular space inside the 42 manhole at the connection shall be filled with approved caulking material or 43 joint filler. .44 45 C. For manholes greater than or equal to twenty (20) feet deep, all sewer 46 connections to precast manholes shall be grouted on the interior and on the PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) 02730 -3 07/29/2013 • 1 exterior in addition to the use of the rubber boot. The interior and exterior of 2 connections to fiberglass manholes greater than or equal to twenty (20) feet 3 deep shall be glassed in. 4 5 D. No pipe to manhole connections shall occur within twelve (12) inches of a 6 manhole -to- manhole section joint. 7 8 3.03 PRECAST MANHOLES 9 10 A. All slabs or bottom sections shall be installed at a grade that will allow 11 clearance under the bells of the pipe. All slabs or bottom sections shall be 12 solidly installed on FDOT No. 57 gravel base compacted against firm 13 undisturbed soil to a minimum depth of twelve (12) inches. 14 15 B. The tongue and groove ends of each unit shall be primed in accordance with 16 manufacturer's specifications. 17 18 B. The top of the cone shall be set between 2 1/2 inches and 14 1/2 inches 19 below the bottom of the manhole cover frame. It is the intent of the 20 Specification to provide a minimum of 2 1/2 inches to accommodate future 21 grade changes without disturbing the manhole. Where the distance 22 between the bottom of the manhole cover frame and the top of the cone is 1111 23 greater than 141/2 inches, twelve (12) inch riser units shall be used to bring 24 the top of the cone to within the limits specified. 25 26 C. On all sewers, the interior and exterior annular space between the sewer 27 pipe and the opening in the manhole shall be grouted with Portland cement 28 mortar and wiped or collared to insure a watertight joint. Invert channels 29 shall be formed after the manhole is set by one of the following methods: 30 Build up with brick and mortar, or lay a full section of sewer pipe through 31 manhole and cut out the top half. The manhole floor outside of the 32 channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward the channels on aslope 33 of 2 inches per foot. 34 35 3.04 DROP MANHOLES 36 37 A. External drops are required on all manholes where the upper invert is 2' or 38 more above the lowest invert. The upper invert shall not be blocked. 39 40 B. Drop manholes shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on 41 the plans. 42 43 3.05 MANHOLE INVERTS 44 45 A. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular, conforming to 46 the inside of adjacent sewer section. The mortared invert channel shall have PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) 02730 -4 07/29/2013 • • • 1 a steel trowel finish. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth 2 curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade shall be 3 made gradually and smoothly. Whenever possible, inverts shall be formed 4 with a full section of pipe laid through the manhole and then breaking out 5 the top half. Benches shall be built up solidly with concrete and shall be 6 sloping to the invert. All inside drops shall have a flume construction to 7 channel flow into the invert. All pipe entering the manhole must be trimmed 8 flush with the walls. All exposed sharp edges of pipe shall be wiped smooth 9 with mortar. 10 11 B. Manhole inverts and benches shall be constructed at the same profile slope 12 as the downstream pipe. 13 14 C. Manhole inverts shall be as follows: 15 16 1. Precut PVC half -pipe for flow through manhole; or 17 18 2. Manhole bench constructed of solid concrete forming an invert the 19 shape of a half -pipe. 20 21 3.06 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS 22 23 A. Existing manhole frames and covers shall be adjusted to pavement grade 24 during road resurfacing by addition or removal of height adjustment rings. 25 Where required by the Engineer, height adjustment inserts of continuous 26 rings of a type as directed by the Engineer shall be installed in the existing 27 frame /cover assembly. 28 29 30 END OF SECTION 31 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) 02730 -5 07/29/2013 • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES (SANITARY SEWER) 02730 -6 07/29/2013 • SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACT BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 14 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 15 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 18 Conformed SectionV.docx Page i 7/29/2013 • • • FRONT PAGE Attached to and part of Bond No. 105904831 In Compliance with Florida Statute Chapter 255.05 (1)(a), Public Work. All other Bond Page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any number(s) that may be pre - printed thereon. Contractor Name: Contractor Address: Contractor Phone No.: Surety Company: Surety Address: Surety Phone No.: Owner Name: Owner Address: Owner Phone No.: Rowland, Inc. 6855 102nd Avenue North Pinellas Park, FL 33782 727 -545 -3815 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America One Tower Square Hartford, CT 06183 860- 277 -1561 City of Clearwater 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Suite 200 Clearwater, FL 33756 727 -562 -4750 Agent Name: Nielson, Wojtowicz, Neu & Associates Agent Address: 1000 Central Avenue, Suite 200 St. Petersburg, FL 33705 Agent Phone No.: 727 - 209 -1803 Bond Amount: $2,345,142.97 Contract No. (if applicable): 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT Description of Work: Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements and Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements Project Location: Clearwater, Pinellas County, FL THE PROVISIONS AND LIMITATIONS OF SECTION 255.05 FLORIDA STATUTES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE NOTICE AND TIME LIMITATIONS IN SECTIONS 255.05(2) AND BOND NUMBER: 105904831 illt5.05(10), ARE INCORPORATED IN THIS BOND REFERENCE. CONTRACT BOND (1) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we ROWLAND, INC. as Contractor and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA (Surety) whose home address is One Tower Square, Hartford, CT, 06183, HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of TWO MILLION, THREE HUNDRED FORTY- FIVE THOUSAND, ONE HUNDRED FORTY-TWO DOLLARS AND NINETY-SEVEN CENTS ($2,345,142.97) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of 20 entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECTS 11-0057-EN AND 10-0027-UT °a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids. Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save hannless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further. if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him them or it labor material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor. Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract. this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. • Conformed SectionV:doex Page 1 of 18 7/29/2013 CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to an person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract, And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIM9101 NY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of 20/3 . • WITNESS: 4_ Rita azarides COUNTERSIGNED: N/A • Conformed Sect ionV.docx ROWLAND, INC, CONTRACTOR By: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America SURETY By: lotrn-lk-14eu-&-Ftt-fcensed Agent Page 2 of 18 7/29/2013 • - - ..... - TRAVELERS) • WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney -In Fact No. 225823 Certificate No. 0054 8 0 9 36 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Kevin Wojtowicz, John R. Neu, Laura Mosholder, Tracey C. Brown, and David R. Turcios of the City of St. Petersburg , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. 0 N WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 7th ay of May 2013 State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company By: Robert L. Raney, enior Vice President On this the 7th day of May 2013 before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. iIy Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2016. 58440 -8 -12 Printed in U.S.A. Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vi President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behal of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of , 20 • Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 - 421 -3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER • CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this 4 day of 1) 4,U? , 20 13 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and ROWLAND, INC., of the City of PINELLAS PARK, County of PINELLAS and State of FLORIDA, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS- PROJECTS 11- 0057 -EN AND 10- 0027 -UT in the amount of $2,345,142.97 (TWO MILLION, THREE HUNDRED FORTY -FIVE THOUSAND, ONE HUNDRED FORTY -TWO DOLLARS AND NINETY -SEVEN CENTS) • accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED 0NTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Conformed SectionV.docx Page 3 of 18 7/29/2013 CONTRACT 0 (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be nstrued as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the me period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if', for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. • Conformed SectionV.docx Page 4 of 18 7/29/2013 CONTRACT • (3) The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statues (2013), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. • • Conformed SectionV.docx Page 5 of 18 7/29/2013 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of ROWLAND, INC., a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 6855 102ND AVENUE NORTH, PINELLAS PARK, FLORIDA, 33782 (herein, the "Contractor "). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of , 20 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS - PROJECTS 11- 0057 -EN AND 10- 0027 -UT That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub - contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor �y debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the scribed property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC AFFIANT BY: 4 y Commission Expires: PRESIDENT Conformed SectionV.docx Page 7 of 18 7/29/2013 • PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Rowland, Inc. as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, who's address is One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Rowland, Inc. as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety, Company of America as Surety, for work specified as: Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements and Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements; Projects 11- 0057 -EN and 10- 0027 -UT all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 23rd day of September ,2013 (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). • Corporation Rowland, Inc. Principal By: Title (?_,Z; l� Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America ureyshn R. Neu, Attorney -in -Fact & -FL LiceOsed Agent SectionV.docx Page 8 of 18 7/29/2013 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Pinellas ) Richard Mansfield Jr. Secretary of Rowland Inc. corporation organized and existing under principal office at: being duly sworn, deposes and says that he she is a and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its 6855 102nd Ave. N. Pinellas Park Pinellas Florida (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of Rowland Inc. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says of the corporation, is or said corporation that Kevin D. Rowland is President (Officer's Name) (Title) duly authorized to sign the Proposal for Rowland Inc. by virtue of Board of Directors Resolution 2005 (state whether a provision of by laws or a Re : • lution of Board of Directors. If by Reso give date of a Sworn to before me this 3rd day of October • HONORE P DUFAUX, III COMMISSION # DD9S8307 EXPIRES Feb 24 2014 BONDED THROWN RU MISURANO COMPANY , 2013 . Notary Public Honore P. DuFaux III Type /print/stamp name of Notary DD958307 Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SectionV.docx Page 9 of 18 7/29/2013 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Pinellas ) Kevin D. Rowland being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of Rowland Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. i Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this 3rd day of October • • ,2p13 Notary Public SectionV.docx Page 10 of 18 7/29/2013 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS - PROJECTS 11- 0057 -EN AND 10- 0027 -UT and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS - PROJECTS 11- 0057 -EN AND 10- 0027 -UT Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, •Peciat Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SectionV.docx Page 11 of 18 7/29/2013 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Proposal Bond Bank, for the sum of 10% of Bid minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ ) (being a The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). °AMES: ADDRESSES: Kevin D. Rowland, President 2806 Meadow View, Tarpon Springs, FL 34688 Kenneth D. Rowland, Vice President 2972 Wentworth Way, Tarpon Springs, FL 34688 Richard Mansfield, Jr., Vice President / Secretary 2975 Wentworth Way, Tarpon Springs, FL 34688 (The bidder must indicate whether • SectionV.docx Signature of Bidder: // / Partnership, Company or Individual). Page 12 of 18 7/29/2013 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: Rowland Inc. By: 1� �) / ?L" Title: President Business Address of Bidder: 6855 102nd Ave. N. City and State: Pinellas Park, FL Zip Code 33782 Dated at Pinellas Park, FL , this 3rd • • day of October , A.D., 2013. SectionV.docx Page 13 of 18 7/29/2013 CITY OF CLEARWATER • ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS - PROJECTS 11- 0057 -EN AND 10- 0027 -UT Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. • SectionV.docx Addendum No. 1 Date: September 25, 2013 Addendum No. 2 Date: September 27, 2013 Addendum No. 3 Date: October 2, 2013 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Rowland Inc. (Name of Bidder) le-Z(/ (Signature of Officer) President (Title of Officer) October 3, 2013 (Date) Page 14 of 18 7/29/2013 • BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS AND EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS - PROJECTS 11- 0057 -EN AND 10- 0027 -UT CONTRACTOR: Rowland Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $2,345,142.97 (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: Two Million, Three Hundred Forty Five Thousand, One Hundred Forty Two Dollars and Ninety Seven Cents (Words) BID FORM SectionV.docx Page 15of18 10/02/2013 BID ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ($) EXTENDED PRICE ($) SMALLWOOD CIRCLE DRAINAGE 1 Mobilization 5% Maximum of Smallwood Circle LS 1 55,225.00 55,225.00 2 Maintenance of Traffic 3% Maximum of Smallwood Circle LS 1 12,775.00 12,775.00 •21 3 Clearing & Grubbing LS 1 60,425.00 60,425.00 4 Excavation, Removal, and Replacement of Unsuitable Material CY 4500 17.50 78,750.00 5 Construct 36" RCP LF 886 147.00 130,242.00 6 30" RCP LF 756 125.00 94,500.00 7 24" x 38" ERCP LF 149 126.00 18,774.00 8 24" RCP (including removal of existing pipe) LF 208 122.00 25,376.00 9 20" HDPE (including removal of existing 12" pipe) LF 90 185.00 16,650.00 10 14" x 23" ERCP (including removal of existing pipe) LF 198 106.00 20,988.00 11 18" RCP (including removal of existing pipe) LF 893 98.00 87,514.00 12 15" RCP (including removal of existing pipe) LF 439 85.00 37,315.00 13 Modify Existing Structures (ES -33, ES -42, ES -59) EA 3 975.00 2,925.00 14 Modify Existing Structures (ES -27) EA 1 4,900.00 4,900.00 15 Construct Type A Curb Inlet, Less than 10' (S -06, S -12, S -15, S -20, S -31, S -37, S -40, S -42, S -43, S-44, S-46) EA 11 4,050.00 44,550.00 16 Construct Type 9 Curb Inlet, Less than 10' (S -38, S -39) EA 2 2,125.00 4,250.00 17 Construct Type 10 Curb Inlet, Less than 10' (S -32, S -33, S -34, S -35, S -36) EA 5 1,525.00 7,625.00 18 Standard 4' Diameter Manhole, Less than 10' (S -13, S- 14, S -16, S -17, S -18, S -28, S -29, S -30, S -41) EA 9 4,125.00 37,125.00 19 Standard 5' Diameter Manhole, Less than 10' (S -04, S- 08, S -09, S-45) EA 4 4,650.00 18,600.00 20 Standard 5' Diameter Manhole, Greater than 10' (S -01, S -02) EA 2 6,925.00 13,850.00 Standard 6' Diameter Manhole, Greater than 10' (S -03) EA 1 7,525.00 7,525.00 22 Type C DBI (S -22, S -23, S -24, S -25, S -27) EA 5 1,625.00 8,125.00 SectionV.docx Page 15of18 10/02/2013 •ITEM •43 • BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ($) EXTENDED PRICE ($) 23 Type D DBI with Flume (S -26) EA 1 2,900.00 2,900.00 24 Type H DBI - Modified (S -07) EA 1 5,000.00 5,000.00 25 Type J -8 MH, < 10' (S -11, S -19) EA 2 6,575.00 13,150.00 26 Environmental Nutrient Separating Baffle Box (S -05) EA 1 73,850.00 73,850.00 27 No. 57 Crushed Stone Bedding Material CY 305 30.00 9,150.00 28 Plugging & Abandon In -Place 12 ", 18 ", & 24" Storm Pipe including Grouting Structures as shown on plans CY 210 145.00 30,450.00 29 8" Underdrain, including 2 cleanouts LF 205 37.00 7,585.00 30 Erosion & Sedimentation Protection (Silt Fence, Floating Turbidity Barrier, Inlet Protection) LS 1 17,925.00 17,925.00 31 Tree Barricade LS 1 2,800.00 2,800.00 32 Tree Removal EA 1 1,000.00 1,000.00 33 Palm Tree Removal EA 4 700.00 2,800.00 34 Root Pruning per plan LS 1 5,600.00 5,600.00 35 Sodding - Grassing SF 20750 0.47 9,752.50 36 4" Concrete Sidewalk SF 925 5.10 4,717.50 37 Remove and Relocate Mailboxes (In -Kind) EA 27 110.00 2,970.00 38 Project Signs EA 2 730.00 1,460.00 39 8" Roadway Base LBR 100 (Storm) SY 3165 13.60 43,044.00 40 8" Roadway Base LBR 100 (Sanitary) SY 1750 13.60 23,800.00 41 1 1/2" Asphaltic Concrete Structural Course Type S -1 SY 8250 8.45 69,712.50 42 2" Asphaltic Concrete Structural Course Type S -1 SY 1100 20.35 22,385.00 1 1/2" Milling SY 8250 1.40 11,550.00 44 Reconstruct Type 1 Concrete Curb LF 547 19.95 10,912.65 45 4" Reclaimed Watermain (includes 21 LF pipe, dewatering) LS 1 3,125.00 3,125.00 46 Highland Ave Temporary and Permanent Pavement Markings LS 1 9,600.00 9,600.00 47 Speed Hump EA 1 2,525.00 2,525.00 Smallwood Circle Subtotal 1,175,773.15 48 Smallwood Circle 10 % Contingency LS 1 117,577.32 117,577.32 Smallwood Circle Total 1,293,350.47 EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER 101 Mobilization 5% Maximum of Edgewood Ave Sanitary Sewer LS 1 44,225.00 44,225.00 102 Maintenance of Traffic 3% Maximum of Edgewood Ave Sanitary Sewer LS 1 21,800.00 21,800.00 103 Furnish and Install 8" PVC SDR -35 Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 30 160.50 4,815.00 104 Furnish and Install 10" PVC SDR -26 Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 20 93.25 1,865.00 105 Furnish and Install 10" PVC SDR -35 Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 1210 90.00 108,900.00 106 Furnish and Install 12" PVC SDR -26 Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 1430 121.25 173,387.50 107 Furnish and Install 12" PVC SDR -35 Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 650 121.75 79,137.50 108 Furnish and Install 15" PVC SDR -35 Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 270 173.00 46,710.00 109 Furnish and Install 8" DIP Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 30 231.50 6,945.00 110 Furnish and Install 12" DIP Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 20 259.50 5,190.00 111 Furnish and Install 6" C -900 PVC Force Main LS 1 8,600.00 8,600.00 SectionV.docx Page 16of18 10/02/2013 BID ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ($) EXTENDED PRICE ($) ' 112 Furnish and Install Precast Sanitary Manhole 4' -8' Depth EA 7 5,050.00 35,350.00 113 Furnish and Install Precast Sanitary Manhole 8' -12' Depth EA 8 6,875.00 55,000.00 114 Furnish and Install Precast Sanitary Manhole 12' and greater EA 7 8,575.00 60,025.00 115 Connection to Existing Sanitary Manhole or Storm Structure EA 8 920.00 7,360.00 116 Furnish and Install Sewer Street Lateral EA 21 1,825.00 38,325.00 117 Furnish and Install Flowable Fill CYD 16 180.00 2,880.00 118 Remove and Replace Unsuitable Material w/ Select Fill CYD 5110 17.50 89,425.00 119 Import of Crushed Stone CYD 80 44.00 3,520.00 120 Mill and Resurface Asphalt SY 3900 11.90 46,410.00 121 Concrete Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk and Driveway CYD 50 460.00 23,000.00 122 Root Pruning LF 1700 10.00 17,000.00 123 Tree Removal EA 58 710.00 41,180.00 124 Replace Damaged Water Main Service Laterals EA 10 300.00 3,000.00 125 Existing Sanitary Sewer Structure /Piping Demolition and Abandonment LS 1 22,900.00 22,900.00 126 Existing Storm Sewer Piping /Structure Demolition and Abandonment LS 1 3,440.00 3,440.00 127 Furnish and Install 12" by 18" ERCP Storm Sewer Pipe LF 35 81.00 2,835.00 128 Furnish and Install Precast Storm Sewer Structures /Inlets EA 1 2,950.00 2,950.00 Edgewood Subtotal 956,175.00 129 Edgewood 10% Contingency LS 1 95,617.50 95,617.50 1 Total Edgewood 1,051,792.50 Subtotal 2,131, 948.15 Total Contingency 213,194.82 Total Contract 2,345,142.97 Grand Total 2,345,142.97 • THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. SectionV.docx Page 17 of 18 10/02/2013 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH • CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. • STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Pinellas D/Zi, Authorized Signature Kevin D. Rowland Printed Name President Title Rowland Inc. Name of Entity /Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 3rd Kevin D. Rowland (name of person whose President (title) of Rowland Inc. ersonally known to as described herein , or produced a identification) as identification, and who did /did not take an oath. ay of October da My Commission Expires: February 24, 2014 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE • , 20 13 ,by signature is being notarized) as the (name of corporation /entity), (type of Public Honore P. DuFaux III Printed Name HONORE P DUt A1$X, III COMMISSION it DD958307 EXPIRES Feb 24 2014 BONDED THROUGH RU INSURANCE COMPANY SectionV.docx Page 18 of 18 7/29/2013 • CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: *�w d.AuUepd4e17 ��• i' 1Lc illiam B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: (t ` Q B Y : 4(`Q Cf Q ` , George N. Cretekos, • Mayor (Contractor must indicate whethe Partnership, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). • Attest: Rosemarie Cal City Cler Camilo Soto Assistant City Attorney ROWLAND, INC. (Contractor) By: gE ✓, ■ D_ i-m.,, LA-A.00 Conformed SectionV.docx Page 6 of 18 P 2ESt DLi-rr (SEAL) 7/29/2013 • • • APPENDIX PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents: PROJECT PERMITS SWFWMD ERP (PERMIT NO. 44041145.001) SWFWMD ERP (PERMIT NO. 47041372.000) DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY PRELIMINARY JD Pinellas County Right of Way Utilization Permit (Permit No. 13- 0537U) Florida Department of Environmental Protection - General Permit for Construction of a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System Permit (Permit No. CS52- 0032571- 105- DWC /CL) GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT Universal Engineering Sciences Geotechnical Exploration for Smallwood Circle, revised January 24, 2013 Report of the Geotechnical Investigation by Driggers Engineering Services dated 2/14/13. Appendix.doc i 10/17/2013 CONFORMED PROJECT PERMITS • Appendix.doc 9/27/2010 An Equal Opportunity Employer March 28, 2013 outnw-eQt F 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604 -6899 a (352) 796 -7211 or 1- 800 - 423 -1476 (FL only) Water Management District - -� - -- � - _--- SUNCOM 628 -4150 TDD only 1- 800 - 231 -6103 (FL only) Bartow Service Office 170 Century Boulevard Bartow, Florida 33830 -7700 (863) 534 -1448 or 1- 800 -492 -7862 (FL only) City of Clearwater Attn: Michael D. Quillen, P.E. 100 South Myrtle Avenue, # 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 On the Internet at: WaterMatters.org Sarasota Service Office 6750 Fruitville Road Sarasota, Florida 34240 -9711 (941) 377-3722 or 1- 800 -320 -3503 (FL only) Tampa Service Office 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 33637 -6759 (813) 985 -7481 or 1- 800 - 836-0797 (FL only) Subject: Notice of Intended Agency Action ERP General Construction Project Name: City of Clearwater Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements App ID /Permit No: 676951 / 44041145.001 County: PINELLAS Sec/Twp /Rge: S11 /T29S /R15E Dear Permittee(s): Your Environmental Resource Permit has been approved contingent upon no objection to the District's action being received by the District within the time frames described in the enclosed Notice of Rights. Approved construction plans are part of the permit, and construction must be in accordance with these plans. These drawings are available for viewing or downloading through the District's Application and Permit Search Tools located at www.WaterMatters.org /permits. The District's action in this matter only becomes closed to future legal challenges from members of the public if such persons have been properly notified of the District's action and no person objects to the District's action within the prescribed period of time following the notification. The District does not publish notices of intended agency action. If you wish to limit the time within which a person who does not receive actual written notice from the District may request an administrative hearing regarding this action, you are strongly encouraged to publish, at your own expense, a notice of intended agency action in the legal advertisement section of a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties where the activity will occur. Publishing notice of intended agency action will close the window for filing a petition for hearing. Legal requirements and instructions for publishing notice of intended agency action, as well as a noticing form that can be used is available from the District's website at www.WaterMatters.org /permits /noticing. If you publish notice of intended agency action, a copy of the affidavit of publishing provided by the newspaper should be sent to the District's Tampa Service Office, for retention in the File of Record for this agency action. • App ID /Permit No:676951 / 44041145.001 Page 2 March 28, 2013 If you have questions, please contact Robin McGill, at the Tampa Service Office, extension 2072. For assistance with environmental concerns, please contact Lee Hughes, extension 2305. Sincerely, Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Bureau Chief Environmental Resource Permit Bureau Regulation Division Enclosures: Approved Permit w /Conditions Attached Statement of Completion Notice of Authorization to Commence Construction Notice of Rights cc: U. S. Army Corps of Engineers Pankaj Shah, P.E., Cumbey & Fair, Inc. Cumbey & Fair, Inc. • • • • • EXPIRATION DATE: SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PERMIT NO. 44041145.001 March 28, 2018 PERMIT ISSUE DATE: March 28, 2013 This permit is issued under the provisions of Chapter 373, Florida Statutes, (F.S.), and the Rules contained in Chapters 40D -4 and 40D -40, Florida Administrative Code, (F.A.C.). The permit authorizes the Permittee to proceed with the construction of a surface water management system in accordance with the information outlined herein and shown by the application, approved drawings, plans, specifications, and other documents, attached hereto and kept on file at the Southwest Florida Water Management District (District). Unless otherwise stated by permit specific condition, permit issuance constitutes certification of compliance with state water quality standards under Section 401 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1341. All construction, operation and maintenance of the surface water management system authorized by this permit shall occur in compliance with Florida Statutes and Administrative Code and the conditions of this permit. PROJECT NAME: City of Clearwater Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements GRANTED TO: City of Clearwater Attn: Michael D. Quillen, P.E. 100 South Myrtle Avenue, # 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 OTHER PERMITTEES: N/A ABSTRACT: This permit authorization is for the construction of new storm sewer and the removal or abandonment in -place of existing storm sewer in the area east of Glenwood Avenue, north of Drew Street to the Elmwood /Highland Avenue intersection. The need for this project is to replace failing storm drains that are outside of the right -of -way, undersized pipes, pipes sloping uphill and to provide flood protection. The proposed project comprises removing and abandoning in -place approximately 2,800 linear feet of 12 to 24 -inch storm pipe. This project has received District cooperative funding to reduce the risk of house flooding and to implement BMPs. The project discharges to a water body that is verified as impaired for fecal coliform (Stevenson Creek (Fresh Segment) - WBID 1567C); therefore, water quality certification is waived as a condition of this permit. Information regarding the wetlands and /or surface waters is stated below and on the permitted construction drawings for the project. OP. & MAIN. ENTITY: OTHER OP. & MAIN. ENTITY: COUNTY: SEC/TWP /RGE: TOTAL ACRES OWNED OR UNDER CONTROL: PROJECT SIZE: LAND USE: DATE APPLICATION FILED: AMENDED DATE: City of Clearwater N/A PINELLAS S11/T29S /R15E 13.83 4.50 Acres Government February 07, 2013 N/A I. Water Quantity/Quality Water Quantity /Quality Comments: Water quality treatment will be enhanced with the addition of a separator BMP (Suntree or approved equal) and the regrading of a portion of Glenwood Park and the southern open area to provide storage and enhanced drainage. Existing and proposed modeling demonstrates that the system results in no adverse impacts for the 25- and 100 -year, 24 hour events. A mixing zone is not required. A variance is not required. II. 100 -Year Floodplain Encroachment (Acre -Feet of fill) Compensation (Acre -Feet of excavation) Compensation Type Encroachment Result* (feet) 0.00 0.00 No Encroachment N/A *Depth of change in flood stage (level) over existing receiving water stage resulting from floodplain encroachment caused by a project that claims Minimal Impact type of compensation. III. Environmental Considerations Wetland /Other Surface Water Information Wetland /Other Surface Water Name Total Acres Not Impacted Acres Permanent Impacts Temporary Impacts Acres Functional Loss* Acres Functional Loss* Wetland 001 1.09 0.89 0.05 0.00 0.15 0.00 Total: 1.09 0.89 0.05 0.00 0.15 0.00 * For impacts that do not require mitigation, their functional loss is not included. Wetland /Other Surface Water Comments: There is a 1.09 acre freshwater marsh wetland (FLUCCS 641) within the project area. The drainage improvement activities will result in 0.15 acre of temporary and 0.047 acre of permanent dredging impacts to freshwater marshes (FLUCCS 641). Mitigation Information Mitigation Comments: Wetland mitigation is not required for the temporary or permanent dredging impacts pursuant to Subsection 3.2.2 of the Basis of Review. Under this subsection, wetland mitigation is not required for impacts that have been determined to be de minimis to fish, wildlife, and listed species. 2 • • • • Specific Conditions 1. If the ownership of the project area covered by the subject permit is divided, with someone other than the Permittee becoming the owner of part of the project area, this permit shall terminate, pursuant to Rule 40D- 1.6105, F.A.C. In such situations, each land owner shall obtain a permit (which may be a modification of this permit) for the land owned by that person. This condition shall not apply to the division and sale of lots or units in residential subdivisions or condominiums. 2. Unless specified otherwise herein, two copies of all information and reports required by this permit shall be submitted to the Regulation Department at the District Service Office that services this permit. The permit number, title of report or information and event (for recurring report or information submittal) shall be identified on all information and reports submitted. 3. The Permittee shall retain the design engineer, or other professional engineer registered in Florida, to conduct on -site observations of construction and assist with the as -built certification requirements of this project. The Permittee shall inform the District in writing of the name, address and phone number of the professional engineer so employed. This information shall be submitted prior to construction. 4. Within 30 days after completion of construction of the permitted activity, the Permittee shall submit to the Regulation Department at the District Service Office that services this permit a written statement of completion and certification by a registered professional engineer or other appropriate individual as authorized by law, utilizing the required Statement of Completion and Request for Transfer to Operation Entity form identified in Chapter 40D -1, F.A.C., and signed, dated, and sealed as -built drawings. The as -built drawings shall identify any deviations from the approved construction drawings. 5. The District reserves the right, upon prior notice to the Permittee, to conduct on -site research to assess the pollutant removal efficiency of the surface water management system. The Permittee may be required to cooperate in this regard by allowing on -site access by District representatives, by allowing the installation and operation of testing and monitoring equipment, and by allowing other assistance measures as needed on site. 6. Wetland buffers shall remain in an undisturbed condition except for approved drainage facility construction /maintenance. 7. The following boundaries, as shown on the approved construction drawings, shall be clearly delineated on the site prior to initial clearing or grading activities: wetland and surface water areas wetland buffers limits of approved wetland impacts The delineation shall endure throughout the construction period and be readily discernible to construction and District personnel. .. All wetland boundaries shown on the approved construction drawings shall be binding upon the Permittee and the District. 9. Certification of compliance with state water quality standards under Section 401 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1341 is waived. 10. If limestone bedrock is encountered during construction of the surface water management system, the District must be notified and construction in the affected area shall cease. 11. The Permittee shall notify the District of any sinkhole development in the surface water management system within 48 hours of discovery and must submit a detailed sinkhole evaluation and repair plan for approval by the District within 30 days of discovery. 12. The District, upon prior notice to the Permittee, may conduct on -site inspections to assess the effectiveness of the erosion control barriers and other measures employed to prevent violations of state water quality standards and avoid downstream impacts. Such barriers or other measures should control discharges, erosion, and sediment transport during construction and thereafter. The District will also determine any potential environmental problems that may develop as a result of leaving or removing the barriers and other measures during construction or after construction of the project has been completed. The Permittee must provide any remedial measures that are needed. 13. This permit is issued based upon the design prepared by the Permittee's consultant. If at any time it is determined by the District that the Conditions for Issuance of Permits in Rules 40D -4.301 and 40D- 4.302, F.A.C., have not been met, upon written notice by the District, the Permittee shall obtain a permit modification and perform any construction necessary thereunder to correct any deficiencies in the system design or construction to meet District rule criteria. The Permittee is advised that the correction of deficiencies may require re- construction of the surface water management system. 14. The Permitted Plan Set for this project includes: the set received by the District on March 5, 2013. 15. If prehistoric or historic artifacts such as pottery or ceramics, stone or shell tools or metal implements, or any other physical remains that could be associated with Native American cultures or early colonial or American settlement are encountered at any time within the project area , the permittee shall cease all activities involving subsurface disturbance in the immediate vicinity of such discoveries. The permittee shall contact the Florida Department of State, Division of Historical Resources, Compliance Review Section at (850) 245 -6333, as well as the District. Project activities in the immediate vicinity shall not resume without authorization from the District after coordination with the Division of Historical Resources. In the event that unmarked human remains are encountered during permitted activities, all work that may disturb the unmarked human remains shall stop immediately and the proper authorities notified in accordance with Section 872.05, Florida Statutes. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. The general conditions attached hereto as Exhibit "A" are hereby incorporated into this permit by reference and the Permittee shall comply with them. Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Authorized Signature 4 • • • • EXHIBIT A GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. All activities shall be implemented as set forth in the plans, specifications and performance criteria as approved by this permit. Any deviation from the permitted activity and the conditions for undertaking that activity shall constitute a violation of this permit. 2. This permit or a copy thereof, complete with all conditions, attachments, exhibits, and modifications, shall be kept at the work site of the permitted activity. The complete permit shall be available for review at the work site upon request by District staff. The permittee shall require the contractor to review the complete permit prior to commencement of the activity authorized by this permit. 3. For general permits authorizing incidental site activities, the following limiting general conditions shall also apply: a. If the decision to issue the associated individual permit is not final within 90 days of issuance of the incidental site activities permit, the site must be restored by the permittee within 90 days after notification by the District. Restoration must be completed by re- contouring the disturbed site to previous grades and slopes re- establishing and maintaining suitable vegetation and erosion control to provide stabilized hydraulic conditions. The period for completing restoration may be extended if requested by the permittee and determined by the District to be warranted due to adverse weather conditions or other good cause. In addition, the permittee shall institute stabilization measures for erosion and sediment control as soon as practicable, but in no case more than 7 days after notification by the District. b. The incidental site activities are commenced at the permittee's own risk. The Governing Board will not consider the monetary costs associated with the incidental site activities or any potential restoration costs in making its decision to approve or deny the individual environmental resource permit application. Issuance of this permit shall not in any way be construed as commitment to issue the associated individual environmental resource permit. 4. Activities approved by this permit shall be conducted in a manner which does not cause violations of state water quality standards. The permittee shall implement best management practices for erosion and a pollution control to prevent violation of state water quality standards. Temporary erosion control shall be implemented prior to and during construction, and permanent control measures shall be completed within 7 days of any construction activity. Turbidity barriers shall be installed and maintained at all locations where the possibility of transferring suspended solids into the receiving waterbody exists due to the permitted work. Turbidity barriers shall remain in place at all locations until construction is completed and soils are stabilized and vegetation has been established. Thereafter the permittee shall be responsible for the removal of the barriers. The permittee shall correct any erosion or shoaling that causes adverse impacts to the water resources. 5. Water quality data for the water discharged from the permittee's property or into the surface waters of the state shall be submitted to the District as required by the permit. Analyses shall be performed according to procedures outlined in the current edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater by the American Public Health Association or Methods for Chemical Analyses of Water and Wastes by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. If water quality data are required, the permittee shall provide data as required on volumes of water discharged, including total volume discharged during the days of sampling and total monthly volume discharged from the property or into surface waters of the state. 6. District staff must be notified in advance of any proposed construction dewatering. If the dewatering activity is likely to result in offsite discharge or sediment transport into wetlands or surface waters, a written dewatering plan must either have been submitted and approved with the permit application or submitted to the District as a permit prior to the dewatering event as a permit modification. A water use permit may be required prior to any use • exceeding the thresholds in Chapter 40D -2, F.A.C. 7. Stabilization measures shall be initiated for erosion and sediment control on disturbed areas as soon as practicable in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily or permanently ceased, but in no case more than 7 days after the construction activity in that portion of the site has temporarily or permanently ceased. 8. Off -site discharges during construction and development shall be made only through the facilities authorized by this permit. Water discharged from the project shall be through structures having a mechanism suitable for regulating upstream stages. Stages may be subject to operating schedules satisfactory to the District. 9. The permittee shall complete construction of all aspects of the surface water management system, including wetland compensation (grading, mulching, planting), water quality treatment features, and discharge control facilities prior to beneficial occupancy or use of the development being served by this system. 10. The following shall be properly abandoned and /or removed in accordance with the applicable regulations: a. Any existing wells in the path of construction shall be properly plugged and abandoned by a licensed well contractor. b. Any existing septic tanks on site shall be abandoned at the beginning of construction. c. Any existing fuel storage tanks and fuel pumps shall be removed at the beginning of construction. 11. All surface water management systems shall be operated to conserve water in order to maintain environmental quality and resource protection; to increase the efficiency of transport, application and use; to decrease waste; to minimize unnatural runoff from the property and to minimize dewatering of offsite property. 12. At least 48 hours prior to commencement of activity authorized by this permit, the permittee shall submit to the District a written notification of commencement indicating the actual start date and the expected completion date. 13. Each phase or independent portion of the permitted system must be completed in accordance with the permitted plans and permit conditions prior to the occupation of the site or operation of site infrastructure located within the area served by that portion or phase of the system. Each phase or independent portion of the system must be completed in accordance with the permitted plans and permit conditions prior to transfer of responsibility for operation and maintenance of that phase or portion of the system to a local government or other responsible entity. 14. Within 30 days after completion of construction of the permitted activity, the permittee shall submit a written statement of completion and certification by a registered professional engineer or other appropriate individual as authorized by law, utilizing the required Statement of Completion and Request for Transfer to Operation Entity form identified in Chapter 40D -1, F.A.C. Additionally, if deviation from the approved drawings are discovered during the certification process the certification must be accompanied by a copy of the approved permit drawings with deviations noted. 15. This permit is valid only for the specific processes, operations and designs indicated on the approved drawings or exhibits submitted in support of the permit application. Any substantial deviation from the approved drawings, exhibits, specifications or permit conditions, including construction within the total land area but outside the approved project area(s), may constitute grounds for revocation or enforcement action by the District, unless a modification has been applied for and approved. Examples of substantial deviations include excavation of ponds, ditches or sump areas deeper than shown on the approved plans. 16. The operation phase of this permit shall not become effective until the permittee has complied with the requirements of the conditions herein, the District determines the system to be in compliance with the permitted plans, and the entity approved by the District accepts responsibility for operation and maintenance of the system. The permit may not be transferred to the operation and maintenance entity approved by the District until the operation phase of the permit becomes effective. Following inspection and approval of the permitted system by the District, the permittee shall request transfer of the permit to the responsible operation and maintenance entity approved by the District, if different from the permittee. Until a transfer is approved by the District, the permittee shall be liable for compliance with the terms of the permit. 6 1017. Should any other regulatory agency require changes to the permitted system, the District shall be notified of the changes prior to implementation so that a determination can be made whether a permit modification is required. 18. This permit does not eliminate the necessity to obtain any required federal, state, local and special District authorizations including a determination of the proposed activities' compliance with the applicable comprehensive plan prior to the start of any activity approved by this permit. 19. This permit does not convey to the permittee or create in the permittee any property right, or any interest in real property, nor does it authorize any entrance upon or activities on property which is not owned or controlled by the permittee, or convey any rights or privileges other than those specified in the permit and Chapter 40D-4 or Chapter 40D -40, F.A.C. 20. The permittee shall hold and save the District harmless from any and all damages, claims, or liabilities which may arise by reason of the activities authorized by the permit or any use of the permitted system. 21. Any delineation of the extent of a wetland or other surface water submitted as part of the permit application, including plans or other supporting documentation, shall not be considered binding unless a specific condition of this permit or a formal determination under section 373.421(2), F.S., provides otherwise. 22. The permittee shall notify the District in writing within 30 days of any sale, conveyance, or other transfer of ownership or control of the permitted system or the real property at which the permitted system is located. All transfers of ownership or transfers of a permit are subject to the requirements of Rule 40D- 4.351, F.A.C. The permittee transferring the permit shall remain liable for any corrective actions that may be required as a result of any permit violations prior to such sale, conveyance or other transfer. 23. Upon reasonable notice to the permittee, District authorized staff with proper identification shall have permission • to enter, inspect, sample and test the system to insure conformity with District rules, regulations and conditions of the permits. 24. If historical or archaeological artifacts are discovered at any time on the project site, the permittee shall immediately notify the District and the Florida Department of State, Division of Historical Resources. 25. The permittee shall immediately notify the District in writing of any previously submitted information that is later discovered to be inaccurate. • SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT NOTICE OF AUTHORIZATION TO COMMENCE CONSTRUCTION City of Clearwater Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements PROJECT NAME Government PROJECT TYPE PINELLAS COUNTY S11/T29S/R15E SEC(S)/TWP(S) /RGE(S) City of Clearwater PERMITTEE APPLICATION ID /PERMIT NO: 676951 / 44041145.001 DATE ISSUED: March 28, 2013 Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Issuing Authority THIS NOTICE SHOULD BE CONSPICUOUSLY DISPLAYED AT THE SITE OF THE WORK 8 • An Equal Opportunity Employer August 23, 2013 Lj Li es 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604 -6899 Water 11 �Ti nagement District (352) 796 -7211 or 1-800-423-1476 (FL only) 1Yl LJ SUNCOM 628 -4150 TDD only 1- 800 - 231 -6103 (FL only) On the Internet at: WaterMatters.org Bartow Service Office 170 Century Boulevard Bartow, Florida 33830 -7700 (863) 534-1448 or 1- 800 -492 -7862 (FL only) City of Clearwater Attn: Jennifer Shannon 100 South Myrtle Ave, Suite 220 Clearwater, FL 33763 Sarasota Service Office 6750 Fruitville Road Sarasota, Florida 34240 -9711 (941) 377 -3722 or 1- 800 - 320 -3503 (FL only) Subject: Notice of Intended Agency Action Environmental Resource Noticed General Permit Project Name: Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Wetland Crossing App ID /Permit No: 685065 / 47041372.000 County: PINELLAS Expiration Date: August 08, 2018 Sec/Twp /Rge: S11/T29S/R15E Dear Permittee(s): Tampa Service Office 7601 Highway 301 North Tampa, Florida 33637 -6759 (813) 985 -7481 or 1- 800 -836 -0797 (FL only) The District acknowledges your intent to use a Noticed General permit for the project referenced above. Plans and information received will be kept on file in support of this determination. The proposed construction must be completed before the expiration date indicated above. The proposed construction is subject to the Rules of the Southwest Florida Water Management District, Chapter 40D -400, general conditions of Rule 40D- 400.215 (Exhibit A enclosed), Subsections 62 -4.242 (1)(a) & (b), (2), and (3), Rule 62- 302.300, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.); and the specific condition of Rule 40D- 400.453, F.A.C., which is enclosed. Deviations from these conditions may subject you to enforcement action and possible penalties. You are responsible for conducting construction in a manner which satisfies all criteria. Be advised that general Condition Number 6 states that the Permittee is responsible for obtaining any necessary authorizations from the Board of Trustees prior to commencing activity on sovereignty lands or other state -owned lands. Final approval is contingent upon no objection to the District's action being received by the District within the time frames described in the enclosed Notice of Rights. Approved construction plans are part of the permit, and construction must be in accordance with these plans. These drawings are available for viewing or downloading through the District's Application and Permit Search Tools located at www.WaterMatters.org /permits. The District's action in this matter only becomes closed to future legal challenges from members of the public if such persons have been properly notified of the District's action and no person objects to the District's action within the prescribed period of time following the notification. The District does not publish notices of intended agency action. If you wish to limit the time within which a person who does not receive actual written notice from the District may request an administrative hearing regarding this action, you are strongly encouraged to publish, at your own expense, a notice of intended agency action in the legal advertisement section of a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties where the activity will occur. Publishing notice of intended agency action will close the window for filing a petition for hearing. Legal requirements and instructions for publishing notice of intended agency action, as well as a noticing form that can be used is available from the District's website at www.WaterMatters.org /permits /noticing. If App ID /Permit No:685065 / 47041372.000 Page 2 August 23, 2013 you publish notice of intended agency action, a copy of the affidavit of publishing provided by the newspaper should be sent to the District's Tampa Service Office, for retention in the File of Record for this agency action. If you have questions, please contact Richard Alt, at the Tampa Service Office, extension 2045. Sincerely, Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Bureau Chief Environmental Resource Permit Bureau Regulation Division Enclosures: Rule 40D- 400.453, F.A.C. Exhibit A Notice of Authorization to Commence Construction Notice of Rights cc: Pankaj Shah, P.E., Cumbey & Fair, Inc. • • • • • • Specific Condition(s): Rule 40D- 400.453, F.A.C. 1. A general permit is hereby granted for the installation, maintenance, repair and removal of underground cable, conduit or pipeline that transmit electricity, communication signals, potable water, raw water, reclaimed water, domestic wastewater, or natural gas. 2. This general permit is subject to the following special conditions: (a) The maximum width of the disturbed corridor in wetlands shall not exceed 30 feet. The maximum width of the excavated trench shall not exceed eight feet, with temporary spoil storage banks not to exceed ten feet in width; (b) The total area of wetland disturbance shall not exceed 0.5 acres of forested wetlands per ten miles of cable, conduit, or pipeline; (c) For a trench with a top width greater than three (3) feet in herbaceous wetlands, the upper layer of the soil horizon shall initially be scraped and segregated into a spoil bank that is separated from the spoil bank resulting from the excavation of the trench for the utility line. The upper layer of the soil horizon shall be replaced as the last step of restored grades to facilitate natural revegetation; (d) Maintenance trimming or removal of trees in wetlands will be conducted only within the impacted areas authorized under this general permit and only as necessary to perform repairs on the cable, conduit, or pipeline; (e) This general permit does not authorize construction in surface waters other than wetlands; (f) There shall be no net placement of permanent fill resulting from the activities authorized by this general permit; (g) There shall be no dredging or filling in wetlands to access the work areas authorized by this general permit, except for temporary mats. All temporary mats shall be removed within thirty days after completion of the installation of the line within the wetland portion of the project; (h) The works authorized by this general permit shall not impede the flow of water in wetlands or other surface waters, except for a maximum period of 30 days during construction, provided that the impeded flow does not cause flooding and shall not adversely affect the wetlands or other surface waters; (i) Temporary spoil banks shall contain breaches that prevent impoundment or restriction of surface water flows; (j) This general permit does not authorize the installation of conduit for draining wetlands or other surface waters; (k) Pre - construction ground elevations and the contours of all disturbed soils, including vehicle ruts in wetlands and other surface waters, shall be restored within 30 days of completion of line installation. Restored grades shall be stabilized within 72 hours following completion of elevation and contour restoration to minimize erosion; (I) Vehicle usage in wetlands and other surface waters shall be conducted so as to minimize tire rutting and erosion impacts; (m) For purposes of this general permit, vehicular access in wetlands and other surface waters shall be limited to existing roads, trails, rights -of -way or easements, and to other previously disturbed corridors where they exist; (n) This general permit shall not apply in Outstanding Florida Waters, Outstanding National Resource Waters, Aquatic Preserves, or Class I waters; and (o) During the initial clearing event and when conducting subsequent normal maintenance activities, the permittee shall eradicate all Brazilian pepper, Australian pine, and malaleuca from the wetland portions of the utility right of way. Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.118, F.S., Law Implemented 373.413, 373.414, 373.416, 373.419, F.S. History - New: 10 -3 -95. EXHIBIT A GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. The terms, conditions, requirements, limitations, and restrictions set forth in this section are binding upon the Permittee for all noticed general permits in this chapter. These conditions are enforceable under part IV of Chapter 373, F.S. 2. The general permit is valid only for the specific activity indicated. Any deviation from the specified activity and the conditions for undertaking that activity shall constitute a violation of the permit. A violation of the permit is a violation of part IV of Chapter 373, F.S., and may result in suspension or revocation of the Permittee's right to conduct such activity under the general permit. The District may also begin legal proceedings seeking penalties or other remedies as provided by law for any violation of these conditions. 3. This general permit does not eliminate the necessity to obtain any required federal, state, local and special District authorizations prior to the start of any construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal or abandonment authorized by this permit. 4. This general permit does not convey to the Permittee or create in the Permittee any property right, or any interest in real property, nor does it authorize any entrance upon or activities on property which is not owned or controlled by the Permittee, or convey any rights or privileges other than those specified in the general permit and this chapter. 5. This general permit does not relieve the Permittee from liability and penalties when the permitted activity causes harm or injury to human health or welfare; animal, plant or aquatic life; or property. It does not allow the Permittee to cause pollution in contravention of Florida Statutes and District rules. 6. The Permittee is hereby advised that Section 253.77, F.S., states that a person may not commence any excavation, construction, or other activity involving the use of sovereign or other lands of the state, the title to which is vested in the Board of Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund without obtaining the required lease, license, easement, or other form of consent authorizing the proposed use. Therefore, the Permittee is responsible for obtaining any necessary authorizations from the Board of Trustees prior to commencing activity on sovereignty lands or other state owned lands. 7. The Board may modify or revoke the authorization to conduct activities pursuant to this noticed general permit at any time if it determines that a stormwater management system, dam, impoundment, reservoir, appurtenant work, or works has become a danger to the public health or safety of its operation has become inconsistent with the objectives of the District or is in violation of any rule or order of the District, or the provisions of this noticed general permit. 8. This permit shall not be transferred to a third party except pursuant to section 40D -4.351, F.A.C. The Permittee transferring the general permit shall remain liable for any corrective actions that may be required as a result of any permit violations prior to sale, conveyance, or other transfer of ownership or control of the permitted system or the real property at which the permitted system is located. 9. Upon reasonable notice to the Permittee, District staff with proper identification shall have permission to enter, inspect, sample and test the permitted system to insure conformity with the plans and specifications approved by the permit. 10. The Permittee shall maintain any permitted system in accordance with the plans submitted and authorized by this permit. 11. A Permittee's right to conduct a specific activity under this noticed general permit is authorized for duration of five years. 12. Construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal and abandonment approved by this general • permit shall be conducted in a manner which does not cause violations of state water quality standards, including any antidegradation provisions of sections 62- 4.242(1)(a) and (b), 62. 4.242(2) and (3), and 62- 302.300, F.A.C., and any special standards for Outstanding Florida Waters and Outstanding National Resource Waters. The Permittee shall implement best management practices for erosion, turbidity, and other pollution control to prevent violation of state water quality standards. Temporary erosion control measures such as sodding, mulching, and seeding shall be implemented and shall be maintained on all erodible ground areas prior to and during construction. Permanent erosion control measures such as sodding and planting of wetland species shall be completed within seven days of any construction activity. Turbidity barriers shall be installed and maintained at all locations where the possibility of transferring suspended solids into wetlands or surface waters exists due to the permitted activity. Trbidity barriers shall remain in place and shall be maintained in a functional condition at all locations until construction is completed, soils are stabilized and vegetation has been established. Thereafter the Permittee shall be responsible for the removal of the barriers. The Permittee shall correct any erosion or shoaling that causes adverse impacts to the water resources. 13. The Permittee shall hold and save the District harmless from any and all damages, claims, or liabilities which may arise by reason of the construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, removal, abandonment or use of any system authorized by the general permit. 14. The Permittee shall immediately notify the District in writing of any previously submitted information that is later discovered to be inaccurate. • • 5 41.00- 076 {Rev.3 /02 Reprint 3/02} SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT NOTICE OF AUTHORIZATION TO COMMENCE CONSTRUCTION Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Wetland Crossing PROJECT NAME Government PROJECT TYPE PINELLAS COUNTY S 11 /T29S /R 15E S EC(S)/TWP(S) /RG E(S) City of Clearwater PERMITTEE APPLICATION ID /PERMIT NO: 685065 / 47041372.000 DATE ISSUED: August 23, 2013 Michelle K. Hopkins, P.E. Issuing Authority THIS NOTICE SHOULD BE CONSPICUOUSLY DISPLAYED AT THE SITE OF THE WORK 6 • • • • • • Notice of Rights ADMINISTRATIVE HEARING 1. You or any person whose substantial interests are or may be affected by the District's intended or proposed action may request an administrative hearing on that action by filing a written petition in accordance with Sections 120.569 and 120.57, Florida Statutes (F.S.), Uniform Rules of Procedure Chapter 28 -106, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.) and District Rule 40D- 1.1010, F.A.C. Unless otherwise provided by law, a petition for administrative hearing must be filed with (received by) the District within 21 days of receipt of written notice of agency action. "Written notice" means either actual written notice, or newspaper publication of notice, that the District has taken or intends to take agency action. "Receipt of written notice" is deemed to be the fifth day after the date on which actual notice is deposited in the United States mail, if notice is mailed to you, or the date that actual notice is issued, if sent to you by electronic mail or delivered to you, or the date that notice is published in a newspaper, for those persons to whom the District does not provide actual notice. 2. Pursuant to Subsection 373.427(2)(c), F.S., for notices of intended or proposed agency action on a consolidated application for an environmental resource permit and use of sovereignty submerged lands concurrently reviewed by the District, a petition for administrative hearing must be filed with (received by) the District within 14 days of receipt of written notice. 3. Pursuant to Rule 62- 532.430, F.A.C., for notices of intent to deny a well construction permit, a petition for administrative hearing must be filed with (received by) the District within 30 days of receipt of written notice of intent to deny. 4. Any person who receives written notice of an agency decision and who fails to file a written request for a hearing within 21 days of receipt or other period as required by law waives the right to request a hearing on such matters. 5. Mediation pursuant to Section 120.573, F.S., to settle an administrative dispute regarding District intended or proposed action is not available prior to the filing of a petition for hearing. 6. A request or petition for administrative hearing must comply with the requirements set forth in Chapter 28.106, F.A.C. A request or petition for a hearing must: (1) explain how the substantial interests of each person requesting the hearing will be affected by the District's intended action or proposed action, (2) state all material facts disputed by the person requesting the hearing or state that there are no material facts in dispute, and (3) otherwise comply with Rules 28- 106.201 and 28- 106.301, F.A.C. Chapter 28 -106, F.A.C. can be viewed at www.t flrules.org or at the District's website at www.WaterMatters.org /permits /rules. 7. A petition for administrative hearing is deemed filed upon receipt of the complete petition by the District Agency Clerk at the District's Tampa Service Office during normal business hours, which are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding District holidays. Filings with the District Agency Clerk may be made by mail, hand - delivery or facsimile transfer (fax). The District does not accept petitions for administrative hearing by electronic mail. Mailed filings must be addressed to, and hand - delivered filings must be delivered to, the Agency Clerk, Southwest Florida Water Management District, 7601 Highway 301 North,Tampa,FL 33637 -6759. Faxed filings must be transmitted to the District Agency Clerk at (813) 987 -6746. Any petition not received during normal business hours shall be filed as of 8:00 a.m. on the next business day. The District's acceptance of faxed petitions for filing is subject to certain conditions set forth in the District's Statement of Agency Organization and Operation, available for viewing at www.WaterMatters.org/about. 7 JUDICIAL REVIEW • 1. Pursuant to Sections 120.60(3) and 120.68, F.S., a party who is adversely affected by District action may seek judicial review of the District's action. Judicial review shall be sought in the Fifth District Court of Appeal or in the appellate district where a party resides or as otherwise provided by law. 2. All proceedings shall be instituted by filing an original notice of appeal with the District Agency Clerk within 30 days after the rendition of the order being appealed, and a copy of the notice of appeal, accompanied by any filing fees prescribed by law, with the clerk of the court, in accordance with Rules 9.110 and 9.190 of the Florida Rules of Appellate Procedure (Fla. R. App. P.). Pursuant to Fla. R. App. P. 9.020(h), an order is rendered when a signed written order is filed with the clerk of the lower tribunal. • 8 • • • REPLY TO ATTENTION OF DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY JACKSONVILLE DISTRICT CORPS OF ENGINEERS 10117 PRINCESS PALM AVENUE, SUITE 120 TAMPA, FLORIDA 33610 Regulatory Division South Permits Branch Tampa Permits Section SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) Mr. Michael Quillen City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Ave. #200 Clearwater, FL 33756 Dear Mr. Quillen: April 25, 2013 The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) assigned your application for a Department of the Army permit, which the Corps received on February 11, 2013, the file number SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH). The proposed project, known as "Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements ", includes the construction of new storm sewer and the removal or abandonment in -place of existing storm sewer in the area east of Glenwood Avenue, north of Drew Street to the Elmwood/Highland Avenue intersection, requiring impacts to 0.2 acre of herbaceous wetland (0.15 acre temporary impact and 0.05 acre permanent impact). The project is located in wetlands adjacent to Stevenson Creek, northeast of the intersection of Glenwood Avenue and Drew Street in the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, in Section 11 of Township 29 South and Range 15 East (Latitude 27.972836 N; Longitude 82.772976 W). Your project, as depicted on the enclosed drawings, is authorized by Nationwide Permit (NWP) Number No. 12. In addition, project specific conditions have been enclosed. This verification is valid until March 18, 2017. Furthermore, if you commence or are under contract to commence this activity before the date that the relevant nationwide permit is modified or revoked, you will have 12 months from the date of the modification or revocation of the NWP to complete the activity under the present terms and conditions of this nationwide permit. Please access the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (Corps) Jacksonville District's Regulatory Internet page to access Internet links to view the Final Nationwide Permits, Federal Register Vol. 77, dated February 21, 2012, specifically pages 10270 — 10290, the Corrections to the Final Nationwide Permits, Federal Register 77, March 19, 2012, and the List of Regional Conditions. The Internet page address is: http://www.saj .usace.army.mil/Miss ions/Regulatory.aspx Please be aware this Internet address is case sensitive and should be entered as it appears above. Once there you will need to click on "Source Book "; and, then click on "Nationwide Permits." These files contain the description of the Nationwide Permit authorization, the Nationwide Permit general conditions, and the regional conditions, which apply specifically to this -2- verification for NWP No. 12. Enclosed is a list of the six General Conditions, which apply to all Department of the Army authorizations. You must comply with all of the special and general conditions and any project specific condition of this authorization or you may be subject to enforcement action. In the event you have not completed construction of your project within the specified time limit, a separate application or re- verification may be required. The following special conditions are included with this verification: 1. Self - Certification: Within 60 days of completion of the work authorized, the attached Self: Certification Statement of Compliance must be completed and submitted to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Mail the completed form to the Regulatory Division, Special Projects and Enforcement Branch, 10117 Princess Palm Avenue, Suite 120, Tampa, Florida, 33610 2. Temporary Wetland Impacts: Within 30 days from the date of completing the authorized work the Permittee shall restore 0.15 acre of temporary wetland impacts to pre - existing contours, elevations, vegetation, habitat type, and hydrology. 3. Cultural Resources/Historic Properties: a. No structure or work shall adversely affect impact or disturb properties listed in the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) or those eligible for inclusion in the NRHP. b. If during the ground disturbing activities and construction work within the permit area, there are archaeological/cultural materials encountered which were not the subject of a previous cultural resources assessment survey (and which shall include, but not be limited to: pottery, modified shell, flora, fauna, human remains, ceramics, stone tools or metal implements, dugout canoes, evidence of structures or any other physical remains that could be associated with Native American cultures or early colonial or American settlement), the Permittee shall immediately stop all work and ground- disturbing activities within a 100 -meter diameter of the discovery and notify the Corps within the same business day (8 hours). The Corps shall then notify the Florida State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) and the appropriate Tribal Historic Preservation Officer(s) (THPO(s)) to assess the significance of the discovery and devise appropriate actions. c. Additional cultural resources assessments may be required of the permit area in the case of unanticipated discoveries as referenced in accordance with the above Special Condition ; and if deemed necessary by the SHPO, THPO(s), or Corps, in accordance with 36 CFR 800 or 33 CFR 325, Appendix C (5). Based, on the circumstances of the discovery, equity to all parties, and considerations of the public interest, the Corps may modify, suspend or revoke the permit in accordance with 33 CFR Part 325.7. Such activity shall not resume on non - federal lands without written authorization from the SHPO for finds under his or her jurisdiction, and from the Corps. • • • -3- d. In the unlikely event that unmarked human remains are identified on non - federal lands, they will be treated in accordance with Section 872.05 Florida Statutes. All work and ground disturbing activities within a 100 -meter diameter of the unmarked human remains shall immediately cease and the Permittee shall immediately notify the medical examiner, Corps, and State Archeologist within the same business day (8- hours). The Corps shall then notify the appropriate SHPO and THPO(s). Based, on the circumstances of the discovery, equity to all parties, and considerations of the public interest, the Corps may modify, suspend or revoke the permit in accordance with 33 CFR Part 325.7. Such activity shall not resume without written authorization from the State Archeologist and from the Corps. 4. Eastern Indigo Snake Protection Measures: The Permittee shall comply with U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service's "Standard Protection Measures for the Eastern Indigo Snake" dated February 12, 2004 (attached). This letter of authorization does not give absolute Federal authority to perform the work as specified on your application. The proposed work may be subject to local building restrictions mandated by the National Flood Insurance Program. You should contact your local office that issues building permits to determine if your site is located in a flood -prone area, and if you must comply with the local building requirements mandated by the National Flood Insurance Program. If you are unable to access the internet or require a hardcopy of any of the conditions, limitations, or expiration date for the above referenced NWP, please contact me by telephone at 813- 769 -7063. Thank you for your cooperation with our permit program. The Corps Jacksonville District Regulatory Division is committed to improving service to our customers. We strive to perform our duty in a friendly and timely manner while working to preserve our environment. We invite you to visit http:// per2 .nwp.usace.army.mil/survey.html and complete our automated Customer Service Survey. Your input is appreciated — favorable or otherwise. Again, please be aware this Internet address is case sensitive and should be entered as it appears above. Sincerely, Tracy Hurst Biologist, Tampa Permits Section -4- Enclosures: Permit Drawings (6 pp. dated 4/25/13) Self- certification Form Standard Protection Measures for the Eastern Indigo Snake cc (w /encls): Mr. Lee Hughes, S WF WMD (Ref ERP No. 44041145.001) Ms. Angela Ryan, USACE Enforcement Mr. Pankaj Shah, Cumbey & Fair, Inc. • • • • • GENERAL CONDITIONS 33 CFR PART 320 -330 PUBLISHED FEDERAL REGISTER DATED 13 NOVEMBER 1986 1. The time limit for completing the work authorized ends on March 18, 2017. If you find that you need more time to complete the authorized activity, submit your request for a time extension to this office for consideration at least one month before the above date is reached. 2. You must maintain the activity authorized by this permit in good condition and in conformance with the terms and conditions of this permit. You are not relieved of this requirement if you abandon the permitted activity, although you may make a good faith transfer to a third party in compliance with General Condition 4 below. Should you wish to cease to maintain the authorized activity or should you desire to abandon it without a good faith transfer, you must obtain a modification of this permit from this office, which may require restoration of the area. 3. If you discover any previously unknown historic or archeological remains while accomplishing the activity authorized by this permit, you must immediately notify this office of what you have found. We will initiate the Federal and state coordination required to determine if the remains warrant a recovery effort of if the site is eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. 4. If you sell the property associated with this permit you must obtain the signature of the new owner in the space provided and forward a copy of the permit to this office to validate the transfer of this authorization. 5. If a conditioned water quality certification has been issued for your project, you must comply with the conditions specified in the certification as special conditions to this permit. For your convenience, a copy of the certification is attached if it contains such conditions. 6. You must allow a representative from this office to inspect the authorized activity at any time deemed necessary to ensure that it is being or has been accomplished in accordance with the terms and conditions of your permit. INDEX OF PLANS SHEET # SHEET DESCRIPTION 1 Cover Sheet 2 Key Map & Typical Sections 3 General Notes 4 Storm Drain Demolition Plan 5 Plan & Profile — Highland Ave. Elmwood St. (West) 8 Plan & Profile — N. Glenwood Ave. 7 Plan & Profile — Smallwood Circle 8 Plan & Profile — Glenwood Park Rosemere Road 9 Plan & Profile — Rosemere Road Wood Drive 10 Plan & Profile — Ridgewood St. Elmwood St. (East) 11 Plan & Profile — Elmwood St. (East) 12 Glenwood Park Drainage Plan 13 Woodside Park Drainage Plan 14 Details 15 Details 18 Details Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 Sma / /wood Circle Drainage Improvements Sect 11 Twn 29 South, Rng 15 East Project No. 11- 0057 —EN Plans Prepared By: CUMBEY & FAIR, INC. CONSULTING CIVIL ENGINEERS F NC:INFFRINCee6ne P1 ANNING GRI ITANn GIIRVFYG 2463 ENTERPRISE R0A0 CLEARWATER 797 -8992 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33763 -1790 TAMPA 223 -4333 CITY OFFICIALS George N. Cretekos Doreen Hock- DiPolitio Jay Polglaze Bill Jonson Paul F. Gibson William B. Horne II Mayor Councilmember Councilmember Councilmember Councilmember City Manager Michael D. Quillen, P.E. City Engineer Approved By Date Approved P /an Set No. 2012040 • USACE PERMIT DRAWINGS ** SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) ** 4/25/13 ** Page 1 of 6 • • • • USACE PERMIT DRAWINGS ** SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) ** 4/25/13 ** Page 2 of 6 1 } 1 J_ J T I.SMI 091Ln • 904 now E J' 0•'Inb.E01* nllls* MAMA IMF RECORD DRAWINGS �. RCA RCl7lIFRIINE -6n. Rwn. wa c.= RAYS) PrZJII Car' MT. SOMILIZATON i own °"�'°' RCP I�. JYPICAL SECTION STA. 20 +00.00 TO STA. 73 +00.00 la /n /.Tul I I U__r. -_ _ SEE PLANS WOE —J SHOWN DAMS A9JE A��n MRGa.N O96n M NsM Arnrie n Oolon IMJ (NAG 844 IWO AJ,N6RSnf // SDEET i Lb I [=,.11-1T"--1-77-1-1 n Il _J S '�I' I L L 1 I_ 1- 1 I 1 it III 1 1 1 ip 1 } 1 1 I - X1,11;' ^1tt— I— r�J'r —il I :1111 I 1 �_ 1 ONSET NO. 11 O.WnI%ID A.EWTC SDifFr 1-+_..q'+'=; -I -III �T-- ir1 �1 J .1 11,1: 11, 1 .Am011111111m, 0' 200' 400' SCALE: 1' - 900' GRAPHIC SCALE (IN MDT) V k -lp� •— —4:1 —,I -.2:: I J_ Rococo f i LLJ._ PIN04000 Sr I- I ®. Ld:LI71+1; -} 1'11I 1 '161H1,.I,J 2 '— P" - cr-Ji_L L 1 LJ_ ROSE tr " 111 I ) 1 1 1 _IIL_LL111 0/MW SRWT? SR. 590 1 7— -- —1 I— _ —T 1-7 7 — KEY MAP BENCHMARK._ ELEVATORS BASED ON NA.V.O. OF 1968: 0R OF CLEARWATER BENOIMMK 'F -06' EINADON 27.93; DISC AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF MLLC0EST AVENUE AND DREW STREET. STAMPED F -08. REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 3. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33756 CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL ®CUl®RT k FAIR. INC. 6481 8Nr8NPR198 ROAD 74 CLBARWSIER, O 90010mLaa9s ue KEY MAP & TYPICAL SECTIONS '11`-1657-EN ° 46X� 0404 TRS Nn. 1N A 200' 2 or ''n 001 /2012 DP /PJ n.am PJ L • USACE PERMIT DRAWINGS ** SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) ** 4/25/13 ** Page 3 of 6 • • • • i - -IL_ --N-� -11-- L1 1 1 I _I ._L_i_ -J �I ~ „� -O _� I T 1 I I ,. I I „ 1 L 1 _ I I 1- - - - -- 1 w I N �- .... -- -- T -; - 1- r-- I-r- rl- r--I -i - -,� O I 1 i" I« I„ 1« I" I« 1„ I„ 11„ 1'A 1" -- 0 __ J I 1 1 „A,� J,,� I _ I I I I 1 I„ i -- ,-- 1- -r1 -H -'+- = - -E- Ij- -1 -H -+ ,, -JO J . - _. 1„ 11« IN I„ I„ 1 feII,. I= J, 11„ _- " __ I I ICI 1 11 1 " 1 _1 _1_! -� ra SNS>a i .., xl „ J H +_ T r �I I I LI_ " _.I L _1_ WOOD DRIVE " 1 1„ Il„ 1J „ I" I„ I" 1„ 11, „ I " „1 11 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 I I „- �_1 -_1L J_L1_L_!-L_J-.1-1-1-- ORANOEWOODAVENUE r --I , _ -- EOGEWOOD AVENUE 1 _�� I „ T r-r �- r -1 L 1 1 1 I I I I 1' I 11 -Tj -L{-p -T s 1.- ;® ABLi,rmoNl-- J_1 -.�rIJ -I__� 6 --J - -U 1-_ I 1 1 , r - J H =1_-J i - --i I, .� l- xml, n .1 ... .' C�J ru 1- R, 1 „ H- -� r, -� 1 I -r.l� o, , 1 I , _ = . -1 _C -1 1 -- -I- -r -I • I-- III 1 ,, - -I- I a "Tn1- 12 `.. ® £%� N. GLENWOOD AVENVE �� ® , R 5 I -I- �--'' I -R,- ` 7 i� , II ' EI 1 , ?� q„LEplpy. II „ .� IaU Saw 1- I H -,- ' 0 3 1 r `R ,4 - 1 I'P'I•I' 'Isrl' ,l, II' II' ;�r 1 /1 II -� � � e xa ��' N I ss' RCA 0 na s�z 1 I l 1 N.H HUNG AVENUE PR �� L 0' IOW SOO' SCALS� GRAPHIC SCALE ON PEST) STRUCTURES TO BE REMOVED ST13. NO(S). ES -01, ES-08, ES -09. ES-10, ES-11, 5S -12, ES-14, ES-15, ES-18. ES-17, ES-IS, ES-19, ES -20, ES-21, ES-22, ES-34, ES -35, ES-36. E8-37, ES-38, 0345 ES46, ES41. ES46, ES-49, ES-52, ES -51, ES.53, ES-GO, ESA1, 8 ES -02 STRUCTURES TO BE GROUTED BTR. NO(S). E9 -13, S ES -15 8TR. 00(0). ES-55, ES -58, A E8.57 ONLY THE TOP OF THE STRUCTURE TO BE REMOVED AND THE BOTTOM IS TO BE GROUTED NOTE: EXISTING STORM PIPE3 SHOWN WITH PLUG ARE PROPOSED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE BY FILLING WITH 'FLOWABLE FILL- 3 PL000ED. IAs ,e„e OF Co ,nl„r ...,ro,ron. ss�.e.+. R..� RxasaawNAeemoo Ww,IP -••ABAXOOl1•' ® •• na if_,al .. ., d l� aIITRIPIPP,a Au aNAPIC N _IN PLACE i;� - , 10•' �- ,„ r,r ,ice .� .o :�. r °, -_ -.. _ - - I .. rol ..o __�- I I rc „ _ - - 1 / ? /� / _ _ / ,u 1 rrs rry IL I __ I _ �'_ O , ..ar. y..e W 1 -y - I - - /.... �7 yA , r„ I ru , rrs „ +L _ -..„ - I - _ - ,ri Aaysiarrrx„ -! e- 1 8, r - 0' _-J N' .L - N „ " I„ i „ ; " I „ 1 r -__ ,I - 1 I COASR/NE RARROAD CECMWATER 01X, COURSE N. GLENW000 AVENUE r- --- '1-- -1-- -L,7 -r -1- - -J-F ;-r -M g« i„ 1„ I„ I„ «! W 1 I„ 1 a I„ I" 11 „ I„ I„ I" I„ 1 I I I I I " 1 I I 1 I I 1 ,j, „ } j I I_ 1 _' I -' - -� - - f"- - I, - 1 4, -I - _ T + -L T - i- - I-„ - - T„ n I „ I x T „ r „ �„ 1 M J 1 1 1 1 r, 1r,1 1 r, 1" 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 I I ) I I I 1 I _LL_I1_L1_�_1_ 1 ' L_ 1 _ - L _ �. _I_ LI_ _ 1 ! �'- N. HIGHLAND AVENUE acwrsRRmA„A.ar„ 1 1--1 1 - -1 1 -I -1, -'- '•r �I- - __ - - I I I, I I I„ I g �1I I'I 1 �_ _I_ I HIGHLAND COURT WARNING `-') M WrA.„ota' IP.M„."OF 0„ Wtbr/ DRME I M M CEy6„,dn,WE r„No* MA. Y.0. 5928 N"a„,fd Aram ♦ A'a51 Am„I,n Obhm tSL (AN0 A.i4 2007 A>MSn„,t 1 1 1 I g I I ' 1 ' I ' I I 1 r, I y I I I I - L- LL_L -� �_,_ o_�0 I m,ANAI APA LM uA" aNxR, a a1, MP PRE „,aa RECORD DRAWINGS REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FI 33758 3u CALL 811 SUNSHINE SATE oN M1CALL «,Pew ®CUILBEY 8 FAIR, INC. Ebb ENTEEPAIE6 BOAR nA 0, ,�AIDA 9855E -ITE emaimE 5-IT0 STORM SEWER DEMOLITION PLAN "7:41111en Hen a' EX sumo ,, ex 11- 0057 -EN •��9% HMO VENIPEO PeAPICPAO VI PLACE OLIW 000 300. PS 1, PC. 66 133ST SA CAP TO PP I PUP= it OROUTIO TV 4V 1 CONE; 03.6 {1, -- -� APAIDANT `r,0.. ,00SMALL{424' PROLE C • Ro:of DI \\ x I/o- Nm4., 32..306/30) �}� •�7/ 4.U4 ��` ___ 0 s �e \\ 1 i e A • CON30.1409 Ir 1a 2.414032 r F� 2, 1 - _ 4A.• Om' O MNar74vr. /✓ / 1 I I / 1 00141. 39.0 If 7 SA SW 0 LOSS 14 INSTAL SIOAEO .r cars -- F Y b b <r. ' A7. 1 $4"0 INSTALL PLOAANO RACE PER OZED NOES NO. POO \\ \�� ABNOaeo M VITA 24/23/30 SA"' O ( /02 0 • NOM NOM A. 6MA:eI A.6*Ir M R. a.. 0y ,0%n* 6M.e'R MAMA 7RM Mantel Pea •Mat ARraaat Dn a IAV 4/220 31)4 .7007 Adam/{ EXISTING STORM STRUCTURE TABLE IMO wV.a- 350 °f;:i : 1111 THROAT EL. • 41.71 w n • 4..30 STORM STRUCTURE TABLE OTvPE'A•STEELNOSEOwINGEOMLEr TOP DL • 43. NO.205 (.'�' %2.7 THROAT EL.•2299 NW. wry. EL • 303.30 0403 W. INV. EL• 37.8013.) OUrVMLO ' 3 z01 RE 22.0.03 INDE%ep.2II 0 9O Li EEL. • 42.5 • n.e0 8ER40.01.. 38.4(301 SEE DETAIL ON SM. NO. 16 TO � `MI' _. 0R.t • EE ,7,',E'PMT.•A•. TYPE•A•eTEEL NOSED WINGED INLET FOOT NE1S.NOl30 R''•'%zd' 700E ..300.3306301 “E01NOE %NO. 230 qIM EL •.260 TOP EL.•43.60 30(16.1 THROAT EL .4390 NW 23E. NILS.,• MAP poi SE. INV. EL• 30.30 (241 C 024 .E P EL •03000u.41 SE. IN, EL. •30331309 .,IlnllilllllluEl IMEAFTKI 2 0 . ' 9CAI& r GRAPHIC RCM& (IN FELT) RECORD DRAW1N05 REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 3. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FI 33758 ®CUMIN 8 FAIR, INC. 3403 10211070003 ROAD * mTREACR r MR= 0* 3 -4700 7.01621 r4E01ESLO MOWER GLENWOOD PARK WETLAND 7=1 Parl. N a 0400 '""Tr-7657 0403 °'N _ 01 /2012 31''4427/73 °a" m OC °4.a '4 AAA Am NA 12 Or 10 USACE PERMIT DRAWINGS ** SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) *04/25/13 ** Page 5 of 6 • • • • EXISTING STORM STRUCTURE TABLE ES -4 C3' ra• .13 Ex cuRe B[i YIEET NQ 10) �ro a �aE`P1N•'ao ie m. WY. EL • 4B.e6 (l0 BE Rw0110) (To BE REMOVER) NtrT (10 BE 060000)' >Py 11 PROVIDE PLUG LF'-- F•t'�. 0 PLUG aJ MAY BE REMOVER UNCER SANITARY SEWER ' A PART OF THIS CO)1TRACCT NOT T IF NOT REMOVED( BANE ON IN PLACE (N0 GROUTING) 0E I/0^' Al BEGIN SWALE. �} 4, •0L00 h uiY 9 - RsP, mtmmenece fJS^lffmlimmee mnereemmermrm i'fE+, rf^JL�femmeff� BMW-. AFmiff•f•� end '�fvi�ff■_= .E+I^J0'R� -O T.(u.l E1SiL!EBSff�*mff1IINE rBnW.L;4., ,M�f.>.��emrca� ER 'fR^_RE!�EiA1T'.'IERfEE��•s:.., . , �_. TREE LEGEND . _ 0"90905 ow' M•E O° - MAPLE - 9AR p. _ 030X206 5 1e - KKR ) ' - EAR O (0 ABORe, R 000 STORM STRUCTURE TABLE CCED IN0rE02 (0 F00i MOE%NO11gi OM INLET RIM ELE 5100 RATE EL.•4T00 NV. L•457001 N.INV. EL.• 45.1111 NW. INN. EL• 48.07124• X M1 (I NPE'C' DITCH BOTTOM INLET ED INLET FOOT) INDEX ND.nx x wMnaD GRATE L • .0 STEEL 14w.• SW) NLE BLOT EL •Om(EI COED ToP SLOTVWEOiH�]T1r) AT EL•81.12 W. INV. NV • 1 1]W1 EI EL 12 0 4T . (O]O'1 TYPE T:'DITCH BOTTOM MEET TYPE S'DIMN BOTTOM INLET GRATE 40E0J2 E EL •97O FOOT INDEX L•40.8 212 RN.EL•45.0 1101 GRATE EL•4B.W 43 TY • STEEL NOSED WINGED INLET S.I NV. EL.•4l.20 NB•I CCED 0LOEX NO. ROO(xw•12'a1 a';'E�•ae]81161 TOP EL.•5u0 N. 5101241 EMROAELL•SS.61 • (10.5 TYPE C' Q'TCHBOTTOM INLET PoOT INDEX No. SU wplNV EL•4e.u1151 4a 11e1 .IlN.EL 4e.4411e1 ®x c DRCH BGTrOM INLET ou:BroEX tIfi" GRATE EL •4B.OB 48.111 OPT EL. • 4ls111e'1 CCENNOOD fSFA IFS SUBO/NS /dV I SCALE 1• • 90' GRAPHIC SCALE (IN FEET) Pa IP• PE. 56 1 1 I I 1 1 I 1 I 14 25 la 1 J. 1 28 I 19 1 I I I I 1 I 1 1 [.047 I I n IOM •. ss L-- 1 55J 0EY.B,N.R" 6E- - 1 �S EF i EAT 1 1 17 1 GLENWOOD SUBO/11510N I PB ), PO. 66 .4,- .9 I '�V BEGIN SWALE 1l .A'PL I INSTALL STAKED! RTER FABRIC + FENCE PER CCECE ;P' � MOEX NO. 007 -0!. y ' I APA1 a'I fi a .. ;f5 � - ! O• A' ti RY T� A' '• ,771,56. .....` 202, RoR•a T I. PROP. 501 RCP �A SEE SMT. N0. 10 �• CONST. 104.0 LF 24' RCP 0 0.1. P. PROVIDE 4CN51. O SWALE R L.F. O 1.00X GDNST. 75.0 }�I '04 • 18• RCP 0 0 0.J61(4,71, Ems, Is' !PVC LIP 0 BE REM • D 00251. SWALE 85 L.F. 0 1.005 AA JO I AR ! a' I I CORSI'. 85.0 LF 18. RCP • 0,180 CONS, 90.D LF 19• RCP O 0.168 JI - m E5.Rm. HH NO INSTALL STAKED B C T .0 • RNCE PER CCED -L, INDEX ND. 007 CONS, 260.0 LP _ ,, 9• RCP O 0.166 0 06 5 1 . 5 0 0 0 2 0 . silt 100 SIDEWALK PER CUD 0.00 DEN N0. 100 001134. 198.0 1e•IIcPa0.105 CORSI. 30.0 LF 15' RCP 0 0.10X a 615063. C 51002D FILTER MET FENCE PER CCU INDEX N0. 607 140 EXIST. 12- RCP TO BE PLUGGED IA GROUTED 0 ABANDONED IN PUCE IJP EXIST. 12• VCP TO BE REMOVED fa. F INsreu suKED r - • PN� , ' ll .7' I FILTER FABR C SILT l\ v[ ie_ _ -,...9,, 0 �v' E • • / ' FENCE N0. 60 D 0,06 _ 1\ 11 1 08e 432411PFI / \1 ___ -- _�_ -`� �Tl -'I- -- \ L _ I JT EXIST. I2• RCP TO BE PLUGGED R GROUTED e ABANDONED IN PUCE IJS GLENNOOD FSUBO /NS /ON 119 X Pc NOM Avg` 106 41.3710' Venom • ft now CIO ∎••• WnOR 3.605004 N.AVA INS 86*610Y Rehm ♦ Ns01 P.O . O.YMw IIMJ (MAD A.F.{ 1007 40.4,10,00 • 1 1 \ ; �1 lJ6 I IJS Oi tr iy 6e RECORD DRAWINGS REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, Fl 33758 ®CALL 811 SU 0)40 CALLATE ® Cl/MEET & PAIR, INC. 2463 ENTERPRISE ROAD � AR ATEEO FLORIDA 99EwF �wAw� N ELM Eo'egio'ieTkER WOODSIDE PARK 046X '°11.-1057 -EN 9/01(2012 Witt N A w•r I . 717 Nmn4 .OP /P] USACE PERMIT DRAWINGS *0 SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) *" 4/25/13 ** Page 6 of 6 SELF - CERTIFICATION STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE Permit Number: SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) Permittee's Name & Address (please print or type): Telephone Number: Location of the Work: Date Work Started: Date Work Completed: Description of the Work (e.g. bank stabilization, residential or commercial filling, docks, dredging, etc.): Acreage or Square Feet of Impacts to Waters of the United States: Describe Mitigation completed (if applicable): Describe any Deviations from the Permit (attach drawing(s) depicting the deviations): I certify that all work, and mitigation (if applicable), was done in accordance with the limitations and conditions as described in the permit. Any deviations as described above are depicted on the attached drawing(s). Signature of Permittee Date • • STANDARD PROTECTION MEASURES FOR THE EASTERN INDIGO SNAKE 1. An eastern indigo snake protection/education plan shall be developed by the applicant or requestor for all construction personnel to follow. The plan shall be provided to the Service for review and approval at least 30 days prior to any clearing activities. The educational materials for the plan may consist of a combination of posters, videos, pamphlets, and lectures (e.g., an observer trained to identify eastern indigo snakes could use the protection/education plan to instruct construction personnel before any clearing activities occur). Informational signs should be posted throughout the construction site and along any proposed access road to contain the following information: a. a description of the eastern indigo snake, its habits, and protection under Federal Law; b. instructions not to injure, harm, harass or kill this species; c. directions to cease clearing activities and allow the eastern indigo snake sufficient time to move away from the site on its own before resuming clearing; and, d. telephone numbers of pertinent agencies to be contacted if a dead eastern indigo snake is encountered. The dead specimen should be thoroughly soaked in water and then frozen. 2. If not currently authorized through an Incidental Take Statement in association with a III Biological Opinion, only individuals who have been either authorized by a section 10(a)(1)(A) permit issued by the Service, or by the State of Florida through the Florida Fish Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC) for such activities, are permitted to come in contact with an eastern indigo snake. 3. An eastern indigo snake monitoring report must be submitted to the appropriate Florida Field Office within 60 days of the conclusion of clearing phases. The report should be submitted whether or not eastern indigo snakes are observed. The report should contain the following information: a. any sightings of eastern indigo snakes and b. other obligations required by the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission, as stipulated in the permit. Revised February 12, 2004 • REPLY TO ATTENTION OF Tampa Permits Section SAJ- 2013 -00498 (JD -TEH) PRELIMINARY JD Mr. Michael Quillen City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Ave. #200 Clearwater, FL 33756 Dear Mr. Quillen: DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY JACKSONVILLE DISTRICT CORPS OF ENGINEERS 10117 PRINCESS PALM AVENUE, SUITE 120 TAMPA, FLORIDA 33610 April 24, 2013 Reference is made to your request for a preliminary jurisdictional determination (preliminary JD) for a proposed project known as "Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements ". Based on information submitted to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) we have preliminarily determined there may be waters of the United States, including wetlands, within your project area located in wetlands adjacent to Stevenson Creek, northeast of the intersection of Glenwood Avenue and Drew Street in the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, in Section 11 of Township 29 South and Range 15 East (Latitude 27.972836 N; Longitude 82.772976 W). The approximate location(s) of waters of the United States are indicated on the attached sheets. Please be advised a Department of the Army permit will be required for regulated work in all areas which may be waters of the United States, as indicated in this preliminary JD. For purposes of computation of impacts, compensatory mitigation requirements, and other resource protection measures, a permit decision made on the basis of a preliminary JD will treat all waters and wetlands, which would be affected in any way by the permitted activity on the site, as if they are jurisdictional waters of the United States. Should you desire an official Corps determination that jurisdictional "waters of the United States," or "navigable waters of the United States," or both, are either present or absent on a particular site, the Corps will issue an approved JD when requested. You are cautioned that work performed in areas which may be waters of the United States, as indicated in the preliminary JD, without a Department of the Army permit could subject you to enforcement action. Receipt of a permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection or the Water Management District does not obviate the requirement for obtaining a Depai intent of the Army permit for such work prior to commencing work. This preliminary JD has been conducted to identify the potential for Clean Water Act and/or Rivers and Harbors Act jurisdiction for the particular site identified in this request. This • • • • -2- preliminary JD may not be valid for the wetland conservation provisions of the Food Security Act of 1985, as amended. If you or your tenant are U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) program participants, or anticipate participation in USDA programs, you should request a certified wetland determination from the local office of the Natural Resources Conservation Service prior to starting work. The Corps' Jacksonville District Regulatory Division is committed to improving service to our customers. We strive to perform our duty in a friendly and timely manner while working to preserve our environment. We invite you to take a few minutes to visit the following link and complete our automated Customer Service Survey: http:// per2. nwp.usace.army.mil/survey.html. Your input is appreciated — favorable or otherwise. Please be aware this web address is case sensitive and should be entered as it appears above. Thank you for your cooperation with our permit program. If you have any questions concerning this matter please contact Tracy Hurst by mail at the letterhead address, by electronic mail at Tracy.E.Hurst @usace.army.mil, or by telephone at 813 - 769 -7063. Enclosures: Preliminary JD Form Notification of Administrative Appeal Options Form Project drawings (4 pp. dated 4/24/13) cc: (w/ encls): Mr. Pankaj Shah Cumbey & Fair, Inc. 3463 Enterprise Rd. Clearwater, FL 33763 Sincerely, for: Donald W. Kinard Chief, Regulatory Division ATTACHMENT PRELIMINARY JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION FORM BACKGROUND INFORMATION A. REPORT COMPLETION DATE FOR PRELIMINARY JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION (JD): 4/24/13 B. NAME AND ADDRESS OF PERSON REQUESTING PRELIMINARY JD: City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Ave. #200 Clearwater, FL 33756 C. DISTRICT OFFICE, FILE NAME, AND NUMBER:Jacksonville, Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements, SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) D. PROJECT LOCATION(S) AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (USE THE ATTACHED TABLE TO DOCUMENT MULTIPLE WATERBODIES AT DIFFERENT SITES) State:FL County /parish /borough: Pinellas City: Clearwater Center coordinates of site (lat/long in degree decimal format): Lat. 27.972836° N, Long. 82.772976° W. Universal Transverse Mercator: Name of nearest waterbody: Stevenson Creek Identify (estimate) amount of waters in the review area: Non - wetland waters: linear feet: width (ft) and /or acres. Cowardin Class: Stream Flow: Wetlands: 1.09 acres. Cowardin Class: Emergent Name of any water bodies on the site that have been identified as Section 10 waters: Tidal: Non - Tidal: E. REVIEW PERFORMED FOR SITE EVALUATION (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY): ® Office (Desk) Determination. Date: 4/24/13 ❑ Field Determination. Date(s): • • • • • • 1. The Corps of Engineers believes that there may be jurisdictional waters of the United States on the subject site, and the permit applicant or other affected party who requested this preliminary JD is hereby advised of his or her option to request and obtain an approved jurisdictional determination (JD) for that site. Nevertheless, the permit applicant or other person who requested this preliminary JD has declined to exercise the option to obtain an approved JD in this instance and at this time. 2. In any circumstance where a permit applicant obtains an individual permit, or a Nationwide General Permit (NWP) or other general permit verification requiring "pre- construction notification" (PCN), or requests verification for a non - reporting NWP or other general permit, and the permit applicant has not requested an approved JD for the activity, the permit applicant is hereby made aware of the following: (1) the permit applicant has elected to seek a permit authorization based on a preliminary JD, which does not make an official determination of jurisdictional waters; (2) that the applicant has the option to request an approved JD before accepting the terms and conditions of the permit authorization, and that basing a permit authorization on an approved JD could possibly result in less compensatory mitigation being required or different special conditions; (3) that the applicant has the right to request an individual permit rather than accepting the terms and conditions of the NWP or other general permit authorization; (4) that the applicant can accept a permit authorization and thereby agree to comply with all the terms and conditions of that permit, including whatever mitigation requirements the Corps has determined to be necessary; (5) that undertaking any activity in reliance upon the subject permit authorization without requesting an approved JD constitutes the applicant's acceptance of the use of the preliminary JD, but that either form of JD will be processed as soon as is practicable; (6) accepting a permit authorization (e.g., signing a proffered individual permit) or undertaking any activity in reliance on any form of Corps permit authorization based on a preliminary JD constitutes agreement that all wetlands and other water bodies on the site affected in any way by that activity are jurisdictional waters of the United States, and precludes any challenge to such jurisdiction in any administrative or judicial compliance or enforcement action, or in any administrative appeal or in any Federal court; and (7) whether the applicant elects to use either an approved JD or a preliminary JD, that JD will be processed as soon as is practicable. Further, an approved JD, a proffered individual permit (and all terms and conditions contained therein), or individual permit denial can be administratively appealed pursuant to 33 C.F.R. Part 331, and that in any administrative appeal, jurisdictional issues can be raised (see 33 C.F.R. 331.5(a)(2)). If, during that administrative appeal, it becomes necessary to make an official determination whether CWA jurisdiction exists over a site, or to provide an official delineation of jurisdictional waters on the site, the Corps will provide an approved JD to accomplish that result, as soon as is practicable. This preliminary JD finds that there "maybe "waters of the United States on the subject project site, and identifies all aquatic features on the site that could be affected by the proposed activity, based on the following information: SUPPORTING DATA. Data reviewed for preliminary JD (check all that apply - checked items should be included in case file and, where checked and requested, appropriately reference sources below): ® Maps, plans, plots or plat submitted by or on behalf of the applicant/consultant: n Data sheets prepared /submitted by or on behalf of the applicant/consultant. Office concurs with data sheets /delineation report. ❑ Office does not concur with data sheets /delineation report. n Data sheets prepared by the Corps: II II II II I1 Corps navigable waters' study: . U.S. Geological Survey Hydrologic Atlas: USGS NHD data. USGS 8 and 12 digit HUC maps. U.S. Geological Survey map(s). Cite scale & quad name: USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service Soil Survey. Citation: 1I II ❑ National wetlands inventory map(s). Cite name: II II State /Local wetland inventory map(s): FEMA/FIRM maps: 100 -year Floodplain Elevation is: (National Geodectic Vertical Datum of 1929) ® Photographs: ® Aerial (Name & Date):Google Earth Pro 1995 -2012. or ❑ Other (Name & Date): • Previous determination(s). File no. and date of response letter: II ❑ Other information (please specify): IMPORTANT NOTE: The information recorded on this form has not necessarily been verified by the Corps and should not be relied upon for later jurisdictional determinations. Signature and date of Signature and date of Regulatory Project Manager person requesting preliminary JD (REQUIRED) (REQUIRED, unless obtaining the signature is impracticable) 3 • • • • GMs Applicant: CITY OF CLEARWATER File Number: SAJ- 2013 -00498 Date: 4/24/13 Attached is: See Section below INITIAL PROFFERED PERMIT (Standard Permit or Letter of permission) A PROFFERED PERMIT (Standard Permit or Letter of permission) B PERMIT DENIAL C APPROVED JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION D X PRELIMINARY JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION E EC3d0 nforni , drIb lMice- ent,fies uWilhts gn flptions egarding an administrative appeal of the above decisi61Y itional ons at 33 CFR Part331::,-, hg Bray be{found ii . m_WW =usa timm*, :trt vl t ?/ Pages / rig" =matcnats.aso''or.Corps_regulat A: INITIAL PROFFERED PERMIT: You may accept or object to the permit. • ACCEPT: If you received a Standard Permit, you may sign the permit document and return it to the district engineer for final authorization. If you received a Letter of Permission (LOP), you may accept the LOP and your work is authorized Your signature on the Standard Permit or acceptance of the LOP means that you accept the permit in its entirety, and waive all rights to appeal the permit, including its terms and conditions, and approvedjurisdictional determinations associated with the permit. • OBJECT: If you object to the permit (Standard or LOP) because of certain terms and conditions therein, you may request that the permit be modified accordingly. You must complete Section II of this form and return the form to the district engineer. Your objections must be received by the district engineer within 60 days of the date of this notice, or you will forfeit your right to appeal the permit in the future. Upon receipt of your letter, the district engineer will evaluate your objections and may: (a) modify the permit to address all of your concerns, (b) modify the permit to address some of your objections, or (c) not modify the permit having determined that the permit should be issued as previously written. After evaluating your objections, the district engineer will send you a proffered permit for your reconsideration, as indicated in Section B below. B: PROFFERED PERMIT: You may accept or appeal the permit • ACCEPT If you received a Standard Permit, you may sign the permit document and return it to the district engineer for final authorization. If you received a Letter of Permission (LOP), you may accept the LOP and your work is authorized. Your signature on the Standard Permit or acceptance of the LOP means that you accept the permit in its entirety, and waive all rights to appeal the permit, including its terms and conditions, and approvedjurisdictional determinations associated with the permit. • APPEAL: If you choose to decline the proffered permit (Standard or LOP) because of certain terms and conditions therein, you may appeal the declined permit under the Corps of Engineers Administrative Appeal Process by completing Section II of this form and sending the form to the division engineer. This form must be received by the division engineer within 60 days of the date of this notice. C: PERMIT DENIAL: You may appeal the denial of a permit under the Corps of Engineers Administrative Appeal Process by completing Section II of this form and sending the form to the division engineer. This form must be received by the division engineer within 60 days of the date of this notice. D: APPROVED JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION: You may accept or appeal the approved JD or provide new information. • ACCEPT: You do not need to notify the Corps to accept an approved JD. Failure to notes the Corps within 60 days of the date of this notice, means that you accept the approved JD in its entirety, and waive all rights to appeal the approved JD. • APPEAL: If you disagree with the approved JD, you may appeal the approved JD under the Corps of Engineers Administrative Appeal Process by completing Section II of this form and sending the form to the division engineer. This form must be received by the division engineer within 60 days of the date of this notice. E: PRELIMINARY JURISDICTIONAL DETERMINATION: You do not need to respond to the Corps regarding the preliminary 3D. The Preliminary JD is not appealable. If you wish, you may request an approved JD (which may be appealed), by contacting the Corps district for further instruction. Also you may provide new information for further consideration by the Corps to reevaluate the JD. SECT ON >I REQUEST OI APPE ' cli2013JECTIONST0 f F_ITiAL P,R _PMED. EI3,1yII�- REASONS FOR APPEAL OR OBJECTIONS: (Describe your reasons for appealing the decision or your objections to an initial proffered permit in clear concise statements. You may attach additional information to this form to clarify where your reasons or objections are addressed in the administrative record.) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: The appeal is limited to a review of the administrative record, the Corps memorandum for the record of the appeal conference or meeting, and any supplemental information that the review officer has determined is needed to clarify the administrative record. Neither the appellant nor the Corps may add new information or analyses to the record. However, you may provide additional information to clarify the location of information that is already in the administrative record. POINT OF CONTACT'FOR QUESTIONS OR'INFORMATION k f If you have questions regarding this decision and /or the appeal process you may contact: Project Manager as noted in letter If you only have questions regarding the appeal process you may also contact: Jason Steele 404 -562 -5137 RIGHT OF ENTRY: Your signature below grants the right of entry to Corps of Engineers personnel, and any government consultants, to conduct investigations of the project site during the course of the appeal process. You will be provided a 15 day notice of any site investigation, and will have the opportunity to participate in all site investigations. Date: Telephone number: Signature of appellant or agent. • • • INDEX OF PLANS SHEET # SHEET DESCRIPTION 1 Cover Sheet 2 Key Map & Typical Sections 3 General Notes 4 Storm Drain Demolition Plan 5 Plan & Profile — Highland Ave. Elmwood St. (West) 6 Plan & Profile — N. Glenwood Ave. 7 Plan & Profile — Smallwood Circle 8 Plan & Profile — Glenwood Park Rosemere Road 9 Plan & Profile — Rosemere Road Wood Drive 10 Plan & Profile — Ridgewood St. 11 Plan & Profile 12 Glenwood Park 13 Woodside Park 14 Details 15 Details 16 Details Elmwood St. (East) — Elmwood St. (East) Drainage Plan Drainage Plan LL 0 7"; s vs,� �;Sta"t >_ itanvater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 Smallwood Circle Drainage Improvements Sect 11 Twn 29 South, Rng 15 East Project No. 11- 0057 —EN Plans Prepared By: CUMBEY & FAIR, INC. CONSULTING CIVIL ENGINEERS FNC.INFFRINr CERTIFICATE _N NO. ORI J ANn 051 RVFV PRISE ROAD CLEARWATER 707-.082 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 337E3 -1790 TAMPA 333 -4333 CITY OFFICIALS George N. Cretekos Doreen Hock - DiPolitio Jay Polglaze Bill Jonson Paul F. Gibson William B. Horne II Mayor Councihnember Councilmember Councilmember Councilmember City Manager Michael D. Quillen, P.E. City Engineer Approved By Date Approved P /on Set No. 2012040 USAGE PRELIMINARY JD DRAWINGS ** SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) ** 4/24/13 ** Page 1 of 4 N 'Source: NASA. N `i Ay+'LISGS .," 200B PFlc so[1,L0'r¢.,. USACE PRELIMINARY JD DRAWINGS ** SAJ -2013 -00498 (NW -TEH} ** 4/24/13 ** Page 2 of 4 • • • • • • 1 � I -I TaAw,_ LI „ WOOD DRIVE 1 - L- - �. - 1 --I h-- I- -11- -- , I „ : j' 1 1 • •• 1 O I L „ -L- -L „ --J i . 7- - - - I T 1 I x 1 W 11J n I„ I ,e l • __1 „ ,. L" I „ H ro -I a „- „ I I „ „ I I , r - - „ re w� B5 • P„ I b. T LJ °B I ,e - 1 m H ,rt �I* I I 1 1- -ice !� �.I N. GLENWOOD AVENUE I (5�, s NSl ABANDON , I. O �Poei 1 ee 1 ,1 I I IN PLACE 0� I I 1- -11 , -F Her`= ':- - ' , =9 ?1 - 1' I' 1' -x.1,3 ! , Il, 1!, 1 II I MA 11 p 0 O ,p I ., i« I J 1« I 1., I« 1 ., 4, I« I -I 1, 1 I I 1 I 1 I I L _J • 1L_LL _J__L _J11_1___1__ ORANGEWOOD AVENUE -„ T -7- _-1 -7- _ - T_r•-f - -1- 1 -;� I« « 1« H 1- 1„ I. Ilv 1- IA• L W 1 I 1_, ,J „26 _ 1 II JI 1 1'i 1 I 1 1 1r1 1 1 l F _ _ -�_IL �_1_ 1 _ J_L_ 1 _I_I_I_ E0 G E=AVENUE �= -7'-r- 7'-7- -7 Vii`' - - -. TC__1- ;I -_,, „ 1„ i," 1„ 'x 1 i, !x ix Ix I„ 11 x K pi A D 1 - J _ H. _ 1 _ 1 _ 1 _ 1 , _ J ' 1 1 ®7 , °✓ =- {I__L_ • AI• 1• I. 1' N. H 1 It ti HAND AVENUE tra �•• �J COArc RWE ap O R aEARWAlra La, C NIAS( W�__4 % - --+ - f -- v Ix „ I I J_1_L ) y i_ g - - 1 L e I I I 1 L -1_ I rI f 1 II•'InI••I'I "1 1 T -41. -r «lft'J w«I,s6R 71- I 1 - - - -� I I'1 11N 1 1 I HIGHLAND COURT Dm Ifeke Palm It trio Re. O'4' Bn,Mwf nrf*SR NA VA We NaialN Oa., Pr Nod", AomNR, Fe0AT1 t!!.7' (NOD 044 2027 A>N,61, ne ,`,Y s , n , „ -1 w I " " j_ J � Ira O. SCALD® GRAPHIC SCALE (IN MT) STRUCTURES TO BE REMOVED 8TR. 00(5). ES -07. E5 -0R. ES -00, ES -10, ES -11, ES -12, ES -14, ES -15. ES -16, E5.1E, ES •18. ES -19, ES -20, ES -21, ES -22, ES.3e, ES.35. ES -36, ES -0I, ES-38. E5 -05, ES-08. ES-77. ES-48, ES -09, ES-52, ES-51, E5 -53, 5540, ES-81, A ES-82 STRUCTURES TO BE GROUTED STR. NO(S). E5 -13, A ES -18 STR. NOM. ES -55, ES-06, 6 E5 -57' ONLY THE TOP OF THE STRUCTURE TO 8E REMODEL/ AND THE BOTTOM IS TO BE GROUTED L NOTE: EXISTING STORM PIPES SHOWN WITH PLUG ARE PROPOSED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE BY FILLING WITH •PLOWABLE FILL• 6 PLUGGED. LA ...TM eanowww mwo, IA MOT WA: IL SITE KAP xlw„�.�MARa N. GLENWOOD AVENUE I., 1 ..1 x1 IN,x 1x 1« 1,, lx 11x 1- 1- 1„ 1 « I„ 11 I 1 1 . 1 1 I 1 1 1 -L. -1- 1 1 1 1 - 1 --1 -17 , 1 « 1 „ 1 1„ 1 „ 1 „ 1 „ I1 - „ 1 1 „ „ ; I 11 . , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LI IL_L1_^_I11 _ 1 / L_= _ - T -TT -T- 1 1 1 I L I , -17 r,1 -r,- N. HIGHLAND AVENUE 2 1' 7 1 L "_ ,\__ n,�, k„nPnl« , I 1 L " g „ I I Mem= PPM. Meant raw% te SWAM mart - MORT OrralAROLS Manta arm, zusamax larraaall rat Daru MN Or RECDRU ORANINOS lw m REVISION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT IDD S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, F1 33758 R► -677 811‘ SuN ,rtt S , ST RIM ROM ENT N PAIR, INC, CLEAR WATER, ENTERPRISE 30 06 -17'00 cttn RNM te6ee11e11 PNRA*'A1RR;rl -(21lm -rar STORM SEWER DEMOLITION PLAN "",rnem00 Plan " Mix ew 11- 005) -EN wn NA "" 4 O 16 USACE PRELIMINARY JD DRAWINGS "" SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) "A 4/24/13 ** Page 3 of 4 14. A '4 ' 7, PG. 601 1 r 3.an�_I— IR�— -�1_ - SMAL(X1M0 �GRlXE a CONE a 01 a"'AEf00 coxOx -lrRUt C, In et I A1vE a1.ro��D w n.•e MI>r1�w [MNry ,002r. �tRn' `4 v R"ENaNE:, IM I o ' 01, -ax ''Z 000 OIT' r DI ° /n /I I 0000 1 % I O' m 1 I 1 I I I .051 I a e0R � 1 \ \\ l„ t nurmalER lu vu4 Q,\ 00.0 ,/0/4' e 7 1 a i Nun xa w, N /, •' R., 13- NOM NOW Itefkal 0.Mn A SIR nor CV AnM+,a* nohow*. MAVR fl N *2000e ORS4n I, /kr * An2Rn 0**7, IOW (MO SJ,I NDl A0Neaxw9E 15.74_.1vx n eNn.a n. EXISTING STORM STRUCT\URE TABLE w/ uNw [T ES-a" iM uw. w .Af ESS -J ES -IZ Na °060 ro oa"wINARrz ES -4 (C5 -41 v. a 3R.1n ES -4 n. -aoef2 ) Dm EL -0. w EP STORM STRUCTURE TABLE cEO INDFA EDw2*040 REr r040/0.02, 0, 37,I,ASTEELN0SE0 WINCED MET EMIT w�19011eyxrq) IIND..rc0 NMA 0b'x THROAT 0/.42.9 a 201 OP EL. E 43.010 .1 EL sR 041 02 011r) S.INv. 1. • 31 W001 NW.I6 aE MV.4EL• 301.441+9'1 .EL. •06..110 241 ==="" STR "" ET IHDDIFIEDI .t. klDEx w2.23x SLOT EL • ,10 01340061 x001 SEE DETAIL ON SHT. N0.15 amA.RAM ' 00'1 NW. Mv. El 09..41 (x•) .01111lllluw MOeo V4D• EICAL600 GRAPHIC MA AR OR REM RECORD DRAWIN05 �d. m PAX CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. Myrtle. Ave. Clearwater, F1 33758 i.! CALL 811 HIKE 6TAT[ CUMSEY k FAIR. INC. C111NI� � RWR,Yq . RDDRR0 N ,0nDx 140 -=0 SRRwRIen mossitio Noel; GLENWOOD PARK WETLAND r- TO sr -EN °400" 0i/ MO a DE 1S • USACE PRELIMINARY JD DRAWINGS a"` SAJ- 2013 -00498 (NW -TEH) "" 4/24/13 "W Page 4 of 4 • • • BOARD Of COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Charlie Justice Susan Latvala Janet C. Long John Morroni Norm Roche Karen Williams Seel Kenneth T. Welch City of Clearwater 100 South Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FI. 33755 Pinellas _ ..w County BUILDING & DEVELOPMENT REVIEW SERVICES Utilization Permit #1.3 -0537U 11 f ) August 13, 2013 Attn. Michael Quillen Re: Utilization Permit for Edgewood Sewer Improvements [contract no. 10- 00270UT] (11/29/15) Dear Mr_ Quillen: We are enclosing your conditionally approved Utilization Permit covering the proposed construction described below: Construct approx. 290If of gravity sewer line, 311f of 12 "X18" e.r.c.p. and replace 1 storm structure on Palmetto St. (CR -548) per attached plans This letter must be attached to and made part of the approved Utilization Permit, making the following conditions binding to the Permit: 1. It is the responsibility of the applicant to procure all necessary permits that are required by agencies that are affected by the proposed construction. 2. Notify Pinellas County D.E.I. Inspector Gene Crosson prior to beginning work. (gcrossonpinellascounty.orq 48Hrs. Minimum Notice) 3. The reconstruction of the Palmetto St pavement shall meet the following criteria: 2" of SPF -12.5 asphalt, 8" limerock base compacted to 98% maximum density as determined by AASHTO T180, 12" subbase stabilized to LBR 40 and compacted to 98% maximum density as determined by AASHTO T -180. 4. Locate all existing underground utilities including storm and underdrain systems prior to beginning work. 5. The contractor shall provide and maintain a safe and easily accessible paved or unpaved pathway for pedestrian traffic through the work zone for the duration of the construction project in accordance with FDOT Index 660 and ADA Standards. If the pathway lies along a designated school - walking route then the contractor must provide adequate supervision and /or guidance to the school aged students as they traverse thru the work zone. Continued._.... PLEASE ADDRESS REPLY TO: 440 Court Street Clearwater, Florida 33756- Phone: (727) 464 -3888 Pinellas County Building & Development Review Services THE COUNTY OF PINELLAS, a political City of Clearwater, Engi neering Dept (Name) hereinafter called the Permittee, a Permit to construct t, RtGHT OF WAY UTILIZATION PERMIT subdivision of of 100 S and/or property of Permitter at the following location: County Road No. 548 situated at See Attached PERIvilT NO the State of Florida, hereinafter called the Permitter, hereby grants to Myrtle Avenue,_ Clearwater, FL 33756 (Street Address, City, State, Zip) operate 0, maintain 0, renew t? and/or remove o Please see Attached. on attached plan along, across, beneath, or right ofway Name: Palmetto Street Parcel iD No. Public Right of LJay (Address or Street Intersection) Florida, subject to the following provisions and conditions: Construction, operation and maintenance of such utility shall not interfere with property and Tights of prior occupant. 2. The construction, operation and maintenance, of such utility shall not create obstruction or conditions which are or may become dangerous to the traveling public. 3. At work must be done in keeping with standards of the Florida Department of Transportation Manual of Uniform Minimum Standards for Design, Construction and Maintenance for Streets and Highways, Roadway and Traffic Design Standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, AASHTO and by the County Director or his agent. At materials and equipment shall be subject to inspection by an Engineer of the County or his agent, 5. The Permittee shall and does hereby agree to indemnify, pay the cost of defense, and save harmless the Permitter from and against payment of all claims, suits, actions, costs, attorneys' fees, expenses, damages, judgments, or decrees by reason of any person or persons or property being damaged or injured by the Permittee, his employees, agents or sub - contractors or in any way attributable to the performance, prosecufion, construction, operation, or maintenance of work herein permitted by Permitter and resulting, from negligent acts or omissions of said Pemiittee in connection with the work herein permitted. The Permittee shall repair any damage or injury to the road or highway or other County property by reason of the exercise of any of the privileges granted in this Permit, and shall repair the same promptly, within seven (7) days of opening, restoring it to a condition at least equal to that which existed immediately prior to the infliction of such damage or injury. (Note: All portions of the right of way other than paved areas disturbed by the construction of this utility will be compacted, grassed and mulched or sodded as required.) 7. All overhead installations shall conform to clearance standards of the State Utilities Accommodation Guide and all underground crossing installations shall be laid at a minimum depth of 36" below pavement or at such greater depth as Permitter may require. 8. in the event of widening, repair or reconstruction of said road, the Permittee shall move or remove said utility installation at no cost to the Permitter: 9. This permit creates a permissive use only and the placing of facilities upon County property pursuant hereto shall not operate to create or to vest any property rights in said Permittee and is granted in perpetuity subject to termination by the Permitter upon the giving of 30 -days notice in writing to the Permittee, 10. The Permittee shall furnish the Permitter with a survey showing the exact locations of all facilities to be installed pursuant to this permit, said survey to be sufficiently detailed to allow location of said installation by reference thereto_ The attached plan, covering details of this installation, shall be a part of this permit. Upon completion of installation, if field adjustments are made, an as -built drawing will have to be submitted. 11. Section corner monuments subject to displacement shall first be referenced and later reset by a Florida Registered Land Surveyor, 12. All activities in accordance with this permit will require conformance to the "Manual on Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations." (Chapter 316 Florida Statutes) 13. The Permittee's attention is directed to the provisions of the Trench Safety Act (Florida Statutes, Section 553.60 et. seq.) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Excavation Safety Standards (29 C.F.R. Section 1926.650, Subpart P) which shall apply to construction, operation, and maintenance pursuant to this permit. 14. Compaction within right of way to meet Pinellas County Minimum Standards, 15. Public Works Operations is to be notified a minimum of 48 hours prior to beginning work at 464 - 8900, otherwise the Permit Witt be voided_ 16. If this permit is fora monitor well, copies of all testing reports are to be forwarded to Pinellas County Regulatory Services. 17. The Perrmittee shall,pm omence construction within 60 days from the date of this permit and it shall be completed within Permittee or Agent: Michael Quillen, P.E. TYPE OR PRINT NAME Rev 4/30/12 Phone: 727 -562 -4743 Date" days. O: \ENV ENG \. 2110 \204\ 001 \Design \Permitting \Pinellas County ROW \rowaseapp pdf APPLICATION SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS 1, Description and nature of the proposed installation shall be outlined in the two blank lines on application. 2. The bottom of Application Sheet 1 shall be signed by applicant or his agent. 3. On the attached plan, the following data shall be supplied: a. The plan shall show the right of way lines and the widths of right ofway. The offset distance from the centerline of the proposed installation shall be shown and the scope of the proposed project, with all the distances and sizes clearly indicated. b, Typical cross section shall be furnished showing width of pavement, width of right of way on each side, offset distance from centerine to proposed installation and any pertinent data to sidewalks, curbs and gutters, etc. c_ Indicate type of installation on both typical cross section and plan view. d. All pertinent drainage information and calculations or justification for size of pipe and /or grading. 4. All improvements within County maintained right of way shall conform to Florida Department of Transportation requirements and /cr Pinellas County Subdivision requirements. 5. All applications for water and sewer lines must be separate applications and countersigned by the utility involved prior to submittal. 6. This form is to be made out in QUADRUPLICATE with four (4) drawings; one fully executed copy will be returned to you after approval. 7. There is a variable processing fee that must be received prior to the issuance of the permit. Please make check payable to Board of County Commissioners. 8. Due to the extensive work being done in Pinellas County right of way, please provide proof that you meet the following insurance requirements: "Comprehensive General Liability Insurance including, but not limited to, Independent Contractor, Contractual, Premises/Operations, Products/Completed Operation; Explosion, Collapse and. Underground, and Personal Injury covering the liability assumed under indemnification provisions of this permit, with limits of liability for personal injury and /or bodily injury, including death, of not less than $300,000, each occurrence;. and property damage of not less than $100,000, each occurrence: (Combined Single Limits of not less than $300,000, each occurrence, will be acceptable unless otherwise stated.) Coverage shall be on an "occurrence" basis, and the policy shall include Broad Form Property Damage coverage, and Fire Legal Liability of not less than $50,000 per occurrence, unless otherwise stated by exception herein." THE UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER "CALL SUNSHINE" (1-800-432-4770) MUST BE NOTIFIED 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION. Pinellas County BDRS Regulatory Services 440 Court Street, 3rd Floor Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 464 -3404 OR 464 -3394 UTILITY COUNTERSIGN (Name/Title) (Date) TO BE FILLED OUT BY PINELLAS COUNTY REGULATORY SERVICES Sod required r2.1 es D No Open cut 2-1(es No r;' PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA, Acti g by utto Date: t44� Jack and bore ' Yes i No Directional bore D Yes =Ad- eBoard of County Commissioners SEE ATTACHED LETTER FOR ADDITIONAL for Regulaatory Servi = - Section CONDITIONS TO THIS UTILITY PERMIT. E 2110 204 00? \Deal n�\Permitting\ =inel as County ROW \rowusea n. -df O. \ENV ENG\ \ \ 0 L P� P Page 2 City of Clearwater Utilization Permit #13 -0537D 6. Open access to all residences or businesses must be maintained at all times. 7. All right -of -way installations will be in accordance with practices referenced in the State of Florida Utilities Accommodations Manual. 8. All design and construction must conform to the minimum standards set down in Pinellas County Land Development, Zoning and /or related Ordinances, and Minimum Testing Frequency requirements. 9. Any sidewalk that is damaged by this construction must be removed and replaced. Sidewalks are to be reconstructed within three (3) days after removal. When existing sidewalk is removed, it is to be removed to the nearest joint., 10. Compaction for backfill shall comply with AASHTO T -99 (100 %). 11. Disturbed area within the right of way wilt be compacted to 100% of maximum density and sodded. 12. No stockpiling of material in roadway or on sidewalk; all dirt and debris will be removed from job site daily. Roads and sidewalk to be swept daily as part of daily clean -up. Before this Permit becomes effective, it will be necessary to contact the Utility Notification Center, "Call Sunshine ", (1- 800 -432 -4770) not less than 48 hours or more than five (5) days prior to construction. ,l1 Sincerely, Patrick S. Fbx Public Works En neering technician Right -of -Way Uti zation Permits Regulatory Sery es Enclosure cc: Gene Crosson — Pinellas County D.E.I. • • • PROJECT DESCRIPTION Pinellas County Right of Way Utilization Form This project includes the construction of gravity sanitary sewer main, replacement of storm water pipe, and replacement of a storm sewer manhole along County Road 548 (Palmetto Street). Approximately 290 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed on County Road 548 (Palmetto Street) between Glenwood Avenue and North Highland Avenue. Approximately 30 linear feet of storm sewer pipe will be replaced on County Road 548 (Palmetto Street) between Glenwood Avenue and North Highland Avenue. One FDOT Type P -5 Storm Sewer Inlet will be removed and replaced along the same road as the storm sewer pipe listed above. All construction along County roads will be via open cut. The project includes milling and resurfacing of all roads within the project area from edge -of- pavement to edge -of- pavement. • A permit application has been submitted to the FDEP for applicable portions of this project. • Construction is anticipated to begin in September 2013 and will be completed by September 2014. O:1ENV ENG>21101 204 1001\Design\Permitting\Pinellas County ROW\Description backup.doc In the Matter of an Application for Permit by: FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION RICK SCOTT Southwest District Office GOVERNOR 13051 North Telecom Parkway Temple Terrace, Florida 33637 -0926 City of Clearwater Robert S. Fahey, P.E. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 robert. fahey(a�myclearwater. com July 1, 2013 HERSCHEL T. VINYARD JR. SECRETARY Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements Permit No. CS52- 0032571 - 105 - DWC /CL Marshall Street WWTF Pinellas County NOTICE OF PERMIT ISSUANCE Attached is Permit Number CS52- 0032571 -105- DWC /CL to construct a domestic wastewater collection/ transmission system, issued pursuant to Section 403.087(1), Florida Statutes. A person whose substantial interests are affected by this permit may petition for an administrative proceeding (hearing) in accordance with Section 120.57, Florida Statutes. The petition must contain the information set forth herein and must be filed (received) in the Office of General Counsel of the Department at 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Tallahassee, Florida 32399 -3000, within 14 days of receipt of this permit. Petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to the applicant at the address indicated above at the time of filing. Failure to file a petition within this time period shall constitute a waiver of any right such person may have to request an administrative determination (hearing) under Section 120.57, Florida Statutes. The petition shall contain the following information: a) The name, address, and telephone number of each petitioner, the applicant's name and address, the Depai tuuent Permit File Number, and the county in which the project is proposed; b) A statement of how and when each petitioner received notice of the Department's action or proposed action; c) A statement of how each petitioner's substantial interests are affected by the Department's action or proposed action; d) A statement of the material facts disputed by petitioner, if any; e) A statement of facts which petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the Department's action or proposed action; f) A statement of which rules or statutes petitioner contends require reversal or modification of the Department's action or proposed action; and g) A statement of the relief sought by petitioner, stating precisely the action petitioner wants the Department to take with respect to the Department's action or proposed action. If a petition is filed, the administrative hearing process is designed to formulate agency action. Accordingly, the Department's final action may be different from the position taken by it in this permit. www.dep.statell.us • • • • City of Clearwater Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements Permit No. CS52- 0032571- 105- DWC /CL Persons whose substantial interests will be affected by any decision of the Department with regard to the application have the right to petition to become a party to the proceeding. The petition must conform to the requirements specified above and be filed (received) within 14 days of receipt of this notice in the Office of General Counsel at the above address of the Department. Failure to petition within the allowed time frame constitutes a waiver of any right such person has to request a hearing under Section 120.57, F.S., and to participate as a party to this proceeding. Any subsequent intervention will only be at the approval of the presiding officer upon motion filed pursuant to Rule 28- 5.207, F.A.C. This permit is final and effective on the date filed with the Clerk of the Department unless a petition is filed in accordance with the above paragraphs or unless a request for extension of time in which to file a petition is filed within the time specified for filing a petition and conforms to Rule 62- 103.070, F.A.C. Upon timely filing of a petition or a request for an extension of time, this permit will not be effective until further order of the Department. When the order (permit) is final, any party to the order has the right to seek judicial review of the order pursuant to Section 120.68, Florida Statutes, by the filing of a Notice of Appeal pursuant to Rule 9.110, Florida Rules of Appellate Procedure, with the Clerk of the Department in the Office of General Counsel, 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Tallahassee, Florida 32399 -3000, and by filing a copy of • the Notice of Appeal accompanied by the applicable filing fees with the appropriate District Court of Appeal. The Notice of Appeal must be filed within 30 days from the date the Final Order is filed with the Clerk of the Department. • Executed in Hillsborough County, Florida. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Ay(' Mau 4n McDonald, P.E. Water Facilities Program Administrator Southwest District Page 2 of 3 City of Clearwater Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements Permit No. CS52- 0032571- 105- DWC /CL CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE The undersigned duly designated deputy agency clerk hereby certifies that this NOTICE OF PERMIT ISSUANCE and all copies were mailed before the close of business on July 1, 2013 to the listed persons. FILING AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT FILED, on this date, pursuant to Section 120.52(7), Florida Statutes, with the designated Department Clerk, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. Attachments 7 -1 -13 (Date) cc: Christopher F. Kuzler, P.E., King Engineering Associates, Inc., ckuzler(&,,kingengineering.com Page 3 of 3 pRO tClION FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Southwest District Office 13051 North Telecom Parkway Temple Terrace, Florida 33637 -0926 PERMITTEE: City of Clearwater Robert S. Fahey, P.E. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 robert.fahey @myclearwater.com PROJECT: Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Section 11, Township 29, Range 15 Pinellas County RICK SCOTT GOVERNOR IIERSCI -ILL T. VINYARD .IR. SECRETARY Permit No. CS52- 0032571 - 105- DWC /CL Issuance Date: July 1, 2013 Expiration Date: June 30, 2018 Processor: Frank L. Fulghum III This permit is issued under the provisions of Chapter 403, Florida Statutes, and Florida Administrative Code Rule(s) 62 -3, 62 -4, and 62 -604. The above -named permittee is hereby authorized to perform the work or operate the facility shown on the application and approved drawing(s), plans, and other documents enclosed herewith or on file with the Department and made a part hereof and specifically described as follows: DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: Construction of a domestic wastewater collection/transmission system to serve an existing development. This project consists of 22 manholes and 8, 10, 12 and 15 -inch diameter gravity pipes. No additional flows will be treated at the City of Clearwater Marshall Street WWTF [Facility ID No. FL0021857]. SPECIFIC CONDITIONS: 1. Drawings, specifications, information, and correspondence submitted in support of the permit application for this system are incorporated into this permit and must be adhered to during installation and operation of the system. 2. This permit does not authorize the connection of this collection system to the designated WWTF. The permit shall not be construed to infer any assurance that the necessary authorization for connection shall be granted. Any such authorization shall be granted only when adequate treatment in accordance with rules, regulations, and issued permits of the Department is available for any flows transported by the system. 3. No portion of this system may be installed in FDEP jurisdictional wetlands prior to the receipt of any and all required wetlands resource management permits. 4. The water /sewer /reclaimed water clearance requirements specified Rule 62- 555.314, Florida Administrative Code, shall be adhered to throughout the project, and shall supersede any specifications included in the documentation submitted in support of the permit application for this system. 5. No portion of this system shall be installed within 100 feet of a public supply potable water well. 6. All collection/transmission systems shall be constructed using the pipe diameters designated in the drawings and specifications included with the permit application for this project and approved by the Department. Pursuant to Section 33.43 of the "Recommended Standards for Wastewater Facilities," 1990 ed. (incorporated into Chapter 62 -604 of the Florida Administrative Code by reference), oversize sewers shall not be approved to justify using flatter slopes. www. dep. statell. us City of Clearwater Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer Improvements Permit No. CS52- 0032571- 105- DWC /CL 7. If prehistoric or historic artifacts, such as pottery or ceramics, stone tools or metal implements, dugout canoe remains, or any other physical remains that could be associated with Native American cultures, or early colonial or American settlement are encountered at any time within the project site area, the permitted project should cease all activities involving subsurface disturbance in the immediate vicinity of such discoveries. The permittee, or other designee, should contact the Florida Department of State, Division of Historical Resources, Compliance and Review Section at 850.245.6333 or 800.847.7278, as well as the DEP Southwest District office. Project activities should not resume without verbal and/or written authorization from the Division of Historical Resources and the DEP Southwest District office. In the event that unmarked human remains are encountered during permitted activities, all work shall stop immediately and the proper authorities notified in accordance with Section 872.05, Florida Statutes. 8. All components of the lift station, i.e. the wetwell, valve box, and electrical control panel will be locked or otherwise secured against unauthorized access. 9. Upon completion of construction and prior to placing the system into use, the permittee or his engineer -of- record shall submit to this Department the following documents: a) Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission Systems Certification of Completion of Construction [DEP Form 62- 604.300(8)(b)], together with a copy of the record drawings for the system; and b) Certification by the Professional Engineer -of- Record shall be construed to mean conformance to the General Technical Guidance for Collection Systems and Transmission Facilities. [62 -604, F.A.C.] Department acceptance and written approval of these documents shall be required prior to placing the system into service. 10. The system shall be inspected for any sediment debris and flushed prior to connection to the designated WWTF. 11. The permittee shall be aware of and operate under the FAC Chapter 62 -4.160 Permit Conditions as applicable. Permit Conditions are binding upon the permittee and enforceable pursuant to Chapter 403 of the Florida Statutes. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION i-ctv—Ma McDonald, P.E. Water Facilities Program Administrator Southwest District Page 2 of 2 • • • 62 -4.160 Permit Conditions All permits issued by the Department shall include the following general conditions: (1) The terms, conditions, requirements, limitations and restrictions set forth in this permit, are "permit conditions" and are binding and enforceable pursuant to Sections 403.141, 403.727, or 403.859 through 403.861, F.S. The permittee is placed on notice that the Department will review this permit periodically and may initiate enforcement action for any violation of these conditions. (2) This permit is valid only for the specific processes and operations applied for and indicated in the approved drawings or exhibits. Any unauthorized deviation from the approved drawings, exhibits, specifications, or conditions of this permit may constitute grounds for revocation and enforcement action by the Department. (3) As provided in subsections 403.087(6) and 403.722(5), F.S., the issuance of this permit does not convey any vested rights or any exclusive privileges. Neither does it authorize any injury to public or private property or any invasion of personal rights, nor any infringement of federal, state, or local laws or regulations. This permit is not a waiver of or approval of any other Department permit that may be required for other aspects of the total project which are not addressed in this permit. (4) This permit conveys no title to land or water, does not constitute State recognition or acknowledgment of title, and does not constitute authority for the use of submerged lands unless herein provided and the necessary title or leasehold interests have been obtained from the State. Only the Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund may express State opinion as to title. (5) This permit does not relieve the permittee from liability for harm or injury to human health or welfare, animal, or plant life, or property caused by the construction or operation of this permitted source, or from penalties therefore; nor does it allow the permittee to cause pollution in contravention of Florida Statutes and Department rules, unless specifically authorized by an order from the Department. (6) The permittee shall properly operate and maintain the facility and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) that are installed and used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit, are required by Department rules. This provision includes the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit and when required by Department rules. (7) The permittee, by accepting this permit, specifically agrees to allow authorized Department personnel, upon presentation of credentials or other documents as may be required by law and at reasonable times, access to the premises where the permitted activity is located or conducted to: (a) Have access to and copy any records that must be kept under conditions of the permit; (b) Inspect the facility, equipment, practices, or operations regulated or required under this permit; and (c) Sample or monitor any substances or parameters at any location reasonable necessary to assure compliance with this permit or Department rules. Reasonable time may depend on the nature of the concern being investigated. (8) If, for any reason, the permittee does not comply with or will be unable to comply with any condition or limitation specified in this permit, the permittee shall immediately provide the Department with the following information: (a) A description of and cause of noncompliance; and (b) The period of noncompliance, including dates and times; or, if not corrected, the anticipated time the noncompliance is expected to continue, and steps being taken to reduce, eliminate, and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance. The permittee shall be responsible for any and all damages which may result and may be subject to enforcement action by the Department for penalties or for revocation of this permit. (9) In accepting this permit, the permittee understands and agrees that all records, notes, monitoring data and other information relating to the construction or operation of this permitted source which are submitted to the Department may be used by the Department as evidence in any enforcement case involving the permitted source arising under the Florida Statutes or Department rules, except where such use is prescribed by Section 403.111 and 403.73, F.S. Such evidence shall only be used to the extent it is consistent with the Florida Rules of Civil Procedure and appropriate evidentiary rules. (10) The permittee agrees to comply with changes in Department rules and Florida Statutes after a reasonable time for compliance; provided, however, the permittee does not waive any other rights granted by Florida Statutes or Department rules. A reasonable time for compliance with a new or amended surface water quality standard, other than those standards addressed in Rule 62- 302.500, shall include a reasonable time to obtain or be denied a mixing zone for the new or amended standard. (11) This permit is transferable only upon Department approval in accordance with Rule 62 -4.120 and 62- 730.300 F.A.C., as applicable. The permittee shall be liable for any non - compliance of the permitted activity until the transfer is approved by the Department. (12) This permit or a copy thereof shall be kept at the work site of the permitted activity. (13) This permit also constitutes: (a) Determination of Best Available Control Technology (BACT) Page 1 of 2 (b) Determination of Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) (c) Certification of compliance with state Water Quality Standards (Section 401, PL 92 -500) (d) Compliance with New Source Performance Standards (14) The permittee shall comply with the following: (a) Upon request, the permittee shall furnish all records and plans required under Department rules. During enforcement actions, the retention period for all records will be extended automatically unless otherwise stipulated by the Department. (b) The permittee shall hold at the facility or other location designated by this permit records of all monitoring information (including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation) required by the permit, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit. These materials shall be retained at least three years from the date of the sample, measurement, report, or application unless otherwise specified by Department rule. (c) Records of monitoring information shall include: 1. the date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements; 2. the person responsible for performing the sampling or measurements; 3. the dates analyses were performed; 4. the person responsible for performing the analyses; 5. the analytical techniques or methods used; 6. the results of such analyses. (15) When requested by the Department, the permittee shall within a reasonable time furnish any information required by law which is needed to determine compliance with the permit. If the permittee becomes aware the relevant facts were not submitted or were incorrect in the permit application or in any report to the Department, such facts or information shall be corrected promptly. (16) In the case of an underground injection control permit, the following permit conditions also shall apply: (a) All reports or information required by the Department shall be certified as being true, accurate and complete. (b) Reports of compliance or noncompliance with, or any progress reports on, requirements contained in any compliance schedule of this permit shall be submitted no later than 14 days following each schedule date. (c) Notification of any noncompliance which may endanger health or the environment shall be reported verbally to the Department within 24 hours and again within 72 hours, and a final written report provided within two weeks. 1. The verbal reports shall contain any monitoring or other information which indicate that any contaminant may endanger an underground source of drinking water and any noncompliance with a permit condition or malfunction of the injection system which may cause fluid migration into or between underground sources of drinking water. 2. The written submission shall contain a description of and a discussion of the cause of the noncompliance and, if it has not been corrected, the anticipated time the noncompliance is expected to continue, the steps being taken to reduce, eliminate, and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance and all information required by Rule 62- 528.230(4)(b), F.A.C. (d) The Department shall be notified at least 180 days before conversion or abandonment of an injection well, unless abandonment within a lesser period of time is necessary to protect waters of the state. Page 2 of 2 • • • LOCATION OF PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM MAINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.A.G. RULE 62- 555.314 • Other Pipe horizontal Separation Crossings (1) Joint Spacing @ Crossings (Full Joint Centered) Storm Sewer, Stormwater Force Main, Reclaimed Water (2) Alternate 3 ft. minimum a) Water Main 1, Water Main 1 I2 inches is the minimum, except for storm sewer, then 6 inches is the minimum and 12 inches is preferred A " 3 ft. minimum 11111 Water Main ■! Vacuum SanitarySewer Alternate 3 ft.. , Water Main, I Water Main 11 Water Main 111 12 inches preferred 6 inches minimum; 10 ft. preferred 3 fi. minimum Gravity or Pressure Sanitary Sewer, . Sanitary Sewer Force Main, Reclaimed Water (4) Alternate 6 ft. minimum Water Main Water Main 1 7r 10 ft. preferred 6 ft. minimum (3)', • 12 inches is the minimum, except for gravity sewer, then . 6 inches is the minimum and 12 inches is preferred 1111 Water Main 1111 On -Site Sewage Treatment & Disposal System 10 ti. minimum --- w� (1) Water main should cross above other pipe. When water main must be below other pipe, the minimum separation is 12 inches.. (2) Reclaimed water regulated under Part III of Chapter 62 -610, F.A.C, (3) 3 ft, for gravity sanitary sewer where the bottom of the water main is laid at least 6 inches above the top of the gravity sanitary sewer, (4) Reclaimed water not regulated under Part I1I of Chapter 62 -610, F.A.C. Disclaimer document b provided for your convenience only. Pleas refer to F.A.C. Rule 62.555714 for addition 1 construction requirements. Page 1 of 1 GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT Appendix.doc 9/27/2010 • • UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Between Highland Ave. and Edgewood Ave. From Elmwood St. to Drew St. Clearwater, Florida LIES Project No. 0830.1200222 Prepared For: Cumbey & Fair, Inc. 2463 Enterprise Road Clearwater, Florida 33763 Prepared By: Universal Engineering Sciences 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 December 7, 2012 (Revised January 24, 2013) Consultants in: Geotechnicai Engineering • Environmental Sciences • Construction Materials Testing • Threshold Inspection Offices (n: At(anta • Daytona Beach • DeBary • Fort Myers } Fort pierce * Gainesvae • )- fo!(ywoori • Houston • Jacksonville A! Leesburg '• Miami • Ocala • Orlando • Palm Coast • Pensacola _Rockledge • Sarasota • Sf. Augustine • Tampa • West Palm Beach UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Consuhants•in Geotechnical Engineering Environmental Sciences Construction Mafedats Testing • Threshold Inspection • Plans Review Private Provider /Building Inspection • Geophysical Services December 7, 2012 (Revised January 24, 2013) Cumbey & Fair, Inc. 2463 Enterprise Road Clearwater, Florida 33763 Attention: P.J. Shah, P.E. Reference: Geotechnical Exploration Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Between Highland Ave. and Edgewood Ave. From Elmwood St. to Drew St. Clearwater, Florida UES Project No. 0830.1200222 Dear Mr, Shah: OFFICES IN: • Atlanta • Daytona. • Fort Myers • Fort Pierce • Gainesville - Jacksonville • Kissimmee • Leesburg • Miami • Ocala • Orlando (Headquarters) • Palm Coast • Panama City • Pensacola Rockledge ▪ Sarasota •Tampa • West Palm Seeds Universal Engineering Sciences, Inc. (UES) has completed a geotechnical exploration on the above- referenced site in Clearwater, Florida. Our scope of services was in general accordance with UES Proposal # 0830.0112.7, dated June 04, 2010, and supplemental subsurface exploration proposal dated December 18, 2012 both authorized by you. This report contains the results of our study, an engineering interpretation of the subsurface data obtained with respect to the project characteristics described to us, recommendations for groundwater control, pipe bedding and backfill, dewatering and reporting existing pavement components. We appreciate the opportunity to have worked with you on this project and look forward to a continued association with Cumbey & Fair, Inc. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you should have any questions, or if we may further assist you as your plans proceed. Respectfully submitted, UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES, INC. Certificate of Authorization No. 549 Dusan Jovanovic Senior Project Engineer DJ /MH:dr Distribution: Client (3) Mark K. Hardy, P.E. Tampa Branch Manager Florida License No. 57233 Date 9802 Palm River Road - Tampa, Florida 33619 • 813- 740 -8506 • Fax 813 - 740 -8706 • • • TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 GENERAL 1 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 2.0 PURPOSE AND METHODOLOGIES 1 2.1 PURPOSE 1 2.2 FIELD EXPLORATION 2 2.3 LABORATORY TESTING 2 3.0 FINDINGS 3 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS 3 3.2 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3 3.2.1 SOIL SURVEY 3 3.2.2 SOIL BORINGS 4 3.3 DOUBLE RING INFILTROMETER AND PERCOLATION TESTS 4 3.4 EXISTING PAVEMENT COMPONENTS 5 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 5 4.1 GENERAL 5 4.2 GROUNDWATER 6 4.3 PIPE BEDDING AND BACKFILL RECOMMENDATIONS 6 4.4 DEWATERING AND EXCAVATION CONSIDERATIONS 7 4.5 ORGANIC SOIL CONSIDERATIONS 8 4.6 CONSTRUCTION RELATED SERVICES 8 5.0 LIMITATIONS 8 LIST OF APPENDICES SITE LOCATION MAP A SITE AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH A SITE TOPOGRAPHIC MAP A SCS SOIL SURVEY MAP A BORING LOCATION PLAN (2sheets) B BORING LOGS B SOIL CLASSIFICATION CHART B ASFE IMPORTANT GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION C IllCONSTRAINTS AND RESTRICTIONS C Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 GENERAL Page 1 In this report we present the results of our geotechnical exploration on the site of the proposed Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements located between Highland Avenue and Edgewood Ave. from Elmwood Street to Drew Street in Clearwater, Florida. This report contains the results of our study, an engineering interpretation of the subsurface data obtained with respect to the project characteristics described to us, recommendations for groundwater control, pipe bedding and backfill, dewatering and reporting existing pavement components. Our scope of services was in general accordance with UES Proposal # 01830.0112.7, dated February 6, 2012 and authorized by you. 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The subject pipe alignment is located along the short segment of Elmwood Street east of Highland Avenuethan south along Glenwood Avenue and through Glenwood Park area where stormwater management area is anticipated. The pipe alignment further extends along Wood Drive and further south through the green area to the west of Edgewood Avenue. Our geotechnical recommendations are based upon the above assumptions and considerations. If any of this information is incorrect or if you anticipate any changes, please inform Universal Engineering Sciences so that we may review our recommendations, and make revisions as needed. A general location map of the project area appears in Appendix A: Site Location Map. Also included in Appendix A for your reference are a Site Aerial Photograph, USGS Site Topographic Map and SCS Soil Survey Map. 2.0 PURPOSE AND METHODOLOGIES 2.1 PURPOSE The purpose of our services was: • to explore the general pavement and subsurface conditions at the site using Standard Penetration Test (SPT) and auger borings; • to interpret and review the subsurface conditions with respect to the proposed construction as described to us; and • to provide geotechnical engineering information for groundwater control, pipe bedding and backfill, dewatering and reporting existing pavement components. • • • • • Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) Page 2 This report presents an evaluation of site conditions on the basis of traditional geotechnical procedures for site characterization. The recovered samples were not examined, either visually or analytically, for chemical composition or environmental hazards. 2.2 FIELD EXPLORATION The subsurface conditions along the proposed pipeline were explored with fourteen (14) SPT borings designated B -1 through B -12, B -2A, B-4A and B -7A (B -10 was not performed) and drilled to depths ranging from 12 to 20 feet below existing grade. The top 4.5 feet in all the borings were explored with a hand auger due to proximity of buried underground utilities. The SPT borings were advanced using the rotary wash method, and samples were collected while performing the SPT at regular intervals. We performed the SPT in general accordance with ASTM D -1586 guidelines. However, at depths of 10 feet or Tess we sampled continuously in order to detect slight variations in the soil profile in all the borings. In general, a standard split - barrel sampler (split- spoon) is driven into the soil using a 140 -pound hammer free - falling 30 inches. The number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler 12 inches, after first seating it 6 inches, is designated the penetration resistance, or SPT-N value. This value is used as an index to soil strength and consistency. We performed the auger borings according to the procedures of ASTM D -1452. We performed the auger probe borings by advancing a hand bucket auger into the soil to the required depth. We evaluated the soil type by visually inspecting the cuttings recovered from the bucket auger. Furthermore, we performed one (1) Double Ring Infiltrometer (DRI) test and three (3) in -situ percolation tests (10 D -6). Consider the indicated test locations and depths to be approximate. Our drilling crew located the borings and test locations based upon estimated distances and taped measurements from existing site features. The Boring Location Plan superimposed on aerial photography is presented in Appendix B. Unless other arrangements are agreed upon in writing, UES will store recovered soil samples for no more than 60 calendar days from the date of the report. After that date, UES will dispose of all samples. 2.3 LABORATORY TESTING The soil samples recovered from the test borings were returned to our laboratory and visually classified by our technical staff. In order to further classify the soils at the site, we selected representative samples from our soil borings and obtained additional samples at the site for laboratory analyses. In all, we performed the following tests: Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) Page 3 Thirteen (13) Moisture Content tests. Ten (10) Wash 200 Analyses. Six (6) Organic Content tests. The laboratory test results are presented on the Boring Logs in Appendix B, next to the soil samples tested. 3.0 FINDINGS 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS At the start of our geotechnical exploration, we reviewed aerial photographs available from the Pinellas County Property Appraiser's office and TerraServer USA, USGS topographic quadrangle maps, and the USDA Soil Conservation Service (SCS) Soil Survey of Pinellas County for relevant information about the site. At the time of our exploration, the proposed storm sewer areas are covered with existing pavement or landscaped. Some portions of the subject area were prone to floods following major rain events in the past. 3.2 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3.2.1 SOIL SURVEY According to SCS, there are three native, surficial soil groups underlying this site. A summary of selected properties for the soils are included below in Table 1. The location of the groups can be observed on the SCS Soil Survey Map provided in the Appendix A. SUMMARY TABLE 1 OF SOIL INFORMATION Soil Map Unit & Name Hydrologic Soil Group Water Table Type SHWT Depth (ft.) Shrink- Swell Potential Corrosion Risk Steel Concrete 16, Matlacha and St. Augustine soils and Urban land C --- 2.0 - 3.0 -- High Low 26, Pomello soils and Urban land 0 to 5 percent slopes — - -- 3.5 - 6,0 -- Low High 29, Tavares soils and Urban land 0 to 5 percent slopes C — 3.5 - 6.0 -- Low High • • • • • • Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) Page 4 3.2.2 SOIL BORINGS The boring location and detailed subsurface conditions are illustrated in Appendix B: Boring Location Plan and Boring Log. The classifications and descriptions shown on the boring logs are based upon visual characterizations of the recovered soil samples. Refer to Appendix B: Soils Classification Chart, for further explanation of the symbols and placement of data on the Boring Log. The subsurface stratigraphy generally encountered at the majority of boring locations began with a layer of fill underlain by native sand. Several borings encountered organic laden sand and peat. Please refer to individual boring logs for detailed soil profile. The shallow water table depth also varied substantially across the area and was found approximately 2 to 10 feet below existing grade at the boring locations_ These readings were unstabilized and are subject to fluctuation. The boring logs and related information included in this report are indicators of subsurface conditions only at the specific locations and times noted. Subsurface conditions, including groundwater levels and the presence of deleterious materials, at other locations on the site may differ significantly from conditions which, in the opinion of UES, exist at the sampling locations. Note, too, that the passage of time may affect conditions at the sampling locations. 3.3 DOUBLE RING INFILTROMETER AND PERCOLATION TESTS One (1) Double Ring Infiltrometer (DRI) test designated DRI -1 was completed within the proposed stormwater pond area in general accordance with ASTM D -3385 guidelines, at the location shown on the Boring Location Plan presented in Appendix B. The test was completed at an approximate depth of 12 inches below the existing ground surface, using a fluid head of 3 inches. The duration of the test was approximately 2.0 hours. The resulting infiltration rate at the DRI -1 location was recorded at 9 inches per hour under the above stated conditions. It should be noted that the coefficients of saturated horizontal and vertical permeability are not equivalent to the short term infiltration rate obtained from a Double Ring Infiltrometer (DRI) test. The DRI value is sometimes considered an unsaturated vertical permeability value and is sometimes estimated from relationships established by research conducted by various Florida Water Management Districts or from published USDA (NRCS) soil survey data. The unsaturated infiltration rate is applicable during the early stages of a storm event when water is infiltrating vertically until soil saturation occurs, creating a mounding effect after which time horizontal flow dominates the infiltration process. In addition we performed three percolation tests based on the procedure set forth in Florida Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services (10D -6). The percolation test was performed in Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) Page 5 an excavation made by a 4 -inch bucket auger extended to approximately 18 inches with approximately 2 inches of gravel at the bottom. The resulting percolation rates at the P -1, P -2 and P -3 locations were 0:40 minutes, 3:00 minutes and 7:30 minutes , respectively. These readings were average for three consecutive runs for the water level drop of 3 inches from 12 to 9 inches of head above the gravel level. 3.4 EXISTING PAVEMENT COMPONENTS A summary of the existing pavement components encountered at our boring locations are presented in the table below: Boring # Asphalt Concrete Thickness, Inch Base Layer (Limerock) Thickness, Inch 8 -1 6.0 6.0 B -2 6.0 6.0 B -2A 4.0 3.0 B -4A 4.0 4.0 B -7 2.0 _- B-7A 4.0 8.0 B -8 3.0 9.0 9-9 4.0 8.0 B -11 4.0 8.0 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 GENERAL In this section of the report we present our geotechnical design recommendations, general site preparation recommendations and information pertaining to the construction related services UES can provide. Our recommendations are made based upon a review of the attached soil test data, our understanding of the proposed construction as it was described to us, and our stated assumptions. If the structural loads or site layout change from those assumed or described to us, the recommendations contained herein are not considered valid unless we review the new or updated information in conjunction with our geotechnical findings. Additionally, if subsurface conditions are encountered during construction that were not encountered in the test borings, report those conditions immediately to us for observation and recommendations. • • • Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) 4.2 GROUNDWATER Page 6 Based upon our visual observation of the recovered soil samples, review of information obtained from SWFWMD and the USDA Soil Survey of Pinellas County, and our knowledge of local and regional hydrogeology, if appears that seasonal high groundwater table varies across the site due to significant change in elevations and subsurface soil conditions. Refer to the Boring Logs in Appendix B for location- specific estimates. The existing water levels at each boring location also appear in Appendix B: Boring Logs. Several factors influence the determination of the seasonal high water table (SHWT). When soils are subjected to alternating cycles of saturation and drying, discoloration or staining that is not part of the dominant soil color occurs. This is called mottling, and manifests itself in various shades of gray, brown, red or yellow. There are numerous processes that lead to this discoloration, including mineral accretions, oxidation, and bacteria growth within the soil. The presence of this discoloration indicates that groundwater has, at some point in time, reached that elevation and remained there long enough to cause any or all of these processes to occur. The SHWT elevation is assumed to be the highest point at which mottling is observed, regardless of whether water is present at the time of observation. This estimate is independent of the actual location of the groundwater table. It should be noted that the estimated SHWT does not provide any assurance that groundwater levels will not exceed this level in the future. Should impediments to surface water drainage exist on the site, or should rainfall intensity and duration exceed the normally anticipated amounts, groundwater levels may exceed our seasonal high estimate. Also, future development around the site could alter surface runoff and drainage characteristics, and cause our seasonal high estimate to be exceeded. We therefore recommend positive drainage be established and maintained on the site during construction. Further, we recommend permanent measures be constructed to maintain positive drainage from the site throughout the life of the project. Finally, we recommend all foundation and pavement grades account for the seasonal high groundwater conditions. Based upon the estimated seasonal high water table and the necessary site preparation, temporary dewatering may be required during construction operation. We recommend that the groundwater table be maintained at least 24 inches below all earthwork and compaction surfaces. We recommend that the groundwater level be verified immediately prior to construction. 4.3 PIPE BEDDING AND BACKFILL RECOMMENDATIONS We understand that proposed pipeline will have invert levels of approximately 6 to 10 feet below the existing grades. In general, the soils encountered at these approximate levels consist of fine sand [SP], sand with silt [SP -SM], or organic laden sand /sand with silt/silty sand to peat [SP -SM, SM -OL, to PT]. Any excessively soft/clayey pockets encountered at pipe invert elevation should be over - excavated and replaced with compacted approved backfill (clean sands or gravel). The following are our recommended procedures to prepare the site for the proposed pipeline installations: • Cumbey & Fair, Inc. LIES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) 1. Page 7 Install a dewatering system capable of maintaining a groundwater level at least 2 feet below the bottom of trench excavation and compaction surface during pipeline installation and backfilling activities. 2. After proper dewatering, excavate the trench in accordance with the design configuration. If encountered organic soils should be completely removed under the storm sewer pipes and backfilled to the pipe bedding grade using procedure presented in Item #4 below. The excavation through the organic soils should be widened below the pipe bedding elevation at the angel of 2 vertical : 1 horizontal. Excavated trenches should be set back to a stable configuration or shored, in either case, in accordance with all OSHA requirements. Adequate bracing should be provided, if necessary, to prevent side slope failures. 3. Compact the trench bottom to a minimum density of 95 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density to a depth of 1 -foot below the bottom of the pipe level. Please note that soils encountered at pipe bedding level may include silty and clayey sands which will be more difficult to compact than upper clean sands. Any excessively soft/clayey soils encountered should be over - excavated and replaced with compacted clean sands. Alternatively, #57 stone (gravel) can be p {aced in 6 inch lifts and densified to stabilize the pipe bottom subgrade. 4. After installation of pipeline, backfill around and above pipe with approved clean sand fill or flowable concrete. The backfill should be placed in maximum 6 inch loose lifts until a level of at least 18 inches above top of pipe level has been reached. Thereafter, the backfill can be placed in maximum 12 inch loose lifts to final grade. Each lift should be compacted to a minimum density of 98 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. Compaction within the backfill trench should be performed using light- weight compaction equipment (jumping jacks or Tight weight walk - behind vibratory sled and /or rollers). 5. Trench backfill should consist of inorganic, clean fine sands with less than 12 percent soil fines. The native silty /clayey soils should not be used as backfill due to their extreme sensitivity to moisture resulting in difficulties during placement, compaction and post construction settlements along the pipeline. 4.4 DEWATERING AND EXCAVATION CONSIDERATIONS Based on the water level conditions encountered, control of the groundwater will be required in all or majority areas to achieve the necessary excavation, construction, backfilling and compaction requirements presented in the preceding sections. The actual methods of dewatering should be determined by the contractor. Regardless of the methods used, we suggest drawing the water level at least 2 feet below the bottom of the excavation or compacted surface. We recommend that the contract documents provide for verify the depth of the groundwater table just prior to construction. • • • • Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) Page 8 Excavations should be sloped as necessary to prevent slope failure and to allow backfilling. As a minimum, temporary excavations below 4 -foot depth should be sloped in accordance with OSHA regulations. Where lateral confinement will not permit slopes to be laid back, the excavations should be shored in accordance with OSHA regulations. During excavation, excavated material should not be stockpiled at the top of the slope within a horizontal distance equal to the excavation depth. Provisions for maintaining workman safety within excavations is sole responsibility of the contractor. 4.5 ORGANIC SOIL CONSIDERATIONS Structures as well as utility lines supported upon organic soils are subject to settlement as a result of initial consolidation, secondary compression, shear strain failure and decomposition of organic laden soils. While initial consolidation can occur shortly after construction, secondary compression and shear failure can contribute to settlement over a longer time period. Decomposition of organics within the soil can vary depending on the availability of oxygen within the soil. Organic soils below the water table decay slower than soils above the water table and rain water infiltration can supply oxygen to expedite the decay process. 4.8 CONSTRUCTION RELATED SERVICES Universal Engineering Sciences (UES) operates and maintains an in- house, Florida Department of Transportation certified Construction Materials Testing laboratory. Our technicians are highly trained and experienced, and our engineering staff is already familiar with the details of your project. Therefore, we recommend the owner retain UES to perform construction materials testing and field observations on this project. This includes monitoring all stripping and grading, observation of foundation excavation and construction, vertical construction inspections services, and all materials testing services. The geotechnical engineering design does not end with the advertisement of the construction documents. It is an on -going process throughout construction. Because of our familiarity with the site conditions and the intent of the engineering design, our engineers are the most qualified to address problems that might arise during construction in a timely and cost - effective manner. 5.0 LIMITATIONS During the early stages of most construction projects, geotechnical issues not addressed in this report may arise_ Because of the natural limitations inherent in working with the subsurface, it is not possible for a geotechnical engineer to predict and address all possible subsurface variations. An Association of Engineering Firms Practicing in the Geosciences (ASFE) publication, "Important Information About Your Geotechnical Engineering Report" appears in Appendix C, and will help explain the nature of geotechnical issues. Further, we present documents in Appendix C: Constraints and Restrictions, to bring to your attention the potential concerns and the basic limitations of a typical geotechnical report. • Cumbey & Fair, Inc. UES Project No. 0830.1200222 December 7, 2012, (Revised January 24, 2013) Page 9 Do not apply any of this report's conclusions or recommendations if the nature, design, or location of the facilities is changed. If changes are contemplated, UES must review them to assess their impact on this report's applicability. Also, note that UES is not responsible for any claims, damages, or liability associated with any other party's interpretation of this report's subsurface data or reuse of this report's subsurface data or engineering analyses without the express written authorization of UES. • • • APPENDIX A • • UNIVERSAL EPGIHEEaNG SCIENCE5 PROPOSED SMALLWOOD STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS N HIGHLAND AVENUE TO EDGEWOOD AVENUE CLEARWATER, FLORIDA SITE LOCATION MAP CLIENT' GU31fEY ik eA DRAWN Br: .scat BATE DM L 2512 ELF. Nit 'To SCALE foot NO OM,t2OOf R[VIEWYEQ Bt: SS APPENDM A 101 L b1011m1IhI - SCIENCES :219' -162- 46 421' edev 58 N PROPOSED SMALLWOOD STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS N HIGHLAND AVENUE TO EDGEWOOD AVENUE CLEARWATER, FLORIDA SITE AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH tlldi� :C1 Y t 'Ail SCJIM MGT 70 SOLE PR0. CT' F10r C13.1403170 MINIM mmJ 615 GKll1 CEC.Ik 1413 UN1HIBAL ow.ELAIia Saar PROPOSED SMALLWOOD STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS N HIGHLAND AVENUE 1 EDGE4YOOD AVENUE GLEARWATER. FLORIDA SITE TOPOGRAPHIC MAP CUM curer * TM UMW E'h JCY wari x'1012 SCALE MOT T ec5 LE PROJECT Nee a�a1 Romeo e'h 6c APPgJOO6 • SUBJECT SITE ENSINEENDIO SCIENCES PROPOSED SMALLWOOD STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS N HIGHLAND AVENUE TO EDGEWOOD AVENUE CLEARWATER, FLORIDA SCS SOIL SURVEY MAP CLI NT comer * FAIR DRA WT: .Qt DATE: DEC 5a, 2D12 SPAM NOT TO KAU flO T N6t (te 0.fMM_ I1VADI b 9Yt APPENDIX: APPENDIX B • • • C' PROPOSED SMALLWOOD STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS N HIGHLAND AVENUE TO EDGEW000 AVENUE CLEARWATER. FLORIDA BORING LOCATION PLAN • • 3 D7 PROPOSED SMALLW000 STORM _SEWER - IMPROVEMENTS N HIGHLAND AVENUE TO EOGEWOOD AVENUE CLEARWATER.- FLORIDA BORING LOCATION PLAN. l01G WIS7 a 1WR MITI VII ACM. 1t1na1m vri YAL. !REPORT N rno3EO1. TIa 93110.7343321 oatto 0[S O. 3017 01310 3017 aunFs • INN 113 M u UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: PAGE: 1 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A -1 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DATE OF READING: 7/17/2012 DRILLED BY: M.G. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 2 TYPE OF SAMPLING: AUGER DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P L E BLOW COUNTS N (bp() SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W T 25 50 S M B 0 L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) - LL PL PI 1 2 3 – – I Z ��* ♦t♦ a* Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) - Fill �• • � • Light gray brown mixed sand (SP) - Fill 4 J ) 1 ■ — 0l Dark brown sand w /silt and organics (SP -SM) Boring terminated at 4 ft. 0 0 0 0 C7 O z O U) W PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A -2 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DATE OF READING: 7/17/2012 DRILLED BY: M.G. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 0.0 TYPE OF SAMPLING: AUGER DEPTH (ft) 0 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 ii SPT -N (bpf) 0 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 APPENDIX: PAGE: 2 -200 ( %) PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A -2 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DATE OF READING: 7/17/2012 DRILLED BY: M.G. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 0.0 TYPE OF SAMPLING: AUGER DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W 25 50 S Y M BB L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI 1 – 2 – 3 –' 4 — 411' 1 *t• • • • D�� Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) -Fill • Gray brown sand w/sitt and limerock (SP -SM) -Fill Dark brown organic silty sand (SM -OL) Boring terminated at 4 ft. RP UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: PAGE: 3 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A -3 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 2.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 0.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: AUGER DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P L E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W T 25 50 S M B O L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI 6.9 1 2 3 4 – ( V •�•�• Dark brown sand w /organics (SP) -Fill 3.8 31.4 27.7 22.2 •••■•• .tot Gray brown sand w/organics (SP) -Fill y 9 ( ) 4.1 . ••• •••• Brown gray sand (SP) -Fill 1.8 — r, 0 i, – Dark brown peat (PT) Boring terminated at 5 ft. ALT UES BORING LOG 0830.1200222.GPJ UES NEW.GDT 1/23/13 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: 14-4 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 1.0 TYPE OF SAMPLING: AUGER DEPTH (ft) UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 ii APPENDIX: PAGE: 4 -200 ( %) PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: 14-4 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 1.0 TYPE OF SAMPLING: AUGER DEPTH (ft) S A M BLOW P COUNTS E N (bpt) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 25 DEPTH G W 50 S Y M OB L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI 0 1 – 2 _ 4 – 5 —y I • Brown sand (SP) -Fill 4.9 20 20.9 299.1 57.4 %i• �i�i Gray brown sand (SP) -Fill 4.2 — -- Dark brown peat (PT) Boring terminated at 5 ft. • UES NEW MT 1/23/1A W J Q 4 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Tampa, Flrid 33619 Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: PAGE: 5 DESCRIPTION PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A-5 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 2.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DATE OF READING: 7/17/2012 DRILLED BY: M.G. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 0.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: AUGER DEPTH (ft) S M P E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N vs DEPTH G (bpf) W T 0 25 50 S M B O L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ° (� ) ATTE BERG LIM ITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI 0 Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) -Fill 1 — •�i�i • 2 ii• ��i�i 3 •�� • 4 Dark brown peat (PT) Boring terminated at 4 ft. ALT UES BORING LOG 0830.1200222.GPJ UES NEW CG )T PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A-6 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 8/6/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.5 DATE FINISHED: 8/6/12 DATE OF READING: 8/06/2012 DRILLED BY: M.P. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 1.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: Auger DEPTH (ft) 0 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road BLOW COUNTS PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 ii r APPENDIX: S Y M B O L Tampa, Florida 33619 BORING LOG MC (%) (813) 740 -8506 ORG (%) PAGE: 6 PL PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A-6 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 8/6/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.5 DATE FINISHED: 8/6/12 DATE OF READING: 8/06/2012 DRILLED BY: M.P. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 1.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: Auger DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P E E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W T 25 50 S Y M B O L DESCRIPTION -200 (%) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI 2 — 4 — • •: • • Gray sand (SP) - Fill • -•• .•:.+ Gray brown sand (SP) - Fill 1 Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) Boring terminated at 4.5 ft. UES NEW GILT w I- RP UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: PAGE: 7 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A -7 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 8/6/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 2.0 DATE FINISHED: 8/6/12 DATE OF READING: 8/06/2012 DRILLED BY: M.P. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 1.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: Auger DEPTH (ft) 0 S M P L E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W T 25 50 S M B O L DESCRIPTION -200 (Y. ) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI 1 2 —/ — ♦ • ∎••• Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) Fill :: ..��:. Light brown and brown mottled sand w /sift (SP -SM) ' `0i Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) Boring terminated at 2.5 ft. N 0 O CD CO 0 O 0 0 2 0 Co co F- N PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A-8 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): 2.5 DATE FINISHED: 8/6/12 DATE OF READING: 8/06/2012 DRILLED BY: M.P. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 0.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: Auger SHEET: 1 of RANGE: DATE STARTED: 8/6/12 DEPTH (ft) 0 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 ii SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 APPENDIX: PAGE: 8 -200 ( %) PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: A-8 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): 2.5 DATE FINISHED: 8/6/12 DATE OF READING: 8/06/2012 DRILLED BY: M.P. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 0.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: Auger SHEET: 1 of RANGE: DATE STARTED: 8/6/12 DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 DEPTH G W 25 50 S Y M BB L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI 1 — 2 – ��••• • :��: Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) - Fill -• —• Gray brown sand w /silt, roots and shell (SP -SM) - Fill \Light gray brown sand (SP) r Boring terminated at 2.5 ft. NFWQf)T 1/73/13 PROJECT: ENGINEER: CLIENT: LOCATION: REMARKS: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida Surendra Sagi, P.E. Cumbey & Fair SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN BORING DESIGNATION: B -01 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): DATE OF READING: EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 48.20 7.5 7/16/2012 5 SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DRILLED BY: J.M. TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 r UNIVERSAL 9802 ENGINEERING Palm River Road SCIENCES Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: S M BB L PAGE: 9 -200 ( %) PROJECT: ENGINEER: CLIENT: LOCATION: REMARKS: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida Surendra Sagi, P.E. Cumbey & Fair SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN BORING DESIGNATION: B -01 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): DATE OF READING: EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 48.20 7.5 7/16/2012 5 SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DRILLED BY: J.M. TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W 25 50 S M BB L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI 5 -X — — \ //\ X7 1 -1 -1 3 -6 -10 -9 -12 13 -15 -15 9 -6 -6 2 16 21 30 12 Z • • •s •!• Asphaltic concrete pavement (6" asphalt, 6" limerock ,, base) Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) -Fill Light brown sand (SP) Brown sand w /sift (SP -SM) :'•: Dark brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) . 10 -X X 1 _Green gray sandy clay (CH) it Boring terminated at 12 ft. 0 0 to m 0 0 0 m i- -J PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B-02 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: 48.90 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 7.5 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 UNIVERS9A8L02ENPGIINERERINRG SCIENCES Tampa, Florida 33619 . (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 iii pi kiL4 APPENDIX: PAGE: 10 DESCRIPTION PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B-02 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: 48.90 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 7.5 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P L E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT-N vs (bpf) 0 DEPTH G W 25 50 T S Y M B 0 L DESCRIPTION -200 (%) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI – 5 —X.. 1 2-1-2 3-3-5 4-8-9 10-12-15 9-10-13 3 8 17 27 23 _IL Asphaltic haltic concrete pavement (6" asphalt, 6" limerock base) Light gray sand (SP) Gray .brown. sand. (SP) _X .... .. . . . ,. Dark brown sand w/silt (SP-SM) . __. -.:.... ...... ,. – . : Brown sand (SP) Boring terminated at 12 ft. NEW GIST 1/93/17 V UNIVERSAL 9802 ENGINEERINPalm River RoaG Sd CIENCES Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: vs DEPTH G W 25 50 PAGE: 11 DESCRIPTION PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B-02A SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 1/8/13 WATER TABLE (ft): 10.0 DATE FINISHED: 1/8/13 DATE OF READING: 1/8/2013 DRILLED BY: P.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S M P L E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W 25 50 S M BO L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI / 3 -2 -2 2 -2 -3 4-4 -5 5 -7 -8 10-13-12 4 5� 9 15 ...25... •� Z.`: Asphaltic concrete pavement (4" asphalt, 3" limerock base) Gray sand (SP) r Light gray sand (SP) Brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) ":"' "', Gray brown sand (SP) 10 _X 15 Boring terminated at 15 ft PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -03 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of RANGE: ELEVATION: 52.00 DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DATE OF READING: 7/17/2012 DRILLED BY: M.G. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 2.0 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Tampa, Palm Florida 3619 Tampa, lorida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 r APPENDIX: PAGE: 12 DESCRIPTION PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -03 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of RANGE: ELEVATION: 52.00 DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DATE OF READING: 7/17/2012 DRILLED BY: M.G. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 2.0 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 DEPTH G W 25 50 S Y M OB L DESCRIPTION -200 (%) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI _ _ – 5— 1 -5 -6 3-3-4 3 -5 -5 4-4 -5 11 -8 -14 11 7 10 9 22 V •:• • . ■• Gray brown sand w /sift (SP -SM) - Fill •:: Light brown sand (SP) ■ii :... Light gray sand (SP) Light brown.sand.(SP) _ fir, Light gray brown sand (SP) 10 — Boring terminated at 12 ft. • • M 0 0 0 0 ww z 0) w 0 0 0 O III O cn UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: PAGE: 13 PROJECT: ENGINEER: CLIENT: LOCATION: REMARKS: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida Surendra Sagi, P.E. Cumbey & Fair SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN BORING DESIGNATION: B-04 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): DATE OF READING: EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 45.50 3.5 7/17/2012 2.0 SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: DATE STARTED: DATE FINISHED: DRILLED BY: 7/17/12 7/17/12 M.G. TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W 25 50 S Y M 0 L DESCRIPTION -200 MC ( %) ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI 5 — 2 -1 -1 2 4 5 6 4 _L • • • • " Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) -Fill . ••• Light gray and brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) - Fill :•• ♦♦ Gray sand w /silt (SP -SM) - Fill r � � .�.... ..:.:. . *: • .. Gray sartd.w /silt and large tree roots.(.SP -.SM) - Fill _X -X 10 — –V /�\ 2 -2 -2 3 -2 -3 3 -3 -3 3 -2 -2 .-.. :�:: 4 *,0 . •.i a*.A.. Gray sand w /sift (SP -SM) - Fill � I. I' `I 1' Dark brown peat (PT) Boring terminated at 12 ft. ALT UES BORING LOG 0830.1200222.GPJ UES NEW.GDT 1/23/13 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -04A SHEET: 1 of 7 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): 7.0 DATE FINISHED: 1/8/13 DATE OF READING: 1/8/2013 DRILLED BY: P.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT RANGE: DATE STARTED: 1/8/13 DEPTH (ft) S A M BLOW P COUNTS E UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa. Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 I0 -200 ( %) APPENDIX: ATTERBERG LIMITS PAGE: 14 PL PI PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -04A SHEET: 1 of 7 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): 7.0 DATE FINISHED: 1/8/13 DATE OF READING: 1/8/2013 DRILLED BY: P.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT RANGE: DATE STARTED: 1/8/13 DEPTH (ft) S A M BLOW P COUNTS E N (bpf) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 25 DEPTH G W 50 S Y M BB L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI 0 — — — X4 -5 -5 X 4 -5 �//�/ 5 / 1 -1-4 10 9 5 20 AL • S "-'• Asphaltic concrete pavement (4" asphalt, 4" limerock base) r 51.8 24.8 Gray sand (SP) isf t . — — ,Light gray sand (SP) Dark brown sand w /peat (SP -PT) ....NI �y Gray sand (SP) Gray brown sand (SP) 10— .. 6 -7 -13 8 -15- 27......42... 15 Boring terminated at 15 ft. NFW C;f1T 1/77/11 ALT UES BORING G 0830.1200222 GP.1 [IFS RP UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: PAGE: 15 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -05 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: 43.80 DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 2.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DATE OF READING: 7/17/2012 DRILLED BY: M.G. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 0.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N (bpf) 0 vs DEPTH G W 25 50 S M B L DESCRIPTION -200 (07) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG LL PL PI 5 — _ – 4 -1 -1 2 Noh //18‘ 4 woh /18'. 5 r V ∎A Gray brown sand w /silt and limerock (SP -SM) -Fill 6.9 23.7 19.9 19.7 :iii A.A. Brown gray sand (SP) Fill 9 Y ( ) 4.8 • 1 ♦♦ • -e• Dark gray brown sand w /shell (SP -SM) -Fill 2.7 i_' `1 I, 0 /, i, ‘■ i, ,,, ....Dark brown.peat (P.T) _X 10 X \ XDark woh /18" 2 -2 -2 woh /18" 3 -2 -3 Gray sand w /sik and shell (SP -SM) brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) III Boring terminated at 12 ft. 0 O N_ O O 0 0 0 z_ 0 0 m V) W I- r PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements ENGINEER: CLIENT: LOCATION: REMARKS: Clearwater, Florida Surendra Sagi, P.E. Cumbey & Fair SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN BORING DESIGNATION: B -06 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): DATE OF READING: EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 43.60 3.0 7/17/2012 SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DRILLED BY: M.G. 0.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 I APPENDIX: PAGE: 16 -200 ( %) PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements ENGINEER: CLIENT: LOCATION: REMARKS: Clearwater, Florida Surendra Sagi, P.E. Cumbey & Fair SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN BORING DESIGNATION: B -06 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: ELEVATION: WATER TABLE (ft): DATE OF READING: EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 43.60 3.0 7/17/2012 SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: DATE STARTED: 7/17/12 DATE FINISHED: 7/17/12 DRILLED BY: M.G. 0.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M BLOW P COUNTS E N (bpf) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 25 DEPTH G W 50 S Y M BB L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG °/ ( ) LL PL PI – – 5 — i . 2 -2 -2 4 woh /84' 3 -3 -2 V V •�•�• Dark brown sand w /silt and organics (SP -SM) -Fill 7.7 39.9 12.7 * *: •�i�i • Brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) -Fill • ••• •� . 000 Gray brown sand w /shell (SP) -Fill ` ' `– I' �� r�' 01, .1 1, sI I, oi, r, I r, ,rr,.,r .r /, \I I, .1 /' Dark brown.peat (PT) – 10— – woh /84" – 3 -3 -2 X Light gray sand w /silt and shell (SP -SM) Boring terminated at 14.5 ft. V 4 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 Tama, Florida River Road BORING LOG Tampa, Fl 33619 APPENDIX: (813) 740 -8506 PAGE: 17 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B-07 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of RANGE: ELEVATION: 45.00 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 1.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT S S BLOW N N S SPT -N vs D DEPTH G M S PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B-07 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of RANGE: ELEVATION: 45.00 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.0 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 1.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH M S S BLOW N N S SPT -N vs D DEPTH G M S DESCRIPTION - -200 M MC O ATTERBERG ORG LL P PL P PI — woh /30" w woh /304 • Z I .S? A Asphaltic concrete pavement (2" asphalt) 371.6 2 21.1 Brown sand w /shell (SP) -Fill Iii* L Light gray sand w /shell (SP) -Fill . 1r -..4 D Dark brown sand w /peat (SP -PT) - Fill 9 9.6 3 r••• silty. sand. wLorganics . and large. palm. tree - A 1i: Light gray brown sand w /organics (SP) - Fill 10 1 `_ D Dark brown peat (PT) `Light brown sand (SP) Boring terminated at 14 ft. a w z En w N N O N 0 0 •EE O ALT UES BORING LOG 0830.1200222.GPJ UES NEW GDT 1/23/13 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -07A SHEET: 1 of 9 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 1/8/13 WATER TABLE (ft): 8.0 DATE FINISHED: 1/8/13 DATE OF READING: 1/8/2013 DRILLED BY: P.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 RI APPENDIX: PAGE: 18 DESCRIPTION PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -07A SHEET: 1 of 9 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: RANGE: ELEVATION: DATE STARTED: 1/8/13 WATER TABLE (ft): 8.0 DATE FINISHED: 1/8/13 DATE OF READING: 1/8/2013 DRILLED BY: P.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 DEPTH G W 25 50 S Y M BB L DESCRIPTION -200 (/) MC (%) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI – 5 — 4 -3-4 3 -2-4 3 -4-5 4 -5 -6 4-6- 10... 6 -6-4 7 6 9 11 ... 16... .. 10...... ZT ILAsphaltic ,".'7.'~ rw.irr.� concrete pavement (4" asphalt, 8" limerock base) \Gray brown sand (SP) r Light gray sand (SP) Gray brown sand (SP) ; „^ .ti +r... :...Light gray. brown sand (SP) Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) Gray brown sand w /sift (SP -SM) 10 — X15 20 Boring terminated at 20 ft. RP UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: PAGE: 19 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -08 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: I of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: 52.30 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 3.5 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT z w 'a c� N N O N Cf 0 0 O J OZ O 0] DEPTH M S S BLOW N N S SPT -N v vs DEPTH G M S DESCRIPTION - -200 M MC ATTERBERG ORG LL P PL P PI 5 —X . – I � 1 -1 -2 3 3 ... • • .� * Asphaltic concrete pavement (3" asphalt, 9" limerock Light brown sand w /sift and limerock (SP -SM) -Fill � •� � �� Dark or brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) -Fill ...Dark brown gray sand w /silt (SP -SM) —X X3-4 - -6 1 Dark brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) Boring terminated at 12 ft. Cf 0 0 O J OZ O 0] ALT UES BORING LOG 0830.1200222.GPJ UES NEW.GDT 1/23/13 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: NM = Not Measured BORING DESIGNATION: B -09 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: 52.90 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): NM DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 2 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740 -8506 APPENDIX: PAGE: 20 -200 ( %) PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: NM = Not Measured BORING DESIGNATION: B -09 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: 52.90 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): NM DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) S A M BLOW P COUNTS E N (bpf) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 2 DEPTH G W 50 S Y M BO L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS ORG ( %) LL PL PI 0 _ 5 — 1 -1 -1 2 9 32 59 41 Asphaltic concrete pavement (4" asphalt, 8" limerock base) Gray brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) `' Gray brown sand (SP) Gray .brown. sand wJsilt(SP -SM) 2-4 -5 5-9 -23 10 —∎ – 21 -23 -36 18 -18 -23 ywiI. Brown gray sand (SP) Dark brown sand w /silt (SP -SM) Boring terminated at 12 ft. UES NEW G1T V) w J 41 V UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 APPENDIX: S Y M B O L PAGE: 21 -200 (%) PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -11 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 of 1 RANGE: ELEVATION: 55.04 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 4.5 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M P L E BLOW COUNTS N (bpf) SPT -N vs DEPTH G (bpf) W T 0 25 50 S Y M B O L DESCRIPTION -200 (%) MC ( %) LIMITS ORG (%) LL PL PI 5 —J – \ woh /12" 2 -1 -2 -10-8 3 -7 -8 7 -8 -7 woh /1 3 18 15 15 " • Asphaltic concrete pavement (4" asphalt, 8" limerock base) Dark gray sand (SP) _ ..Dark brown.sand.(SP) X_ X7 X / \ 10 Boring terminated at 12 ft. ALT UES BORING LOG 0830.1200222.GPJ UES NEWGDT 1/23/13 PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -1 2 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 Of I RANGE: ELEVATION: 49.76 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 4.5 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 2.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Ronda 33619 (813) 740 -8506 BORING LOG PROJECT NO.: 0830.1200222 RI APPENDIX: PAGE: 22 -200 ( %) PROJECT: Smallwood Storm Sewer Improvements Clearwater, Florida ENGINEER: Surendra Sagi, P.E. CLIENT: Cumbey & Fair LOCATION: SEE BORING LOCATION PLAN REMARKS: BORING DESIGNATION: B -1 2 SECTION: TOWNSHIP: SHEET: 1 Of I RANGE: ELEVATION: 49.76 DATE STARTED: 7/16/12 WATER TABLE (ft): 4.5 DATE FINISHED: 7/16/12 DATE OF READING: 7/16/2012 DRILLED BY: J.M. EST. W.S.W.T. (ft): 2.5 TYPE OF SAMPLING: SPT DEPTH (ft) 0 S A M BLOW P COUNTS L E N (bpf) SPT -N vs (bpf) 0 DEPTH G W T 25 50 S Y M BB L DESCRIPTION -200 ( %) MC ( %) ATTERBERG LIMITS • ORG (%) LL PL PI 5 — 10 — 15— .. woh /36" woh /114" woh /364, woh/114i 2 V • Dark gray brown sand w /sift (SP -SM) -Fill 405.9 81.5 %ii• :. :. :. OIL• Brown sand w /rock and limerock (SP) - Fill Brown and gray sand w /sift (SP -SM) — -, err ■. Jr r, r, x di r, r (r S' 0 •••••• - ' — % i — r 1 i %1 r x i t r I, ■ Dark brown.peat (PT) 20 . A 1 -1 -1 • 2 -1 -3 Dark brown gray sand w /sift (SP -SM) Boring terminated at 20 ft. • • • RP UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES 9802 Palm River Road Tampa, Florida 33619 (813) 740-8506 SOIL CLASSIFICATION CHART TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OR CONDITION COARSE - GRAINED SOILS (major portions retained on No. 200 sieve): includes (1) clean gravel and sands and (2) silty or clayey gravels and sands. Condition is rated according to relative density as determined by laboratory tests or standard penetration resistance tests. Descriptive Terms Relative Density Very loose Loose Medium dense Dense Very dense 0to15% 15 to 35% 35 to 65 % 65 to 85% 85 to 100% SPT Blow Count <4 4to10 10 to 30 30 to 50 > 50 FINE - GRAINED SOILS (major portions passing on No. 200 sieve): includes (1) inorganic and organic silts and clays, (2) gravelly, sandy, or silty clays, and (3) clayey silts. Consistency is rated according to shearing strength, as indicated by penetrometer readings, SPT blow count, or unconfined compression tests. Unconfined Compressive Descriptive Terms Strength kPa SPT Blow Count Very soft Soft Medium stiff Stiff Very stiff Hard < 25 25 to 50 50 to 100 100 to 200 200 to 400 > 400 <2 2 to 4 4 to 8 8 to 15 15 to 30 > 30 GENERAL NOTES 1. Classifications are based on the United Soil Classification System and include consistency, moisture, and color. Field descriptions have been modified to reflect results of laboratory tests where deemed appropriate. 2. Surface elevations are based on topographic maps and estimated locations. 3. Descriptions on these boring logs apply only at the specific boring locations and at the time the borings were made. They are not guaranteed to be representative of subsurface conditions at other locations or times. SOIL SYMBOLS FILL TOPSOIL ASPHALT CONCRETE SAND Illl) PEAT SILT LOW PLASTIC IIIII HIGH LT ORGANIC CLAY PLASTIC PLASTIC %/1 SAND 1.1r SAND Mu SILT CLAT CLAY LIUE ONE LIMESTONE DOLOMITE NIGH GM, PLASTIC WEATHERED OTHER SYMBOLS t Measured Water S7 Estimated Seasonal Major Divisions Group Symbols Typical Names yp - ��•�, row, vvater i Laboratory Classification Criteria Particle Size I m 0 o o csi v #200 to #40 #40 to #10 #10 to #4 Coarse - Grained soils (More than half the material is larger than No 200 sieve size) Gravels (More than half of coarse fraction is larger than No. 4 sieve size) Clean gravel (Little or no fines) GW Well- graded gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines -o N O 2 C r •W3" N a cn YD c o E o a 2t c 2 co - or &V' ' � 0 N a.L�N a0 R a, cow' °c I,-c.m �CO� 0 a, yoy a o d = o H 6 m rn„)� mP c`m'm Eat' at n� 23_,S, T, m m o. a, pot = rs N c�o m a g,�, m a, m 0005 C _ D� greater than 4; _ (D3o)' between 1 and 3 CC D D,o D,a x D sD Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW GP Poorly- graded gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines Gravel with fines (Appreciable amount of fines) GM Silty gravels, gravel- sand -sift mixtures Atterberg limits below "A" line or P.I. less than 4 Above "A" line with P.I. between 4 and 7 are border - line cases requiring use of dual symbols , (D30) between l and 3 GC Clay re gravels, gravel- sand -sift '•t n 0 v 0.074 to 0.42 0.42 to 2.00 2.00 to 4.76 Atterberg limits above "A" line or P.I. greater than 7 CD= greater than 6; Cc_ Sands (More than half of coarse fraction is smaller than No. 4 sieve size) Clean sands (Little or no fines) SW Well - graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines D6 o D,ax D. Not meeting all gradation requirements for SW SP Poorly- graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines Sands with fines (Appreciable amount of fines) SM Silty sands, sand -silt mixtures Atterberg limits below "A" line or P.I. less than 4 Above "A" line with P.I. Material m p` CO Sand Fine Medium Coarse SC Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures y Atterberg limits above "A" line or P.I. greater than 7 between 4 and 7 are border - line rases requiring use of dual symbols Fine - Grained soils (More than half the material is smaller than No. 200 sieve size) Silts and Clays Silts and Clays (Liquid limit (Liquid limit greater than 50) less than 50) ML Inorganic silts and very fine sands, rock floor, silty or clayey fine sands or clayey silts with slight plasticity BO e Size Sieve 70 so 050 o Uao 030- iu FOR CUR IFICATION OF FINE - GRAINED SOIL AND (` FINE -GRAINED FRACTION OF COARSE -GRAINED SOILS �` - \, / / / CL Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays - .J / / V� MH Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity Inorganic silts, micaceous or disto- maceous fine sandy or silty soils, organic sifts - / AOL C?‘ I - Al G� 4.76 to 19.1 19.1 to 76.2 A //.,: A// ON" 51 CH fat clays of high plasticity, fat clays G v , / i, iMmin► of ■■ MH OR 01-I O OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity, organic silts I �L I OL °° Material 10 1020 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 LIQUID LIMIT (LL) Plasticity Chart L 0- 0 W Pt Peat and other highly organic soils ` When the percent passing a No 'no .SiO < M,wm., sv _ .._ _, -_ -_ . .. For example; SP SC, poorly- graded sand with clay content between 5% and 12 %. soil. APPENDIX C • • • Importaut Iolormatioo About Your Geotechoical Engineering Report --Th Subsurface problems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. The following information is provided to help you manage your risks. Geotechnical Services Are Performed for Specific Purposes, Persons, and Projects Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the specific needs of their clients. A geotechnical engineering study conducted for a civil engi- neer may not fulfill the needs of a construction contractor or even another civil engineer. Because each geotechnical engineering study is unique, each geotechnical engineering report is unique, prepared solely for the client. No one except you should rely on your geotechnical engineering report without first conferring with the geotechnical engineer who prepared it And no one — not even you — should apply the report for any purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. Read the . Full Report Serious problems have occurred because those relying on a geotechnical engineering report did not read it all. Do not rely on an executive summary. Do not read selected elements only. A Geotechnical Engineering Report Is Based on A Unique Set of Project- Specific Factors Geotechnical engineers consider a number of unique, project- specific fac- tors when establishing the scope of a study. Typical factors include: the client's goals, objectives, and risk management preferences; the general nature of the structure involved, its size, and configuration; the location of the structure on the site; and other planned or existing site improvements, such as access roads, parking lots, and underground utilities. Unless the geotechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically indicates oth- erwise, do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report that was: • not prepared for you, • not prepared for your project, * not prepared for the specific site explored, or * completed before important project changes were made. Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing geotechnical engineering report include those that affect: • the function of the proposed structure, as when its changed from a parking garage to an office building, or from a light industrial plant to a refrigerated warehouse, • elevation, configuration, location, orientation, or weight of the proposed structure, • composition of the design team, or * project ownership. As a general rule, always inform your geotechnical engineer of project changes —even minor ones —and request an assessment of their impact. Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because their reports do not consider developments of which they were not informed. Subsurface Conditions Can Change A geotechnical engineering report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. Do not rely on a geotechnical engineer- ing report whose adequacy may have been affected by: the passage of time; by man -made events, such as construction on or adjacent to the site; or by natural events, such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctua- tions. Always contact the geotechnical engineer before applying the report to determine if it is still reliable. A minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent major problems. Most Geotechnical findings Are Professional Opinions Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. Geotechnical engi- neers review field and laboratory data and then apply their professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual subsurface conditions may differ— sometimes significantly — from those indicated in your report. Retaining the geotechnical engineer who developed your report to provide construction observation is the most effective method of managing the risks associated with unanticipated conditions. A Report's Reconitnendations Are Not Final Do not overrely on the construction recommendations included in your report. Those recommendations are not final, because geotechnical engi- neers develop them principally from judgment and opinion. Geotechnical engineers can finalize their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. The geotechnical engineer who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or liability for the report's recommendations if that engineer does not perform construction observation. A Geotechnical Engineering Report Is Subject to Misinterpretation Other design team members' misinterpretation of geotechnical engineering reports has resulted in costly problems. Lower that risk by having your geo- technical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also retain your geotechnical engineer to review perti- nent elements of the design team's plans and specifications. Contractors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report. Reduce that risk by having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing construction observation. Do Not Redraw the Engineer's Logs Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To prevent errors or omissions, the logs included in a geotechnical engineering report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable, but recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give con- tractors the complete geotechnical engineering report, but preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal. In that letter, advise contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer who prepared the report (a modest fee may be required) and /or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A prebid conference can also be valuable. Be sure contrac- tors have sufficient time to perform additional study. Only then might you be in a position to give contractors the best information available to you, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Some clients, design professionals, and contractors do not recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disci- plines. This lack of understanding has created unrealistic expectations that have led to disappointments, claims, and disputes. To help reduce the risk of such outcomes, geotechnical engineers commonly include a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports. Sometimes labeled "limitations" many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engineers' responsi- bilities begin and end, to help others recognize their own responsibilities and risks. Read these provisions closely. Ask questions. Your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. Geoenvironmental Concerns Are Not'Covered The equipment, techniques, and personnel used to perform a geoenviron- mental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical study. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering report does not usually relate any geoenvironmental findings, conclusions, or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental problems have led to numerous project failures. If you have not yet obtained your own geoen- vironmental information, ask your geotechnical consultant for risk man- agement guidance. Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for someone else. Obtain Professional Assistance To Deal with Mold Diverse strategies can be applied during building design, construction, operation, and maintenance to prevent significant amounts of mold from growing on indoor surfaces. To be effective, all such strategies should be devised for the express purpose of mold prevention, integrated into a com- prehensive plan, and executed with diligent oversight by a professional mold prevention consultant. Because just a small amount of water or moisture can lead to the development of severe mold infestations, a num- ber of mold prevention strategies focus on keeping building surfaces dry. While groundwater, water infiltration, and similar issues may have been addressed as part of the geotechnical engineering study whose findings are conveyed in this report, the geotechnical engineer in charge of this project is not a mold prevention consultant; none of the services per- formed in connection with the geotechnical engineer's study were designed or conducted for the purpose of mold preven tion. Proper implementation of the recommendations conveyed in this report will not of itself be sufficient to prevent mold from growing in or on the structure involved. Rely, on Your ASFE - Member Geotechncial Engineer for Additional Assistance Membership in ASFE/THE BEST PEOPLE ON EARTH exposes geotechnical engineers to a wide array of risk management techniques that can be of genuine benefit for everyone involved with a construction project. Confer with you ASFE- member geotechnical engineer for more information. ASFE THE BEST PEOPLE ON EARTH 8811 Galesville Road/Suite G106, Silver Spring, MD 20910 Telephone: 301 /565 -2733 Facsimile: 301 /589 -2017 e -mail: info @asfe.org www.asfe.org copyright 2004 by ASFE, Inc. Duplication, reproduction, or copying of this document, in whole or in part, by any means whatsoever, is strictly prohibited, except with ASFE's specific written permission. Excerpting, quoting, or otherwise extracting wording from this document is permitted only with the express written permission of ASFE, and only for purposes of scholarly research or book review. Only members of ASFE may use this document as a complement to or as an element of a geotechnical engineering report. Any other firm, individual, or other entity that so uses this document without being an ASFE member could be committing negligent or intentional (fraudulent) misrepresentation. IIGER08041.0MRP • CONSTRAINTS AND RESTRICTIONS WARRANTY Universal Engineering Sciences has prepared this report for our client for his exclusive use, in accordance with generally accepted soil and foundation engineering practices, and makes no other warranty either expressed or implied as to the professional advice provided in the report. UNANTICIPATED SOIL CONDITIONS The analysis and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from soil borings performed at the locations indicated on the Boring Location Plan. This report does not reflect any variations which may occur between these borings. The nature and extent of variations between borings may not become known until construction begins. If variations appear, we may have to re- evaluate our recommendations after performing on -site observations and noting the characteristics of any variations. CHANGED CONDITIONS We recommend that the specifications for the project require that the contractor immediately notify Universal Engineering Sciences, as well as the owner, when subsurface conditions are encountered that are different from those present in this report. No claim by the contractor for any conditions differing from those anticipated in the plans, specifications, and those found in this report, should be allowed unless the contractor notifies the owner and Universal Engineering Sciences of such changed conditions. Further, we recommend that all foundation work and site improvements be observed by a representative of Universal Engineering Sciences to monitor field conditions and changes, to verify design assumptions and to evaluate and recommend any appropriate modifications to this report. MISINTERPRETATION OF SOIL ENGINEERING REPORT Universal Engineering Sciences is responsible for the conclusions and opinions contained within this report based upon the data relating only to the specific project and location discussed herein. If the conclusions or recommendations based upon the data presented are made by others, those conclusions or recommendations are not the responsibility of Universal Engineering Sciences. CHANGED STRUCTURE OR LOCATION This report was prepared in order to aid in the evaluation of this project and to assist the architect or engineer in the design of this project. If any changes in the design or location of the structure as outlined in this report are planned, or if any structures are included or added that are not discussed in the report, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless the changes are reviewed and the conclusions modified or approved by Universal Engineering Sciences. • USE OF REPORT BY BIDDERS Bidders who are examining the report prior to submission of a bid are cautioned that this report was prepared as an aid to the designers of the project and it may affect actual construction operations. Bidders are urged to make their own soil borings, test pits, test caissons or other explorations to determine those conditions that may affect construction operations. Universal Engineering Sciences cannot be responsible for any interpretations made from this report or the attached boring logs with regard to their adequacy in reflecting subsurface conditions which will affect construction operations. STRATA CHANGES Strata changes are indicated by a definite line on the boring logs which accompany this report. However, the actual change in the ground may be more gradual. Where changes occur between soil samples, the location of the change must necessarily be estimated using all available information and may not be shown at the exact depth. OBSERVATIONS DURING DRILLING Attempts are made to detect and/or identify occurrences during drilling and sampling, such as: water level, boulders, zones of lost circulation, relative ease or resistance to drilling progress, • unusual sample recovery, variation of driving resistance, obstructions, etc.; however, lack of mention does not preclude their presence. WATER LEVELS Water level readings have been made in the drill holes during drilling and they indicate normally occurring conditions. Water levels may not have been stabilized at the last reading. This data has been reviewed and interpretations made in this report. However, it must be noted that fluctuations in the level of the groundwater may occur due to variations in rainfall, temperature, tides, and other factors not evident at the time measurements were made and reported. Since the probability of such variations is anticipated, design drawings and specifications should accommodate such possibilities and construction planning should be based upon such assumptions of variations. LOCATION OF BURIED OBJECTS All users of this report are cautioned that there was no requirement for Universal Engineering Sciences to attempt to locate any man -made buried objects during the course of this exploration and that no attempt was made by Universal Engineering Sciences to locate any such buried objects. Universal Engineering Sciences cannot be responsible for any buried man -made objects which are subsequently encountered during construction that are not discussed within the text of this report. TIME This report reflects the soil conditions at the time of exploration. If the report is not used in a reasonable amount of time, significant changes to the site may occur and additional reviews may be required. • • • • REPORT OF THE GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION GLENWOOD ESTATES SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated D R I G G E R S E N G I N E E R I N G S E R V I C E S I N C O R P D R A T E O Geotechnical Engineering & Construction Materials Testing February 13, 2013 King Engineering Associates, Inc. 4921 Memorial Highway Suite 300 Tampa, Florida 33634 Attention: Ms. Lara G. Bartholomew, P.E. RE: Report of the Initial Geotechnical Investigation Glenwood Estates Sewer and Roadway Improvements Clearwater, Florida Our File: DES 127115 Dear Lara: Pursuant to your authorization, DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. has completed a geotechnical investigation at selected locations along the planned pipeline route. Presented herein are the results of our field and laboratory studies together with a discussion of subsurface soil and groundwater conditions encountered. PLANNED CONSTRUCTION Information provided to us indicates that the subject project will involve the construction of sanitary sewer pipelines and manhole structures from Palmetto Street and North Highland Avenue to Ridgewood Street and Wood Drive. The manhole depths provided to us will range from about 4 to 17 feet beneath present grade. In conjunction with the utility construction, the roadway pavement along the alignment will be reconstructed. Sarasota Cloarwater Tampa Phone: 941.371.3949 P.O. Box 17839 • Clearwater, Florida 33762 Phone: 813.948.6027 Fax: 941.371.6962 Phone: 727.571.1313 • Fax: 727.572.4090 Fax: 727.572.4090 saroffice ®driggers- eng.com ciwottice@driggers-eng.com tpaoffice@driggers-eng.com • • • GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROGRAM SOIL BORINGS - Fifteen (15) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings were conducted at planned manhole locations and were advanced to nominal depths of 15 to 35 feet beneath present grades. The borings were positioned in the field by our geotechnician at locations accessible to drilling equipment and free of surface obstructions and buried utility lines. Note that the upper 6 feet of each Standard Penetration Test boring was sampled with hand auger equipment as a precaution against encountering unknown buried utility lines. Note that boring M -1, at the planned shallow depth manhole at Palmetto Street and North Highland Avenue was advanced with a hand auger due to drill rig access restrictions. A static hand cone penetrometer was utilized in advance of the hand auger to provide a measure of the relative density or consistency of the soils penetrated. Boring locations are illustrated on the appended Plate I. Twelve (12) hand auger borings were also conducted along the alignments and were generally positioned at the edge of the road and between the SPT boring locations. These borings were advanced to nominal depths of about 5 to 7 feet. The principal purpose of the hand auger borings was to examine shallow soil and groundwater conditions along the roadways to aid in the evaluation of pavement underdrainage requirements. The hand auger boring Iocations are also illustrated on the appended Plate I. Logs of the SPT and hand auger borings are presented in the report attachments. The logs contain visual soil descriptions and estimated Unified and AASHTO Soil Classifications corresponding to each sample interval. The SPT logs also depict tabulated and plotted Standard Penetration resistance values corresponding to each sample interval. Hand cone tip resistances are plotted for boring M -1. Also included in the Appendix is a brief description of the Standard Penetration method of sampling and testing. LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION TESTS - A limited laboratory classification testing program was undertaken to aid in characterizing the engineering properties of the subsurface soils. Our laboratory tests included grainsize analyses and organic content tests. Results of the testing program are presented on the Summary of Laboratory Test Results in the appendix. Grainsize analyses are also included in the report attachments reflecting the percent finer (by weight) versus the equivalent grain diameter or U.S. Standard Sieve size. Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Where the borings were located within the existing roadways, the pavement section identified consisted of an asphaltic concrete wearing layer above a limerock base course. The asphalt thickness at the boring locations ranged from 4 to 6 inches. Base course thicknesses ranged from 4 to 8 inches. The exploratory borings have identified a subsurface profile typically consisting of an upper unit of fine sands with some to minimal silt, clay and organic fines content. These soils generally comprise the SP to SP -SM Unified and AASHTO A -3 Soil Classifications. Silty to clayey sands and clays were also identified below the upper sands at several locations. These soils comprise the SM, SC and CL to CH Unified and AASHTO A -2-4, A -2 -6 and A -7 -6 classifications. Of particular importance are the hi •hly organic soils (peat - muck) encountered at boring locations M -2, M -8, M -9, M -10, M -14 and M -15. At boring locations M -9 and M -10, the peat was evidenced to depths well below the indicated bottom of structure depth. Peat was also penetrated between about 2.9 and 6.8 feet in hand auger boring H -7 and from about 3.0 to the 7.2 foot completion depth of boring HA -8. Surficial organic sands were also identified at boring HA -6. Groundwater was measured at depths ranging from about 3.2 to 9.2 feet below the ground surface at the boring locations during the course of our studies. Note that the borings were conducted during January of 2013 which is during the dry time of the year. Note that since many of the near surface soils recovered from the borings represent fill and the fill soils do not have indicators of high water levels, the estimates provided are general in nature. Note also that in some instances it is expected that groundwater would tend to perch above shallow lower permeability soils which, we anticipate would be removed during utility construction. A summary of the measured and estimated seasonal high groundwater levels is presented on Table I in the report attachments. Confirmation ofpotential seasonal fluctuations would necessitate installing shallow piezometers and monitoring groundwater levels during the wet season_ Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated • • GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION SOIL CONDITIONS - Table II in the report attachments presents the soil conditions at the indicated bottom of structure depths at each boring location. Zones of highly organic soils within the anticipated excavation depth are also noted. As can be seen, the borings and structure depths provided to us suggest that many of the structures and adjacent piping would be within generally sandy soils which would be suitable for support of the structures and piping. The fine sands would also generally be suitable for use as backfill. However, borings M -2, M -8, M -9, M -I0, M -I4 and M -15 have identified zones of highly organic Peat. The borings at locations M -2, M -8, M -14 and M -15 suggest that anticipated structure depths would be below the highly organic soils. However, at locations M -9 and M -10, the Peat extends well below the anticipated structure depths. Review of 2006 Soil Survey of Pinellas County indicates the general presence of Tavares - Urban and Matlacha- St. Augustine -Urban soils in the site vicinity. However, the 1970 Soil Survey shown "Made Land" around an area of Pamlico Muck in the project vicinity. An aerial photo from 1926 suggests that the area of muck may have been much larger. Copies of the 1970 and 1926 aerial photos are presented as Plates II and III in the report attachments. PRELIMINARY RECOMMENDATIONS OPEN CUT CONSTRUCTION - In order to provide a firm stable working surface, we recommend undercutting the soils a minimum of 12 inches below the bottom of the planned structure elevations_ Additional excavation of highly organic soils will be necessary, as discussed subsequently. We recommend careful geotechnical inspection during excavation to identify any unexpected pockets or zones of increased compressibility that may warrant further undercutting_ However, excessive undercutting should be avoided if possible. The excavated soils should be replaced with a gravel working platform. A crushed concrete, crushed granite or hard durable crushed limestone having a grading no coarser than an FDOT No. 57 is recommended. The gravel should be uniformly compacted so as to produce a firm and unyielding subgrade for construction. The gravel layer will also aid in collecting seepage into the excavation. Care must be exercised in the preparation of the subgrade prior to placement of the gravel to avoid any remolding or disturbance of soils, particularly the clayey soils, at the undercut elevation. Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 5 Excavation Shoring -For shallow pipes and structures with depths of some 4 to 6 feet, minimal excavation shoring and dewatering would be expected. For deeper excavations, sheet piling or trench boxes will likely be needed to support the excavation side walls. Where sheet piling may be utilized, special care must be exercised to limit the development ofany significant vibrations associated with installation and withdrawal activities which could result in settlements of adjacent roadways, utilities and structures. For this reason, it would be imperative, in our opinion, that sheet piles be installed utilizing techniques that do not impart unacceptable vibrations. There are specialty contractors with the capability for installing and removing sheeting utilizing non - vibration techniques. We would recommend contacting Giken American Corporation (phone: 407/380 -3232) for details relative to this methodology. With respect to the design of an excavation bracing system, we recommend consideration of the following soil parameters which would be applicable for the principally sandy soils generally evidenced within the anticipated excavation depths: Moist Soil Unit Weight: Saturated Soil Unit Weight: Buoyant Soil Unit Weight: Coefficient of Active Earth Pressure: At Rest Earth Pressure Coefficient: Passive Earth Pressure Coefficient: 110 pcf 120 pcf 60 pcf Ks =0.33 =0.5 = 3.0 The at rest lateral earth pressure coefficient is recommended if the shoring will essentially be restrained against lateral deformation of the top which would be needed to approach the active earth pressure state. The effect of any surcharge loads during construction, such as stockpiled soil, must be superimposed. Naturally, the design must include an appropriate factor of safety with respect to the design loads. The contractor must comply with applicable OSHA requirements with respect to excavation safety. Organic Soils - Where highly organic soils are encountered, they should be undercut to their full vertical depth and replaced with compacted backfill in order to provide proper pipe and structure support. Borings at locations M -9 and M -10 suggest that excavation depths as great as about 18 feet may be necessary. Following removal of the unsuitable organic soils, the excavation should be Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated • • • • 6 backfilled to the planned pipeline of structure bottom elevation utilizing compacted granular backfill. Where the organic soils may extend beyond the lateral limits of the planned excavation, a geotextile fabric should be placed to line the sides and bottom of the excavation to provide some containment of the backfill and help minimize the potential for backfill soils squeezing laterally into the very weak organic soils, resulting in settlement of the structures, pipeline and overlying roadway. Dewatering - Depending upon the depth of excavation and groundwater levels at the time of construction, dewatering will be needed in at least the deeper excavations to maintain groundwater levels below excavation depths. As with all dewatering programs, it is important to maintain careful observations of the effectiveness of the system prior to initiating excavation and construction activities. It would, therefore, be important to install piezometers at points along the alignment to confirm the effectiveness of the dewatering. The dewatering system must consider potential settlement effects in the vicinity of the roads, utilities or neighboring structures. This is of particular importance where groundwater withdrawal may result in increased stress on the compressible organic zones. Therefore, it is recommended that the contractor retain a competent dewatering consultant to assist in properly designing the dewatering system. Suitability of Excavated Soils for Use as Backlit! - The upper fine sands indicated in our geotechnical studies will certainly represent suitable materials for replacement and compaction as backfill for open cut construction and in the jacking and receiving pits. These fine sands comprising the SP to SP -SM Unified Soil Classifications or the AASHTO A -3 designation should respond effectively to conventional vibratory compaction. Sands with increased fines content, such as the silty to clayey sands (SM to SC, or A -2 -4 and A -2 -6 soils) typically penetrated below the cleaner sands could be blended with the cleaner sands to enhance their workability. Clays (CH or A -7 -6) and highly organic soils (Pt) should be excluded from backfill. It is important to recognize that the soils may exist at high moisture contents when excavated below the water table. Accordingly, these soil types may require some adjustment in moisture content to achieve efficient and effective compaction. In general, it is beneficial to adjust moisture contents to within ±2% of the optimum moisture as established by the appropriate Proctor moisture - density relationship as required by project specifications. Pipe and structure backfill should be placed and compacted according to City of Clearwater or project specifications. Backfill under all types of paving should be compacted in maximum 12 inch Lifts to no less than 98 percent of the Modified Proctor dry density (AASHTO T -180). Bacldiill Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 7 outside of paved area should be compacted to no less than 95% of the maximum T -180 dry density. We recommend testing of backfill at a minimum frequency of one test per fill lift at intervals not exceeding 300 feet of pipe excavation. ROADWAY UNDERDRAINAGE - Typically, underdrains are warranted when post - development, seasonal high groundwater levels could result in prolonged saturation of the subgrade and base course element and frequent vehicular traffic is expected. Under such conditions, vehicular traffic can result in "pumping" of the subgrade and eventual excessive pavement deflections. Underdrains are recommended where post - development prolonged high groundwater levels could occur within a depth of 12 inches below the cement treated or crushed concrete base course and within 18 inches of a limerock or shell base. Our experience suggests that where landscaped berms or elevated lot grades are present adjacent to roadways, the potential exists for groundwater mounding, resulting in increased groundwater seepage from the elevated areas, particularly where the raised areas are irrigated to sustain the landscape vegetation. In such instances, the seepage can result in water intrusion, saturation and softening of the subgrade and base course and potentially to localized pavement failures. While results of our studies to date suggest that underdrains may be warranted in the vicinity of borings HA -5, HA -6 and HA -11, and perhaps around the existing park, examination of site grades and existing drainage features is needed to more completely evaluate the need for underdrainage. We would be pleased to provide additional geotechnical recommendations for roadway reconstruction and pavement underdrainage upon receipt of additional information. NEED FOR ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATION As discussed, highly organic soils were identified at several boring locations. In some instances, it appears that the manhole structures would be based below the organic zone. At other locations, the organic material extends to well below the indicted structure bottom depth. There were also significant differences in the depth to and thickness of the organic soils. Accordingly, we recommend additional borings to provide additional soil information and a better delineation of the vertical and lateral extent of the organic soils which may impact excavation requirements along the pipeline route between manholes. Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated • • • • 8 LIMITATIONS The geotechnical investigation program conducted to date was undertaken to provide general information to assist in the design and construction of the planned piping and structures at the areas investigated. Our investigation maynothave included all information that the prospective contractor may require in the preparation of his bid proposal. The contractor is certainly encouraged to conduct such additional studies as he may deem necessary to qualify his proposal. Studies relative to environmental issues or impacts was not within our authorized scope of services. Note that no sampling and testing of groundwater was requested or performed for comparison of existing groundwater conditions with the parameters listed in The State of Florida Department of Environmental Protection "Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from any Non - Contaminated Site Activity ", dated February 14, 2000. It is our understanding that this groundwater sampling and testing would be required by the City of Clearwater prior to any groundwater discharge. DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. appreciates the opportunity to serve you. Should you have any questions concerning our findings, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned at your convenience. NT K- REP \127115 Copies submitted: (3) Respectfully submitted, DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. Nicholas T. Korecki, P.E. Senior Geotechnical Engineer FL Registration No. 45529 Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated • APPENDIX TABLE I - SUMMARY OF GROUNDWATER INFORMATION TABLE II - STRUCTURE FOUNDATION CONDITIONS PLATE 1 - TEST BORING LOCATION PLAN PLATE II -1926 AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH PLATE III -1970 SOIL SURVEY AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING LOGS HAND AUGER BORING LOGS SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS GRAINSIZE ANALYSES METHOD OF TESTING Driggers Engineering Services incorporated • • • TABLE I - SUMMARY OF GROUNDWATER INFORMATION triggers Engineering Services incorporated SUMMARY OF GROUNDWATER DATA GLENWOOD ESTATES CLEARWATER, FLORIDA OUR FILE: DES127115 BORING MEASURED GW DEPTH (FT -)* EST. SHGW DEPTH (FT-) BORING MEASURED GW DEPTH (FT.)* EST. SFEGW DEPTH (FT.) M -1 8.2 6.0 HA -1 >5.2 3.0 M -2 8.8 6.0 HA -2 >5.0 4.2 M -3 8.0 6.0 HA -3 >5.0 4.4 M-4 8.8 6.0 HA -4 >5.0 4.4 M -5 8.2 4.0* HA -5 >5.4 1.4* M -6 6.0 4.0 HA -6 3.7 1.0* M -7 5.3 3.0 HA -7 5.3 2.0* M -8 7.9 3.0* HA -8 5.8 2.5 M -9 3.2 2.0 HA -9 >5.0 4.0 M -10 3.4 2.0 HA -10 5.0 3.0 M -11 9.2 5.0 HA -11 4.2 1.0* M -12 7.1 5.0 M -13 4.6 2.5 M -14 4.2 1.5* M -15 4.2 2.0 *Groundwater perched above lower permeability soils. • • • • • TABLE H - STRUCTURE FOUNDATION CONDITIONS Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated SUMMARY OF FOUNDATION CONDITIONS GLENWOOD ESTATES CLEARWATER, FLORIDA OUR FILE: DES127115 BORING APPROX. STRUCTURE DEPTH (FT.) SOIL CONDITIONS M -1 4.0 Fine SAND M -2 143 Very loose silty to clayey Fine SAND; PEAT between 8' to 12' M -3 14.4 Soft Silty CLAY M -4 12.7 Loose Clayey Fine SAND M -5 11.3 Loose Clayey Fine SAND M -6 11.0 Loose slightly silty Fine SAND M -7 17.0 Medium dense to dense Fine SAND M -8 12.1 Very loose to loose slightly silty Fine SAND PEAT between 4.5' to 10' M -9 6.9 PEAT between 3.8' to 12' M -10 4.3 PEAT between 6' to 18' M -11 11.3 Loose to medium dense Fine SAND M -12 11.9 Dense Fine SAND M -13 9.8 Medium dense Fine SAND M -14 9.6 Medium dense slightly organic Fine SAND PEAT between 2.5' to 3.5' M -15 9.4 Very loose Fine SAND PEAT between 3' to 8' • • • PLATE I - TEST BORING LOCATION PLAN • Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated • • • Driggers Engineering Services incorporated M. 1Cnn1. 4.00. M -2r .1 apt), - 1430♦ '— r 0 0. wu 14HA- 14,-7.6 +6w.n0n 111A -2L, r I M -3r r { �-i i ....-T"'"" r ---1---- .7- j _.�1-- -_ I f _! I - - -- -- i- -- 1�100n,11 r14.os 1 1 - I L�_i_�1 L.____J I 4 1 --r--�--f TIT" 1 1- - a ( E I f I I I J- --- -1- 1 1 _...fl -- ^�- -}I- I I I - I ` o L.--...1 ,%'.i =LI __�__ .worn 1 L __L_1_ _ _ 1 1 w La I M --r-� l _I HA -1+ M r -r i- r- -1 -4 -I -4 1JLJ_ L_LH.AJ.. 1 �.1 ;1-- 1-1- 1_� -1, -11 - �- 1 1 1- „j:�IM j ��. I j 1 I I I 1 _ 1- .w.06a 6I .,-H,o r r r M -5 14.x.4,,, - I,... —_-17_:--.1.- - -- J I L_' 1 1 1 I I I I (. :0;;;:T...: T `7 HA -51 -6 r j„IL7 1, I I I 1 II -- L 1- A_ 14Ce I r( 1 1 1 it 1 _Jr. I 1 r- - -r--7 , E ` , r r r— iL I I 1 1 1"""r 1 I { I I { I 1 �� —I— �,.P,,. -i� I, r 1 I / 1 I ,,, AHAt-7 I E L ' I I- -- , a e -'y__ 1 --- I r --fs.. 8 -1 { i�� --r- -J _.� I �- I ��,,... 6.w..m4m .. L — I ' ,. 1 w 0rsn1 ...IOC _ `— J —J 1 _� _ I r__� - -1 Lr-iii — ; I ^� M -10 �NOrnn1,.4.0 T —T—i % �^ .w — H / 1 1 -_ +�� ; �--T -_ -�--: 1 -1 -_ HT- I-_71-�- -- I .� 1 I I I 1`—L. BHA —e� --� 1 1 1 I -- .'4' I 1/ 11111 d vi 3 pj O ri FT: -17_ 14uun ♦ �I - Ir,.a•n --+ — •f " °""r r 0 100 200 400 r----1 i _.1 - 1 Ja.I 1 i I I I HA49 1 I 1 I I 1 b p 1,22 L _ 1 _ j i ; SCALE IN FEET I LEGEND: , --j 1 1 ' r---1, HA -1D ` - --�--� 1 M-1 3 ;. HA -ill I 1 1 ' - auOlramn J_-_ ♦ HAND AUGER BORING LOCATION O HAND AUGER BORING/ I - -- _ nw44m r0r14r —a.0. "i ,- HAND CONE SOUNDING LOCATION 7 - --i 1 i i M- 14+-., _ - -- 1 -_ i "'"_1T1 }-_" '° „`:5 1 ; I 1 ! / E j i '1 ', , i I { I, 1 ; I I B STANDARD PENETRATION TEST �- BORING LOCATION Driggers Engineering Services incorporated • • PLATE 11 -1926 AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated CAD / ENGINEER R.D.B. SHEET TITLE 1926 HISTORICAL AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH PREPARED BY .1 I DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INCORPORATED PROJECT NAME GLENWOOD ESTATES /EDGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS CLEARWATER, FLORIDA PROJECT NO. DES 127115 SHEET NO. PLATE II • • PLATE III - 1970 SOIL SURVEY AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH • Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated WOOD5R.T_ DATE: 2/12/13 CAD / ENGINEER R.D.B. / W.S.D. PREPARED BY SHEET TITLE PROJECT NO USES SOIL SURVEY MAP DES 127115 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES. INCORPORATED PROJECT NAME GLENWOOD ESTATES/EOGEWOOD AVENUE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS CLEARWATER, FLORIDA SHEET NO. PLATE III • • STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING LOGS . Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -2 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman S.F. Completion Depth To Depth 26.5' Date 1/21/13 Water 8.8' Time Date 1/21/13 I- U- z I- c. w 0 5 - f�a SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +48.4+1 -' Dam w� w o >. m <O a m STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP Brown Fine SAND with roots and limestone \fragments (SP) (A -3) Light brown Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A -3) - 10 - 15 Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very loose dark brown o rganic, silty Fine SAND (SM /Pt) (A -8) Very soft dark brown highly organic, sandy SILT (Pt) (A -8) Loose dark brown slightly organic, silty Fine SAND (SM) (A -2-4) Very loose light brown silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A -2-6) Firm gray CLAY (CH) (A -7-6) - 20 - 25 - - 30 - Very stiff greenish -gray variably cemented CLAY (CL) (A -7-6) 3/3/4 1/0/1 WH /1/0 1/2/3 3/1/2 5/4/4 8114/16 Remarks Borehole Grouted 10 20 40 60 80 1111111110 `11 MINIM IMMO NUM MEM WH = Weight of Hammer Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -3 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman Completion Depth To Depth 31.5' Date 1/21/13 Water 8.0' Time S.F. Date 1/21/13 J 0 m >- co uU J a U) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +49.4+1-' STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP WH = Weight of Hammer Casing Length — �u 20 40 60 BO 0j 5 -1/2" As ',halt Pavement 2/3/3 1/0/2 3 /6 /10 8/11/8 1/1/2 3/2/2 WH/WH /2 slslll 6 -1/2" Limerock Base Tan Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 5 - :: Loose light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) II 0:1:1:1/ isrrr. Fta_, • •I Very loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) 10 j A : ' Medium dense brown to dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 1 b r WO OA Iol Soft light brown silty, sandy CLAY (CH) (A -7-6) ' , A 109 ,1`4 PI IllilO lPi dig Soft greenish -gray CLAY (CH) (A -7-6) - 20 Very soft greenish gray silty CLAY (CH) (A -7-6) 25 Or Very stiff greenish -gray variably cemented CLAY (CL) (A -7-6) - 30' WH = Weight of Hammer Casing Length ■ DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M-4 Project Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 26.5' Date 1/21/13 Water 8.8' Time 15 20 - 25 Or I 01 30 Foreman S.F. Date 1/21/13 SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +48.6 + / -' Da(4 (1) II ir4 ° 0 0 ' m 0< Q co STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 5" As • halt Pavement 8" Limerock Base Brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very Tight gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Loose dark brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP) (A -3) Loose greenish -gray clayey Fine SAND to stiff greenish -gray sandy CLAY (SC) to (CH) (A-2-6) to (A -7-6) Firm greenish -gray CLAY (CH) (A -7-6) Stiff to very stiff greenish -gray variably cemented CLAY (CL) (A -7-6) 2/1/2 3/3/5 1/3/6 1/2/7 1/2/3 1/3/8 8/10/10 Remarks Borehole Grouted 10 20 40 60 80 Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -5 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 21.5' Date 1/21/13 Water 8.2' Time Foreman S.F. Date 1/21/13 -J 0 m N a. U, SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +48.1 + / -' STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 0 P —\6" Asphalt Pavement 6/9/12 6/10/11 6/11/12 2/4/3 3/4/5 2/2/2 1u -20 40 60 80 __■.■„1I utll :::::1 \6" Limerock Base ': :' " "'_ —1 ��: ~ ,Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Dark brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP) A -3 ��•uiu111 111 • 1111 IIII Ft,-.... Ifi:ri r M-:',::1 1 T77'I htia.,a tr.'• Medium dense dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) Mil __�III MAIN '■,�" III III III 10 /••11111 1II ?' , Medium dense dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose greenish gray clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A -2-6) 15 / Stiff to soft greenish -gray CLAY (CH) (A -7 -6) !' 111/1 111/1 MI Nil !l III III III iIII 20 III 1111 1111 1111 III 25 - 1 III III III III III 30 - • 1111 NM IM III IIMI R•llIll Casing Length 1 DRJGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -6 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman S.F. Completion Depth To Depth 21.5' Date 1/21/13 Water 6.0' Time Date 1/21/13 SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +48.8+ - / -' re in 0 U) 0) a 0 11 m<0 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 5" Asphalt Pavement o: \7" Limerock Base Dark gray Fine SAND with trace of limestone fragments (SP) (A -3) \Light brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Dark brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Medium dense dark brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP) (A -3) Medium dense to loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) Firm to soft greenish -gray CLAY (CH) (A -7 -6) 25 - 30 - 4/5/7 2/4/7 4/6/7 5/5/2 1/2/3 1/1/2 Remarks Borehole Grouted 10 20 40 60 80 MUNN EPA 11__11111111 mil mum MINIM MINIM MI MINIM MINIM MINIM MINIM MUM MINIM Casing Length • • • DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -7 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman Completion Depth To Depth 36.5' Date 1/18/13 Water 5.3' Time F- w F- a w 0 0 2 cn w a 2 1 SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +57.1 +1 -' S.F. Date 1/18/13 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP a : 4" Asphalt Pavement o =0; \6" Limerock Base 5 (SP /Pt) (A- 31A -8) Brown Fine SAND with limestone fragments \\(SP) (A -3) Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) • Brown Fine SAND with large roots 10 \Brown Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A -3) Loose brown to dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 15 25 - 30 - Loose to medium dense light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Dense gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Soft to very soft greenish -gray to green CLAY (CH) (A -7 -6) 3/4/3 3/3/4 2/4/5 5/9/10 5/8/11 14/24/22 2/1/2 Remarks Borehole Grouted 10 20 40 60 80 Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -7 Project Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate] Foreman S.F. Completion Depth To Depth 36.5' Date 1/18/13 Water 5.3' Time Date 1/18/13 I- = 3: ❑ m ca u) uy J a. Q co SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +57.1 + / - ' rt z ILI F. co r4 z w 0 a. m g O Q u) � a STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 35 7 % Soft to very soft greenish -gray to green CLAY -\(CH) (A-7-6) 2/12/26 •tiiIII Hard light .` _, green cemented CLAY (CL) (A-7-6) •uu„11 Borehole Grouted II IIII - 40 _ - �•uuuIII III �IIII III _ III �5_ _ �111 ■��1I1 III III II 111 III >;o _ I III III III II IIII III III r•iII III - 60 - III •iiI11 III III • III IIIIII 111111 IlIII Remarks Casing Length MUM ■ DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -8 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman S.F. Completion Depth To Depth 26.5' Date 1/18113 Water 7.9' Time Date 1/18/13 I- w I- F- a. w 0 m U) w -J a. a SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +51.4 +1 - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP WH = Weight of Hammer Casing Length — 10 20 40 60 80 0 . :u* 6" Asphalt Pavement WH 1/0/1 1/3/2 1/1/2 2/3/3 1/1/2 3/3/4 __■.,,111 __■.,111 _��11111 _■� „111 __...,111 _■■„ km"' 5" Limerock Base (SP) i (A -3) wn Fine SAND with limestone fragments \Light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 5 Gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) A A Dark gray highly organic, sandy SILT with roots ' Pt A -8 - Very soft dark brown highly organic, sandy SILT IIII111 llt I§Hr, s” : with vegetative material (Pt) (A -8) Very loose dark brown organic, silty Fine SAND with roots (SM /Pt) (A -8) NM 11 I11 1 _ Ell 111 ii.ici `i;a t`'.1.� r.clx' �1 Loose to very loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) Ini111 111 I - M 1111 ®I X111 15 - ti�4 it s.ss �_:! Loose dark brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material and trace of roots (SP) (A -3) NMI111 III MI ■•' : Very loose to loose dark brown Fine SAND SP (A-3) { (SP) ELI ""' ,111 111 20 - N.! III MN 11111 III III 11111 III1 ME 11111 MI MN III - 25 III 1111 1111 •II111 IN 111 - 30 - III II III UN 111111 •uu1111 WH = Weight of Hammer Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -9 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman J.R. Completion Depth 26.5' Date 1/18/13 Water 3.2' Time Depth To Date 1/18113 v_ I I- a w Ci 0 0 m U) U) w a a U) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +45.2+1 -' re or O U) z. OaDw .. m < 0 4" Asphalt Pavement 5" Limerock Base \Dark brown Fine SAND with rock fragments (SP) (A -3) \Light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 5 - 1Q (E$:1: S.Y s 7'J 20 - 25 - rt2Jy: di:• r f I :i: tt311: rtS�a: Dark brown organic Fine SAND with roots (SP -SM) (A -3) Dark brown highly organic, sandy SILT with numerous roots (Pt) (A -8) - large roots at depth 6.0' Very soft dark brown highly organic SILT with vegetative material (Pt) (A -8) Very loose dark grayish -brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) Very loose dark gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very loose dark brown slightly organic, silty Fine SAND (SM) (A -2-4) Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) 30 - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP (AUTOMATIC HAMMER) 10 20 40 60 80 r- 1/1/2 WH/WH/ WH WH/WH/ •' WH WH /1/1 1/WH/WH • - WH/WH/ WH 2/4/2 Remarks Borehole Grouted WH = Weight of Hammer Casing Length • • DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -1O Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Completion Depth 26.5' Date 1/18/13 Water 3.4' Time Depth To J 0 m 2 co 0 5 Foreman J.R. SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +44.0 +1 - -' Dark brownish -gray Fine SAND with roots SP) (A -3) jj Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) :I 9" Limerock Base re re (/)• Et Z ww • n. m`O CO fa Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) \Brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very soft dark brown highly organic SILT with vegetative material (Pt) (A -8) - 10 - 15 - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Very loose to loose dark gray to grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 1 /0 /0 WH/WH/ WH WH/WH /1 1 /0 /0 WH/WH/ WH 2/2/2 5/4/6 Remarks Borehole Grouted WH = Weight of Hammer Date 1/18/13 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP (AUTOMATIC HAMMER) 10 20 40 60 80 MEM MUM NUMMI MI 111111111111 1111 11111111 IM 1111111111111 MI MINIM NM NUMB :S�CC�I� MUM MINIM Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -11 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman J.R. Completion Depth To Depth 21.5' Date 1/18/13 Water 9.2' Time Date 1/18/13 u. I 0. w 0 J 0 rn N w J a co SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +54.0 +1 -' 5" Asphalt Pavement 5 -. 10 \6" Limerock Base Tan Fine SAND with seams of brown Fine SAND \(SP) (A -3) Tan and orange Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) r [». r t.7 1 :1 - Icpa 1 1t r []J.1 - 15 - ..... Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very loose dark brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP) (A -3) Very loose to loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP-SM) (A-3) Medium dense brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very loosegreenish -gray clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A -2-6) - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP (AUTOMATIC HAMMER) 10 20 40 60 80 3/4/8 Casing Length • • DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -12 Project Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 21.5' Date 1/18/13 Water 7.1' Time Foreman S.F. Date 1/18/13 U. 3f H 0 u.r 0 J 0 >- CO tiI ;P: Lt U) ur -J a. CO SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +52.9 + / - -' Zed a. (1) cnitz 0 Ja m Q cc0 CO to STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP Dark brown Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A -3) Brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 5 - -.10 - 15 - 20 r r \Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Very loose to dense dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) r- trace of roots at depth 12.0' Very loose light greenish -gray clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A -2-6) 25 - - 30 - 3/2/1 2/2/4 3/5/10 10/14/23 8/11/12 2/1/2 Remarks Borehole Grouted 10 20 40 60 80 MOM MUM MINIM MN MUM MEM MUM M nm MUM MUM MUM MUM MEM MEM MEM MUM MUM Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -13 Project Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman S.F. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 1/17/13 Water 4.6' Time Date 1/17/13 F- U- n. w 0 J 0 Co w -J N SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +52.9 +! -` STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 5 -1/2" Asphalt Pavement Limerock Base Gray Fine SAND with rock fragments (SP) (A -3) - 5 - 10 - - 15 Dark gray Fine SAND with finely divided ::.\organic material (SP) (A -3) Brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Yx= Medium dense dark brown slightly organic Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A -3) f r IF I Medium dense dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - 2/3/8 314/14 9/10/14 6/12/16 8/11/13 Remarks Borehole Grouted 10 20 40 60 80 MEM "i �i i' MUM NUM MUM MINIM iiiiiriiie MINIM MINIM Casing Length • • • ■ DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -14 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San. Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 1/18/13 Water I— u_ r- a W 0 0 1!] J a 2 m SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +52.2 +1 -' S.F. 4.2' Time Date 1/18/13 Dark gray Fine SAND with rock fragments \(SP) (A -3) 8" cream colored Crushed Limestone and gray Fine SAND 5 10 - Light grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) _ Light brown Fine SAND with trace of roots SP) (A -3) Dark gray highly organic, sandy SILT (Pt) (A -8) Dark gray slightly organic, slightly silty Fine SAND (SP-SM) (A -3) Loose dark grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Medium dense dark brown slightly organic,, slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) Medium dense dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 15 - 20 - 25 - 30 - 2/3/4 4/12110 7/8/9 4/6/8 5/9/11 Remarks Borehole Grouted STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS /FT. ON 2" Q.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 1111111111I111 1 IIIIIIIIIII __.ili1111 --'1111111 EMI NU1111 �%�= �111111 �11FRR11Uu1111 _,11��1111 1111!lmui1111 I' - 11111 --R1U11111 -_1111111111111 - R1U11111 •1111111 IIuIlli :Ill11" MINIM Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 127115 BORING NO. M -15 Project Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Ave. San_ Sewer Improvements, Clearwater, FL Location See Plate I Foreman J.R. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 1/18/13 Water 4.2' Time Date 1/18/13 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w -I 2 ul / SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +51.4 + / ' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" 0.13. SAMPLER -i40 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP (AUTOMATIC HAMMER) 10 20 40 e0 80 0 °p. ae Dark gray Fine SAND with limestone WH/WH/ WH 2/2/1 1/1/3 3 /5 /6 3/3/5 1:-: c...9 \and asphalt fragments (SP) (A -3) \Gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Brownish Fine SAND -- .1,--. _ gray (SP) (A-3) Dark gray highly organic, sandy SILT - Very soft dark brown highly organic SILT with vegetative material (Pt) (A -8) = ' • I Very loose dark brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 10 1-61 C17J R1:0 Very loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP-SM) (A-3) ft t i„� t4 ca 3 c ONg r Medium dense to loose dark brown slightly silty _ Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP -SM) (A -3) - 15 - - 20 - 25 - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted WH = Weight of Hammer Casing Length • • HAND AUGER BORING LOGS Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING/HAND CONE SOUNDING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Project No.: DES 127115 CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. WATER TABLE: 82 DATE: 1116113 TECHNICIAN: J.R.IM.F. DATE: 1116113 COMPLETION DEPTH: 10,0' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER: M -1 ELEV. (FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH (FT) SYMBOL HAND CONE TIP RESISTANCE (TSF) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Surface Elevation: +37.3 + / -' Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 0 - - . 36 - - 34 - Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) ; Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 4 ;': . . . - • - 32 - - 6 Light brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) -'''' ` • . .1:1.:(1-1 r:1 :r:1 -ra:c -t:t. I :I :CFif 1I :CiI :III; i I rJ :C. Vi i :t }i :C.I :rj.i •1-E :hft :I•i :rJ I 30 - 28 - 10 - 26 - 12 - - 24 - 14 - DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG Glenwood Estates /Edgewaod Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Pro ect No.: DES 127115 PROJECT: TECHNICIAN: LOCATION: ELEV. (FT) B.S. See Plate I DESCRIPTION CLIENT: WATER TABLE: Brownish -gray Fine SAND with trace of surficial roots (SP) (A -3) Gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Light tan and gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Light brown silty Fine SAND (SM) (A -2-4) Brownish -gray slightly silty Fine SAND SP -SM A -3 DATE: Kin . En . ineerin See "Note" 1/23/13 TEST NUMBER: DEPTH (F1 a - 2 - 4 6 8 - 10 - 12 - Associates Inc. DATE: 1/23/13 COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.2' HA -1 REMARKS Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.2'. DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Proiect No.: DES 127115 CLIENT: King EngineeringAssociates, Inc. WATER TABLE: See "Note" DATE: 1/23/13 TECHNICIAN :. B S. DATE: 1/23/13 j COMPLET ON DEPTH: f 5.0' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER. HA -2 ILA DESCRIPTION D� 1 0 cn REMARKS Dark brownish -gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A -3) 0 - :1; Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.0'. :., ::: . Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 2 Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) ; .:. , , : - 4 - 6 - - s - - 10 - - 12 - - 14 - dLSi • DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED • HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Project No.: DES 127115 TECHNICIAN: LOCATION: CLIENT: WATER TABLE: DATE: S.F. See Plate I King Engineering Associates Inc. 1 DATE: See "Note" 1123/13 I COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.0' 1/231 13 TEST NUMBER: ELEV. (FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH (FT) -J 0 m 5 e} HA -3 REMARKS Light brown and gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Tan Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 2 - 4 - Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 6 - - 8 - - 10 - - 12 - - 14 - • Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.0'. DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Protect No.: DES 127115 CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. WATER TABLE: DATE: See "Note" 1/23/13 TECHNICIAN: S.F. DATE: 1/23/13 COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.0' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER. HA-4 ELEV. ' DESCRIPTION DEPTH SYMBOL REMARKS Dark grayish -brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material and trace of surficial roots (SP) (A -3) 0 _'s .i , ; ;- r .,. ti . - - . • • • .. Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of S.D. ' Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 2 J... Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) • Light gray and brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 4 - • • %.;zrr-:, Li' ht•ra Fine SAND SP A -3 Dark gray Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP) (A -3) • - 6 - 8 - - 10 - - 12 - - 14 - • dLSi • TRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED • • HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Protect No.: DES 127115 TECHNICIAN: LOCATION: CLIENT: WATER TABLE: B.S. DATE: See Plate I 1/23/ TEST NUMBER: King Engineering Associates Inc. DATE: See "Note" 1/23/13 COMPLETION DEPTH: 13 5.4* ELEV. (FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH (FT) -J 0 co Dark grayish -brown Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A -3) 1 Light gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A -3) Dark gray organic, silty Fine SAND (SM/Pt) (A-8) 0 2 Brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 4 -- l Dark brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 6 - 8 10 - - 12 - - 14 - HA -5 REMARKS Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.4'_ deli DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Project No.: DES 127115 CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. DATE: 1/23/13 WATER TABLE: 3.7' TECHNICIAN: B.S. DATE: 1/23/13 COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.2' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER: HA-6 �� DESCRIPTION DEPTH (Fr) CO REMARKS Dark brown organic Fine SAND with trace of surficial roots (SR-SM/Pt) (A -8) 6 -: r L. '= _ ' _" r r::1 r.: •■- 1.• a. A; �' J. :-i t. Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND with granite fragments (SP-SM) (A-3) 9 9 ( ) ( ) :''T `r r •xa�c��i - 4 Brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP-SM) (A -3) :1. .i i :r: t 1. I :t :r:tj I .1:1 t I-r ,t'i trj - 6 - - 8 - - 10 - - 12 - - 14 - dLS� DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Project No.: DES 127115 TECHNICIAN: LOCATION: B.S. See Plate I CLIENT: King Engineering Associates Inc. WATER TABLE: 5.3' ( DATE: 1/23/13 DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH: 1/23/13 f 7.2' TEST NUMBER: ELEV. (FT) DESCRIPTION Dark gray Fine SAND with finely divided organic material and surfcial roots (SP) (A -3) Light brown Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A -3) DEPTH m (FT) HA -7 REMARKS Dark gray highly organic, sandy SILT (Pt) (A -8) 0 2 4 Dark gray slightly organic, silty Fine SAND (SM) (A -2-4) 8 10 - 12 - DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Prolect No.: DES 127115 CLIENT: Icing Engineering Associates, Inc_ WATER TABLE: 5.8' DATE: 1/23/13 TECHNICIAN: S.F. DATE: 1/23113 _ COMPLET ON DEPTH: 7.2' ' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER: HA -8 ��DESCRIPTION D� H SYMBOL REMARKS Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) 0 Could not penetrate below depth 7.2' due to wood. Light grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) - 2 ••- Light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Dark gray highly organic SILT (Pt) (A -8) Dark brown highly organic SILT with vegetative material (Pt) (A -8) 4 .^ Dark brown highly organic SILT: with vegetative material and wood (Pt) (A -8) g i 8 - 10 - - 12 - - 14 - dLS� TRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Protect No.: DES 127115 TECHNICIAN: LOCATION: ELEV. (FT) S.F. See Plate I DESCRIPTION Dark gray and brown Fine SAND with surficial roots (SP) (A -3) Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) CLIENT: WATER TABLE: DATE: King Engineering Associates Inc. L DATE: See "Note" 1/23/13 I COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.0' 1/231 13 TEST NUMBER: DEPTH (FT) 0 2 4 -J 0 ao U, - 6 - - g - - 10 - - 12 - - 14 - HA -9 REMARKS Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.0'. DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Protect No.: DES 127115 CLIENT: King Engineering Associates Inc. WATER TABLE: 5.0' DATE: 1/23/13 TECHNICIAN: S.S. DATE: 1/23/13 COMPLET ON DEPTH: 5.3' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER: HA -10 ��' DESCRIPTION DE SYMBOL REMARKS 0 Dark gray slightly organic Fine SAND with trace of surficial roots (SP) (A -3) 0 N Y. Light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) . • Light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Dark grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) . - 4 -• - 6 - - 8 - - 10 - - 12 - 14 - dLSi DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Clearwater, Florida Project No.: DES 127115 TECHNICIAN: LOCATION: ELEV. (Fi S.F. See Plate I CLIENT: King Engineering Associates Inc. WATER TABLE: [DATE: 4.2' 1/23/13 DATE: l COMPLET ON DEPTH: 1/23/13 5.4' TEST NUMBER: DESCRIPTION DEPTH m 2 m Gray Fine SAND with trace of rock fragments (SP) (A -3) Dark gray slightly organic, slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A -3) Brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A -3) Dark gray highly organic, sandy SILT (Pt) (A -8) Dark gray slightly silty Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP -SM) (A -3) 14 HA -11 REMARKS SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated • • SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS • BORING NO. DEPTH (ft) DESCRIPTION W V. Y d (PcI) G r ATTERIIERG LIMITS P.P, U.C. CON. G.S. ORG. (%) pH CL (PPm) SO d (PRO RES. (ohm -cm) LL PL SL (tat) M -1 8.5-9.8 Light brown slightly silty Fine SAND • M -2 10.0-11.5 Dark brown highly organic, sandy SILT 21.3 M -2 I5.0 -16.5 Light brown silty, clayey Fine SAND 33,6 38 19 •• 45.0 M -3 15.0 -16.5 Light brown silty, sandy CLAY 36.6 51 12 •• 53.6 M-4 12.0.13.5 Greenish -gray clayey Fine SAND to sandy CLAY 29.0 41 18 49,0 M -S 1,5 -6,0 Dark brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material 2.2 M -S 12.0 -13.5 Light greenish -gray clayey Fine SAND to sandy CLAY 283 r 42 17 • • 50.2 M-6 6.0.7.5 Dark brown Fine SAND with finely divided organic material 2.4 M -7 6.0 -7.5 Brawn Fine SAND • M -7 25.0-26.5 Greenish -gray CLAY 42.8 57 20 M -B 6.0 -7.5 Dark brown highly organic, sandy SILT with vegetative material 75,0 M -8 8.0 -93 Dark brown organic, silty Fine SAND with roots 7.5 M -9 10.0 -11.5 Dark brown highly organic SILT with vegetative material 81.5 M -9 20.0 -21.5 Dark brown slightly organic, silty Fine SAND 3,3 M -10 10.0-11.5 Dark brown highly organic SILT with vegetative material 72.3 M -10 I2.0 -13.5 Dark brown highly organic SILT with vegetative material _ r 82.8 . W% Yd(PcI) Gs LL PL SL P.P. (tat) U.C. = Water Content • Dry Density • Specific Gravity • Liquid Limit • Plastic Limit • Shrinkage Limit = Pocket Penetrometer Unconfined Compression Con. G.S. ( +I) ORG. ( %) Cl. (ppm) SO4 (PPm) RES. (ohm -cm) • ** = Consolidation Tes • Grainsize Analysis (Hydrometer) = Organic Content = Total Chloride = Total Sulfate • Lab Resistivity ▪ See Test Curves = Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve CLIENT: PROJECT: FILE: King Engineering Associates, Inc. Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida DES I27115 SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS BORING NO. DEPTH (ft) DESCRIPTION W / V d (pc() G, ATTERBERG LIMITS P.P. (tsf) U.C. CON. G.S. ORG. (%) pH CI, (Pim) SO4 (PPm) RES. (ohm -cm) LI. PL SL M -12 6.0 -7.5 Dark brown Fine SAND * M -13 6,0-7.5 Dark brown sllgbtly organic Fine SAND with roots 2.7 M -14 2.6 -3.8 Dark gray highly organic, sandy SILT 47.5 M -15 8.0 -9.5 Dark brownish -gray Fine SAND • HA -5 1.9 -2.9 Dark gray organic, silty Fine SAND 9.6 HA-6 2.4 -3.8 Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND with granite fragments * HA -7 3.9-6.8 Dark gmy highly organic, sandy SILT 64.6 W% Yd(pcf) LL PL SL P.P. (isf) U.C. Water Content = Dry Density = Specific Gravity • Liquid Limit • Plastic Limit • Shrinkage Limit • Pocket Penetrometer = Unconfined Compression • Con. G.S. ( +1) ORG. ( %) Cl. (ppm) SO4 (ppm) RES. (ohm -cm) ** = Consolidation Tes • Grains ize Analysis (Hydrometer) • Organic Content = Total Chloride Total Sulfate • Lab Resistivity = See Test Curves • Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve • CLIENT: PROJECT: FILE: King Engineering Associates, Inc. Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida DES 127115 • • • • GRAINSIZE ANALYSES DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. S 5analyd . ,... ] Z Sore Openings In tncMf U. S Standard Skye Number* 1 3 4 < 10 14 . 5 20 30 40 50 100 I b liydnxneler .. I Percent Finer by Weight o a o 8 8 E I 1 I I / r 11 ( i• 8 8 $ o $ $ oo a. �' 2! o C Percent Coarser by Weight 1111��• iuuuuui 1111� ■��1111�� 11111 1 11111 11 1 1 I 1111 1111 _ liii_ ma iII .11•11 11111111_'11111 ■ 1 .11 300 10 5 0 5 0 1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0,001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse I Medium I Fine Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewoad Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 127115 M-1 8.5' -9.8' Light brown slightly silty Fine SAND • • • • DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. • I . M U. S Standard 3 2 56wr Opeanp in I, c *a 3 4 1 U. S Standard Saws Mumberi 2t,dronwler 0 20 30 40 50 70 100 110 - �liii■iC3iiM111111Y�� $ $ o $ IS ii $ 0 0 Percent Coarser by Weight III 1 Percent Finer by Weight o a' o a b $ $ c I-- 11111111111 • 1 • 1 — /I ..... -.. •o0 50 10 5 05 01 0.05 0.01 0.005 — 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse I Medium I Fine Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 127115' M -7 6.0' -7.5' Brown Fine SAND DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. S Standard 1K1 3 2 Sure Operanp In Inches U. S Standard Sere Number I 3 4 l ID 20 30 40 ff1d+a++�r 1�',., r � g 8 8 0 $ g 'o ii $ o a Percent Coarser by Weight 'cent Finer by Wi I $ ' J • i 00 50 10 5 0 5 0 1~ 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse I Medium I Fine Number Depih Natural Moisture L L P.L. P. 1. Classification — CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 12711• M -12 6.0' -7.5' Dark brown Fine SAND • • • DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. • I U. S Standard 3 tn. 2 Sore Openf m p In Inches } 10 U. S Standard Siege Plumbers t ; t f M / o 4 0 5 0 7 0 100 sa / epriay, I Percent Finer by Weight 0 d 8 E o S 8 E , T , r 1 1 E T $ g $ o S S o 8 8 Q C Percent Coarser by Weight ■ 1 1 1 1 1 1 i I- • . 100 50 10 5 0 5 0 I 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse 1 Medium 1 Fine Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P. L P. I. Classification uaTic Drown slightly organic Fine SAND with roots CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Glenwood Estates/Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 127115 • 11-13 6.0' -7.5' DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. S Standard inn Sirs Opening' In Inches U. S Standard 10 ►� .1� I Sim Numbers 11 11 Hydrae/tide, I r ♦7 _� 1— -aj .1' 1 1 1 a 1 ' g '$ g a $ K O O O O C Percent Coarser by Weight \ 1 Percent Finer by We 0 0 8 0 o 'b' f .'\ I loo 50 10 5 es 0 I 0.05 0,01 0.005 0.101 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse I Medium I Fine Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 127115 M -15 8.0' -9.5' Dark brownish -gray Fine SANE) • • • • • DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. • U. S Stands d SIa+ Humber' S Slander! I Dpennp in inch es ►ryd�,eyr Y s z 3 c 10 1 if ao as .o 50 iaa r f f I , ran ,to �r.�1111irr. inn IMil 11111 M111111 1111111/ 1111 111111// 11111111 1111111/ 1111 IIg 111111// .r 1111.l I . =Mi1 1i1 III 11i�111I i1O 11111..1r1 1 11111111 _ 11111111 ,1l111111�� 'uiui iii iiiiiiiioiiisii 11111'ii___ 1 lIi1111ilIt1111Oi111eI � illlu�.r 111��E r�1111�r• 1111um• 11IIisr��1111��r 1111iarr�i111i■in 1�11uar 111��r.�iiiiuu.� i111iir. .rianiir.lin,7 111 II i111��r. r . 111uu.._ililiur.� 1 rr.�;�11��rr� 100 50 10 5 0 5 0 I 0.05 0.01 0.005 0,001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse 1 Medium I Fine Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P L P I Classification Uark prawn slightly silty Fine SAND with granite fragments CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Glenwood Estates /Edgewood Avenue Sanitary Sewer System Improvements, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 127115 HA -6 2.4' -3.8' METHOD OF TESTING Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated • • • • STANDARD PENETRATION TEST AND SOIL CLASSIFICATION STANDARD PENETRATION TEST (ASTM D -1586) In the Standard Penetration Test borings, a rotary drilling rig is used to advance the borehole to the desired test depth. A viscous drilling fluid is circulated through the drill rods and bit to stabilize the borehole and to assist in removal of soil and rock cuttings up and out of the borehole. Upon reaching the desired test depth, the 2 inch O .D. split - barrel sampler or "split- spoon ", as it is sometimes called, is attached to an N -size drill rod and lowered to the bottom of the borehole. A 140 pound hammer, attached to the drill string at the ground surface, is then used to drive the sampler into the formation. The hammer is successively raised and dropped for a distance of30 inches using a rope and "cathead" assembly. The number of blows is recorded for each 6 inch interval of penetration or until virtual refusal is achieved. In the above manner, the samples are ideally advanced a total of 18 inches. The sum of the blows required to effect the final 12 inches of penetration is called the blowcount, penetration resistance or "N" value of the particular material at the sample depth. After penetration, the rods and sampler are retracted to the ground surface where the core sample is removed, sealed in a glass jar and transported to the laboratory for verification of field classification and storage. SOIL SYMBOLS AND CLASSIFICATION Soil and rock samples secured in the field sampling operation were visually classified as to texture, color and consistency. The Unified Soil Classification was assigned to each soil stratum per ASTM D -2487. Soil classifications are presented descriptively and symbolically for ease of interpretation. The stratum identification lines represent the approximate boundary between soil types. In many cases, this transition may be gradual_ Consistency of the soil as to relative density or undrained shear strength, unless otherwise noted, is based upon Standard Penetration resistance values of "N" values and industry- accepted standards. "N" values, or blowcounts, are presented in both tabular and graphical form on each respective boring log at each sample interval. The graphical plot of blowcount versus depth is for illustration purposes only and does not warrant continuity in soil consistency or linear variation between sample intervals. The borings represent subsurface conditions at respective boring locations and sample intervals only. Variations in subsurface conditions may occur between boring locations. Groundwater depths shown represent water depths at the dates and time shown only. The absence of water table information does not necessarily imply that groundwater was not encountered. Ray. 9/2011